Annual report 2024
Contents
Management’s review *
Overview
Strategic ambitions � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 6
Performance highlights � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 7
Letter to our stakeholders � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 9
Our business � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 13
Our footprint � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 14
Outlook
Financial and ESG outlook 2025 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 16
Financial targets and policies � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 18
Strategy and business
The renewable energy market � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 20
Our strategy � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 21
Executing our strategy � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 23
Enterprise risk management � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 27
Performance
Full-year results � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 32
Five-year summary � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 36
Fourth quarter � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 37
Quarterly summary, 2023-2024 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 42
Corporate governance
Governance framework � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 44
Board of Directors � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 46
Group Executive Team � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 50
Summary of our remuneration report � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 53
Shareholder information � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 54
Sustainability statements *
General
Basis for preparation � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 59
ESRS disclosure requirements � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 60
Sustainability governance � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 63
Our business model and how we create value � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 65
Our strategy and impact on sustainability matters� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 66
Double materiality assessment � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 67
Interests and views of our stakeholders � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 75
Sustainability due diligence � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 77
ESRS data points from other EU legislation � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 78
Environment
Climate change � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 81
EU taxonomy for sustainable activities � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 103
Biodiversity and ecosystems � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 108
Resource use and circular economy � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 116
Social
Own workforce � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 124
Workers in the value chain � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 137
Affected communities � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 145
Governance
Business conduct � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 153
Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of income � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 159
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 159
Consolidated statement of financial position � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 160
Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 161
Consolidated statement of cash flows � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 162
Notes
Parent company financial statements
Income statement � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 239
Statement of financial position � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 239
Statement of changes in equity � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 240
Notes � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 241
Management’s statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary
Statement by the Executive Board and the Board of Directors � � � � � � � � � � � � 249
Independent Auditor’s Reports � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 250
Independent Auditor’s Limited Assurance Report on
Sustainability Statements � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 255
Glossary � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 257
Get an overview of all of our reporting material by downloading
our reports and investor presentations.
Remuneration report, Green finance impact report.
See our reports at orsted.com.
* Our management report consists of two parts: the management’s
review and the sustainability statements.
2 Management’s reviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Managements
review
3 Management’s reviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Im delighted to welcome our new
CEO Rasmus Errboe. Im convinced
that Rasmus is the right person to
lead the company.
Lene Skole
Chair
Im honoured and humbled to step
into the role of CEO of a company Ive
proudly served for the past 13 years.
Rasmus Errboe
Group President and CEO
Read more in our letter to our stakeholders on page 9.
4 Management’s reviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Wind turbine technicians aboard TSS Pioneer prepare to
cross the motion-compensated gangway to work on Greater
Changhua 1 in Taiwan. Inaugurated in April 2024 together with
Greater Changhua 2a, these are the Asia-Pacific region’s largest
offshore wind farms, with a total installed capacity of 900 MW.
They are the first two wind farms in the Greater Changhua
offshore wind zone, with more farms in the pipeline.
Overview
6 Strategic ambitions
7 Performance highlights
9 Letter to our stakeholders
13 Ou r b u si n e s s
14 Ou r footp ri nt
5 Management’s reviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
27. 3
22.0
18.2
Installed renewable capacity
Gross capacity, GW
Offshore
Onshore
Bioenergy
2024
installed
capacity
2026
ambition
Installed
and under
construction
1
See page 91 in section ‘Climate change’ for details on our SBTi-validated climate targets.
2
The targeted range is not a hurdle rate; consequently, some projects might deviate from the targeted range.
Strategic ambitions
We exclusively deploy
green and sustainable
long-term financing,
and all projects are
taxonomy-aligned.
40 : 60
women : men
Gender balance in our total
workforce by 2030
Net-positive
biodiversity impact
from all new renewable
energy projects
commissioned from
2030, at the latest
~13 %
Average ROCE
2024-2030
150-300 bps
Targeted range for spread to WACC
2
at time of bid/FID (whichever comes first)
for individual projects
Group EBITDA (excl. new partnerships
and cancellation fees)
DKKbn
24.8
29-33
2024 2026
12 % CAGR
More on our strategy on pages 21-22.
Science-based 2040 net-zero target,
validated by SBTi
GHG emissions intensity, g CO
2
e/kWh
Scopes 1-3 (excl. gas sales)
322
75
<2.9
80
127
2023 2024 20402018 2030
-99 %-7 7 %
Science-
based
targets
1
// //
6 Management’s review
|
OverviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Performance highlights
Follow up on outlook
announced for 2024
EBITDA realised
DKKbn
Guidance (DKKbn) (7 Feb.): 23-26,
(5 Nov.): 24-26
With EBITDA excluding new partnerships and
cancellation fees totalling DKK 24.8 billion,
earnings ended within our original guidance
of DKK 23-26 billion, although with higher
earnings in Offshore and lower earnings in
Bioenergy & Other than expected.
24.8
42.8
Investments realised
DKKbn
Guidance (DKKbn) (7 Feb.): 48-52,
(15 Aug.): 44-48, (5 Nov.): 36-40
Investments totalled DKK 42.8 billion and
thus ended below our original guidance but
above our latest guidance range of DKK
36-40 billion. The increase was due to timing
effects across our construction portfolio, with
a larger amount of milestone payments being
paid in 2024.
2023
38.5
2024
42.8
2022
37.4
Cash flow and balance sheet
Gross investments
DKKbn
Our gross investments reached
DKK 42.8 billion and was mainly
driven by our construction of wind
and solar assets.
42.8
ROCE was 4.5 % for the year. Adjusted for
impairments and cancellation fees, ROCE
amounted to 10.1 % in 2024.
Profit for the year was DKK 0.0 billion.
Profit for the year excluding cancellation
fees (DKK 7.3 billion) and impairments
after tax (DKK -13.7 billion) amounted to
DKK 6.4 billion.
Our net debt increased to
DKK 58.0 billion.
The credit metric funds from operations
(FFO) relative to adjusted net debt
amounted to 13 % in 2024 (22 % excluding
cancellation fees).
Profits and return
Excl. new partnerships and cancellation fees New partnerships
Excl. impairments and cancellation fees Cancellation fees
Operating profit (EBITDA)
DKKbn
EBITDA totalled DKK 32.0 billion. EBITDA
excluding cancellation fees (DKK 7.3
billion) and new partnerships (DKK -0.1
billion) amounted to DKK 24.8 billion.
32.0
2023
18.7
20242022
32.0
32.1
-14 .2 %
17 %
12.9 % 14.9
10.1 %
Return on capital employed (ROCE)
%
2023
2022
2024
Profit for the year
DKKbn
-20.2
0.0
15.0
6.4
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
2024
47. 4
30.6
58.0
Interest-bearing net debt
DKKbn
2023
2022
2024
29 %
43 %
13 %
Credit metric (FFO/adjusted net debt)
%
(-0.1)
7. 3
24.8
7 Management’s review
|
OverviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Follow up on outlook
announced for 2024
Lower
GHG emissions intensity
(scopes 1 and 2), realised
g CO
2
e/kWh
Guidance (7 Feb.): Lower
The green house gas emissions
intensity for scopes 1 and 2
decreased in 2024 due to higher
renewable generation and ceasing
of coal-based power generation.
Higher
GHG emissions intensity
(scopes 1-3, excl. gas sales),
realised
g CO
2
e/kWh
GHG emissions from gas sales
(scope 3), realised
million tonnes CO
2
e
Guidance (7 Feb.): Higher
Scope 3 emissions increased as we
commissioned more renewable
assets. Consequently, our scope 1-3
GHG intensity also increased.
In line
Gender balance – gender
with lowest representation
Women
Guidance (7 Feb.): Higher
The gender balance was slightly
below last year; however, 37 % of
new hires were women in 2024.
Nationality and gender
Diversity in the Board of Directors
and the Group Executive Team
(all members).
In 2024, we held our first interna-
tional election for employee-
elected board members.
Governance
40 %
Women
60 %
Men
47 %
Danish
53 %
Other
SocialEnvironment
2.7
2.8 in 2023/3.1 in 2022
Safety
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR)
We saw a further improvement in
our safety performance in 2024.
34:66
35:65 in 2023/33:67 in 2022
Gender balance
(women:men)
In 2024, 37 % of all new hires
were women.
Employee satisfaction
Index 0-100, 2022/2023/2024
In 2024, we concluded our organ-
isational efficiency programme,
including redundancy rounds.
Our employee satisfaction survey,
People Matter, showed a decrease
from last year, resulting in a satis-
faction and motivation score of 70.
9.0
80
127
147
The greenhouse gas intensity from our
heat and power generation and other
operating activities (scopes 1 and 2)
was 16 g CO
2
e/kWh. Including scope 3
(excl. gas), the greenhouse gas intensity
was 127 g CO
2
e/kWh. The increase in
GHG intensities was due to more projects
reaching COD.
Our scope 3 greenhouse gas emis-
sions were 9.0 million tonnes CO
2
e.
The increase in emissions was mainly
a result of an additional 2.4 GW
renewable asset capacity being
commissioned in 2024.
Greenhouse gas emissions intensity
CO
2
e/kWh
2024
2023
2022
Greenhouse gas emissions
(scope 3), million tonnes, CO
2
e
Installed renewable capacity increased
by 16 % to 18.2 GW in 2024, mainly due
to the commissioning of the offshore
wind farms Greater Changhua 1 and 2a
and the onshore assets Eleven Mile Solar
Center, Mockingbird, and Sparta Solar.
18.2
Installed renewable capacity
GW
60
38
16
See more in our ‘Corporate governance’ section.
15.7
18.2
15.1
20242022 2023
70
7676
8 Management’s review
|
OverviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Navigating a challenging industry
Letter to our stakeholders
Global electricity demand is projected to double
by 2050, driven by the electrification of transport,
heating, cooling, industrial processes, and the expan-
sion of AI and data centres. While the exact electricity
demand depends on the much-needed electrification,
electricity is expected to become the largest global
energy carrier by 2050.
Future demand must be met by affordable, secure, and
renewable energy sources. The renewables industry has
seen substantial build-out in recent years, and renewa-
ble energy projects can expand local supply chains, gen-
erate jobs, boost manufacturing, improve infrastructure,
and create local investments and long-term opportuni-
ties for growth in local communities. Diversified energy
portfolios, including a higher share of renewables, can
improve energy security and reliability by reducing
dependency on imported fuels.
Furthermore, renewables are instrumental in decar-
bonising energy systems and industrial processes and
in reaching global climate targets. Also, renewables
can drive nature restoration, if done right.
Our vision is to create a world that runs entirely on
green energy, and we are ready to do our part. How-
ever, to unlock the full potential of renewables in
the future, governments, private sector, and local
communities need to collaborate closely to facili-
tate the supply of renewable energy, set targets for a
renewable build-out, and expand the grid infrastruc-
ture to handle it. This must be done in a way which
ensures value creation for all parties, both in the short
and long term.
We are adapting to the market development
In the past 12 months, the industry has been charac-
terised by continued and more challenging headwinds
relating to regulatory, supply chain, and macroeco-
nomic developments. Together with project-specific
challenges related to our US offshore wind projects
under construction, this has had an adverse impact
on our capital structure. Faced by this reality, we are
updating our business plan to be more focused and to
support our target of a solid investment grade rating.
As part of this, we are stepping away from our 2030
GW ambition and EBITDA target, and we are reducing
our investment programme.
We will continue to be active across our three regions,
but we will focus our capital allocation. Thus, when
we pursue new development opportunities, we will
first and foremost prioritise the most financially
attractive offshore wind opportunities in regions and
countries where we see the most attractive frame-
work conditions and investment environment.
With the reduced growth ambition towards 2030 and a
disciplined approach to capital allocation, Ørsted will
inevitable become a more lean and focused company.
Therefore, we will take measures, beyond the 2024 initi-
atives, to continuously adapt and rightsize our cost base
and organisation to fit our value and build-out ambition.
To deliver on the plan, we will reduce our investment
programme by approx. 25 % to DKK 210-230 billion
in the period 2024-2030, ensure the delivery of our
divestment programme, and focus our immediate
efforts on the execution of our existing construction
portfolio. Expectedly, this will roughly double our
installed offshore wind capacity from 9.9 GW to 18.0
GW and increase our total installed renewable capac-
ity to 27.3 GW by the end of 2027.
We expect to deliver an EBITDA of DKK 29-33 billion
by 2026 and to achieve a return on capital employed
(ROCE) of 13 % on average for the period 2024-2030.
During 2024, we achieved significant strategic steps,
and we have advanced five transformational and
company-wide business priorities to significantly
improve our ability to enhance value creation.
First, we have advanced our revised project and oper-
ating model, which will create clearer accountability
and stronger risk management throughout the devel-
opment and construction phases of our offshore pro-
jects. Second, we are fully on track to deliver perma-
nent cost savings of DKK 1 billion per year as a part
of our organisational efficiency initiative. Third, we
have progressed our initiative to improve our revenue
capabilities to maximise the value of our energy gen-
eration and improve our competitiveness by expand-
ing and leveraging our asset-backed trading compe-
tences further. Fourth, we are enhancing the value of
our operating fleet by optimising the operations and
maintenance of our assets to achieve higher availabil-
ity, at the right time. And finally, we have commenced
an initiative to strengthen our supply chain and risk
management capabilities to leverage our leading
position and improve our competitiveness in future
auctions. Altogether, we are confident that these
company-wide and transformational business priori-
ties will have a significant positive impact on our abil-
ity to deliver cost-savings, increase revenue, and help
improve our overall competitiveness.
In 2024, we added 1.0 GW of installed capacity to our
offshore portfolio by commissioning Greater Changhua
1 and 2a and South Fork and 1.4 GW to our onshore
portfolio by commissioning four solar farms, including
Mockingbird, our largest solar farm to date. By the end
of 2024, our total installed capacity reached 18.2 GW.
9 Management’s review
|
OverviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
During 2024, we also advanced eight projects with a
total capacity of 1.8 GW to FID, spanning across our
portfolio of offshore and onshore wind as well as solar
and storage.
Following the award of an offshore wind renewable
energy certificate (OREC) in New York’s fourth off-
shore wind solicitation, we added Sunrise Wind to our
construction portfolio in 2024. With this addition, we
had 6.9 GW of offshore capacity under construction
by the end of 2024. In early 2025, we took FID on the
wind farm Baltica 2, further adding 1.5 GW to our con-
struction portfolio.
In our onshore business, we took FID on several pro-
jects in 2024, the most significant being our onshore
wind farm Badger Wind and a storage project adja-
cent to our solar farm Old 300. By the end of 2024, we
had 0.8 GW of onshore capacity under construction.
In the UK, we reached a significant milestone in 2024,
when the UK Department for Energy Security & Net
Zero (DESNZ) awarded us 3.5 GW of capacity for our
offshore wind farms Hornsea 3 and Hornsea 4. When
operational, Hornsea 3 will be the world’s single larg-
est offshore wind farm with a capacity of 3 GW.
Most of our projects are progressing according to plan,
and we work diligently to de-risk our portfolio. How-
ever, we continue to face and manage supply chain and
construction challenges at our two US offshore con-
struction projects Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind.
Our partnership and divestment programme is on track,
with several divestments initiated and concluded during
the year. Total proceeds from the transactions make up
DKK 22 billion of the target of DKK 70-80 billion through
2026. We have divested 12.45 % of four operational
UK offshore wind farms with a combined total capac-
ity of 3.5 GW to Brookfield and 50 % of our Taiwanese
offshore wind farm Greater Changhua 4 (583 MW) to
Cathay Life Insurance. In Onshore, we made a partial
divestment of four US operational wind farms (957 MW)
to Stonepeak and a partial divestment of the solar farm
Mockingbird to Energy Capital Partners (ECP). Addition-
ally in the partnership with ECP, we signed an agree-
ment to partially divest our solar farm Sparta Solar and
our battery storage project Eleven Mile Solar Center,
with closings expected in 2025. Lastly, we divested our
onshore platform in France to ENGIE.
Innovation is another lever to improve our competitive-
ness, and we have continued to be at the forefront of the
industry. In 2024, we developed a new low-noise founda-
tion installation method, which strengthens existing pro-
tections to marine life. Beyond the noise reduction, this
new technology is a step change in offshore wind mono-
pile installation that, once adopted at scale, can over-
come pile refusal challenges and provide for cheaper
and faster installation than any other monopile instal-
lation technology. In addition, we launched the world’s
first heavy-lift cargo drone operations at our offshore
wind farm Borssele 1 & 2. The drones will improve opera-
tional efficiency and safety in the offshore wind industry.
The organisational efficiency programme included
company-wide and coordinated redundancy rounds,
which were concluded in November. This has had an
impact on our employee satisfaction score. Motivation
and well-being of our colleagues are of the highest
importance to us, and increasing employee satisfac-
tion will be a key priority.
Operational earnings delivering as expected
EBITDA totalled DKK 32.0 billion in 2024 compared
to DKK 18.7 billion in 2023. EBITDA excluding new
partnerships and cancellation fees amounted to
DKK 24.8 billion, an increase of DKK 0.7 billion
compared to 2023 and in line with our guidance of
DKK 24-26 billion. Earnings in 2024 were positively
impacted by Ocean Wind 1 cancellation fees, where
we have continued to work through our supplier
contracts and finalised negotiation of several
contracts with a better outcome than assumed.
Net of the provision for ceasing FlagshipONE, this
has led to a positive EBITDA impact of DKK 7.3 billion.
EBITDA from new partnerships in 2024 was limited
and related to the 50 % farm-down of Greater
Changhua 4 and Mockingbird.
Earnings from sites in operation in Offshore increased
with almost 20 % and amounted to DKK 23.8 billion in
2024, mainly due to ramp-up of generation at Greater
Changhua 1 and 2a, South Fork, and Gode Wind 3,
higher wind speeds, and a higher pricing of the infla-
tion-indexed CfDs and green certificates. Lower avail-
ability dampened the increase in 2024.
In 2024, we recognised net impairments of DKK 15.6
billion, with the majority (DKK 14.1 billion) relating to
our US projects and from our decision to cease con-
struction of FlagshipONE (DKK 1.5 billion). The US
impairments were due to an increase in the US long-
dated interest rate, a lower market-informed valu-
ation of our US seabeds, construction delays, and
higher expected costs for our US projects Revolution
Wind and Sunrise Wind.
ROCE was 4.5 % for the year. Adjusted for impairments
and cancellation fees, ROCE amounted to 10.1 % in
2024. Profit for the year amounted to DKK 0.0 billion.
Excluding impairments (after tax) and cancellation
fees, profit for the year was DKK 6.4 billion.
In the UK, we reached a significant milestone
in 2024, when the UK Department for Energy
Security & Net Zero (DESNZ) awarded us
3.5 GW of capacity for our offshore wind
farms Hornsea 3 and Hornsea 4.
10 Management’s review
|
OverviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Sustainability is at the core of our business
Our commitment to a sustainable build-out is at the
core of our business. Our three strategic sustainability
priorities – decarbonisation, biodiversity, and commu-
nity impact – play an enabling role in our strategy and
project delivery. They support that we mitigate risks
and deliver more resilient energy projects that also
drive a positive change for society and nature.
In 2024, we saw strong progress on all three priorities.
Among other things, we launched our ‘Biodiversity
measurement framework’ to guide transparent meas-
urement and reporting on our biodiversity impact.
We also reached the last big milestone in transform-
ing our energy production to renewable energy by
shutting down our last coal-fired power station. With
this, we are on track to reach our industry-leading
science-based target to reduce our scope 1 and 2
emissions intensity by 93 % since 2018 and to reach
our target of a 99 % renewable share of energy gener-
ation by 2025.
We have been reporting on sustainability for the last
two decades, and in 2024, we have further developed
our reporting to comply with the new European Sus-
tainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) framework. For
investors and other stakeholders, the standardisation
and transparency of this new regulation will ensure
greater comparability across companies’ sustainabil-
ity impacts, risks, and opportunities.
Long-term safety efforts pays off
In 2024, we reduced our total recordable injury rate
(TRIR). It is the second year in a row that we experi-
ence a reduction, and we see it as a result of our long-
term focused effort on safety. We welcome the reduc-
tion in TRIR, and we will continue our safety improve-
ment initiatives to ensure the trend continues.
Concluding remarks
The year 2024 proved to be a challenging year for the
industry and for Ørsted. We have experienced head-
winds and have therefore taken necessary actions
while leveraging our 30 years of experience to achieve
several milestones across our renewables portfolio.
We have made substantial divestments and advanced
our focused company-wide business priorities. We
have done this to ensure the strongest possible plat-
form to deliver consistent value in the years to come.
We believe in the long-term fundamentals of the
renewables industry and will continue to navigate
existing and new market challenges as well as engage
Rasmus Errboe
Group President and CEO
Lene Skole
Chair
↑ Greater Changhua 1 and 2a, Taiwan Strait, Taiwan.
proactively to restore investor confidence in Ørsted
and in offshore wind as an industry. In 2024, we have
worked relentlessly to strengthen and improve the
conditions for our industry in close dialogue with key
stakeholders, and we will continue this effort in 2025.
We will continue our journey to adapt to the new real-
ity by constantly improving our competitiveness to
remain one of the world’s leading developers, con-
structors, and generators of renewable assets.
On behalf of the Board, we would like to thank Mads
Nipper for his commitment to Ørsted’s vision and his
strong and constructive collaboration over the past
four years.
As a concluding remark, we would like to express
our sincere gratitude to our skilled colleagues, who,
throughout a year of uncertainty and redundancies,
yet again proved their unwavering commitment, and
who continue to drive the energy transition forward.
11 Management’s review
|
OverviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Business development and partnerships
7. 62.4
GW renewable energy under
construction by the end of 2024
1
GW renewable energy
reaching COD in 2024
For project progress, see page 25.
1
With the FID of Baltica 2 (1,498 MW) in January 2025, our capacity under construction is 9.1 GW.
253 MW
Gode Wind 3
Located in the German part of the North Sea,
our offshore wind farm Gode Wind 3 is producing
at full capacity and expected to reach COD in
Q1 2025.
920 MW
Greater Changhua 2b and 4
In Taiwan, we expect completion of our
two wind farms by the end of 2025.
924 MW
Sunrise Wind
We signed the final OREC agreement on our
US offshore wind farm and received the final
outstanding federal permit when our construc-
tion and operations plan (COP) was approved
by BOEM. During the year, we experienced
construction challenges and are progressing
on a tight schedule according to a revised plan.
We expect COD in H2 2027.
704 MW
Revolution Wind
During the year, we faced challenges with the
construction of the onshore substation and the
piling of one of the offshore substation mono-
piles. We have reassessed the risks related to
the US project and increased our contingencies.
We expect COD in 2026.
913 MW
Borkum Riffgrund 3
We expect construction of our German offshore
wind farm to be completed in Q1 2026.
2,852 MW/300 MW
Hornsea 3
We have been awarded contracts for difference
(CfD) for a 1,080 MW share of our offshore wind
farm. COD is expected in 2027. Additionally, we
took FID on a 300 MW battery storage system
co-located with Hornsea 3, which is expected to
be operational in H2 2027.
259 MW
Badger Wind
We took FID on our US onshore wind farm,
with expected COD in 2025.
250 MW
Old 300 storage (BESS)
We took FID on our battery energy storage
system (BESS) adjacent to the solar farm
Old 300 situated in Texas, the US, and con-
struction is expected to commence in Q1 2025.
262 MW
Onshore Europe
Construction of our European onshore
projects is on track.
Divestment programme
In the UK, we divested a minority share of
four operational UK offshore wind farms to
Brookfield, and in Taiwan, we divested 50 % of
our offshore wind farm Greater Changhua 4 to
Cathay Life Insurance. In the US, we partially
divested four operational onshore assets to
Stonepeak and three onshore projects to
Energy Capital Partners (ECP) with individual
closings in both 2024 and 2025. Additionally,
we divested our onshore platform in France
to Engie.
Hornsea 4 award
We were awarded contracts for difference
(CfD) for a 2,400 MW share of our offshore
wind project.
Deprioritising liquid
e-fuels short term
We have deprioritised our green fuels efforts
for now. Consequently, we ceased our liquid
e-fuels project FlagshipONE. We remain
committed to renewable hydrogen as an
important lever for offshore wind.
On track for SBTi-
validated target for 2025
We shut down our last coal-fired combined
heat and power plant in Esbjerg, Denmark. This
marks a major step in reducing our scope 1
and 2 GHG emissions from operations, and we
remain on track to achieve the SBTi-validated
target for 2025.
New lower-noise
installation technology
Building on existing marine life protections, we
have developed a new lower-noise installation
method, which strengthens existing protections
to marine life, and we successfully tested it at
our German offshore wind farm Gode Wind 3
in 2024. Once adopted at scale, it can provide
more efficient and cost-effective installation of
offshore wind foundations.
Feasibility licence
We were granted a feasibility license by the
Australian government to develop a large-scale
offshore wind project in Australia. Furthermore,
the government intends to grant us a license for
a second project. Combined, the two projects
have a potential capacity of up to 4.8 GW of
renewable energy.
900 MW
Greater Changhua 1 and 2a
Greater Changhua 1 and 2a are Taiwan’s
first large-scale offshore wind farms.
132 MW
South Fork
South Fork is New York’s first offshore
wind farm.
600 MW
Eleven Mile Solar Center
In Arizona , the Eleven Mile Solar Center, a solar
and battery energy storage system (BESS), will
provide power to businesses, homes, and Meta’s
planned data centre.
471 MW
Mockingbird
Mockingbird Solar Center, placed in Texas,
the US, is our largest solar farm to date.
250 MW
Sparta Solar
With the completion of the solar part of Helena
Energy Center, the combined wind and solar
farm, placed in Texas, the US, is now fully
operational (518 MW in total).
73 MW
Old 300
In Texas, the US, we completed the remaining
part of the solar farm Old 300 (430 MW in total).
Selected events
Executing on our business plan
12 Management’s review
|
OverviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Our business
How we create value
We create value by developing, construc ting, oper-
ating, and owning renewable assets and by providing
sustainable energy products to our customers.
What we do
Our portfolio includes offshore and onshore wind
farms, solar farms, energy storage, and heat
and power plants.
We develop our pipeline of renewable assets, we
construct them based on thorough supplier selection
and local content adherence, and we operate our
large portfolio.
We enter into long-term power purchase agreements
with strategic partners, and we manage and optimise
our large portfolio of renewable assets and partnerships.
For more details on our business model, including key
inputs, what we depend on, key outputs, and benefits
created, please refer to pages 65-66.
A sustainable approach
We have made it a core commitment to develop,
construct, and operate our renewable assets in an
environmentally and socially sustainable way, which
helps de-risk projects, enhance our license to operate,
and drive lasting, positive change for society – through
employment opportunities, community support, and
enhancing nature.
Non-exhaustive illustration
13 Management’s review
|
OverviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Renewable capacity
Consisting of 18.2 GW in operation (installed), 7.6 GW
under construction (FID’ed), and 5.2 GW awarded. In addition,
we have substantiated pipelines of 19 GW in Offshore and
16 GW in Onshore.
See pages 97-98 in our ‘Sustainability statements’ for more information.
31.0 GW
Denmark
3.0 GW
Offshore
CHP plants
Sales of energy
Sweden
Sales of energy
United Kingdom
11.3 GW
Offshore
Onshore
Storage
United States
of America
8.0 GW
Offshore
Onshore
Solar PV
Storage
The Netherlands
0.8 GW
Offshore
Germany
2.6 GW
Offshore
Onshore
Solar PV
Taiwan
1.9 GW
Offshore
Korea
Offshore
Australia
Offshore
Poland
2.8 GW
Offshore
Ireland
0.5 GW
Offshore
Onshore
Solar PV
Our footprint
Spain
Onshore
Capacity
GW
Capacity
In operation
Under construction
Awarded
United States of America
Offshore wind
Onshore wind
Solar PV
Storage
1.8
3.5
2.1
0.6
United Kingdom and Ireland
Offshore wind
Onshore wind
Solar PV
Storage
10.9
0.5
0.1
0.3
APAC
Offshore wind 1.9
Continental Europe
Offshore wind
Onshore wind
CHP, power
CHP, heat
7.0
0.1
2.1
2.9
14 Management’s review
|
OverviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The 83-metre-long service and operations vessel, Wind of
Hope, is dwarfed by the offshore wind turbines at Hornsea 2.
In September 2024, the UK government awarded us contracts
for difference for a 1,080 MW share of Hornsea 3, currently under
construction, and for a 2,400 MW share of Hornsea 4, currently
under development. When complete, the Hornsea zone will be by
far the largest in the world, with around 8 GW of installed capacity.
Outlook
16 Financial and ESG outlook 2025
18 Financial targets and policies
15 Management’s reviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Financial and
ESG outlook 2025
Group EBITDA guidance
Our EBITDA guidance does not include earnings
from new partnership agreements and impact from
potential changes in cancellation fees relating to
ceasing the development or construction of projects.
Operating profit (EBITDA) excluding new partnership
agreements and cancellation fees is expected to be
DKK 25-28 billion in 2025.
As in previous years, we could see offsetting effects
between the business units compared to our directional
guidance.
Offshore – higher
Earnings from sites are expected to increase in 2025
compared to 2024, mainly due to:
· ramp-up of generation from Greater Changhua 1
and 2a, Greater Changhua 2b and 4, South Fork,
and Gode Wind 3, and compensation for grid delay
related to Borkum Riffgrund 3
· higher expected availability
· inflation adjustments on ROC and CfD farms, partly
offset by lower prices on merchant assets, a step
down in subsidy level for our older German assets,
and Anholt (DK) stepping out of subsidy
· partly offset by ramp-up of costs related to Revolu-
tion Wind and Sunrise Wind and slightly higher than
normal wind speeds in 2024.
Earnings from existing partnerships are expected to
increase compared to 2024, mainly driven by:
· negative effects from provisions and construction
contracts in 2024 not expected to be repeated
in 2025
· partly offset by higher costs related to M&A
activities.
‘Other’ in Offshore is expected to be more negative
than in 2024, mainly due to:
· higher expensed project development costs and
fixed costs.
Our EBITDA guidance for the Group is the prevailing guidance, whereas the directional earnings development per
business segment (and component) serves as a means to support this. Higher and lower indicate the direction of
the business unit’s earnings relative to the results for 2024.
Guidance on 2025 EBITDA without new partnerships and cancellation fees
DKKbn
Offshore Onshore Bio & Other
2024 2025Sites Existing
partnerships
OnshoreOther Bioenergy
& Other
24.8
~1.5
~1.0
~1.5
~0.2
~0.5 25-28
Outlook 2025
DKK billion
Realised
2024
Guidance
2025
EBITDA (without new partnerships, excl. cancellation fees) 24.8 25-28
Offshore 19.2 Higher
Onshore 4.0 Higher
Bioenergy & Other 1.1 Significantly
higher
Gross investments 42.8 50-54
ESG outlook
Greenhouse gas emissions intensity (scopes 1, 2), CO
2
e/kWh 16 Lower
Greenhouse gas emissions intensity (scopes 1-3 excl. gas sales), g CO
2
e/kWh 127 Lower
Greenhouse gas emissions from gas sales (scope 3), million tonnes CO
2
e 4.1 Higher
Gender balance – gender with lowest representation (female) 34 Higher
16 Management’s review
|
OutlookØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Onshore – higher
Earnings in Onshore (excluding new partnership
agreements) are expected to increase compared
to 2024.
The positive impact on EBITDA in 2025 is driven by:
· ramp-up of generation from Eleven Mile Solar
Center, Old 300, Badger Wind, and Mockingbird
· higher expected availability in the US
· partly offset by the impact from the 50 % farm-
down of Mockingbird in December 2024 and
Eleven Mile Solar Center and Sparta Solar in 2025
· ‘Other’ is expected to be more negative than in
2024, mainly due to higher project development
costs and from sale of components in 2024 not
expected to be repeated in 2025.
Bioenergy & Other – significantly higher
Earnings from CHP plants (including ancillary services)
and ‘Gas Markets & Infrastructure’ are expected to
increase compared to 2024.
The positive impact on EBITDA in 2025 is driven by
higher earnings from ‘Gas Markets & Infrastructure’
due to higher volumes expected from the Tyra field
(not owned by Ørsted), whereas earnings from our
CHP plants are expected to be in line with 2024.
Gross investments
Gross investments for 2025 are expected to amount
to DKK 50-54 billion, mainly driven by:
· Offshore (Sunrise Wind, Greater Changhua 2b and 4,
Revolution Wind, Hornsea 3, Baltica 2, and Borkum
Riffgrund 3)
· Onshore (Badger Wind, Old 300 BESS, and projects
from our substantiated pipeline in both the US
and Europe).
Our gross investments guidance for 2025 is particularly
sensitive to and can be impacted by changes in our
divestment programme and from changed timing in
payment schedules, etc.
Uncertainties, prices, and hedges
The most significant uncertainty to the operating
profit in 2025 is the power generation, which depends
on wind conditions, ramp-up of new assets, asset
availability, timing of possible farm-downs, and the
attractiveness of spreads on our CHP plants.
High gas and power price volatility could impact
earnings for the year through optimisation possibilities
of our gas storage and sourcing contracts as well as
higher balancing and intermittency costs.
Our wind and solar PV assets are largely subject
to prices that are indexed to inflation or are fixed
nominal, implying a high degree of revenue certainty,
setting aside the above-mentioned volume risk.
This means that we know the price (or minimum
price) per generated MWh for most wind farms in the
Netherlands, the US, and Germany and for the CfD
wind farms in the UK. For our British ROC wind farms,
we also know the subsidy per generated MWh, which
we will receive in addition to the market price.
In 2025, 80 % of our expected revenue from our
wind and solar PV assets is inflation-indexed or fixed
nominal. The remaining 20 % is exposed to fluctations
in power prices. Our hedging approach is to hedge up
to 70 % of this remaining merchant exposure. For 2025,
we have hedged approx. 45 % of this, leaving Ørsted
with an unhedged price exposure of 11 % from gener-
ation from our wind and solar PV assets. See note 6.2
‘Energy price risks.
Greenhouse gas emissions
The greenhouse gas emissions intensity for scope 1
and 2 is expected to decrease in 2025 and meet our
science-based target of 10 g CO
2
e/kWh. The decrease
is due to higher expected renewable generation, and
as we ceased coal-based heat and power generation
in 2024. We also expect the scope 1-3 emissions
intensity to decrease as we will have fewer renewable
assets reaching COD in 2025 than in 2024 and higher
renewable generation.
We expect more gas delivered under our contract
with The Danish Underground Consortium (DUC),
following the gradual reopening of the Tyra gas field in
2024. Therefore, we expect an increase in our scope 3
emissions from gas sales.
§ Forward-looking statements
The annual report contains forward-looking
statements, which include projections of our
short- and long-term financial performance and
targets as well as our financial policies.
These statements are by nature uncertain and
associated with risk. Many factors may cause
the actual development to differ materially
from our expectations.
These factors include, but are not limited to,
changes in temperature, wind conditions,
wake and blockage effects, precipitation
levels, the development in power, coal, carbon,
gas, oil, currency, inflation rates, and interest
rate markets, the ability to uphold hedge
accounting, changes in legislation, regulations,
or standards, the renegotiation of contracts,
changes in the competitive environment in
our markets, reliability of supply, and market
volatility and disruptions from geopolitical
tensions.
Read more about the risks in the chapter on
‘Enterprise risk management’ and in note 6
‘Risk management’ in the financial statements.
Furthermore, the proceeds we can realise
from our anticipated farm-downs and divest-
ments as part of the measures we take to
support a robust capital structure are subject
to uncertainty.
17 Management’s review
|
OutlookØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Updated business plan
In the past 12 months, the industry has been charac-
terised by continued and more challenging headwinds.
Together with project-specific challenges related to
our US offshore wind projects under construction,
this has had an adverse impact on our capital struc-
ture. Therefore, we are adapting our business plan
to support our target of a solid investment grade
rating. As part of this, we are stepping away from our
2030 GW ambition and EBITDA target, and we are
reducing our investment programme.
Financial targets
We have three key financial targets to support our
self-funded build-out. The financial targets cover
(see details to the left):
· spread to WACC on investments
· EBITDA
· ROCE.
Financial policies and capital allocation
The Board of Directors has decided to pause dividend
payments for the financial years 2023-2025. Here-
after, the target is to reinstate dividend payments.
To ensure we have financial robustness and the
strength to operate in the international energy and
financial markets, we target a solid investment
grade rating with all three major rating agencies.
This includes an FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net
debt credit metric above 30 %.
Financial targets and policies
Spread to WACC on investments
Fully loaded unlevered life cycle spread
to WACC at the time of bid/FID
1
150-300 bps
Continuous
EBITDA
Group EBITDA excluding new partner-
ships and cancellation fees
DKK 29-33 billion
2026
ROCE
Average return on capital employed
~13 %
2024-2030
Rating
Solid investment grade with Moody’s/
S&P/Fitch
Capital structure
FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt
above 30 %
Dividend policy
No dividend payments for the financial
years 2023-2025. Target to reinstate
dividend from the financial year 2026.
Financial targets Financial policies
1
Targeted range for spread to WACC at time of bid/FID (whichever comes first) for individual projects.
The targeted range is not a hurdle rate, and consequently, there could be projects that deviate from
the targeted range.
Forward-looking statements are described on page 17.
18 Management’s review
|
OutlookØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The offshore installation vessel Aeolus played a crucial role
in installing the 12 turbines that make up South Fork Wind,
off the coast of New York State in the US – along with hundreds
of US workers across the Northeast. Construction concluded
in March 2024. The offshore wind farm is the first in the
Empire State and America’s first in commercial scale, generating
enough renewable energy to power around 70,000 US homes.
Strategy
and business
20 The renewable energy market
21 Our strategy
23 Executing our strategy
27 Enterprise risk management
19 Management’s reviewØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The renewable energy market
The outlook for the renewable energy market is
strong. Globally, we expect to reach 50 % renewable
electricity generation in 2030, with a vast majority
coming from wind and solar PV. Europe reached the
50 % threshold in 2024. Yet, to realise the full potential
of renewable energy sources in decarbonising our
energy systems, we need large-scale public and private
investment in renewable energy projects, innovation,
and infrastructure.
The renewable energy market
Global power demand is continuing to increase at a
fast pace, and renewable energy sources are essen-
tial to meet it. Geopolitical conflicts, reliance on
gas imports, and increasing global competitiveness
have underscored the importance of energy security
and independence. The build-out of AI data centres
provides new sources of demand. The already visible
impacts of climate change have made the need for a
sustainable energy transition clear.
While addressing these pressing challenges, the renew-
able energy transition also fosters local job creation
and can help protect nature. Renewable energy is a
lever to increase energy independence, create lasting
jobs, and support local communities.
Getting there will require public and private invest-
ment in the renewable transition, the creation of the
right conditions to scale up innovations, and that we
address the current barriers in the industry.
For the first time ever, half of the EU’s electricity
generation came from renewable energy sources
in 2024. Further, wind overtook gas to become the
EU’s second largest source of electricity (behind
nuclear energy). The UK procured an additional
9.6 GW of renewable energy in auction round 6,
including 5 GW offshore wind. It showed that the
UK is willing to incentivise renewable energy.
The US renewable energy industry, including
offshore and onshore technologies, continues to
have bipartisan support, driven by job creation and
domestic investments to help meet the country’s
increasing electricity demand. The recent executive
order from the Administration is being reviewed to
assess its impact on our US portfolio.
Towards 2030, we are thus anticipating a high growth
in the global renewable energy market, with total
combined capacity (offshore wind, onshore wind,
solar PV, and energy storage) expected to reach
>4,000 GW (excl. China).
However, difficult macroeconomic conditions
continued to cause headwinds and uncertainty for the
renew ables industry in 2024. LCoE levels remained
high due to elevated materials costs, interest rates,
and squeezed supply chains. The current high-cost
environment, especially in offshore wind, is pressuring
developers.
Offshore wind
Despite current headwinds, especially in the US,
offshore wind is a crucial lever of the global energy
transition and a necessary enabler of the ambitious
build-out targets set globally. In the long-term, it
remains an industry with a strong fundamental value
proposition. Yet, it has become clear that several
industry challenges must be addressed to realise the
full potential of offshore wind. This includes complex
and timely permitting processes, auction designs
which are based solely on price, or which involve
concession payments, and other structural barriers.
We believe that governments and industry can work
together to weather the current challenges and
facilitate future offshore wind deployment, and we
are pleased to see the continued commitment from
both the EU and the member states to offshore wind.
Along with the rest of the industry, we have felt
the impact of these challenges. We are therefore
adapting our business to new market conditions.
We have spent the past year working – both internally
and with governments and industry – to strengthen
conditions for offshore wind and support future
offshore wind deployment.
Installed capacity (excl. China) *
GW
EU AMER APAC Rest of world
Political initiatives in 2024
Government policies to accelerate deployment
and uptake of renewables
Offshore wind
25
13
89
~x3
2024 2030
~42
~128
5
37
Onshore renewables
~4,025
~x2.3
~1,780
2024 2030
~530
~870
~1, 30 0
~1,330
~18 0
~400
~600
~600
EU Clean Industrial Deal
Foster competitive and resilient industries, clean
technology innovations, and high-quality jobs.
UK Beyond 2030 strategy
Modernising the electrical grid to ensure grid
integration and distribution of renewables,
particularly offshore wind.
DK / SE / DE / UK market designs
Addressing energy market designs and instruments
as levers of energy system flexibility and resilience.
US federal and state-level investment policy
Implementing federal tax credit policies to foster
long term investment.
Shaping state procurement policy to support a
strong future for development opportunity.
TW auction design
Easing local content requirements in offshore
wind to enable broader participation in future
auctions and accelerate renewables deployment
in Taiwan.
* Source: BNEF (2024)
20 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Our strategy
Ørsted’s vision is to create a world that runs entirely
on green energy. We are contributing towards this
vision in our daily work by developing, constructing,
and operating renewable assets at scale and by
leading the way for an energy build-out that drives
positive change beyond green electrons.
// ESRS 2, SBM-1
Our strategic aspiration
Our strategic aspiration is to be the world’s leading
green energy major. This aspiration builds on three
strategic pillars, illustrated to the right.
First, we aspire to be one of the world’s leading
developers, constructors, and generators of renewable
assets. This includes our focus on optimising our
projects in construction as well as our generation,
revenue, and trading businesses.
Currently, we have 18.2 GW renewable energy
installed across our three regions: Europe, Americas,
and APAC. In offshore wind, our core business area,
we are present in our three regions, with projects in
the UK, Northern Europe, Northeastern USA, Taiwan,
Korea, and Australia. Our onshore renewables plat-
form consists of onshore wind, solar, and storage, with
projects in the UK, Ireland, Germany, Spain, and the
US. Finally, our bioenergy and carbon capture and
storage (CCS) platform is focused in Denmark.
We will continue to be active across our three regions,
but we will focus our capital allocation. Thus, when
we pursue new development opportunities, we will
first and foremost prioritise the most financially
attractive offshore wind opportunities in regions
and countries where we see the most attractive
framework conditions and investment environment,
and where we have the most distinct competitive
differentiation and ability to leverage and unfold our
business model. We remain committed to onshore
wind, solar PV, battery energy storage solutions, and
carbon capture.
//
Our employees are the cornerstone to delivering on
our ambitions. Our second pillar, to be the leading
talent platform in renewables, means employees
globally experience Ørsted as a great place to work.
We help our employees to understand how their daily
work impacts our vision. We support them in growing
their talent by learning from expert colleagues and
through global collaboration. In doing so, we create a
supportive, empowered, and result-focused company
culture.
The final pillar to delivering on our renewable energy
ambitions is that we construct and operate in an envi-
ronmentally and socially sustainable way. Our renew-
able energy projects require resources and space at
land and at sea, all of which are constrained. They
also require public support. As such, a sustaina-
ble approach that benefits nature and people is a
A world that
runs entirely on
green energy
Our vision
Our three strategic pillars
One of the worlds leading
developers, constructors,
and generators of renewable
assets
The leading talent platform
in renewable energy
Globally recognised
sustainability leader
Our strategic aspiration
The world’s
leading green
energy major
prerequisite for building renewable energy at the
pace and scale needed. It is also an extraordinary
opportunity to deliver additional positive value
to society.
Our three strategic sustainability priorities are
tailored to drive this value and support our efforts
to be a globally recognised sustainability leader.
Decarbonisation: to limit our use of emission- intensive
resources and support long-term business resilience
and competitiveness. Biodiversity: to help protect
nature and ensure access to land and sea. And
community impact: to ensure people in the regions
where we operate in benefit from and support the
build-out and our license to operate. With these,
we lead the way for a renewable energy build-out
that drives a lasting, positive change for our society,
industry, and company.
21 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Business priorities
During the year, we have advanced five transforma-
tional and company-wide business priorities that
will ensure we have the strongest possible platform
to deliver consistent value in the years to come.
These priorities will improve our competitiveness.
We have advanced our revised operating model
across the three regions to future-proof our offshore
business in a less predictable and more competitive
market. This will create clearer accountability and
stronger risk management in the development and
construction of our offshore wind projects. We are
also strengthening our supply chain management
capabilities to improve our competitiveness through
our supply chain partnerships and activities.
We are progressing towards a simpler, more efficient,
more competitive organisation, which will allow
us to realise savings of more than DKK 1 billion by
2026. We are improving our generation and revenue
capabilities to reduce our downside risk, improve
decision-making, and ensure we maximise the value
of our green electrons.
To ensure effective tracking of progress on our business
priorities, we are enhancing our focus on performance
management and simplification. This will create
clearer alignment between strategic targets, business
priorities, and KPIs.
With the reduced growth ambition towards 2030,
we will take measures, beyond the 2024 initiatives,
to continuously adapt our cost base and organisation
to fit our value and build-out ambition.
EBITDA targets
Group EBITDA excl. new partner-
ships and cancellation fees
DKKbn
2024
24.8
2026
29-33
Installed capacity ambition
GW
Offshore Onshore Bioenergy
Our three strategic sustainability
priorities
Decarbonisation
Biodiversity
Community impact
Our business platform
Technology and markets
Offshore wind, fixed-bottom
Selective in support of offshore wind: renewable hydrogen.
Invest-to-grow core business area in → Europe, Americas, APAC
Onshore wind, solar, and storage
Invest-to-grow strategic area in → Europe, Americas
Bioenergy and carbon capture and storage (CCS)
Steady business with opportunistic plays in → Europe
27. 3
22.0
18.2
Installed
and under
construction
2026
ambition
2024
installed
capacity
22 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Executing our strategy
In 2024, we have executed on the business plan pre-
sented in February last year. We have also continued
the integration of sustainability into our business and
value chain to help address challenges to the build-out
and further de-risk our project delivery.
Expanding our portfolio
In 2024, we added a total of 1.0 GW to our installed
offshore capacity, which, by the end of 2024, totalled
9.9 GW. With a capacity of 900 MW, the commissioning
of the Greater Changhua 1 and 2a wind farms in Taiwan
was a significant part of this increase. The two wind
farms are the largest of their kind in Taiwan and in the
Asia-Pacific region. Additionally, we commissioned
the wind farm South Fork in the US, adding 132 MW of
installed offshore capacity to our portfolio. Gode Wind
3 in Germany is fully operational and will expectedly be
commissioned in Q1 2025, adding a further 253 MW to
our installed capacity.
In our Onshore business, we added a total of 1.4 GW
in 2024. In Texas in the US, we commissioned Sparta
Solar, Old 300 (remaining part), and Mockingbird Solar
Center in 2024, with Mockingbird being the largest
solar farm in our portfolio to date. Furthermore,
Eleven Mile Solar Center, our combined solar and
battery storage project of 300 MW solar PV and
an additional 300 MW/1,200 MWh of storage, was
commissioned in 2024. Lastly, we commissioned an
onshore solar farm in Europe.
By the end of 2024, we had 7.6 GW of capacity
under construction. During the year, we took FID on
eight projects. In our offshore business, Sunrise Wind
reached FID. In our onshore business, the solar farms
Ballinrea, Rottenegg, and Hatzenhof were FID’ed, as
were the wind farms Farranrory and Badger Wind.
Lastly, we took FID on two storage projects adjacent
to our wind farm Hornsea 3 and our solar farm Old 300.
In January 2025, we took FID on Baltica 2, thereby
adding an additional 1.5 GW to our construction
portfolio.
We continue to manage the construction risks facing
our US offshore portfolio. During the year, we have
experienced challenges at Revolution Wind with the
construction of the onshore substation and challenges
related to the piling of one of the offshore substation
monopiles. At Sunrise Wind, we have experienced
challenges related to the monopile fabrication and
installation. For both projects, this has led to higher
costs. In addition, we have increased our cost estimate
for Sunrise Wind for the first-ever HVDC system and
export cables and for installation of turbines, based
on learnings from Revolution Wind. Both projects
are progressing according to the updated schedules.
In Germany, construction of Borkum Riffgrund 3 is pro-
gressing according to schedule, but the installation of
the project’s power grid connection has been delayed
by the German TSO, and the expected COD is moved
to Q1 2026. We are being compensated for this delay.
In addition to our assets under construction, we had
5.2 GW of capacity awarded or contracted, resulting
in a total capacity of 31.0 GW across our business.
We have decided to cease the construction of our liquid
e-fuels project FlagshipONE. The decision was based
on a slower-than-expected industrialisation of the tech-
nology and commercial development of the offtake
market as well as a deteriorating business case.
Securing long-term capacity with strategic suppliers
is key for us to build collaboration and collaboratively
manage risks and construction of our offshore wind
projects. Therefore, we have entered a partnership with
Cadeler for a new-built wind farm installation vessel to
secure capacity from Q1 2027 until the end of 2030.
An overview of our build-out plan, including project
progress, can be seen on page 25.
Divestment programme on track
We have made several divestments since the farm-
down programme was announced as part of the
business plan update in February last year.
In the UK, we closed an agreement with Brookfield to
divest a share of four operational offshore wind farms
(Hornsea 1, Hornsea 2, Walney Extension, and Burbo
Extension) with a combined total capacity of 3.5 GW.
We will retain a 37.55 % ownership interest in the
four assets and continue to exercise a similar level of
control and governance as before the divestment.
In Taiwan, we closed an agreement to divest 50 % of
our offshore wind farm Greater Changhua 4 to Cathay
Life Insurance, the leading insurance company in
Taiwan. As part of the agreement, we will construct
the wind farm under a full-scope EPC contract,
and we will also provide long-term operations and
maintenance (O&M) services.
In the US, we made a partial divestment of four
operational assets (957 MW) to Stonepeak. We have
maintained full operational control and fully consol-
idate the portfolio in our financial accounts. Addi-
tionally in the US, we made a partial divestment of
three onshore projects to Energy Capital Partners
(ECP). The farm-downs include two solar farms in
Texas, Mockingbird Solar (468 MW) and Sparta Solar
(250 MW), and Eleven Mile Solar Center, a 300 MW
solar and 300 MW/1,200 MWh battery storage project
in Arizona. With operations commencing in 2024, all
three projects have tax equity partnerships and power
purchase agreements in place. Lastly, we divested our
onshore platform in France to ENGIE.
Exploring new business opportunities
We continue to explore value-creating opportunities.
We are pleased that the Australian Government has
granted us feasibility licences for our first offshore wind
projects in Australia. With these licenses, we aim to
develop large-scale offshore wind farms in Australia,
expected to become operational in the early 2030s.
23 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
As part of our carbon capture and storage project
‘Ørsted Kalundborg Hub’, we have entered a new major
agreement on carbon removal with Microsoft to sell a
further one million tonnes of carbon removal over a ten-
year period from Avere Power Station. This agree-
ment builds on an existing commitment by Microsoft
to buy 2.67 million tonnes. Additionally, we signed an
agreement with Equinor to sell credits for the removal of
330,000 tonnes of CO
2
over a ten-year period.
Innovating the industry
Innovation is core to our business, and we believe we can
continue to harness existing and new technologies to
make renewable energy more affordable, reliable, effi-
cient, and sustainable.
Building on existing marine life protections, we have
developed a new lower-noise installation method, which
strengthens existing protections to marine life. We suc-
cessfully tested the innovative installation method on
three monopile foundations at our German offshore wind
farm Gode Wind 3. Beyond the noise reduction, this new
technology is a step change in offshore wind monopile
installation that, once adopted at scale, can provide
more efficient and cost-effective installation of offshore
wind foundations.
Building on previous trials and expertise using drones at
offshore wind farms, we have launched the world’s first
heavy-lift cargo drone operations at the Borssele 1 & 2
Offshore Wind Farm. The drones, which can transport
cargo of up to 100 kg, will improve operational
efficiency and safety in the offshore wind industry.
We continue to lead in leveraging innovative tech-
nolo gies to enhance biodiversity monitoring across our
projects. In 2024, we have made significant advance-
ments by using artificial intelligence (AI) to make bio-
diversity assessments more efficient and precise. This
includes integrating machine learning models and
improving the use of underwater video footage with
computer vision techniques. These efforts align with our
ambition to deliver a net-positive biodiversity impact on
all new renewable energy projects commissioned from
2030, at the latest.
Delivering on sustainability
Through our three strategic sustainability priorities
decarbonisation, biodiversity, and community impact –
we continued to deliver actions that drive value for our
business as well as nature and people. In 2024, we had a
key focus on efforts that support project development
and business resilience. An overview of the selected
progress can be seen on page 26.
We continued to push for the further integration of
sustainability into our business – to support that
sustainability impacts, risks, and opportunities are
consistently considered in decisions, ranging from what
we source to how we develop, construct, operate, and
decommission our projects. As part of this, we began to
further detail and develop roadmaps – to break down our
ambitions into structured short- to medium-term actions
and milestones. Going forward, this will support that all
relevant business functions have a strong understanding
of their roles in and responsibilities for executing on
sustainability. We will continue this work in 2025.
To strengthen a successful integration of sustainability
into the business, we updated our sustainability
governance with a clear accountability and leadership
focus at the Group Executive Team level.
Sustainability information
in the annual report
Sustainability information can be found in both the ‘Manage-
ment’s review’ and the ‘Sustainability statements’. The latter
is structured according to the four mandated sections in the
European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS): General’,
‘Environment’, ‘Social’, and ‘Governance’, where most of our
ESRS disclosures can be found. However, we have chosen to
incorporate some disclosures from the cross-cutting standard
ESRS 2 and ESRS G1 by reference in the management’s review.
Primarily, this includes information about corporate govern-
ance, strategy, and enterprise risk management.
In 2024, we conducted a double materiality assessment
(DMA) to identify and assess our material sustainability-
related impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs). We work
continuously to integrate sustainability into our strategy and
business model and to effectively manage these IROs.
Please see the ‘Sustainability statements’ to read more,
including the full details of our sustainability-related IROs,
actions, and performance.
The specific ESRS disclosures incorporated by reference in
the ‘Management’s review’ are marked with a tag, starting
with ‘// ESRS’ and ending with ‘//’.
Sustainability
statements
General
Environment
Social
Governance
Management’s
review
Strategy and business
Corporate governance
24 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
18.2 GW 7.6 GW 5.2 GW 31.0 GW
1,498 MW
Baltica 2
Commercial operation date:
H2 2027
FID taken in January 2025. Large
share of CAPEX contracted.
1,255 MW
1
Baltica 3
Commercial operation date:
n.a.
Working collaboratively on the
reconfiguration and revised
schedule of Baltica 3, together
with our partner PGE.
2,400 MW
Hornsea 4
Commercial operation date:
Before end of 2030
Project in development phase.
9.9 GW
Offshore wind
6.2 GW
Onshore renewables
2.1 GW
CHP plants
2024 → 20242024
920 MW
Greater Changhua 2b and 4
Commercial operation date:
H2 2025
Installation of the offshore substa-
tion jacket and topside completed.
Continued progress on production of
array cables and foundations. Vessel
capacity secured and first power
expected during summer 2025.
913 MW
Borkum Riffgrund 3
Commercial operation date:
Q1 2026
All foundations and turbines
installed as planned.
253 MW
Gode Wind 3
Commercial operation date:
Q1 2025
The offshore wind farm is producing
at full capacity and expected to
reach COD in Q1 2025.
704 MW
Revolution Wind
Commercial operation date:
2026
Onshore substation construction
and piling of monopile for offshore
substation progressing according
to updated schedule. 80 % of the
monopiles have been installed,and
turbine installation is progressing.
924 MW
Sunrise Wind
Commercial operation date:
H2 2027
Onshore construction and prepara-
tion works are progressing. Offshore
installation is commencing in Q1
2025.
2,852 / 300 MW
Hornsea 3 / storage (BESS)
Commercial operation date:
H2 2027
Onshore works on converter sta-
tions and cable routes progressing
according to schedule. First offshore
activities to commence in 2025.
BESS construction to commence in
Q2 2025.
259 MW
Badger Wind
Commercial operation date:
2025
FID taken in October. Construction
has commenced.
250 MW
Old 300 storage (BESS)
Commercial operation date:
2026
FID taken in Q4. Construction is
expected to commence in Q1 2025.
262 MW
Onshore Europe
Commercial operation date:
2025 – 2026
Construction of our onshore
renewable assets is on track.
20272024 →
Installed capacity Decided (FID) Awarded Installed, decided (FID), and awarded
Build-out
Gross renewable capacity
27. 3 GW
Capacity installed
and under construction
With the FID of Baltica 2 (1,498 MW)
in January 2025, we have line of
sight on a significant expansion of
capacity through projects currently
under construction.
~35 GW
Substantiated pipeline
Projects that have reached a level of
maturity, such as secured exclusivity
through a lease or site, secured
consent or environmental impact
assessment (EIA), or established
partner ships where no final invest-
ment decision has been taken yet.
For progress on our strategic
sustainability priorities, see next page.
1
Capacity includes both
Baltica 3 (1,045 MW) and the
awarded lease capacity for
Baltica 2+ (210 MW). Baltica 2+
has not received a CfD on the
terms stated for Baltica 3.
25 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Sustainable build-out
Selected 2024 actions across strategic sustainability priorities
Decarbonisation
In only 15 years, we have entirely transformed our business model
from being a fossil utility to a global renewable energy company.
We are taking action to tackle all emissions across our business
and value chain; in 2024 moving a step closer to doing so while
creating a more resilient business.
Biodiversity
The space required for the renewable energy transition is signif-
icant, and, with a nature in crisis, it is vital that we make sure our
energy projects benefit nature. We continued taking action to
deliver on our ambition that all new renewable energy projects
commissioned from 2030, at the latest, will have a net-positive
biodiversity impact.
Community impact
A large-scale build-out of renewable energy can only be achieved
if people are at the center of how it is delivered.In 2024, we con-
tinued to integrate local jobs, training, and community engage-
ment into our project delivery.
Shut-down of our last coal-fired combined heat and power plant
This was the last big milestone in transforming our energy gen-
eration to renewable energy. We have now taken all necessary
actions to meet our industry-leading science-based target to
reduce our scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity by 98 % compared
to 2006 and achieved a 99 % green share of energy generation
by 2025.
Pioneering lower-emissions steel
We continued to push for the decarbonisation of materials essen-
tial to renewable energy, signing a long-term offtake agreement
for lower-emissions heavy plate steel with our supplier Dillinger.
The agreement secures Ørsted first offer and ensures a more
diversified supply and secure capacity of steel, while supporting
Dillinger’s efforts to decarbonise steel production.
Reuse and recycling of blades and towers
Reuse and recycling of turbine components and materials is key
to lower emissions and costs and to diversifying supply. In the
decommissioning of our wind farm Owenreagh 1 in Northern
Ireland, we sent turbine towers for reuse while the blades were
sent to be recycled, reflecting our commitment to not send
blades to landfill.
Launching our ‘Biodiversity measurement framework’
Transparently measuring and reporting on our biodiversity impact
is key to demonstrating the potential of renewable energy in
delivering benefits to nature. We are the first in the offshore
industry to deliver a science-based framework, and we hope it
will help accelerate collective industry consensus and action by
establishing a clear approach.
Business for Nature (BfN) approval of our nature strategy
Recognising our holistic and ambitious approach to protecting
nature, BfN approved our broader nature strategy that was
launched in 2024. That makes Ørsted one out of the first 25
companies globally to get this approval as part of BfN’s ‘Now for
Nature’ campaign.
Piloting net-positive solutions
We have a global portfolio of innovative biodiversity projects,
demonstrating the wide range of ideas we are testing to enhance
nature. In Taiwan, for example, we are cultivating corals to grow
on offshore wind turbines and have now finalised preparations to
deploy the first ones in 2025.
Training a local offshore wind workforce
Local people and businesses have a vital role to play in the
growth of the renewable energy industry. In the US, we developed
a workforce development programme that has provided 335
union workers with the necessary credentials for working offshore.
They can now safely and smoothly transition to offshore wind
farm installation scopes.
Delivering additional value with renewable energy
In connection with the construction of Hornsea 3 in the UK, we
have launched a community benefit fund that will distribute up
to GBP 7 million over ten years to invest in the region’s future.
In 2024, 21 social and environmental groups were selected by
an advisory panel formed of local representatives as the first
to receive grants.
Assessing the impact of our community engagement
We consistently work to learn from and optimise the impact of our
community engagements. We completed three different pilots to
measure the effectiveness of the local social value we deliver. The
results will help us target investments to the areas that drive the
greatest local benefits.
For more information, see ‘Climate change’ (ESRS E1), page 81,
and ‘Resource use and circular economy’ (ESRS E5), page 116.
For more information, see ‘Biodiversity and ecosystems’ (ESRS E4), page 108. For more information, see ‘Affected communities’ (ESRS S3), page 145.
26 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
High
High
Low
Enterprise risk management
Risks are a natural and integral part of our business
activities, and our risk profile changes continuously.
We aim to mitigate our risks and reduce them to an
acceptable level through risk management.
How we manage risk
The Board of Directors oversees our risk management
in general and have delegated the oversight of our
enterprise risk management risks to the Board’s Audit
& Risk Committee.
Our ‘Enterprise risk framework’ sets out the general
principles, the roles and responsibilities, and the main
processes by which all risks must be identified, assessed,
managed, monitored, and communicated throughout
the Group. This framework is being strengthened to
support consistent processes for managing risks at
Ørsted and to enable informed decisions on risk-taking
to be made. Targeted initiatives are being run in the
context of the ‘Enterprise risk framework’, including an
enterprise-wide programme to implement the new
regulatory requirements under the European Network
and Information Security Directive (NIS2).
We have continued to strengthen risk management
in relation to the development and construction of
assets during 2024, where we have seen substantial
adverse impacts on our business risks in recent years.
This includes the roll-out of the new operating model
for offshore asset projects, including a revised stage
gate model with independent project reviews, and
a dedicated offshore project risk management
framework. The focus on contingency planning
(including more proactive contracting for back-up
supply chain capacity) and monitoring suppliers
(including from site visits to tracking manufacturing
progress) has continued during the year. Furthermore,
the Board of Directors has established an Asset
Project Committee, which has regular updates on
project execution and monitoring of risks as its key
focus. Risk reviews are being carried out for selected
projects and reported to the Group Executive Team
and the Board of Directors.
We will also continue our work to manage future
breakaway profiles for asset projects by scrutinising
financial commitments before taking final investment
decision (FID) to avoid high capital commitments rela-
tive to project maturity and to ensure greater flexibility
on project timelines and commissioning dates as well
as phasing of CAPEX.
How we assess risk
Risk assessment is carried out on an ongoing basis in
all business segments and regions as part of our daily
business operations.
In addition, we have performed an annual risk assess-
ment with the overall objective of identifying and
reporting on our most significant risks. This is carried
out through an assessment of the main risks across
all business segments, regions, and selected staff
functions. An assessment is made of the potential
financial impact of the main risks, which are then
Top 7 business risks
Effect on our value and credit metric
1 (#1 in 2023)
Supply chain and cost inflation
2 (#3 in 2023)
Farm-downs and partnerships
3 (New in 2024)
Project execution
4 (#5 in 2023)
Cybersecurity
5 (#2 in 2023)
Inflation, interest rate, and currency risks
6 (#4 in 2023)
Power prices and energy markets
7 (New in 2024)
US regulatory risks
Quantification of risks is based on a scenario where the risk
occurs with 10 % probability (P90). Our Internal Audit function
has examined the process for identifying and measuring the
accompanying portfolio risks.
Impact on FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt
Impact on value
consolidated and evaluated at Group level. Overall
ownership for all mitigating actions for individual risks
identified as part of the annual risk assessment rests
with a member of the Group Executive Team.
The top six enterprise risks identified are shown to the
right where they are illustrated based on their poten-
tial impact (post-risk mitigation) on our value and
credit metrics over the next years. You can read more
about these risks and how we mitigate them on the
following pages.
In addition to these top risks, we are exposed to risks
which have a very small probability of occurring,
but which could potentially impact our finances or
reputation substantially.
Development in enterprise risks in 2024
We have introduced ‘Project execution’ as a new sixth
risk and ‘US regulatory risks’ as a new seventh risk
in 2024, and we have seen changes in the relative
importance of our top risks from last year.
Supply chain and cost inflation’ is still assessed to be
our largest risk. Supply chains are suffering delays,
and the financial position of our suppliers continues to
be stretched. While considering alternative suppliers,
27 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
we are is facing higher prices as the current strong
demand for the development of renewable projects
still exceeds the supply available. Throughout the
year, we have seen bottlenecks in several parts of our
supply chain, leading to increased costs and risk of
delayed projects.
‘Farm-downs and partnerships’ is placed as our second-
largest risk. Higher interest rates and increased global
geopolitical uncertainty continue to negatively impact
investor demand for renewable assets. There is an
increasing number of renewable assets being put
up for sale by companies who are looking to reduce
their capital exposure or rebalance their investments
to assets where they can access higher returns.
This greater competition for capital has led investors
to be more selective in their choices.
We assess ‘Project execution’ to be our third-largest
risk. Wind projects are large and complex in nature
and may encounter obstacles, from both internal and
external factors, causing delays and cost overruns.
All projects have completion deadlines, and failure to
meet these may result in partial or full loss of subsidies,
grid connections, and/or project rights. Ongoing
initiatives to strengthen project risk management
highlight the importance of managing this core risk
to Ørsted’s business and enabling future growth.
‘Cybersecurity’ has moved up to be our fourth-largest
risk. The geopolitical development over the past
years has shown that cyberattacks are an increased
threat to our operations. It is of the utmost importance
that we protect our infrastructure and systems from
malicious attacks. Furthermore, we can see that the
demand for cybersecurity professionals continue to
rise and currently outpace availability.
‘Inflation, interest rate, and currency risks’ is now
assessed to be our fifth-largest risk, and ‘Power prices
and energy markets’ is assessed as our sixth risk in 2024.
Both risks have moved down in ranking in 2024, mainly
because other risks have increased in magnitude. Lastly,
‘US regulatory risks’ has been added as our seventh
largest risk due to potential changes compared to
the current treasury guidance on the qualification
for bonus ITCs.
// ESRS 2, IRO-1
Sustainability-related risks
Managing and evaluating sustainability-related risks
as part of ongoing risk management activities is
essential for all companies, not least for those in the
renewable energy sector. While we have worked with
and reported on sustainability risks for many years, we
support the added transparency and standardisation
provided by the Corporate Sustainability Reporting
Directive (CSRD) – and see it as a way of working in
addition to being a reporting framework. For several
years, we have used the Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations as a
foundation for building our climate risk assessments.
These assessments, as well as our EU taxonomy
reporting, are now integrated into the climate change
section in our sustainability statements.
//
The CSRD mandates reporting on environmental,
social, and governance (ESG) practices and adher-
ence to a double materiality assessment (DMA).
These assessments are used to identify and disclose
material sustainability impacts and financial risks
and opportunities, inform areas for development,
and track progress annually, ensuring sustainability-
related financial risks are considered together with
the broader risk portfolio.
// ESRS 2, IRO-1
Based on the DMA performed in 2024, the magnitude
of the identified sustainability-related financial risks
were below the magnitude of the enterprise risks
presented on the previous page. During 2025, we
will further align the sustainability risk assessment
between the DMA and enterprise risk framework.
//
We have identified seven of the ten ESRS topical
standards under the CSRD to be material. These are
‘Climate change’ (ESRS E1), ‘Biodiversity and ecosys-
tems’ (ESRS E4), ‘Resource use and circular economy
(ESRS E5), ‘Own workforce’ (ESRS S1), ‘Workers in the
value chain’ (ESRS S2), ‘Affected communities’ (ESRS
S3), and ‘Business conduct’ (G1). A detailed description
of the DMA methodology and results can be found in
the ‘Sustainability statements’ on pages 67-74.
Offshore wind technicians,
Anholt Offshore Wind Farm, Denmark.
28 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
1. Supply chain and cost inflation
Description
As a global renewable energy developer, we are exposed
to risks related to cost inflation due to highly volatile
prices, driven by high global demand and opportunistic
supplier pricing.
There is a continued risk of supply chain bottlenecks,
due to the limited number of suppliers with required
capabilities. We have onboarded new suppliers;
however, this introduces a risk that some do not meet
the performance expectations or standards initially
contracted. Increased costs and supply chain shortages
are worsened by further barriers from geopolitical and
regulatory risks.
We also face credit and counterparty risks when procuring
equipment and services, if one of our suppliers should
default or deliver unsatisfactory products.
Potential impact
The inability of our suppliers to deliver on agreed
schedules, lack of available production capacity or
transportation and installations vessels, and sudden
inflation in key materials could result in project delays
and budget overruns as well as cancellation of projects.
Mitigating actions
We enter into volume agreements and source wind
turbines from key suppliers in a timely manner to reduce
uncertainty, and we have entered into long-term vessel
supply contracts. As part of our strengthened operating
model, we pro-actively secure additional capacity for
restricted supply chain sources to have more flexibility
and alternatives in our project plans and installation
schedules, and we monitor suppliers, e.g. by tracking
manufacturing progress.
To mitigate cost inflation risks, we carry out hedging for
steel and other commodities on an asset project basis.
Our process for vetting new suppliers is thorough, and we
have strict credit risk policies in place to manage credit
and counterparty risks.
2. Farm-downs and partnerships
Description
Our partnership strategy continues to be a cornerstone
in managing our financial planning and reaching our
strategic ambition, with a sizeable number of farm-
downs, full divestments, and joint venture partnerships
expected in the coming years. This entails risks related
to delays, lower proceeds, the lack of potential buyers,
regulatory and contractual restrictions, and the
macroeconomic environment.
There is an increased competition for capital, which is
leading investors to be more selective in their choices,
and in addition, buyers are increasingly seeking for
Ørsted to insulate them from project risks, for example
during the construction phase, which can increase the
impact of any negative developments in the individual
projects post-divestment on us.
Potential impact
Failure to complete future farm-downs of projects or
delays could lead to an adverse impact on our credit
rating and value. Furthermore, increasing interest
rates could have a negative impact on the investment
capacity and on the value extracted from partnerships.
Mitigating actions
We have years of experience in handling all aspects of
divestment and partnership processes with a strong
track record of creating value through our partnership
model.
Our highly experienced team is capable of not only
managing the equity transaction; it also takes the lead
on structuring the financing package together with or
on behalf of our partners.
We continuously engage with current and future
investors and partners to help secure demand for our
portfolio of assets.
3. Project execution
Description
Offshore wind projects are large and complex in nature
and may encounter obstacles, both from internal and
external factors, leading to installation challenges
impacting project execution, delays to construction
schedules, and cost overruns. The risk has increased in
the US, due to the uncertainty around the newly issued
executive orders.
Potential impact
All projects have completion deadlines, and failure to
meet these may result in partial or full loss of subsidies,
grid connections, and/or project rights, leading to
adverse impacts on financial metrics. Delays and
technical challenges can lead to cost-overruns during
the project execution phase. In the worst case, this risk
may lead to impairments or projects being cancelled
and subsequently high breakaway costs incurred.
Mitigating actions
Throughout the year, we have strengthened the risk
management activities during the construction phase
for offshore asset projects. We have implemented a
new operating model with a dedicated offshore project
risk management framework, including independent
project reviews, under a revised stage gate model.
In addition, we are planning a roll-out of a stronger
portfolio governance framework, targeting an early
and consistent identification of risks and management
of trade-offs. We carry out risk reviews for selected
projects and report to the Group Executive Team and
the Board of Directors, and we regularly report the status
on project execution progress and project risks to the
newly established Asset Project Committee.
4. Cybersecurity
Description
We face significant cybersecurity risks from individuals,
groups, and nations, aiming to harm or profit from the
company or the society it serves. Cyberthreats can range
from compromising a single asset to disrupting entire
operations and societies. Europe’s diversified energy
sources make us a potential target for cyberattacks,
as our critical knowledge in innovation and technology
attract threats or actors seeking confidential informa-
tion and access to critical national infrastructure.
Potential impact
Minor digital risk events, such as viruses and attempted
break-ins, are everyday risks without significant impact.
However, a ransomware attack or direct sabotage of
our digital systems and processes could severely impact
trading activities, financial settlements, maintenance,
construction, and contract negotiations. Dependence
on the enterprise environment means energy production
would be affected, with the impact increasing the longer
the disruption continues.
Mitigating actions
We face different types of cyber risks. Some are related
to our assets and some to our systems. Thus, we mitigate
cyber risks with several different initiatives, which are
continuously assessed and prioritised based on our
strategic cybersecurity risk assessment with the aim of
lowering our risk exposure.
At our operating assets, we have deployed production
cyberdefences to enhance protection against onsite and
offsite attacks. In addition, we have a top-level information
and cybersecurity management system and framework,
supported by our global governance model. We have
regular trainings and roll-out of new security measures
as they are approved. We also carry out selected crisis
response and preparedness testing and training.
This way, our cyber capability is continuously improved
to identify, protect, detect, respond, and recover across
the enterprise and production sites.
29 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5. Inflation, interest rate, and currency risks
Description
Our inflation, interest rate, and currency risks are related
to volatility in the macroeconomic environment where
we operate.
We are exposed to inflation, both directly through the
real return but also indirectly through cost inflation
and higher interest rates. Approx. 50 % of our revenue in
2025-2030 is inflation-indexed and expected to follow
the development in consumer prices, thereby protecting
the real value of our assets and equity. However, for
assets and in markets where we do not have inflation-
indexed PPAs or subsidies, we are exposed to inflation
risks, where an increase in inflation will adversely impact
the expected real value of our revenue.
Potential impact
Fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, and foreign
exchange rates may adversely impact our earnings and
the value of our assets.
Mitigation initiatives
We prefer investing in assets and entering into contracts
with inflation-indexed revenue streams to mitigate cost
inflation, and we match our debt with our assets per
currency and the same payment structures (modified
duration). Hence, our European fixed nominal subsidies
are being offset by EUR-denominated fixed-rate debt.
In contrast, we have entered into inflation swaps for
part of our inflation-indexed revenue in the UK to match
our nominal GBP debt. In new markets, we may execute
interest rate swaps to lock in interest rates before financing
is secured.
Our currency exposure is managed by hedging more in
the near years and less in the later years over a five-year
horizon.
Read more about inflation and interest rate risks in note
6.3 ‘Inflation and interest rate risks’ and about currency
risks in note 6.4 ‘Currency risks’.
6. Power prices and energy markets
Description
Power price risks primarily originate from the sale of
our renewable power generation in the UK, the US,
and north-western Europe. Our CHP plants constitute
a spread risk due to the difference between the prices
of the power generated and the fuel consumed (i.e.
biomass, gas, and carbon dioxide allowances).
We are also exposed to second-order risks, arising from
power price hedges not fully matching our actual revenue
exposure (i.e. position, intermittency, and regulatory risks).
Furthermore, we are exposed to liquidity risks where
we are required to post collateral at exchanges if our
positions are ‘out of the money’ (which was the case
when the energy prices soared throughout 2022).
Potential impact
Energy prices are volatile and can impact both earnings
and liquidity.
Mitigating actions
Approx. 85 % of our expected revenue from generation
of power from renewable offshore and onshore assets in
2025-2030 have no exposure to power price risk as the
price is either regulated through subsidies or contracted
through CPPAs. This significantly reduces our exposure
towards volatility in power prices.
We manage the remaining 15 % of our exposure through a
hedge framework, under which we hedge up to 70 % of the
power generation volume in the first two years. The 70 %
limit is set based on an assessment of the uncertainties
related to power generation volumes. The hedge level is
based on a holistic assessment of the risk profile of the
combined offshore and onshore assets as well as the
balance between market, credit, and liquidity risks.
Read more about our risk framework and energy price risks
in notes 6.1 ‘Risk framework’ and 6.2 ‘Energy price risks’.
Legal compliance
Description
Risks associated with legal compliance are assessed
based on financial and reputational significance and
probability. Our most significant risks are 1) tax law,
2) financial regulation, and 3) tender law. (1) We operate
in tax regimes with different tax rules and rates, and our
tax affairs span over corporate tax compliance, transfer
pricing, and indirect taxes. (2) We are subject to several
financial regulations, such as REMIT, MAR, EMIR, Dodd
Frank, MiFID, SFTR, and AML1. The financial regulations
are relevant for a large part of our activities. (3) Many
of our purchases of goods, services, and work in the EU
are subject to EU and local tender rules.
Potential impact
Failure to comply with the above-mentioned rules and
regulations may result in severe legal sanctions, such as
imprisonment, fines, and damage claims, but will also
impact sourcing processes and subsequently increase
the risk of project delays.
Mitigating initiatives
(1) We have implemented a comprehensive tax control
framework and a mandatory compliance framework,
including transfer pricing documentation, in line with
OECD recommendations and local requirements. This
has been prepared on a contemporary basis to mitigate
our tax risks. (2) We have implemented comprehensive
policies, procedures, training, and controls for relevant
parts of our business to ensure compliance with finan-
cial regulations. We also carry out regular training on
relevant regulatory topics. (3) To ensure compliance with
tender laws, our legal team carries out training courses
for procurement teams and e-learning targeted for new
employees and has developed comprehensive guide-
lines on how to apply the standard tender documents.
The legal team also works closely together with the
procurement team on major tenders.
7. US regulatory risks
Description
Ørsted is exposed to potential changes in energy policy,
tax incentives, and regulatory frameworks in the US.
This leads to risks relating to permitting and regulation,
grid infrastructure, carbon standards, and trade policies
as well as the ability to qualify for the additional 10 %
ITC bonus credits on our US offshore wind projects
Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind. In our business cases,
we have included a 95 % probability of qualifying for
the additional 10 % ITC bonus credits based on our
assessment that the onshore substations are located
on brownfield sites as defined by the current ‘energy
community’ guidance.
Potential impact
If our US offshore projects Revolution Wind and Sunrise
Wind fail to qualify for additional 10 % ITC bonus credits,
it will lead to adverse financial impacts, including further
impairments of approx. DKK 5.1 billion. See more in note
3.2 ‘Impairments’, where we have included sensitivity
analyses of impairment effects if assumptions to ITC
bonus credits change.
Mitigating actions
Actions to mitigate risks are ongoing, such as tracking
and mitigating tariff risks on components. Our highly
experienced market-facing team is continuously working
on a good and constructive dialogue with relevant
stakeholders in the US administration regarding any
potential changes on tax incentives, and we rely on the
solid existing guidance and current frameworks issued.
We also include sensitivities on forward-looking tax
equity assumptions in our business cases.
30 Management’s review
|
Strategy and businessØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The jack-up vessel Seaway Ventus successfully installed the
first of the 83 offshore wind turbines that will make up Borkum
Riffgrund 3 in Germany in June 2024. When complete, the
offshore wind farm will be Germany’s largest, with an installed
capacity of 913 MW. It is also the first in the world to have been
awarded without any subsidies.
Performance
32 Full-year results
36 Five-year summary
37 Fourth quarter
42 Quarterly summary, 2023-2024
31 Management’s review ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Full-year results
Financial results
Revenue
Power generation from offshore and onshore assets
increased by 9 % and totalled 33.9 TWh in 2024.
The increase was due to ramp-up of generation from
our offshore wind farms Greater Changhua 1 and 2a,
South Fork, and Gode Wind 3, our onshore wind farm
Sunflower, and our solar PV farms Sparta Solar (part
of Helena Energy Center), Eleven Mile Solar Center,
and Mockingbird. Furthermore, we had higher wind
speeds across our portfolio. This was partly offset by
lower availability at Hornsea 1 and 2 due to electrical
infrastructure issues in the export transmission cables,
resulting in periods with curtailment in H1 2024.
Further, bad weather conditions in the US in Q1 2024
affected our onshore assets, and the divestment of
London Array in Q3 2023 impacted the year-on-year
comparison.
Heat generation increased by 5 % in 2024, mainly due
to colder weather in Q1. Thermal power generation
increased by 2 %, mainly due to more attractive spreads.
Our renewable share of generation amounted to
97 %, an increase of 4 percentage points compared
to last year.
Revenue amounted to DKK 71.0 billion. The decrease
of 10 % relative to 2023 was mainly due to lower
power sales, mainly due to lower volumes sold on
third-party contracts with limited impact on EBITDA.
EBITDA
Operating profit (EBITDA) for the year amounted
to DKK 32.0 billion, DKK 13.2 billion higher than in
2023. Adjusted for cancellation fees and new partner-
ships, EBITDA increased by DKK 0.7 billion (3 %) to
DKK 24.8 billion.
The impact on EBITDA from cancellation fees amounted
to an income of DKK 7.3 billion in 2024 and related
to Ocean Wind 1 as well as the decision to cease
construction of FlagshipONE. As regards Ocean Wind 1,
we have finalised the negotiations of several contracts
with a better outcome than provided for in 2023,
leading to a positive EBITDA impact. This was partly
offset by costs related to fulfilling and cancelling
contracts for FlagshipONE. In 2023, the cancellation
fees related to ceasing development of the Ocean
Wind 1 project. Earnings from new partnerships in 2023
primarily related to the divestment of London Array.
EBITDA excluding new partnerships and cancellation fees
DKKbn
Other
Sites
CHP plants 0.0
Gas & Other -0.5
0.2
Sites 3.6
Existing partnerships -1.9
0.8
Other
Other
-1.6
0.2
2024 24.8
2023 24.0
Offshore
Bio & Other
Financial results
DKKm 2024 2023 %
Revenue 71,034 79,255 (10 %)
EBITDA 31,959 18,717 71 %
New partnerships (127) 4,324 n.a.
Cancellation fees 7, 3 35 (9,621) n.a.
EBITDA excl. new partnerships and cancellation fees 24,751 24,014 3 %
Depreciation and amortisation (10,225) (9,795) 4 %
Impairment (loss)/reversal (15,563) (26,775) (42 %)
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) 6,171 (17,853) n.a.
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises (11) 234 n.a.
Financial items, net (3,591) (1,443) 149 %
Profit before tax 2,606 (19,026) n.a.
Tax on profit (loss) for the year (2,590) (1,156) 124 %
Tax rate 99 % (6 %) 105 %p
Profit (loss) for the year 16 (20,182) n.a.
Onshore
32 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Earnings from Offshore sites amounted to DKK 23.8
billion, an increase of DKK 3.6 billion compared to 2023.
The increase was due to higher wind speeds (DKK 0.4
billion), ramp-up of generation at Greater Changhua 1
and 2a, South Fork, and Gode Wind 3, and higher prices
on green certificates and on the inflation- indexed CfD
and ROC wind farms. This was partly offset by the lower
availability mentioned above and the divestment of
London Array in Q3 2023.
In addition, earnings in ‘Sites’ were positively impacted
by DKK 0.9 billion of indirect costs to ‘Other’ due to a
change in allocation method. This had no impact on
total EBITDA for Offshore.
EBITDA from existing partnerships decreased by
DKK 1.9 billion and amounted to a loss of DKK 1.0
billion in 2024, which mainly related to updated
assumptions and increased provision related to
operation and maintenance of offshore transmission
assets in the UK, higher costs for Borkum Riffgrund 3,
which reduced earnings under the construction
agreement, and minor adjustments related to farm-
downs completed in prior years.
EBITDA from our Onshore business excl. new partner-
ships amounted to DKK 4.0 billion, DKK 1.0 billion
higher than in 2023. The increase was due to ramp-up
of generation at Sunflower, Sparta Solar, Mockingbird,
and Eleven Mile Solar Center. This was partly offset by
periods with bad weather conditions in the US in Q1
2024, resulting in lower availability and generation.
EBITDA from our CHP plants amounted to DKK 1.2
billion in 2024, in line with last year.
EBITDA from our gas business totalled DKK 0.2 billion
in 2024, DKK 0.3 billion lower than last year. The
decrease was the result of a positive revaluation of our
gas at storage in 2023, which was not repeated to the
same extent in 2024.
Impairment
Impairment losses had a negative effect in 2024 of
DKK 15.6 billion. The main contributors to the net
impairment were construction delay and increased
costs for Sunrise Wind (DKK 4.3 billion) and Revolution
Wind (DKK 3.8 billion), lower valuation of our seabed
leases (DKK 4.1 billion), an increase in the US long-
dated interest rate (DKK 2.7 billion across our US
portfolio), and our decision to cease construction of
FlagshipONE (DKK 1.5 billion). This was partly offset by
a reversal on our Sunrise Wind project (DKK 1.8 billion)
due to its award of a higher OREC by the State of New
York. Impairments in 2023 amounted to DKK 26.8
billion, of which DKK 20 billion related to Ocean Wind 1.
See note 3.2 ‘Impairments’ for more information.
EBIT
EBIT increased by DKK 24.0 billion to DKK 6.2 billion
in 2024. This was mainly due to the higher EBITDA, of
which cancellation fees accounted for DKK 17.0 billion
(positive impact in 2024 of DKK 7.3 billion and negative
impact in 2023 of DKK 9.6 billion), partly countered
by the DKK 11.2 billion higher impairments in 2023.
Adjusted for cancellation fees and impairments, EBIT
amounted to DKK 14.4 billion, down DKK 4.1 billion
compared to 2023 due to lower earnings from new
partnerships.
Financial income and expenses
Net financial income and expenses amounted to
DKK -3.6 billion compared to DKK -1.4 billion in 2023.
The higher net expenses were mainly due to gains
on interest rate swaps in 2023 not being eligible for
hedge accounting and from negative exchange rate
adjustments.
Tax and tax rate
Tax on profit for the year amounted to DKK 2.6 billion,
DKK 1.4 billion higher than last year. The tax rate in
2024 was 99 % and was negatively affected by the
recognition of deferred tax liabilities related to tax
equity contributions for US projects and net unrecog-
nised deferred tax assets, including effects related
to impairment losses and cancellation fees. In 2023,
the tax rate of -6 % was affected by non-taxable
gains on London Array and Gode Wind 3, unrecog-
nised deferred tax assets related to impairment losses
and cancellation fees, and a reversal of a recognised
deferred tax liability in the US related to the tax equity
partnership for Ocean Wind 1. See note 4.2 ‘Tax on
profit (loss) for the year.
Profit for the year
Profit for the year totalled DKK 0.0 billion, DKK 20.2
billion higher than in 2023. The increase was mainly
due to higher EBITDA and lower impairments. Adjusted
for cancellation fees and impairments (after tax), profit
for the year amounted to DKK 6.4 billion, a decrease
of DKK 8.5 billion compared to 2023, driven by lower
earnings from new partnerships, higher net finance
costs, and higher tax, which was only partly offset by
higher underlying EBITDA.
EBITDA
Offshore 84 %
Onshore
13 %
Bioenergy
& Other
3 %
DKK 32.0 bn
33 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Cash flows and net debt
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from operating activities totalled DKK 18.4
billion in 2024 compared to DKK 28.5 billion in 2023
with negative year-over-year contributions from can-
cellation fee payments, construction contracts, paid
taxes, and lower receipt of previous margin payments.
This was partly offset by higher tax equity contributions
and part of the proceeds from the partial divestment of
four UK wind farms being booked as a prepayment.
During 2024, we had a net cash outflow of DKK 6.3
billion from payments of cancellation fees regarding
Ocean Wind 1. These payments are part of ‘Change
in provisions’, which furthermore reflects the DKK 7.3
billion non-cash change in provision we have reserved
through EBITDA in 2024 as mentioned above. In 2023,
we paid DKK 1.5 billion in cancellation fees and had an
opposite impact on ‘Change in provisions’ related to
the DKK 9.6 billion non-cash cancellation fee provision
recognised in EBITDA. At the end of 2024, the remain-
ing provision related to the Ocean Wind 1 cancella-
tion fee amounted to DKK 1.6 billion.
During 2024, we released DKK 1.8 billion, net, in varia-
tion margin payments on unrealised hedges (‘Change
in variation margin’) and initial margin payments at
clearing houses (part of ‘Change in other working
capital’), whereas we released DKK 9.3 billion in 2023.
The changes are specified as follows:
· The variation margin payments were a cash inflow
of DKK 1.5 billion vs a cash inflow of DKK 7.1 billion
in 2023.
Cash flow and net debt
DKKm 2024 2023 %
Cash flows from operating activities 18,356 28,532 (36 %)
EBITDA 31,959 18,717 71 %
Reversal of gain (loss) on divestment of assets (349) (5,745) (94 %)
Change in derivatives, excl. variation margin (892) (2,812) (68 %)
Change in variation margin 1,540 7,086 (78 %)
Change in provisions (13,057) 8,454 n.a.
Other items (129) 287 n.a.
Interest expense, net (474) 1,384 n.a.
Paid tax (6,327) (2,717) 133 %
Change in work in progress (3,803) (722) 427 %
Change in tax equity liabilities 1,458 374 290 %
Change in other working capital 8,430 4,226 100 %
Gross investments (42,808) (38,509) 11 %
Divestments 15,680 1,542 917 %
Free cash flow (8,772) (8,435) 4 %
Net interest-bearing debt at 1 January 47,379 30,571 55 %
Free cash flow 8,772 8,435 4 %
Dividends and hybrid coupons paid 1,028 6,613 (84 %)
Addition of leasing obligations, net 1,076 978 10 %
Repurchase of hybrid capital, net (1,813) 699 n.a.
Exchange rate adjustments, etc. 1,585 83 1,810 %
Net interest-bearing debt at 31 December 58,027 47,379 22 %
Gain (loss) on sale of assets is part of EBITDA but is presented as part of the ‘divestment’ cash flow.
The EBITDA effect is thus reversed in the specification of cash flows from operating activities.
Key ratios
DKKm, % 2024 2023 %
ROCE, % 4.5 (14.2) 19 %p
Adjusted interest-bearing net debt, DKKm 71,392 59,056 21 %
FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt, % 13.2 28.6 (15 %p)
ROCE and FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt is specified in notes 2 ‘Return on capital employed
and 5.1 ‘Interest- bearing net debt and FFO’.
· The initial margin payments were a cash inflow of
DKK 0.3 billion vs a cash inflow of DKK 2.2 billion
in 2023.
In 2024, we had a net cash outflow from work in
progress of DKK 3.8 billion, mainly related to the
construction of the Hornsea 3 and Hornsea 4 off-
shore transmission assets and the construction of
Gode Wind 3 for partners, partly offset by milestone
payments received for Borkum Riffgrund 3 and Greater
Changhua 4. In 2023, we had a cash outflow of DKK 0.7
billion, mainly related to construction of the Hornsea 3
offshore transmission assets and work at Greater
Changhua 1, partly offset by the sale of our remaining
50 % of the Hornsea 2 offshore transmission assets.
In 2024, we received tax equity contributions for Eleven
Mile Solar Center, Sparta Solar, and Mockingbird, while
we received tax equity contributions for Sunflower
in Onshore and South Fork in Offshore in 2023. In both
years, ‘Change in tax equity’ includes a reversal of
the non-cash recognition of tax credits and benefits
through EBITDA.
‘Change in other working capital’ was positively
affected by a DKK 6.2 billion prepayment of power
related to the divestment of an equity ownership stake
in a portfolio consisting of four UK offshore wind farms.
34 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Taxonomy-aligned KPIs
Read more about our EU taxonomy-aligned
KPIs in our ‘Sustainability statements’.
Revenue 91 %
EBITDA 99 %
OPEX 86 %
Investments and divestments
Gross investments amounted to DKK 42.8 billion in
2024. The main investments were:
· offshore wind farms (DKK 33.0 billion), including
Greater Changhua 2b and 4 in Taiwan and our
portfolio of US and German projects
· onshore wind and solar PV farms (DKK 7.4 billion),
including the construction of Eleven Mile Solar Center,
Mockingbird, Badger Wind, and our portfolio of
European projects
· CHP plants (DKK 2.3 billion), including carbon
capture and storage facilities in Denmark.
In 2024, ‘Divestments’ amounted to DKK 15.7 billion
and were mainly related to the divestment of an equity
ownership stake in a portfolio consisting of four UK
offshore wind farms and a portfolio of four US onshore
wind farms, the farm-downs of Greater Changhua 4 and
Mockingbird, the sale of the French part of our European
Onshore portfolio, and customary compensation to our
partners in Hornsea 1 for wake-loss effects.
In 2023, ‘Divestments’ amounted to DKK 1.5 billion
and were related to the divestment of London Array,
a 50 % farm-down of Gode Wind 3, and our acquisition
of Eversource’s 50 % ownership share of Lease Area 500
and PSEG’s 25 % equity stake in Ocean Wind 1. As the
two US acquisitions are with non-controlling share-
holders, they are not included in ‘Gross investments’
but as part of ‘Divestments.
Interest-bearing net debt
Interest-bearing net debt totalled DKK 58.0 billion at
the end of 2024 against DKK 47.4 billion at the end
of 2023. The increase was mainly due to a negative
free cash flow of DKK 8.8 billion, partly offset by net
issuance of hybrid capital in 2024.
Equity and capital employed
Equity
Equity was DKK 93.5 billion at the end of 2024 against
DKK 77.8 billion at the end of 2023. The partial divest-
ment of the four UK offshore wind farms and four US
onshore wind farms contributed DKK 10.4 billion to
non-controlling interests.
Capital employed
Capital employed was DKK 151.5 billion at the end
of 2024 against DKK 125.2 billion at the end of 2023,
mainly due to new investments.
Financial ratios
Return on capital employed (ROCE)
Return on capital employed (ROCE) was 4.5 % in 2024.
The increase of 19 percentage points compared to
last year was attributable to a higher EBIT due to
higher EBITDA and lower impairment losses in 2024.
ROCE adjusted for impairment losses and cancellation
fees in 2024 was 10.1 % vs 12.9 % in 2023.
Credit metric (FFO/adjusted net debt)
The funds from operations (FFO)/adjusted net debt
credit metric was 13.2 % in 2024 against 28.6 % in
2023. The decrease was due to lower FFO and higher
interest-bearing net debt. Adjusted for cancellation
fee payments, the credit metric was 21.6 % in 2024.
ESG results
Renewable share of heat and power generation
The renewable share of heat and power generation
amounted to 97 % in 2024, a 4 percentage point
increase compared to 2023. The increase was driven
by lower coal-based generation at the CHP plants.
Greenhouse gas emissions
Our greenhouse gas emissions from heat and power
generation (scopes 1 and 2) decreased by 54 % in 2024
compared to 2023, mainly due to a decrease in the
use of fossil fuels, primarily coal, at our CHP plants.
Our scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas intensity decreased
to 16 g CO
2
e/kWh in 2024 against 38 g CO
2
e/kWh in
2023, mainly due to a decrease in scope 1 emissions
(numerator) together with an increase in total heat
and power generation (denominator).
Our scope 1-3 greenhouse gas intensity (excluding
gas sales) increased to 127 g CO
2
e/kWh in 2024
against 80 g CO
2
e/kWh in 2023, mainly due to scope 3
emissions from commissioned assets (capital goods). In
2024, we commissioned four major solar farms in the
US and three offshore wind farms in Taiwan and the
US, whereas we only commissioned four onshore wind
farms in 2023.
Safety
In 2024, we had 85 total recordable injuries (TRIs),
of which 66 injuries were related to contractors
employees. This was an increase of 12 injuries or 16 %
compared to 2023. Total hours worked increased by
20 %, resulting in a decrease in the total recordable
injury rate (TRIR) from 2.8 in 2023 to 2.7 in 2024.
Gross investments 99 %
35 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Five-year summary
1
In 2023, we changed our accounting policy on recognition of revenue from the settlement of failed own-use contracts related to power.
The change only impacts revenue and cost of sales with no impact on EBITDA. The comparisons for 2022 have been adjusted, but 2020-2021
numbers have not been adjusted. The related power volumes in 2022 and 2023 have consequently been netted.
2
For 2021-2020, these business drivers are for US only.
Financial statements
DKKm 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020
Income statement
Revenue
1
71,034 79,255 114,417 77,673 50,151
EBITDA 31,959 18,717 32,057 24,296 16,598
Offshore 26,470 13,817 19,569 18,021 14,451
Sites, O&M, and PPAs 23,819 20,207 9,940 13,059 15,177
Construction agreements and divestment gains (1,065) 5,218 12,277 7,535 1,593
Cancellation fees 7,335 (9,621) - - -
Other (3,619) (1,987) (2,648) (2,573) (2,319)
Onshore 3,863 2,970 3,644 1,349 1,112
Bioenergy & Other 1,082 1,523 8,619 4,747 824
Other activities 544 407 225 179 210
Depreciation and amortisation (10,225) (9,795) (9,754) (7,972) (7,588)
Impairment (15,563) (26,775) (2,529) (129) -
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) 6,171 (17,853) 19,774 16,195 9,010
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises (11) 234 331 (742) 10,831
Net financial income and expenses (3,591) (1,443) (2,536) (2,166) (2,524)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,606 (19,026) 17,609 13,277 17,324
Ta x (2,590) (1,156) (2,613) (2,390) (1,776)
Profit (loss) for the year 16 (20,182) 14,996 10,887 15,537
Balance sheet
Assets 298,786 281,136 314,142 270,385 196,719
Equity 93,484 77,791 95,532 85,137 97,329
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S 62,138 56,782 71,743 64,072 81,376
Hybrid capital 20,955 19,103 19,793 17,984 13,232
Non-controlling interests 10,391 1,906 3,996 3,081 2,721
Interest-bearing net debt 58,027 47,379 30,571 24,280 12,343
Capital employed 151,511 125,170 126,103 109,416 109,672
Additions to property, plant, and equipment 46,985 37,954 33,662 43,941 28,442
Cash flow
Cash flows from operating activities 18,356 28,532 11,924 12,148 16,466
Gross investments (42,808) (38,509) (37,447) (39,307) (26,967)
Divestments 15,680 1,542 25,636 21,519 19,039
Free cash flow (8,772) (8,435) 113 (5,640) 8,538
Financial ratios
Return on capital employed (ROCE), % 4.5 (14.2) 16.8 14.8 8.3
FFO/adjusted net debt, % 13.2 28.6 42.7 26.3 65.0
Number of outstanding shares, 31 December, ‘000 420,381 420,381 420,209 420,175 420,068
Share price, 31 December, DKK 324 374 631 835 1,244
Market capitalisation, 31 December, DKKbn 136 157 265 351 522
Earnings per share (EPS), DKK (2.2) (50.1) 34.6 24.3 38.8
Dividend yield, % - - 2.1 1.5 0.9
Business drivers 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020
Offshore
Decided (FID’ed) and installed capacity, GW 16.8 15.5 11.1 10.9 9.9
Installed capacity, GW 9.9 8.9 8.9 7.6 7.6
Generation capacity, GW 5.3 5.0 4.7 4.0 4.4
Wind speed, m/s 10.0 9.8 9.5 9.1 10.0
Load factor, % 42 43 42 39 45
Availability, % 88 93 94 94 94
Power generation, GWh 18,599 17,761 16,483 13,808 15,248
Power sales, GWh 19,967 21,448 23,194 25,020 29,152
Onshore
Decided (FID’ed) and installed capacity, GW 7.0 6.4 6.2 4.7 3.4
Installed capacity, GW 6.2 4.8 4.2 3.4 1.7
Wind speed
2
, m/s 7.2 7.2 7.4 7.4 7.6
Load factor
2
, wind, % 37 36 40 42 45
Load factor
2
, solar PV, % 25 24 25 24 -
Availability
2
, wind, % 90 88 93 96 96
Availability
2
, solar PV, % 98 98 98 96 -
Power generation, GWh 15,315 13,374 13,146 8,352 5,738
Bioenergy & Other
Degree days, number 2,485 2,585 2,548 2,820 2,432
Heat generation, GWh 6,919 6,587 6,368 7,907 6,671
Power generation, GWh 4,522 4,437 6,012 6,890 4,438
Power sales, GWh 2,426 2,627 5,399 8,797 11,623
Gas sales, GWh 17,372 16,880 31,637 61,349 90,347
Sustainability statements
Employees (FTE), end of year, number 8,278 8,905 8,027 6,836 6,179
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR) 2.7 2.8 3.1 3.0 3.6
Fatalities, number 0 0 0 0 0
Renewable share of energy generation, % 97 93 91 90 90
GHG emission (scopes 1 & 2), million tonnes 0.7 1.6 2.5 2.1 1.9
GHG intensity (scopes 1 & 2), g CO
2
e/kWh 16 38 60 58 58
GHG intensity (scopes 1-3 excl. gas sales), g CO
2
e/kWh 127 80 147 165 162
GHG emissions (scope 3), million tonnes 9.0 5.6 11.0 18.2 25.3
36 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Onshore
Group financial performance
EBITDA
Operating profit (EBITDA) for the fourth quarter
amounted to DKK 8.4 billion, DKK 9.0 billion higher
than in 2023. Adjusted for cancellation fees and new
partnerships, EBITDA decreased by DKK 1.1 billion
to DKK 7.6 billion. Of this, Offshore contributed with
DKK 5.8 billion (down DKK 1.0 billion from Q4 2023),
Onshore contributed with DKK 1.1 billion (up DKK 0.6
billion from Q4 2023), and Bioenergy & Other con-
tributed with DKK 0.9 billion (down DKK 0.6 billion from
Q4 2023).
The impact on EBITDA from cancellation fees was
an income of DKK 0.9 billion in Q4 2024 and related
to changes in the provision for onerous contracts for
Ocean Wind 1. New partnerships in Q4 2024 related to
the divestment of Mockingbird and Greater Changhua 4,
whereas new partnerships in Q4 2023 related to the
divestment of Gode Wind 3.
Impairment losses
We had net impairments of DKK 12.1 billion in Q4 2024
related to our US portfolio. The negative development
was driven by an increase in long-dated interest rates
in the US (DKK 4.3 billion across the portfolio), revalu-
ation of our Ocean Wind and Skipjack seabed leases
(DKK 3.5 billion), as well as construction delays and
higher expected costs due to increased risk related to
Sunrise Wind (DKK 4.3 billion excl. interest rate impact).
See note 3.2 ‘Impairments’ for more information.
Fourth quarter
Financial results
DKKm Q4 2024 Q4 2023 %
Revenue 21,077 21,530 (2 %)
EBITDA 8,353 (686) n.a.
New partnerships (127) 317 n.a.
Cancellation fees 926 (9,621) n.a.
EBITDA excl. new partnerships and cancellation fees 7,554 8,618 (12 %)
Depreciation and amortisation (2,571) (2,366) 9 %
Impairment (loss)/reversal (12,127) 1,647 n.a.
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) (6,345) (1,405) 352 %
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises 34 (44) n.a.
Financial items, net (457) 2,001 n.a.
Profit (loss) before tax (6,761) 557 n.a.
Ta x 677 (841) n.a.
Tax rate 10 % 151 % (141 %p)
Profit (loss) for the period (6,084) (284) n.a.
EBITDA excluding new partnerships and cancellation fees
DKKbn
Other
Sites
CHP plants
Gas & Other
-0.2
-0.4
-0.1
Sites 1.4
Existing partnerships -1. 3
0.3
0.3
Other
Other
-1.1
Q4 2024 7. 6
Q4 2023 8.6
Offshore
Bio & Other
Tax and tax rate
Tax on profit for the quarter amounted to a net
income of DKK 0.7 billion compared to an expense
of DKK 0.8 billion in Q4 2023. The tax rate was 10 %
and was impacted by net unrecognised deferred tax
assets, including impairment losses and cancellation
fees.
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from operating activities totalled DKK 10.3
billion in Q4 2024 compared to DKK 6.2 billion in Q4
2023 with positive year-over-year contributions from
a prepayment related to the partial divestment of four
UK wind farms, tax equity contributions, and lower
cash outflows related to financial instruments and
construction contracts, partly offset by cancellation
fee payments, higher paid taxes, and lower unwinding
of previous margin payments.
During Q4 2024, we had a net cash outflow of DKK 0.4
billion from payments of cancellation fees regarding
Ocean Wind 1 (part of ‘Change in provisions’).
During Q4 2024, cash flows from variation margin
payments on unrealised hedges (‘Change in variation
margin’) and initial margin payments at clearing
houses (part of ‘Change in other working capital’)
were net neutral, whereas we released DKK 3.0 billion
in Q4 2023.
37 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
In Q4 2024, we had a net cash outflow from work
in progress of DKK 0.4 billion, mainly related to the
construction of the Hornsea 3 offshore transmission
assets and the construction of Borkum Riffgrund 3
and Greater Changhua 1. This was partly offset
by milestone payments from partners in Greater
Changhua 4. In Q4 2023, we had a net cash outflow
of DKK 1.8 billion, mainly related to the construction
of the Hornsea 2 and Hornsea 3 offshore transmission
assets and the construction of Greater Changhua 1
and Borkum Riffgrund 3.
In Q4 2024, we received new tax equity contributions
for Mockingbird, while we did not receive any new tax
equity contributions in Q4 2023.
Change in ‘Other working capital’ was positively
affected in Q4 2024 by a DKK 6.2 billion prepayment
of power related to the divestment of an equity
ownership stake in a portfolio consisting of four UK
offshore wind farms.
Investments and divestments
Gross investments amounted to DKK 17.1 billion
in Q4 2024. The main investments were:
· offshore wind farms (DKK 13.4 billion), including
Greater Changhua 2b and 4 in Taiwan and our
portfolio of US and German projects
· onshore wind and solar PV farms (DKK 2.7 billion),
including the construction of Eleven Mile Solar Center,
Mockingbird, and our portfolio of European projects.
In Q4 2024, ‘Divestments’ amounted to DKK 13.3
billion and were mainly related to the divestment of
an equity ownership stake in a portfolio consisting
of four UK offshore wind farms and the farm-downs
of Greater Changhua 4 and Mockingbird. In Q4 2023,
divestments amounted to DKK 1.9 billion and were
mainly related to the 50 % farm-down of Gode Wind 3.
Cash flow and net debt
DKKm Q4 2024 Q4 2023 %
Cash flows from operating activities 10,306 6,170 67 %
EBITDA 8,353 (686) n.a.
Reversal of gain (loss) on divestment of assets (83) (692) (88 %)
Change in derivatives, excl. variation margin 203 (4,202) n.a.
Change in variation margin 74 2,690 (97 %)
Change in provisions (1,466) 8,330 n.a.
Other items (56) 354 n.a.
Interest expenses, net 158 2,259 (93 %)
Paid tax (3,147) (587) 436 %
Change in work in progress (399) (1,761) (77 %)
Change in tax equity partner liabilities 155 (527) n.a.
Change in other working capital 6,514 992 558 %
Gross investments (17,114) (13,039) 31 %
Divestments 13,317 1,861 616 %
Free cash flow 6,509 (5,008) n.a.
Net interest-bearing debt, beginning of period 62,817 42,892 46 %
Free cash flow (6,509) 5,008 n.a.
Dividends and hybrid coupon paid 535 440 22 %
Addition to lease obligations, net 36 13 177 %
Exchange rate adjustments, etc. 1,148 (974) n.a.
Net interest-bearing debt, end of period 58,027 47,379 22 %
38 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Offshore
Financial results for Q4 2024
Power generation decreased by 5 % to 5.7 TWh
in Q4 2024 due to lower wind speeds. This was partly
offset by ramp-up of generation at South Fork and
Gode Wind 3.
Wind speeds amounted to a portfolio average of
11.1 m/s, which was lower than in Q4 2023 (11.5 m/s)
and the normal wind speeds expected in the fourth
quarter (11.5 m/s).
Availability was 94 %, which was 2 percentage points
higher than in the same period last year, due to
scheduled outages and component replacements
in Q4 2023 not being repeated to the same extent in
Q4 2024.
Revenue was at the same level as 2024 and amounted
to DKK 16.2 billion.
Revenue from offshore wind farms in operation
increased by 2 % to DKK 8.6 billion, mainly driven
by increased revenue from CfD contracts, ROCs,
and green certificates, only partly offset by lower
generation. Revenue from power sales decreased
by 8 % to DKK 6.2 billion, due to lower volumes sold
on third-party contracts. Revenue from construction
agreements mainly related to the construction of
Borkum Riffgrund 3 for partners.
EBITDA increased by DKK 9.3 billion and amounted
to DKK 6.6 billion.
EBITDA from ‘Sites, O&M, and PPAs’ increased by
DKK 1.4 billion and amounted to DKK 8.5 billion in
Q4 2024. The increase was driven by ramp-up of
generation from Gode Wind 3 and South Fork, higher
revenue from CfDs, ROCs and green certificates as
well as lower costs and higher O&M fees in Q4 2024.
This was only partly offset by lower wind speeds
(DKK 1.0 billion). In addition, we have reallocated
DKK 0.9 billion of indirect costs from ‘Sites’ to ‘Other
at year end.
EBITDA from ‘Construction agreements and
divestment gains’ amounted to DKK -0.9 billion in
Q4 2024 and mainly related to updated assumptions
and an increased provision related to operation and
maintenance of offshore transmission assets in the
UK and higher costs for Borkum Riffgrund 3, which
reduced earnings under the construction agreement.
In Q4 2023, earnings mainly related to the divestment
of Gode Wind 3.
EBITDA from cancellation fees amounted to a net
income of DKK 0.9 billion in Q4 2024 and related to
changes in the provision for onerous contracts for
Ocean Wind 1. In Q4 2023, we had a negative effect
from cancellation fees related to our decision to cease
the development of Ocean Wind 1.
EBITDA from ‘Other’ was DKK 1.1 billion more negative
than in Q4 2023, of which DKK 0.9 billion related to the
cost reallocation, which had no impact on the total
EBITDA for Offshore.
Results Q4 2024 Q4 2023 % 2024 2023 %
Business drivers
Decided (FID’ed) and installed
capacity, GW 16.8 15.5 7 % 16.8 15.5 7 %
Installed capacity, GW 9.9 8.9 12 % 9.9 8.9 12 %
Generation capacity, GW 5.3 5.0 5 % 5.3 5.0 5 %
Wind speed, m/s 11.1 11.5 (3 %) 10.0 9.8 2 %
Load factor, % 51 56 (4 %p) 42 43 (1 %p)
Availability, % 94 92 2 %p 88 93 (5 %p)
Power generation, GWh 5,740 6,011 (5 %) 18,599 17,761 5 %
Denmark 596 623 (4 %) 2,061 1,970 5 %
The United Kingdom 3,064 3,434 (11 %) 10,357 10,887 (5 %)
Germany 701 733 (4 %) 2,356 2,076 13 %
The Netherlands 362 490 (26 %) 1,333 1,449 (8 %)
APAC 923 705 31 % 2,220 1,291 72 %
The US 94 26 253 % 272 88 210 %
Power sales, GWh 5,839 6,244 (6 %) 19,967 21,448 (7 %)
Power price, LEBA UK 117 117 21 % 88 116 (21 %)
British pound 9.0 8.6 4 % 8.8 8.6 3 %
Financial performance, DKKm
Revenue 16,203 16,058 1 % 53,808 58,427 (8 %)
Sites, O&M, and PPAs 8,613 8,425 2 % 26,627 23,304 14 %
Power sales 6,190 6,729 (8 %) 18,486 27,495 (33 %)
Construction agreements 719 784 (8 %) 6,991 6,589 6 %
Other 681 120 468 % 1,704 1,039 64 %
EBITDA 6,639 (2,611) n.a. 26,470 13,817 92 %
Sites, O&M, and PPAs 8,533 7,164 19 % 23,819 20,207 18 %
Construction agreements
and divestment gains (894) 676 n.a. (1,065) 5,218 n.a.
Cancellation fees 926 (9,621) n.a. 7,335 (9,621) n.a.
Other (1,926) (830) 132 % (3,619) (1,987) 82 %
Depreciation (1,808) (1,628) 11 % (7,091) (6,815) 4 %
Impairment losses (11,355) 1,462 n.a. (14,242) (25,526) (44 %)
EBIT (6,524) (2,777) 135 % 5,137 (18,524) n.a.
Cash flow from operating activities 12,193 6,005 103 % 12,931 21,209 (39 %)
Gross investments (13,404) (9,690) 38 % (33,023) (28,613) 15 %
Divestments 12,147 1,790 579 % 11,293 1,500 653 %
Free cash flow 10,936 (1,895) n.a. (8,799) (5,904) 49 %
Capital employed 103,599 83,574 24 % 103,599 83,574 24 %
39 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Onshore
Financial results for Q4 2024
Power generation increased by 21 % compared to
Q4 2023 and amounted to 4.1 TWh. The increase was
due to ramp-up of generation at Sunflower, Sparta
Solar (part of Helena Energy Center), Mockingbird, and
Eleven Mile Solar Center. In Q4 2024, the wind speeds
across the portfolio were 7.5 m/s, slightly below Q4
2023 and a normal wind year (7.7 m/s).
Revenue was slightly below Q4 2023 and amounted
to DKK 0.6 billion.
EBITDA for Q4 2024 amounted to DKK 1.1 billion,
which was DKK 0.5 billion higher than the same
period last year. The increase was mainly due to the
mentioned ramp-up of generation from new assets
in operation, lower project development costs, and
a gain on sale of components.
Divestment gain/(loss) for Q4 2024 amounted to
DKK -0.1 billion and related to the 50 % farm-down
of Mockingbird. As part of the transaction, DKK 0.3
billion of previously expensed deferred tax liabilities
related to tax equity contributions were reversed in
the tax line item.
Results Q4 2024 Q4 2023 % 2024 2023 %
Business drivers
Decided (FID’ed) and installed
capacity, GW 7.0 6.4 5 % 7.0 6.4 9 %
Installed capacity, GW 6.2 4.8 29 % 6.2 4.8 29 %
Wind speed, m/s 7.5 7.6 (1 %) 7.2 7.2 0 %
Load factor, wind, % 40 36 3 %p 37 36 1 %p
Load factor, solar PV, % 20 17 4 %p 25 24 1 %p
Availability, wind, % 90 85 6 %p 90 88 2 %p
Availability, solar PV, % 98 98 0 %p 98 98 (0 %p)
Power generation, GWh 4,086 3,376 21 % 15,315 13,374 15 %
The US, wind 2,925 2,640 11 % 10,939 10,124 8 %
The US, solar PV 883 391 126 % 3,346 2,131 57 %
Europe, wind and solar PV 278 344 (19 %) 1,030 1,119 (8 %)
US dollar 7.0 6.9 1 % 6.9 6.9 0 %
Financial performance, DKKm
Revenue 554 598 (7 %) 2,720 2,620 4 %
EBITDA 1,061 525 102 % 3,863 2,970 30 %
Sites 374 394 (5 %) 1,396 1,256 11 %
Tax credits and tax attributes 904 590 53 % 3,253 2,567 27 %
Divestment gains/(loss) (88) - n.a. (88) - n.a.
Other (129) (460) (72 %) (697) (854) (18 %)
Depreciation (523) (498) 5 % (2,190) (1,957) 12 %
Impairment losses (772) 507 n.a. (1,321) (927) 42 %
EBIT (234) 534 n.a. 352 86 309 %
Cash flow from operating activities 1,420 (11) n.a. 4,459 609 632 %
Gross investments (2,698) (3,024) (11 %) (7,391) (9,069) (19 %)
Divestments 1,171 3 n.a. 4,430 5 n.a.
Free cash flow (107) (3,032) (96 %) 1,498 (8,455) n.a.
Capital employed 39,443 35,634 11 % 39,443 35,634 11 %
40 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Bioenergy & Other
Financial results for Q4 2024
Heat generation decreased by 1 % in Q4 2024, mainly
due to warmer weather. Power generation increased
by 37 % due to improved wood pellet spreads for
power condensing generation.
Gas sales increased by 32 %, driven by our offtake
contract with DUC as a consequence of the ramp-up of
production from the Tyra field (not owned by Ørsted).
EBITDA amounted to DKK 0.9 billion compared to
DKK 1.4 billion in Q4 2023.
EBITDA from ‘CHP plants’ was DKK 0.7 billion, DKK 0.2
billion lower than in Q4 2023. This was mainly due to a
contractual compensation in Q4 2023 from Energinet,
the Danish TSO, for keeping three of our power stations
operational, which was not repeated in 2024. This was
only partly offset by higher sales of ancillary services,
higher generation, and better spreads.
EBITDA from ‘Gas Markets & Infrastructure’ decreased
by DKK 0.3 billion to DKK 0.2 billion in Q4 2024.
The decrease was driven by a positive effect from
revaluation of our gas at storage during Q4 2023, which
was not repeated to the same extent in Q4 2024.
Results Q4 2024 Q4 2023 % 2024 2023 %
Business drivers
Degree days 846 966 (12 %) 2,485 2,585 (4 %)
Heat generation, GWh 2,367 2,385 (1 %) 6,919 6,587 5 %
Power generation, GWh 1,428 1,042 37 % 4,522 4,437 2 %
Gas sales, GWh 4,016 3,041 32 % 17,372 16,880 3 %
Power sales, GWh 635 628 1 % 2,426 2,627 (8 %)
Gas price, TTF, EUR/MWh 42.8 43.3 5 % 34.3 41.4 (16 %)
Power price, DK, EUR/MWh 88.1 91.1 24 % 70.7 89.3 (16 %)
Green dark spread, DK, EUR/MWh (10.9) (5.4) 102 % (25.9) (25.8) (30 %)
Wood pellet spread, DK, EUR/MWh 8.4 (0.5) n.a. 6.4 4.3 49 %
Financial performance, DKKm
Revenue 4,456 5,235 (15 %) 15,105 19,230 (21 %)
EBITDA 869 1,434 (39 %) 1,082 1,523 (29 %)
CHP plants 679 836 (19 %) 1,248 1,218 2 %
Gas Markets & Infrastructure 245 589 (58 %) 249 558 (55 %)
Other (55) 9 n.a. (415) (253) 64 %
Depreciation (171) (180) (4 %) (667) (759) (12 %)
Impairment losses - (322) n.a. - (322) n.a.
EBIT 698 932 (25 %) 415 442 (6 %)
Cash flow from operating activities (1,094) 358 n.a. 1,939 2,550 (24 %)
Gross investments (950) (374) 154 % (2,250) (727) 209 %
Divestments - 64 n.a. - 61 n.a.
Free cash flow (2,044) 48 n.a. (311) 1,884 n.a.
Capital employed 5,679 4,655 22 % 5,679 4,655 22 %
41 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Quarterly summary, 2023–2024
Financial statements
DKKm
2024 2023
Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1
Income statement
Revenue 21,077 15,766 15,023 19,168 21,530 17,441 14,565 25,719
EBITDA 8,353 9,548 6,570 7,488 (686) 9,173 3,320 6,910
Offshore 6,639 8,530 5,218 6,083 (2,611) 8,037 2,979 5,412
Sites, O&M, and PPAs 8,533 3,958 4,400 6,928 7,164 4,050 3,135 5,859
Construction agreements
and divestment gains (894) 106 6 (283) 676 4,245 340 (42)
Cancellation fees 926 5,109 1,300 - (9,621) - - -
Other (1,926) (643) (488) (562) (830) (258) (496) (405)
Onshore 1,061 991 995 816 525 819 792 834
Bioenergy & Other 869 (185) (36) 434 1,434 155 (583) 517
Other activities/eliminations (216) 212 393 155 (34) 162 132 147
Depreciation and amortisation (2,571) (2,548) (2,683) (2,423) (2,366) (2,537) (2,454) (2,438)
Impairment (12,127) (284) (3,913) 761 1,647 (28,422) - -
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) (6,345) 6,716 (26) 5,826 (1,405) (21,786) 866 4,472
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises 34 14 (7) (52) (44) (50) 159 169
Net financial income and expenses (457) (1,235) (552) (1,347) 2,001 (128) (1,797) (1,519)
Profit (loss) before tax (6,761) 5,508 (575) 4,434 557 (21,955) (763) 3,135
Ta x 677 (339) (1,103) (1,825) (841) (607) 225 67
Profit (loss) for the period (6,084) 5,169 (1,678) 2,609 (284) (22,562) (538) 3,202
Balance sheet
Assets 298,786 290,341 286,002 290,383 281,136 286,782 296,466 306,644
Equity 93,484 91,127 83,368 83,325 77,791 78,361 103,548 102,826
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S 62,138 65,987 56,446 58,709 56,782 57,304 82,379 78,551
Hybrid capital 20,955 20,955 22,792 22,792 19,103 19,103 19,103 19,793
Non-controlling interests 10,391 4,185 4,130 1,824 1,906 1,954 2,066 4,482
Interest-bearing net debt 58,027 62,817 49,366 49,864 47,379 42,892 43,924 35,261
Capital employed 151,511 153,944 132,734 133,189 125,170 121,253 147,471 138,087
Additions to property, plant, and equipment 19,111 11,375 8,479 8,020 12,064 10,988 6,963 7,939
Cash flows
Cash flows from operating activities 10,306 (1,639) 6,081 3,608 6,170 9,796 2,447 10,119
Gross investments (17,114) (9,780) (8,292) (7,622) (13,039) (9,204) (7,498) (8,768)
Divestments 13,317 108 2,993 (738) 1,861 1,735 (2,038) (16)
Free cash flow 6,509 (11,311) 782 (4,752) (5,008) 2,327 (7,089) 1,335
Financial ratios
Return on capital employed (ROCE), % LTM 4.5 8.1 (12.4) (12.2) (14.2) (13.7) 13.2 13.8
FFO/adjusted net debt, % LTM 13.2 12.6 22.7 18.7 28.6 20.9 17.7 37.4
Number of outstanding shares, end of period, ‘000 420,381 420,381 420,381 420,381 420,381 420,381 420,381 420,381
Share price, end of period, DKK 324 445 371 384 374 385 645 583
Market capitalisation, end of period, DKKbn 136 187 156 162 157 162 271 245
Earnings per share (EPS), DKK (15.8) 12.0 (4.1) 5.7 (1.6) (53.8) (1.4) 6.7
Business drivers
2024 2023
Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1
Offshore
Decided (FID’ed) and installed capacity, GW 16.8 16.8 16.8 16.5 15.5 12.0 12.0 12.0
Installed capacity, GW 9.9 9.9 9.8 9.8 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9
Generation capacity, GW 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.9 4.7
Wind speed, m/s 11.1 8.4 9.0 11.4 11.5 8.6 8.1 10.9
Load factor, % 51 31 33 52 56 33 29 53
Availability, % 94 89 83 85 92 93 91 95
Power generation, GWh 5,740 3,522 3,667 5,670 6,011 3,544 3,044 5,162
Power sales, GWh 5,839 4,010 3,854 6,264 6,244 3,948 4,158 7,098
Onshore
Decided (FID’ed) and installed capacity, GW 7.0 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.2 6.2 6.2
Installed capacity, GW 6.2 5.7 5.6 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.6 4.5
Wind speed, m/s 7.5 6.2 7.4 7.9 7.6 6.2 6.7 8.1
Load factor, wind, % 40 26 41 42 36 27 35 45
Load factor, solar PV, % 20 31 29 18 17 32 30 16
Availability, wind, % 90 87 92 89 85 85 92 91
Availability, solar PV, % 98 97 97 98 98 98 98 99
Power generation, GWh 4,086 3,270 4,187 3,772 3,376 2,927 3,321 3,750
Bioenergy & Other
Degree days, number 846 79 360 1,200 966 53 409 1,157
Heat generation, GWh 2,367 332 935 3,285 2,385 234 790 3,178
Power generation, GWh 1,428 805 805 1,484 1,042 781 917 1,697
Power sales, GWh 635 577 581 633 628 566 556 877
Gas sales, GWh 4,016 4,138 4,051 5,167 3,041 5,355 4,016 4,468
Sustainability statements
Employees (FTE), end of period, number 8,278 8,377 8,411 8,706 8,905 8,906 8,661 8,422
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR) 2.7 2.3 2.1 2.9 2.8 2.9 2.6 2.7
Fatalities, number 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Renewable share of energy generation, % 99 96 97 97 95 94 97 89
GHG emissions (scopes 1 & 2), million tonnes 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.7
GHG intensity (scopes 1 & 2), g CO
2
e/kWh 5 40 16 14 25 46 24 52
GHG intensity (scopes 1-3, excl. gas sales),
g CO
2
e/kWh 65 194 262 57 62 94 77 90
GHG emissions (scope 3), million tonnes 1.7 2.2 3.3 1.8 1.2 1.6 1.3 1.5
42 Management’s review
|
PerformanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Solar panels are just one part of the Eleven Mile Solar Center in
Pinal County near Phoenix, Arizona, the US. The 300 MW facility,
which was commissioned in 2024, also features battery storage
that can hold 1,200 MWh of power. The combination of solar
and storage allows for a highly reliable supply of renewable
energy to help power homes and businesses – and, in this case,
Meta’s planned data centre in Mesa, Arizona.
Corporate
governance
44 Governance framework
46 Board of Directors
50 Group Executive Team
53 Summary of our remuneration report
54 Shareholder information
43 Management’s review ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Governance framework
As a publicly listed company, Ørsted is subject to the
recommendations on corporate governance issued by
the Danish Committee on Corporate Governance.
Compliance with corporate governance
recommendations
We comply with all the Danish corporate governance
recommendations. A separate overview describing
our compliance with each of the recommendations
can be found here.
Shareholders and general meetings
The Danish State is our majority shareholder with a
50.1 % ownership share. The Danish State exercises
its ownership interest in Ørsted in accordance with
the ordinary governance set-up in Danish companies.
The Danish State’s ownership policy (only in Danish)
is available on: fm.dk/udgivelser/2015/april/
statens-ejerskabspolitik/.
The shareholders of Ørsted exercise their right to vote
at the general meeting through a one-share-one-vote
principle. The general meeting adopts decisions in
accordance with the ordinary Danish rules. Due to our
majority ownership by the Danish State, we have a
bespoke quorum requirement, as proposals to amend
our articles of association or dissolve the company
require that the Danish State participates in the general
meeting and supports the proposals.
The general meeting appoints a board of non-executive
directors (the Board of Directors), who, together with
the executive directors appointed by the board (the
Executive Board), is responsible for the management
of the company.
Board of Directors
The Board of the Directors is, together with the
Executive Board, responsible for the management
of the company.
Each year at the annual general meeting, the share-
holders elect six to eight board members. In addition,
our employees may elect members corresponding
to half of the board members elected by the general
meeting pursuant to Danish mandatory rules.
Our Board of Directors currently comprises ten mem-
bers, six members elected by the general meeting and
four members elected by the employees. In 2024, the
election of employee-elected board members covered
all employees globally for the first time.
The Board of Directors is responsible for the overall
strategic management of the company. The Board
of Directors lays down the company’s strategy and
makes decisions concerning major investments and
divestments, the capital base, key policies, control
and audit matters, risk management, and significant
operational issues. You can see the most important
tasks in 2024 on the next page.
The Board of Directors monitors and oversees perfor-
mance on material sustainability impacts, risks, opportu-
nities, progress related to our sustainability priorities, and
achievement of our sustainability targets, including our
net-zero carbon reduction targets for scope 1-3 emis-
sions. ESG and sustainability priorities are an integral
part of the decision-making governance of the Board of
Directors, and an update on our sustainability targets
and progress is presented to them annually. Read more
about our sustainability governance on pages 63-64.
The Board of Directors reviews the required com-
petences for its composition annually. The list of
required competences can be found at orsted.com/
competences-overview.
We have a diverse Board of Directors. As three out
of the six board members elected by the general
meeting and two out of four board members elected
by the employees are women, we have a fully equal
representation on the board.
The age of our board members spans from 49 to
70 years old among the board members elected by
the general meeting and from 30 to 57 years old
among board members elected by the employees.
Our governance model
Board of Directors
Shareholders and general meeting
Nomination &
Remuneration
Committee
Audit & Risk
Committee
Asset Project
Committee
Internal
Audit
QHSE Committee
Compliance Committee
Cybersecurity Committee
Group Executive Team
Sustainability governance, see pages 63-64
44 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Our board members have different educational
backgrounds within finance, economics, geophysics,
and engineering and professional experience from
diverse industries, private equity, private investments,
and academia. A description of the individual board
members, including any other managerial positions,
independence, and the contribution of the individual
board members to the required board competences,
can be found on the following pages. Their meeting
attendance during 2024 can be found above.
The Board of Directors evaluates its performance
annually. In 2024, the board evaluation was conducted
by distributing a customised online survey to all members
of the Board of Directors and the Group Executive
Team, and findings were subsequently discussed at a
board meeting. The overall score, although slightly
lower than in 2023, was satisfactory. The board
evaluation identified relevant focus areas for the
Board of Directors, which among other things included
how to further strengthen the visibility of succession
planning to the board.
The general meeting determines the remuneration
for the members of the Board of Directors for the
financial year in which the general meeting is held.
In the separate remuneration report, you can read
more about the remuneration of the Board of Directors.
Below, you can find a link to the ‘Remuneration report
and a link to our statutory report on data ethics,
prepared in accordance with the Danish Financial
Statements Act, section 99 d.
orsted.com/remuneration2024
orsted.com/data-ethics2024
Important tasks 2024
– managed by the Board of Directors
Investments, acquisitions, and divestments
Final investment decisions on the offshore
wind project Sunrise Wind, the battery
energy storage systems co-located with
the Hornsea 3 Offshore Wind Farm and
with the Old 300 Solar Center, respectively,
and preparation for the FID on Baltica 2
early 2025.
Build-out of our offshore wind portfolio,
including bids in tenders in the UK, the US, and
Taiwan and the acquisition of the remaining
50 % share of the Sunrise Wind offshore wind
project from Eversource.
Divestment of 12.45 % of four operational
UK offshore wind farms to Brookfield and
a partial divestment of four operational US
onshore wind farms to Stonepeak, farm-down
of the offshore wind farm Greater Changhua 4
in Taiwan to Cathay Life Insurance, a partial
divestment of the solar farm Mockingbird to
Energy Capital Partners, and an agreement
to partially divest the solar farm Sparta Solar
and the battery storage project Eleven Mile
Solar Center to Energy Capital Partner, with
closings expected in 2025.
Decision to enter into partnership with
Nordsøfonden and Equinor to explore the
possibility of storing CO
2
in the subsurface.
Decision to cease development of the Swedish
e-fuels project FlagshipONE.
Other tasks
Decision to update our business plan,
financial targets, and financial policies.
Decision to update the executive manage-
ment structure, including the appointment
of a Deputy CEO and Chief Commercial
Officer (CCO), a new CFO, and a new Chief
Operating Officer (COO).
Establishment of the Asset Project
Committee, which assists the Board of
Directors in overseeing the planning,
execution, and delivery of asset projects.
Oversight of recurring portfolio reviews and
actions to improve capital structure.
Issuance of green subordinated bonds
to proactively manage the hybrid capital
portfolio and finance renewable energy
projects in accordance with our ‘Green finance
framework’.
Oversight of financial results and guidance,
including impairments.
Oversight of sustainability performance and
reporting, including double materiality results.
Oversight of the results from the 2024
employee satisfaction survey, including the
focus areas identified by the Group Executive
Team.
Meeting attendance Board of Directors
Nomination &
Remuneration Committee
Audit & Risk
Committee
Asset
Project Committee
Board members Ordinary Extraordinary Ordinary Extraordinary Ordinary Ordinary Extraordinary
Lene Skole 7/0 8/0 3/0 1/0
Annica Bresky 7/0 8/0 4/1 4/0 3/1
Andrew Brown 7/0 8/0 2/0 1/0 4/0 4/0
Julia King 7/0 7/1 3/0 1/0 4/0 4/0
Peter Korsholm 7/0 8/0 6/0
Dieter Wemmer 7/0 5/3 6/0
Benny Gøbel 7/0 8/0
Leticia Francisca Torres Mandiola
1
3/0 3/3
Anne Cathrine Collet Yde 7/0 8/0
Ian McCalder 6/0 6/0
The numbers indicate how many meetings in 2024 the members have attended or not attended, respectively, during the year.
1
Laticia joined the Board of Directors on 4 October 2024.
45 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Board of Directors Lene Skole
*1959, Denmark, she/her
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2015 Joined as Deputy Chair
2024 Elected Chair
2025 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Highly experienced in managing listed companies
from her former position as CFO of Coloplast and
current position as CEO of Lundbeckfonden where
she serves as a non-executive director of portfolio
companies of Lundbeckfonden.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
CEO Lundbeckfonden and Lundbeckfond Invest A/S
Chair LFI Equity A/S
1
Deputy Chair ALK-Abelló A/S
1
,
H. Lundbeck A/S
1
, Falck A/S
1
, and Nordea Bank Abp.
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Member of the Remuneration and Nomination
Committee of Falck A/S, member of the Nomination
& Remuneration Committee and the Scientific
Committee of ALK-Abelló A/S, member of the
Nomination & Remuneration Committee and the
Scientific Committee of H. Lundbeck A/S, and member
of the Audit Committee of Nordea Bank Abp.
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Risk · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity
Social People management and equity, diversity
& inclusion · Health & safety Governance Business
conduct
//
Other competences
Investor and capital market relationships
1
Board positions included in the position as CEO
of the Lundbeck Foundation.
Andrew Brown
*1962, United Kingdom, he/him
Elected by the general meeting
Not independent (former position as interim
COO of Ørsted)
2023 Joined as board member
2024 Elected Deputy Chair
2025 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Extensive international executive experience
from leading positions in large global organisations,
operations, and projects with both Shell (ExCom)
and Galp (CEO) and from his former position as
interim COO of Ørsted. Also, non-executive
experience as Vice Chair of SBM Offshore.
Other positions
Advisor of ZeroAvia Inc. and President of the council
of the Energy Institute (EI).
//
Management competences
General · Project · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation Social People
management and equity, diversity & inclusion
· Health & safety · Human rights · Community
impact Governance Business conduct
//
Other competences
Investor and capital market relationships
46 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Annica Bresky
*1975, Sweden, she/her
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2023 Joined
2024 Most recently re-elected
2025 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Extensive industrial and leadership experience from
global listed companies within the forestry, paper,
and packaging industry, from her former positions
as President and CEO of Stora Enso and as CEO of
Holmen Iggesund Paperboard. A deep knowledge of
sustainability transformation and policy development
in the EU and globally.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Chair Permascand Top Holding AB Member Vaisala
Oyj, Fagerhult Group AB (publ), Nordstjernan AB, and
Stegra AB.
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Member of the Nomination Committee and the
People and Sustainability Committee of Vaisala Oyj
and member of the Risk, Audit, and Sustainability
Committee of Stegra AB.
Other positions
Member of the Royal Swedish Academy of Engineering
Sciences (IVA).
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Risk · Project · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity ·
Circularity Social People management and equity,
diversity & inclusion · Health & safety · Human rights ·
Community impact Governance Business conduct
//
Other competences
IT, digitalisation & cybersecurity · Investor and capital
market relationships · Innovation
Julia King
The Baroness Brown of Cambridge
*1954, United Kingdom, she/her
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2021 Joined
2024 Most recently re-elected
2025 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Strong international background within engineering
in both industry and academia, including Rolls-Royce
plc, Cambridge University, and Imperial College.
A deep knowledge of renewable energy and
government policy perspectives from positions,
among others, as member of the Committee on
Climate Change and non-executive director of the
Green Investment Bank.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Chair The Carbon Trust and Frontier IP Group Plc.
Non-executive director Ceres Power Holdings Plc
(Senior Independent Director).
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Chair of the ESG Committee and member of the
Remuneration Committee and the Nomination
Committee of Ceres Power Holdings Plc and member of
the Remuneration Committee of Frontier IP Group Plc.
Other positions
Crossbench Peer in the UK House of Lords, and Chair
of the Adaptation Committee of the Committee on
Climate Change.
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Project · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity · Circularity
Social People management and equity, diversity &
inclusion · Health & safety · Human rights · Community
impact Governance Business conduct
//
Other competences
IT, digitalisation & cybersecurity · Innovation
Peter Korsholm
*1971, Denmark, he/him
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2017 Joined
2024 Most recently re-elected
2025 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Extensive M&A experience from his time as Partner
and Head of EQT Partners Denmark and from private
investments. Also experience with financial reporting,
risk management, and capital markets from his former
position as CFO of AAK AB.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
CEO DSVM Invest A/S, DSV Miljø Group A/S, Togula
ApS, and Totalleveranser Sverige AB.
Chair Flügger group A/S, Nymølle Stenindustrier A/S,
Totalleveranser Sverige AB, United Fintech Group
Limited, Lion Danmark I ApS, two wholly-owned
subsidiaries of Lion Danmark I ApS (Lomax Group),
and Too Good to Go Holding ApS.
Member DSVM Invest A/S and eight wholly-owned
subsidiaries of DSVM Invest A/S, BCHG Holding A/S,
Projektselskabet Teglbuen A/S, and two-wholly
owned subsidiaries of BCHG Holding A/S.
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Member of the Nomination & Remuneration
Committee of Fgger group A/S and member of the
Remuneration Committee and the Finance, Risk and
Audit Committee of Too Good To Go Holding Aps.
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Risk · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Circularity Social People management
and equity, diversity & inclusion Governance Business
conduct
//
Other competences
Investor and capital market relationships
Dieter Wemmer
*1957, Switzerland, he/him
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2018 Joined
2024 Most recently re-elected
2025 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Highly experienced in capital markets, investments,
and risk management from leading positions within
the finance sector, including as former CFO of Allianz
and Zurich Insurance.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Chair Marco Holding, plc and one wholly-owned
subsidiary of Marco Holding, plc.
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Risk · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation Social People man-
agement and equity, diversity & inclusion · Human
rights · Community impact Governance Business
conduct
//
Other competences
IT, digitalisation & cybersecurity · Investor and capital
market relationships
47 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Benny Gøbel
*1967, Denmark, he/him
Elected by the employees
Not independent
2011 Joined
2024 Most recently re-elected
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Benny Gøbel has worked in Ørsted since 2005.
Position
Senior Mechanical Specialist, Commercial.
//
Leticia Francisca Torres Mandiola
*1994, Chile, she/her
Elected by the employees
Not independent
2022 On the board from April 2022 to March
2024. Re-elected as alternate in March 2024.
Rejoined the board in October 2024
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Leticia Francisca Torres Mandiola has worked
in Ørsted since 2018.
Position
Lead Strategy Consultant, Commercial.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation Social People
management and equity, diversity & inclusion
//
Other competences
IT, digitalisation & cybersecurity · Innovation
Anne Cathrine Collet Yde
*1983, Denmark, she/her
Elected by the employees
Not independent
2022 Joined
2024 Most recently re-elected
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Anne Cathrine Collet Yde has worked in Ørsted
since 2 017.
Position
Head of HR Business Partners Europe,
People & Culture.
//
Management competences
Project · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Social People management and equity, diversity
& inclusion · Health & safety · Human rights ·
Community impact
//
Ian McCalder
*1984, Canada, he/him
Elected by the employees
Not independent
2024 Joined
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Ian McCalder has worked in Ørsted since 2014.
Position
Radio Communication Project Specialist, EPC
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Social People management and equity, diversity
& inclusion · Health & safety Governance Business
conduct
//
Other competences
IT, digitalisation & cybersecurity · Innovation
48 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The Board of Directors has established three commit-
tees, consisting of members appointed by and among
the members of the Board of Directors: The Audit &
Risk Committee, the Nomination & Remuneration
Committee, and the Asset Project Committee.
Audit & Risk Committee
Dieter Wemmer (Chair), Peter Korsholm, and Annica
Bresky are the members of this committee.
The tasks of the committee include overseeing the
integrity of the financial and sustainability reporting
(including key accounting estimates and judgements),
funding, liquidity, and capital structure development,
financial and business-related risks, compliance with
statutory and other requirements from public authorities,
internal controls, nomination of external auditors, and IT
security in operational and administrative areas and
in cybersecurity. Moreover, the committee approves
the framework governing the work of Ørsted’s exter-
nal and internal auditors (including limits for non-
audit services), evaluates the external auditors’
independence and qualifications, and monitors the
company’s whistleblower scheme.
In 2024, the committee reviewed impairments
on our property, plant, and equipment with a
high attention to our US offshore wind projects,
monitored the development in provisions for onerous
contracts and cancellation fees, continued working
on strengthening the ‘Risk management framework’,
and continued the work on implementing CSRD.
Board committees
Furthermore, the committee worked on strengthening
the internal control framework, continued to assess
the claim made by the Danish Tax Agency requiring
double Danish taxation of certain of our British off-
shore wind farms, and lastly, reviewed the progress in
IT security.
Our Internal Audit function reports to the committee
and is independent of our administrative manage-
ment structures. Internal Audit enhances and protects
the organisational value by providing risk-based and
objective assurance, advice, and insight. The focus
for Internal Audit is to audit and advise on our core
processes, governance, risk management, control
processes, and IT security.
// ESRS G1, GOV-1
The Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee is responsible
for managing our whistleblower scheme. Internal
Audit receives and handles any reports submitted.
//
Our employees and other associates may report
serious offences, such as cases of bribery, fraud, and
other inappropriate or illegal conduct, to our whistle-
blower scheme or through our management system.
In 2024, 14 substantiated cases of inappropriate or
unlawful behaviour were reported through our whistle-
blower scheme. A total of ten cases related to good
business conduct policy violations, while three cases
concerned the workplace environment, and one
case was classified as ‘other. None of the reported
cases were critical to our business, nor did they cause
adjustments to our financial results. Additionally, no
cases required reporting to the police.
Whistleblower cases are taken very seriously, and we
continuously enhance the awareness of good business
conduct through education and awareness campaigns
to minimise future similar cases.
You can read more about the Audit & Risk Committee
and the terms of reference for the committee at
orsted.com/audit-risk-committee.
Nomination & Remuneration Committee
Lene Skole (Chair), Andrew Brown, and Julia King are
the members of this committee.
The committee assists the Board of Directors in
matters regarding the composition, remuneration,
and performance of the Board of Directors and the
Group Executive Team.
In 2024, the committee reviewed the executive
management structure and discussed the
appointments of Rasmus Errboe as Deputy CEO
and Chief Commercial Officer (CCO), Trond Westlie
as new Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and Patrick
Harnett as new member of the Group Executive Team
and Chief Operating Officer (COO). The committee
also reviewed the structure and KPIs used in the
variable pay for Executive Board members as well
as an update of the peer group used in the long-term
incentive scheme.
You can read more about the Nomination &
Remuneration Committee and the terms of
reference for the committee at orsted.com/
nomination-remuneration-committee.
Asset Project Committee
In May 2024, the Board of Directors established
the Asset Project Committee. Andrew Brown (Chair),
Julia King, and Annica Bresky are the members of
this committee.
The committee assists the Board of Directors with
overseeing the planning, execution, and delivery of
asset projects to ensure they meet the company’s
strategic objectives, budget, and timelines.
In 2024, the committee reviewed and discussed
several updates on our asset projects. These updates
included our project and operating model, project
top risks, portfolio risks, risk management, supply
chain status, bid submissions, project specific costs
and schedule updates, and final investment decisions.
You can read more about the Asset Project Committee
and the terms of reference for the committee at
orsted.com/asset-project-committee.
49 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Group Executive Team
The Executive Board is appointed by the Board of
Directors and is in charge of the day-to-day manage-
ment of Ørsted through the Group Executive Team
in accordance with the guidelines and instructions
given by the Board of Directors.
Rasmus Errboe (Group President and CEO), Trond
Westlie (CFO), and Henriette Fenger Ellekrog
(Chief HR Officer) are members of the Executive
Board and registered as executives with the Danish
Business Authority. All members of the Executive
Board are also part of the Group Executive Team,
which in addition consists of Patrick Harnett
(Chief Operating Officer).
By February 2025, female representation constitutes
33.3 % of our Executive Board. We have not set a
target to increase gender diversity among ‘other
managerial levels’ as defined under Danish law.
The Danish rules regarding gender diversity among
‘other managerial levels’ do not apply to us, as the
average number of full-time employees in Ørsted A/S
did not exceed 50 in 2024.
We describe the remuneration of the Executive Board
in the separate remuneration report. You can also
find information about the members of the Group
Executive Team on page 52.
Management committees
The Group Executive Team is supported by committees
whose members are appointed by the Group Executive
Team. The committees are the QHSE Committee,
the Compliance Committee, and the Cybersecurity
Committee. More information about the management
committees can be found on the next page.
Ørsted has also established three supportive decision
forums to support the Group Executive Team on
sustainability matters. See pages 63-64 for a detailed
description of our sustainability governance
Sustainability commitment
The Group Executive Team sets the strategic direction
on sustainability and is accountable for oversight
and performance on sustainability impacts, risks, and
opportunities. Moreover, they present proposals for
sustainability targets to the Board of Directors for
approval. The Group Executive Team is involved in all
major decisions and is updated regularly on progress.
Each Group Executive Team member is accountable
for sustainability topics relevant for their line of
business and is responsible for driving progress.
Read more on pages 63-64.
Internal controls environment
We have established internal control systems to
identify and mitigate risks in financial and sustainability
reporting by setting up targets, policies, manuals,
procedures, and controls.
We conduct an annual risk assessment to identify
risks of material misstatements in financial reporting
based on materiality, process complexity, and the
probability of errors and omissions.
In preparation for the CSRD, a plan was established
to perform walkthroughs to identify risks, reassess
existing controls, and identify additional controls for
sustainability reporting. This initiative started in 2024
and will continue until the end of 2025.
We have established a unified governance for financial
and sustainability reporting. The Audit & Risk Committee
monitors our financial and sustainability reporting
processes, including a review of the risk assessment, the
internal controls, and their operating effectiveness.
We are committed to ensuring the accuracy of our
financial and sustainability reporting. Our financial
reporting is audited by an independent audit firm
elected at the annual general meeting. Our sustaina-
bility data is subject to limited assurance by the same
independent auditor. All observations in the external
auditor’s long-form report and management letter are
addressed by action plans with allocation of respon-
sibilities and deadlines, and we regularly follow up on
and review them.
Rasmus Errboe
Group President and CEO
Trond Westlie
CFO
Henriette Fenger Ellekrog
CHRO
Patrick Harnett
COO
50 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
QHSE Committee
This committee oversees that we live up
to our QHSE (quality, health, safety, and
environment) priorities, and it reviews our
QHSE strategy and policy. In addition, the
committee reviews our integrated manage-
ment system, ‘way we work’, conducts the
management review as required by our ISO
certifications, and monitors the performance
of our QHSE programmes to ensure compli-
ance with rules and regulations as well as
agreed international standards.
The committee consists of the Chief Operat-
ing Officer, the Head of QHSE, the Head of
Procurement, the Head of Engineering, the
Head of Project Services, the Head of Region
Europe Generation, and the Head of Global
Stakeholder Relations. The QHSE Commit-
tee, chaired by the Chief Operating Officer,
meets six times a year.
Management committees appointed
by the Group Executive Team
Compliance Committee
This committee oversees our group-wide
legal compliance programmes. It provides
instructions to our Chief Compliance Officer
and compliance officers for each of the legal
compliance programmes on management’s
risk tolerance, reviews recommendations
regarding the legal compliance programmes,
and appoints the compliance officers.
The committee’s members are the CEO, the
CFO, the Chief HR Officer, the Chief Compli-
ance Officer, and the Head of Internal Audit.
The Compliance Committee, chaired by the
CEO, meets at least twice a year.
Cybersecurity Committee
This committee oversees and guides our
strategy, our global risk tolerance, and our
investment choices within cybersecurity and
information security. It supports significant
global initiatives and oversees the compli-
ance with cybersecurity and information
security laws and regulations, including the
European Network & Information Security 2
Directive.
The committee is cross-functional and con-
sists of the CFO, the Chief Operating Officer,
the Chief Information Officer, the Chief
Information Security Officer, and the Head
of Legal. The Cybersecurity Committee,
chaired by the CFO, meets four times a year.
Sustainability Governance
In 2024, our sustainability governance was
redesigned to provide clearer executive
accountability for sustainability matters
across Ørsted. The revised governance
comprises new supportive decision forums
for our strategic priorities, decarbonisation,
biodiversity, and community impact, and a
Human Rights Task Force to support com-
pliance with the upcoming EU directive
CSDDD. The forums will assist the account-
able persons in the Group Executive Team
in progressing according to set roadmaps.
For additional details, please refer to
pages 63-64.
51 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Henriette Fenger Ellekrog
*1966, Denmark, she/her
Executive Vice President and Chief HR Officer (CHRO)
Member of the Executive Board and registered as
an executive of Ørsted A/S with the Danish Business
Authority
Education
MA in Business Languages (cand.ling.merc),
Copenhagen Business School (1992)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2022:
Ørsted, member of the Executive Board
2019:
Ørsted, Executive Vice President and Chief HR Officer
(CHRO)
2014 – 2019:
Danske Bank A/S, most recently as Chief HR Officer
2007 – 2014:
SAS AB, most recently as Deputy CEO, Executive Vice
President, HR & Communication
1998 – 2007:
TDC A/S, most recently as Senior Executive Vice
President, Chief of Staff, member of the Executive
Management Team
19 92 1998 :
Peptech (Europe) A/S and Mercuri Urval A/S:
Various positions
Managerial positions in other enterprises
Board member: NV Bekaert SA (member of the
Nomination & Remuneration Committee) and SAS AB
(Chair of the Remuneration Committee).
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity Social
People management and equity, diversity & inclusion ·
Health & safety · Human Rights Governance Business
conduct
//
Trond Westlie
*1961, Norway, he/him
Executive Vice President and Group Chief Financial
Officer (CFO)
Member of the Executive Board and registered as
an executive of Ørsted A/S with the Danish Business
Authority
Education
MSc in Auditing and is a Chartered Accountant,
Norges Handelshøyskole (1987)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2024:
Ørsted, Executive Vice President and Group Chief
Financial Officer (CFO)
2017-2019:
VEON, Group CFO
2010-2016:
A.P. Moller-Maersk, Group CFO and member of
the Executive Board
2004-2009:
Telenor, Group CFO and Executive Vice President
1997-2004:
Aker Group, most recently as Group CFO and
Executive Vice President in Aker Kvaerner
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Chair: Arendals Fossekompani
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Circularity Social
People management and equity, diversity & inclusion
· Health & safety · Human rights · Community impact
Governance Business conduct
//
Patrick Harnett
*1976, United Kingdom, he/him
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
(COO), Head of EPC
Member of the Group Executive Team
Education
MSc in Electromechanical Engineering, Durham
University (1999), and Master of Business
Administration (MBA), University of Hull (2004)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2024:
Ørsted, Chief Operating Officer (COO) and member
of the Group Executive Team, Head of EPC
2016-2024:
Ørsted, most recently as Head of European Execution
Programmes
2012-2016:
Centrica, most recently as Head of Solar and
Managing Director of the British gas solar business
2005-2011:
EDF Energy, most recently as Electrical Systems
Project Manager
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity · Circularity
Social People management and equity, diversity &
inclusion · Health & safety · Human rights · Community
impact Governance Business conduct
//
Rasmus Errboe
*1979, Denmark, he/him
Group President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
Member of the Executive Board and registered
as an executive of Ørsted A/S with the Danish
Business Authority
Education
MA (Law), University of Copenhagen (2006), MBA,
University of San Diego (2011)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2025:
Ørsted, Group President and CEO
2024:
Ørsted, Deputy CEO and Chief Commercial
Officer (CCO)
2023:
Ørsted, interim Chief Financial Officer (CFO)
and member of the Executive Board
2022:
Ørsted, Executive Vice President and CEO of Region
Europe (member of Ørsted’s Group Executive Team)
2012 – 2022:
Ørsted, most recently Senior Vice President,
Head of Continental Europe, Offshore
2006-2012:
Kromann Reumert, law firm, most recently
as Attorney-at-Law
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Member of the Main Board of the Confederation
of Danish Industries (DI).
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity
Social People management and equity, diversity &
inclusion · Health & safety · Community impact
Governance Business conduct
//
52 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Summary of our remuneration report
The overall objective of the remuneration policy is to
attract and retain qualified members of the Board of
Directors and the Executive Board. The policy includes
remuneration elements that support our strategy,
long-term interests, and sustainability.
Remuneration policy (extract)
The overall objective of our remuneration policy is
to support the Ørsted Group’s strategy, long-term
interests, and sustainability.
To attain this objective, the policy is designed to
attract and retain qualified members of the Board of
Directors and the Executive Board and to guide the
priorities of the Executive Board.
The remuneration should be competitive but not
market-leading compared to the remuneration in
other major listed Danish companies with inter-
national activities. The full remuneration policy is
available at orsted.com/remuneration2024.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors
The members of the Board of Directors receive a
fixed fee each year. The Chair and the members
of the committees also receive a multiple of the
fixed fee for the extra work performed in these
roles. The members’ travel costs are covered by the
company. The members are not entitled to severance
payments. The fees did not increase in 2024.
Remuneration of the Executive Board
Besides a fixed salary, the Executive Board participates
in a variable short-term incentive scheme (STI), which
consists of 70 % shared financial and ESG KPIs aligned
with our strategic targets:
· Financial: EBITDA and capital planning
· ESG: CDP climate score, relative scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions, employee satisfaction, gender diversity,
and safety
The remaining 30 % of the STI consists of individual
business and leadership targets. Furthermore, the
Executive Board is eligible to participate in a long-term
share-based incentive scheme (LTI), which consists
of 100 % total shareholder return (TSR) performance
benchmarked against ten industry peers.
Remuneration in 2024
The remuneration awarded to our Executive Board
in 2024 was in line with our remuneration policy.
The Executive Board’s shared STI score ended at 31 %.
In the LTI, which vested in April 2024, Ørsted was
ranked as the last when benchmarked on TSR against
ten comparable energy companies. As a result, no
shares were settled at the end of the performance
and vesting period.
For more information, please see the full
remuneration report.
Remuneration awarded
(DKK ‘000) 2024 2023
Board of Directors
Fixed annual fee
1
6,430 6,907
Executive Board:
2
Fixed remuneration
Fixed base salary 37,557 27,849
Benefits, incl. social security 1,116 858
Variable remuneration
Cash-based inventive scheme (STI) 4,676 3,712
Share-based inventive scheme (LTI)
3
5,066 2,719
Ordinary remuneration 48,415 35,138
Garden leave period - 7,071
Severance pay - 6,210
Total remuneration 54,845 55,325
Remuneration awarded
The table shows the total remuneration awarded to members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Board in aggregate
from 2023 to 2024. For remuneration expensed, see note 2.7 ‘Employee costs’ of the consolidated financial statements.
1
Based on an ordinary board fee of DKK 0.4 million, equal to last year’s fee.
2
In 2023, Executive Board members included former CFO Daniel Lerup.
3
The remuneration from the share-based incentive programme (LTI) reflects the market value of the scheme in the year
when it was granted.
STI
Short-term incentive scheme, components
25 % ESG 45 % Financial
30 % Business & leadership
(individual target)
LTI
Long-term incentive scheme, components
100 % TSR performance vs industry peers
53 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
200
300
400
500
0
1,000,000
2,000,000
3,000,000
Shareholder information
The Ørsted share closed 2024 at DKK 324, corre-
sponding to a market value of DKK 136 billion at the
end of the year.
Price development for the Ørsted share in 2024
The Ørsted share decreased by 13 % in 2024. The share
price of comparable European utility companies
decreased by 2 % (2 % total return), and the OMX C25
cap decreased by 2 % (0 % total return) in 2024.
The highest traded share price of the year was
DKK 455 on 9 October, while the year’s lowest traded
price of DKK 324 was on 30 December. The Ørsted
share closed 2024 at DKK 324, corresponding to a
market value of DKK 136 billion at the end of the year.
The average daily turnover on Nasdaq Copenhagen
was 592,236 shares in 2024. The trading volume
decreased by 12 % compared to 2023.
Share capital
Ørsted’s share capital is divided into 420 million
shares, enjoying the same voting and dividend rights.
The company’s share capital remained unchanged in
2024. At the end of 2024, the company held a total of
146 thousand treasury shares, which will be used to
cover incentive schemes.
Composition of shareholders
At the end of the year, the number of shareholders
had decreased by 8 % to 122,432, and the majority
(63 %) is held by Danish owners. The figure on the next
page shows the composition of our shareholders by
country. Approx. 2.4 % of the share capital is owned
by Danish retail investors.
Annual general meeting and dividends
The annual general meeting will be held on 3 April
2025. The Board of Directors has decided to pause
dividend payments for the financial year years
2023-2025. Hereafter, the intention is to reinstate
dividend payments.
Share data 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020
Earnings per share, DKK (2.2) (50.1) 34.6 24.3 38.8
Proposed dividend per share, DKK - - 13.5 12.5 11.5
Dividend yield, % - - 2.1 1.5 0.9
Share price, year-end, DKK 324 374 631 835 1,244
Share price, high, DKK 455 704 898 1,400 1,273
Share price, low, DKK 324 253 575 790 574
Market capitalisation, year-end, DKKbn 136 157 265 351 522
Average trading per day, thousands of shares 592,236 671,952 496,899 549,778 516,919
Share price development 2024
Ørsted share price compared to peers (indexed)
OMXC25 Index rebased Ørsted MSCI EU Utilities Index rebased PX volume
500
400
3,000,000
300
2,000,000
200
1,000,000
0
Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec.
VolumesShare price
Share information
ISIN DK 0060094928220
Share classes 1
Nominal value DKK 10 per share
Exchange Nasdaq OMX Copenhagen
Ticker ORSTED
Registered share 99.2 %
Number of shares 420,381,080 shares
Number of treasury shares 146,317 shares
54 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Investor relations
To achieve a fair pricing of our shares and corporate
bonds, we seek to ensure a high level of transparency
and stability in our financial communication. In addi-
tion, our management and our Investor Relations
function engage in regular dialogues with investors
and analysts. The dialogues take the form of quarterly
conference calls, roadshows, conferences, capital
markets days, and regular meetings with individual or
groups of investors and analysts. The dialogues are
subject to certain restrictions prior to the publication
of our financial reporting.
In 2024, we had more than 450 meetings with the
financial market and participated in more than
30 investor events.
Ørsted is covered by 35 equity analysts and 10 bond
analysts. Their recommendations and consensus
estimates for Ørsted’s future financial performance
are available at orsted.com/en/investors. On this site,
you can also download our annual and interim reports,
our remuneration report, our investor presentations,
and a wide range of other data.
Shareholders as of 31 December 2024
Share capital and/or voting share %
Selected company
announcements in 2024
Financial calendar
2025
Danish State (majority shareholder) 50.1 %
Andel A .M.B.A 5 %
Remaining Danish owners 6.0 %
United Kingdom 6.2 %
United States 6.1 %
Others 14.1 %
19 February
New Chair and Deputy Chair of Ørsted’s
Board of Directors
27 February
Ørsted appoints new Group CFO and COO
13 March
Ørsted divests share of four US onshore
wind farms to Stonepeak
21 March
Ørsted updates its executive management
structure and appoints Rasmus Errboe as
Deputy CEO
29 April
Ørsted to divest its French onshore business
29 August
Ørsted shuts down its last combined coal-fired
heat and power plant
3 September
Ørsted’s Hornsea 3 and Hornsea 4 awarded
capacity in UK allocation round 6.
30 October
Ørsted divests share of four UK offshore wind
farms to Brookfield
11 December
Ørsted brings in Cathay Life Insurance as investor
in Greater Changhua 4 Offshore Wind Farm
18 December
Ørsted divests shares in three US solar and
battery storage projects to Energy Capital
Partners
6 February Annual report 2024
3 April Annual general meeting
Interim reports:
7 May The first quarter of 2025
13 August The first half-year of 2025
5 November The first nine months of 2025
Equinor ASA 10 %
Danish retail investors 2.4 %
55 Management’s review
|
Corporate governanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Sustainability
statements
56 Sustainability statements ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Management’s
review
Strategy and business
Corporate governance
Sustainability
statements
General
Environment
Social
Governance
Contents
Sustainability statements
General
ESRS 2 Basis for preparation � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 59
ESRS 2 ESRS disclosure requirements � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 60
ESRS 2 Sustainability governance � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 63
ESRS 2 Our business model and how we create value � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 65
ESRS 2 Our strategy and impact on sustainability matters� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 66
ESRS 2 Double materiality assessment � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 67
· Value chain overview
· Material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
· Methodology and process
ESRS 2 Interests and views of our stakeholders � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 75
ESRS 2 Sustainability due diligence � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 77
ESRS 2 ESRS data points from other EU legislation � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 78
Environment
ESRS E1 Climate change � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 81
n.a. EU taxonomy for sustainable activities � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 103
ESRS E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 108
ESRS E5 Resource use and circular economy � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 116
Social
ESRS S1 Own workforce � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 124
ESRS S2 Workers in the value chain � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 137
ESRS S3 Affected communities � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 145
Governance
ESRS G1 Business conduct � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 153
How to read the
sustainability statements
Our management report consists of two parts: the
management’s review and the sustainability statements.
Our sustainability statements are structured according
to the four overall sections in the European Sustainability
Reporting Standards (ESRS): ‘General’, ‘Environment’, ‘Social’,
and ‘Governance. Most of our ESRS disclosures can be found
in these four sections. However, some of the disclosures
from the cross-cutting standard ESRS 2 are best suited to be
read in the management’s review and remuneration report
and therefore have been ‘incorporated by reference’.
The specific ESRS disclosure requirements are marked
throughout the sustainability statements and manage-
ment’s review, starting and ending with ‘//. In our data
tables with metrics, we have also included the data
point reference from the ESRS standards. We provide
additional entity specific data points where necessary,
marked with ‘entity spec.’.
Information on where we have reported on ESRS
disclosure requirements can be found on pages 60-62.
57 Sustainability statements ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The offshore wind farms Greater Changhua 1 and 2a are
Taiwan’s first large-scale offshore wind farms. They have a
tatal capacity of 900 MW and produce renewable energy
for Taiwanese households.
General
59 ESRS 2 Basis for preparation
60 ESRS 2 ESRS disclosure requirements
63 ESRS 2 Sustainability governance
65 ESRS 2 Our business model and how we create value
66 ESRS 2 Our strategy and impact on sustainability matters
67 ESRS 2 Double materiality assessment
68 · Value chain overview
69 · Material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
73 · Methodology and process
75 ESRS 2 Interests and views of our stakeholders
77 ESRS 2 Sustainability due diligence
78 ESRS 2 ESRS data points from other EU legislation
58 Sustainability statements ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Basis for preparation
// ESRS 2, BP-1
General basis for preparation
of sustainability statements
Frameworks and data selection
The sustainability statements are prepared in
accordance with the ESRS standards adopted by the
EU Commission. All the disclosures included in the E, S,
and G sections have either been assessed as material
according to our double materiality assessment (DMA)
or are mandatory according to the ESRS standards.
// ESRS 2, BP-2
All greenhouse gas emissions (GHG scopes 1-3) are
reported based on the Greenhouse Gas Protocol.
//
Consolidation
The sustainability statements have been prepared on
a consolidated basis. The data is consolidated accord-
ing to the same principles as the financial statements
and thus comprises the parent company Ørsted A/S
and subsidiaries controlled by Ørsted A/S. Joint oper-
ations are included with Ørsted’s proportionate share.
Associates and joint ventures are not included in the
consolidated data. For the reporting of absolute scope
1 and 2 GHG emissions, we also report the difference
between total scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions using
operational control of the sites we operate as
consolidation principle compared to scope 1 and
2 totals using our standard financial consolidation
of the entities, as per ESRS disclosure requirement
E1-6, data point 50. Consolidation of all data follows
the principles above, unless otherwise specified in the
accounting policies.
Value chain
The sustainability statements cover our upstream
and downstream value chain as the related impacts,
risks, and opportunities have been identified and
assessed in our DMA. Selected policies, actions, and
targets extend to our value chain, where relevant.
Measurement basis
The accounting policies have been applied consist-
ently in the financial year and for comparative figures.
Calculation factors used are listed on the pages with
the relevant metrics, together with references.
External review
Our auditor PwC has performed limited assurance of
our sustainability statements (please see the auditor’s
limited assurance report on page 255).
//
// ESRS 2, BP-2
Disclosures related to
specific circumstances
Sources of estimation and outcome uncertainty
(including value chain estimation)
We make assessments and estimates for the reporting
of some data points using indirect sources, including
sector-average data and proxies. This includes our
resource inflow metrics and EU taxonomy KPIs. For our
scope 3 GHG emissions reporting, we use estimates
in the way that we generally use activity data com-
bined with emissions factors. It is not feasible to
obtain accurate supplier-specific data and emissions
factors for all of our scope 3 GHG emissions cate-
gories. Therefore, in some cases, we use broader,
more generic activity data or emissions factors and
extrapolate these to cover data gaps that we might
have. We describe the basis for preparation of these
estimates in our accounting policies.
We regularly reassess our use of estimates and
judgements based on experience, the development
of ESG reporting, and several other factors. Changes
in estimates are recognised in the period in which the
estimate in question is revised.
Changes in preparation or presentation
of sustainability information
For adjustments to financial numbers presented in
the sustainability statements, we follow the financial
statements. We have a policy for adjustments to ESG
metrics to support our assessment as to whether we
should restate previously reported numbers in case
we discover an error or change the accounting policy.
If we assess that a restatement is necessary based on
materiality, we clearly indicate what the restatement
is in the relevant table with the metric.
Changes in 2024
We have updated parts of our EU taxonomy accounting
policy in 2024, which has triggered a restatement of
some of our 2023 data.
Firstly, in 2023, we reported our natural gas-based
thermal energy generation activity as non-eligi-
ble, despite recognising that it was an activity in
the Complementary Climate Delegated Act, as it
accounted for less than 1.0 % of revenue, EBITDA,
CAPEX, and OPEX, and therefore was assessed as not
material to report as taxonomy-eligible. However,
we have decided to report the activity as taxonomy-
eligible (but not taxonomy-aligned) in 2024, reflecting
official EU taxonomy reporting guidance that states
materiality levels may not be used. For transparency
and comparability reasons, we have also applied this
updated accounting policy to the 2023 numbers for
revenue, EBITDA, CAPEX, and OPEX.
Secondly, we have updated our accounting policy
regarding taxonomy-aligned revenue and CAPEX
adjusted for green bonds financing. Previously, we
have adjusted both the numerator and denominator in
the KPIs, but we have updated our approach in 2024,
so only the numerator is adjusted, reflecting offi-
cial EU taxonomy reporting guidance. We have also
applied this updated accounting policy to the 2023
numbers, which has triggered a restatement of these
two KPIs.
//
59 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
BP-1
General basis for preparation
of the sustainability
statements
SUS · page 59
BP-2
Disclosures in relation to
specific circumstances
SUS · pages 59-62
GOV-1
The role of the administrative,
management, and supervisory
bodies
MR · pages 46-48, 52
SUS · pages 63-64, 130, 134-135
GOV-2
Information provided to
and sustainability matters
addressed by the undertaking’s
administrative, management,
and supervisory bodies
SUS · pages 63-64
Cross-cutting standards
ESRS 2 · General disclosures (incl. incorporation by reference)
GOV-3
Integration of sustainability-
related performance in
incentive schemes
REM · page 7 · Performance of
the Executive Board
GOV-4
Statement on sustainability
due diligence
SUS · page 77
GOV-5
Risk management and internal
controls over sustainability
reporting
SUS · page 64
SBM-1
Strategy, business model,
and value chain
MR · page 21
SUS · pages 65-66, 68, 103, 133
SBM-2
Interests and views
of stakeholders
SUS · pages 75-76
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks,
and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy
and business model
SUS · pages 68-72, 82-83,
85-88, 109-110, 117, 125, 138,
146-147, 154
IRO-1
Description of the process
to identify and assess
material impacts, risks,
and opportunities
MR · page 28
SUS · pages 73-74
IRO-2
Disclosure requirements in
ESRS standards covered by the
undertakings sustainability
statements
SUS · pages 60-62, 74, 78-79
BP Basis for preparation
GOV Governance
SBM Strategy and business model
IRO Impacts, risks, and opportunities
ESRS disclosure
requirements
Content index
The tables to the right and on the following pages list all of
the ESRSdisclosure requirements in ESRS 2 and the seven
topical ESRS standards which are material to Ørsted, and
which have guided the preparation of our sustainability
statements. They can be used to navigate to information
relating to a specific ESRS disclosure requirement (e.g. BP-1)
or to our ‘entity specific data points’. They also show where
to find information relating to specific disclosure require-
ments that lie outside of the sustainability statements and
is ‘incorporated by reference’. Our remuneration report is
published as a separate report.
// E2, IRO-1; E3, IRO-1
Immaterial ESRS standards
We have omitted all the disclosure requirements in the
topical standards ESRS ‘E2 Pollution’, ESRS ‘E3 Water and
marine resources’, and ESRS ‘S4 Consumers and end-users’,
as these topics were deemed immaterial in our DMA. For
ESRS E2 and ESRS E3, we identified and assessed impacts,
risks, and opportunities following the same methodology
and process steps as for the topics deemed material.
This was informed by environmental impact assessments,
risk registers, reported data, and other documentation, such
as asset-specific conditions for management of pollution
and water imposed by local authorities, which is particularly
relevant for our CHP plants. However, none of the identified
IROs were assessed as material for these two topics due to
the high minimum environmental requirements imposed by
authorities in the countries where we operate our assets.
//
// ESRS 2, IRO-2 and BP-2
Disclosure requirements
partly or fully incorporated
by reference
MR Management’s review
SUS Sustainability statements
REM Remuneration report
60 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
E1-3
Actions and resources in
relation to climate change
policies
SUS · pages 88-90
E1-4
Targets related to climate
change mitigation and
adaptation
SUS · pages 91-92
E1-5
Energy consumption and mix
SUS · pages 93, 102
E1-6
Gross scope 1, 2, 3, and total
GHG emissions
SUS · pages 94-95
Entity-specific data points
· Energy consumption and mix
· Gross scope 1, 2, 3, and total
GHG emissions
· Overview by country
· Renewable capacity
· Generation capacity
· Energy business drivers
· Energy generation and sales
· Total heat and power
generation by source
SUS · pages 93-95, 97-102
E4-1
Transition plan and conside-
ration of biodiversity and
ecosystems in strategy
and business model
SUS · page 110
E4, SBM-3 (ESRS 2)
Material impacts, risks,
and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy
and business model
SUS · pages 111-112, 114
E4, IRO-1 (ESRS 2)
Description of processes
to identify and assess material
biodiversity and ecosystem-
related impacts, risks, depend-
encies, and opportunities
SUS · pages 110-111
E4-2
Policies related to biodiversity
and ecosystems
SUS · pages 112-113
E4-3
Actions and resources related
to biodiversity and ecosystems
SUS · page 113
E4-4
Targets related to biodiversity
and ecosystems
SUS · page 113
E4-5
Impact metrics related to
biodiversity and ecosystems
change
SUS · page 114
Environmental standards
ESRS E4 · Biodiversity and ecosystems
Environmental standards
ESRS E5 · Resource use
and circular economy
E5, IRO-1 (ESRS 2)
Description of the processes
to identify and assess material
resource use and circular
economy-related impacts,
risks, and opportunities
SUS · page 118
E5-1
Policies related to resource
use and circular economy
SUS · page 118
E5-2
Actions and resources related
to resource use and circular
economy
SUS · pages 118-120
E5-3
Targets related to resource
use and circular economy
SUS · page 120
E5-4
Resource inflows
SUS · page 121
E5-5
Resource outflows
SUS · page 122
Environmental standards
ESRS E1 · Climate change (incl. incorporation by reference)
Value chain illustration
Visualisation of our material impacts, risks, and
opportunities (IROs) resulting from our DMA
Transition plan
Resilience of our strategy and business model to
our IROs (for E1 and E4)
Actions
Actions taken in the reporting year and planned
for the future, where relevant, to address our IROs
Further details of our IROs
Tables describing the IROs and how we manage
them (incl. link to strategy and business model)
Policies and approaches
Relevant policies per topic and approaches to
e.g. stakeholder engagement (for S1, S2, and S3)
Targets
Targets adopted to track effectiveness
of our policies and actions (if applicable)
Metrics
Performance data, primarily disclosed
in data tables, including accounting policies
Structure of the ESRS topics in our report
Each topical chapter in the ‘Environment’ and ‘Social’
sections follow the below structure:
E1, GOV-3 (ESRS 2)
Integration of sustainability-
related performance in
incentive schemes
REM · page 7 · Performance
of the Executive Board
SUS · pages 88, 134
E1-1
Transition plan for climate
change mitigation
SUS · pages 83-85
E1, SBM-3 (ESRS 2)
Material impacts, risks,
and opportunities, and their
interaction with strategy
and business model
SUS · pages 82, 85-88
E1, IRO-1 (ESRS 2)
Description of the processes
to identify and assess material
climate-related impacts, risks,
and opportunities
SUS · pages 85-88
E1-2
Policies related to climate
change mitigation and
adaptation
SUS · page 88
61 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
S2, SBM-2 (ESRS 2)
Interests and views
of stakeholders
SUS · page 75
S2, SBM-3 (ESRS 2)
Material impacts, risks,
and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy
and business model
SUS · pages 138-139
S2-1
Policies related to value
chain workers
SUS · pages 139-140
S2-2
Processes for engaging
with value chain workers
about impacts
SUS · pages 140-141
S2-3
Processes to remediate
negative impacts and channels
for value chain workers to
raise concerns
SUS · pages 141-142
S1-14
Health and safety metrics
SUS · page 136
S1-16
Compensation metrics (pay
gap and total compensation)
SUS · pages 134-135
S1-17
Incidents, complaints,
and severe human rights
impacts
SUS · page 129
Entity-specific data points
· People
· Group Executive Team
and Board of Directors
· Diversity and pay gap
· Safety
SUS · page 133-136
Social standards
ESRS S2 · Workers in the value chain
S2-4
Taking action on material
impacts on value chain
workers, and approaches
to managing material risks
and pursuing material
opportunities related to
value chain workers, and
effectiveness of those actions
SUS · pages 140-143
S2-5
Targets related to managing
material negative impacts,
advancing positive impacts,
and managing material risks
and opportunities
SUS · page 143
Entity-specific data points
Supply chain due diligence
SUS · page 144
G1, GOV-1 (ESRS 2)
The role of the administrative,
supervisory, and management
bodies
MR · pages 46-49, 52
G1, IRO-1 (ESRS 2)
Description of the pro-
cesses to identify and assess
material impacts, risks, and
opportunities
SUS · page 155
G1-5
Political influence and
lobbying activites
SUS · pages 155-156
Entity-specific data points
Whistleblower cases
SUS · page 156
S3, SBM-2 (ESRS 2)
Interests and views
of stakeholders
SUS · page 75
S3, SBM-3 (ESRS 2)
Material impacts, risks,
and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy
and business model
SUS · pages 146-148
S3-1
Policies related to affected
communities
SUS · pages 148-149
S3-2
Processes for engaging with
affected communities about
impacts
SUS · pages 149-150
S3-3
Processes to remediate
negative impacts and channels
for affected communities to
raise concerns
SUS · page 150
S3-4
Taking action on material
impacts on affected commu-
nities, and approaches
to managing material risks
and pursuing material oppor-
tunities related to affected
communities, and effective-
ness of those actions
SUS · pages 149-151
S3-5
Targets related to managing
material negative impacts,
advancing positive impacts,
and managing material risks
and opportunities
SUS · page 151
Social standards
ESRS S3 · Affected communities
Governance standards
ESRS G1 · Business conduct
(incl. incorporation by
reference)
S1-4
Taking action on material
impacts on own workforce,
and approaches to mitigating
material risks and pursuing
material opportunities related
to own workforce, and effec-
tiveness of those actions
SUS · pages 128-129
S1-5
Targets related to managing
material negative impacts,
advancing positive impacts,
and managing material risks
and opportunities
SUS · pages 131-132
S1-6
Characteristics of the
undertakings employees
SUS · pages 133, 135
S1-9
Diversity metrics
SUS · page 135
Social standards
ESRS S1 · Own workforce
S1, SBM-2 (ESRS 2)
Interests and views
of stakeholders
SUS · page 75
S1, SBM-3 (ESRS 2)
Material impacts, risks,
and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy
and business model
SUS · pages 125-126
S1-1
Policies related to
own workforce
SUS · pages 126-129
S1-2
Processes for engaging
with own workers and workers’
representatives about impacts
SUS · pages 129-131
S1-3
Processes to remediate nega-
tive impacts and channels for
own workers to raise concerns
SUS · page 131
62 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Sustainability governance
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Our sustainability governance enables us to deliver
on sustainability matters. In 2024, we redesigned our
sustainability governance. The new set-up ensures clear
executive accountability for our sustainability matters
and stronger ownership of material sustainability
impacts, risks, and opportunities throughout Ørsted.
The new governance was approved by our Group
Executive Team in 2024 and will be fully implemented
in 2025.
Board of Directors
Ørsted’s Board of Directors is the highest governing
body for sustainability. The Board ultimately approves
the strategic direction and targets, oversees our per-
formance on material sustainability impacts, risk,
opportunities (IROs), and approves the double materi-
ality assesssment (DMA) results annually.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1 and GOV-2
The Board is presented with a progress update annually
across material IROs and strategic priorities and
targets, and engages in deep dives on sustainability
topics, when needed.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
As a whole, the Board possesses expertise across
our material sustainability IROs. Based on the seven
ESRS topics that have been assessed as material
to Ørsted through our DMA, we have mapped the
Board’s sustainability competences to ensure that
they have the relevant expertise to oversee material
sustainability matters. For more details, see pages
46-48 in the management’s review.
Audit & Risk Committee
The Audit & Risk Committee reports to the Board
of Directors. The committee is responsible for the
integrity and statutory compliance of Ørsted’s CSRD
reporting.
The Audit & Risk Committee meets six times a year
and annually reviews our CSRD reporting, including
the DMA results, before the Board of Directors
approves it.
For description of the Nomination & Remuneration
Committee, the Asset Project Committee, and Internal
Audit, please see page 49.
Group Executive Team
The Group Executive Team steers and approves the
strategic direction on sustainability and is account-
able for oversight and performance on material
sustainability IROs.
Ørsted’s Chief Commercial Officer (CCO) has the over-
all responsibility for ensuring that the business delivers
on our sustainability targets and actions, in line with
our sustainability ambition. Our Chief Financial Officer
(CFO) is responsible for our sustainable finance report-
ing, including our CSRD reporting.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Our sustainability governance model
Board of Directors
Business functions
Support functions
Group Executive Team
ESRS topic Group Executive Team accountable person | Supportive decision forums
E1
Climate change COO | Decarbonisation Core Group
E2
Pollution* COO | QHSE Committee
E3
Water and marine resources* COO | QHSE Committee
E4
Biodiversity and ecosystems CCO | Biodiversity & Community Impact Core Group
E5
Resources and circular economy COO | Decarbonisation Core Group
S1
Own workforce (excl. safety) CHRO | People & Culture Leadership
S1
Own workforce (safety) COO | QHSE Committee
S2
Workers in the value chain COO | Human Rights Task Force
S3
Affected communities CCO | Biodiversity & Community Impact Core Group
G1
Business conduct
Head of Legal** | Compliance Committee
Nomination & Remuneration Committee
Asset Project Committee
Audit & Risk Committee
Internal Audit
* The ESRS topics E2 and E3 are immaterial according to our DMA results in 2024.
** Responsibility delegated to group management team level as ‘Business conduct
overlaps with existing mandate in the department Group Legal.
63 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
// ESRS 2, GOV-1 and GOV-2
The Group Executive Team discusses material sustain-
ability IROs twice a year. They approve our strategic
direction and targets on sustainability, including links
to our corporate strategy, and are accountable for
our performance ambitions on sustainability topics.
The Group Executive Team discusses and reviews the
DMA ahead of the Board of Directors’ approval as well
as performance on material sustainability matters
and progress towards targets.
The Group Executive Team has always considered
material sustainability matters when overseeing
our corporate strategy, and going forward, the IROs
resulting from our DMA will further inform their
decision- making and support that the IROs are con-
sistently considered in decisions, ranging from what
we source to how we develop, construct, operate,
and decommission our projects. The material IROs
addressed during the year are described in the topical
ESRS chapters under the actions section.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
As a whole, the Group Executive Team possesses
expertise across our material IROs. For more details,
see page 52 in the management’s review.
Group Executive Team accountable persons
In 2024, we strengthened the Group Executive Team’s
accountability for sustainability and delegated
accountability of material sustainability areas to
individual members of the Group Executive Team in
alignment with the sustainability topics defined in the
ESRS standards.
The new governance integrates responsibility into the
line organisation in Ørsted to ensure a focused set-up
with a strong mandate to execute on sustainability
topics.
The new accountable persons in the Group Executive
Team are individually accountable for driving progress
on the assigned sustainability topic according to road-
maps, including defining key actions and allocating
resources to secure progress on targets and ambitions.
They will be supported by supportive decision forums
as well as internal experts from the support functions
on sustainability topics.
Supportive decision forums
The Decarbonisation Core Group and the Biodiversity
& Community Impact Core Group will support the
accountable persons in the Group Executive Team in
delivering on our strategic sustainability priority areas.
The two new groups will kick off in 2025 and consist
of the Group Executive Team accountable person and
senior leaders from functional areas with a clear role
in delivering on the material sustainability matters.
The groups have a tactical responsibility and decide
on new sustainability initiatives needed to deliver on
our ambitions and targets, guide implementation in
the organisation, and act on IROs. The core groups will
meet two-three times a year or pending need.
We are in the process of establishing a human rights
task force, specifically focused on strengthening our
due diligence systems to ensure compliance with the
upcoming EU Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence
Directive (CSDDD). The task force will enable the
implementation of a human rights management system
and oversee its integration into relevant business
processes to reach compliance. The task force will
kick off in 2025 and consist of the Group Executive
Team accountable person as well as senior leaders
representing Ørsted’s value chain to ensure the value
chain-wide approach of integrating human rights into
management systems and processes. The task force
will meet twice a year.
The Compliance Committee monitors compliance
with laws, rules, standards, and internal codes of
conduct for all business areas. The QHSE Committee
oversees our quality, health, safety, and environment
(QHSE) priorities and has a special focus on these
aspects in relation to sustainability topics.
Business functions
The business functions are responsible for executing
on material sustainability IROs. They deliver concrete
actions on the ground to progress on our targets
and ambitions while managing risks and capturing
performance data.
Support functions
The key support functions are Corporate Strategy,
Global Sustainability, and Group Finance. The support
functions assist all the accountable persons in facilitating
the sustainability work and oversight and guides
and enables the accountable persons in the Group
Executive Team and the business in setting ambition
levels and delivering on sustainability matters.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-5
Risk management and internal controls
In preparation for the CSRD, a plan was estab-
lished to perform walkthroughs to identify
risks, reassess existing controls, and identify
additional controls for sustainability reporting.
This initiative started in 2024 and will continue
until the end of 2025. These walkthroughsof
sustainability reporting processes were priori-
tised based on the results of the DMA performed
in 2023 with reference to the draft ESRS. Priority
is given to the quantitative data points related
to our material ESRS topics.
The walkthroughs are facilitated by the Internal
Control Assurance team (second line of defence)
in collaboration with functions involved in the
sustainability reporting processes and data
collection processes. The risks associated with
the completeness, accuracy, and timeliness of
the data as well as results of estimations and
calculations are assessed based on materiality
of the individual data points and process
complexity.
The walkthrough of the ESRS ‘E1 Climate
change’ topic was finalised in 2024. It was con-
firmed that main risks in data collection and
reporting processes for material data points
within this area have been mitigated by rele-
vant controls. Some controls required formal-
isation, which has been completed in 2024.
Since January 2025, formalised controls for this
area have been included in our ‘Internal con-
trol framework’ for financial and sustainability
reporting processes to further monitor their
design and operating effectiveness.
The Audit & Risk Committee monitors our
sustainability reporting processes, including the
plans for improvements, risks, internal controls,
and their operating effectiveness.
//
64 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Our business model and
how we create value
// ESRS 2, SBM-1
We create value by developing, constructing, operating,
and owning renewable assets and by providing
sustainable energy products to our customers.
Our portfolio includes offshore and onshore wind
farms, solar farms, energy storage, and CHP plants.
Key inputs and what we depend on
Natural resources
Our business relies on natural resources, such as wind
and sun, for our assets to generate the renewable energy
we sell to our customers. To deliver on our renewable
capacity target, we also depend on materials such
as steel and copper and on critical raw materials. We
secure those inputs through volume agreements and a
thorough process for vetting new suppliers.
Human and financial capitals
We depend on human capital through our talented
8,000+ employees, working to create value every day
while adhering to our core values. Our business model
depends on financial capital where our partnership
model plays a key role in recycling cash flow through
farm-downs.
Stakeholder relationships
We depend on political support for the continued
renewable energy build-out, and we rely on a construc-
tive dialogue with authorities, suppliers, investors, and
joint venture partners.
Key outputs and benefits created
Customers
We help countries and companies meet their climate
targets. We enter into long-term agreements to give
customers certainty about the costs and origin of their
renewable power supply.
Communities
We ensure people in the regions where we operate
benefit from and support the build-out of renewable
energy, thereby driving a lasting, positive change for
communities.
Shareholders
We will invest in value-creating growth opportunities
and operate our portfolio in a cost-effective way to
create value for our shareholders.
Employees
We ensure a safe and inclusive workplace focused on
employees’ skills development and their well-being.
Our business model in relation to sustainability
We have made it a core commitment to develop,
construct, and operate our renewable assets in an
environmentally and socially sustainable way, which
helps de-risk projects, enhance our license to operate,
and drive a lasting, positive change for society.
//
· Natural resources
· Human capital
· Financial capital
· Stakeholder relationships
Develop Secure pipeline through
land and project rights, grid access,
and permits
Construct Thorough supplier selection
and local content adherence
Operate Ensure high availability
and balance power to the grid
Own Manage and optimise our asset
portfolio and partnerships
· Customers
· Communities
· Shareholders
· Employees
Key inputs
and what we depend on
Activities
in our business model
Key outputs
and benefits created
65 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Our strategy and
impact on sustainability
matters
// ESRS 2, SBM-1
We develop, construct, and operate our renewable energy
assets in an environmentally and socially sustainable way.
We work continuously to integrate sustainability into our
strategy and business model and to respond to the main
challenges and opportunities ahead of us and in our industry.
We have three strategic sustainability priorities – decarbon-
isation, biodiversity, and community impact – which play
an enabling role in our commercial and project delivery.
These priorities were confirmed by the result of our 2024
double materiality assessment (DMA) and reflect where
strategic value is gained in our business model by creating
positive impacts on nature and society.
At the same time, we acknowledge the aspects of our
strategy and business model that bring vulnerabilities and
risks. Renewable energy requires significant amounts of
natural resources, such as steel, with negative impacts on
climate and the environment. The build-out also affects
people and local communities.
We therefore focus our efforts on making sure that we
mitigate negative impacts while creating positive impacts
by decarbonising societies, helping to protect nature,
and making sure the build-out brings benefits to people,
workers, and local communities.
//
We develop, construct, and operate renewable energy assets at scale
Strategic sustainability priorities
// ESRS 2, SBM-1
Key elements of our strategy that impact sustainability matters
Resources
· Use of virgin and scarce raw materials
· Energy- and emissions-intensive supply chain
· Vulnerable supply chain workers
Land and sea space
· Renewable energy capacity build-out should
co-exist with nature
· Ecosystem and biodiversity impacts from
our supply chain
Public and political support
· Local resistance to renewable energy assets
· Political opposition to and lack of support for
renewable energy build-out
How we respond to these challenges
Decarbonisation (ESRS E1 and E5)
Optimise the use of resources and
energy and reduce GHG emissions
· Collaboration with suppliers to decarbonise
materials and processes
· Roadmaps to decarbonise key resources
and processes
· Partnerships to improve recyclability
of our renewable energy assets
Biodiversity (ESRS E4)
Protect and preserve nature and reduce
direct impact drivers of biodiversity loss
· Application of our measurement framework
and the mitigation hierarchy
· Site monitoring and action plans, including
positive impact efforts
Community impact (ESRS S3)
Ensure people in the regions where we operate
benefit from and support the build-out
· Engagement and ongoing dialogue with
affected communities
· Integration of affected communities
perspectives in project planning phase
Foundational sustainability areas
Main challenges
Human rights
(ESRS S1, S2, S3)
· Human rights due diligence
· Risk-based audits and supplier
assessments
Health and safety
(ESRS S1, S2)
· High focus on safety measures
· Recurring safety training and
awareness campaigns
People management,
diversity and inclusion
(ESRS S1)
· Employee engagement
· Inclusive workplace
· Flexible working conditions
Business conduct
(ESRS G1)
· Good business conduct
policy and training
· Grievance mechanisms
· Climate advocacy
(political engagement)
66 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
S1 Own workforce
+ / − R
S2 Workers in the value chain
− R
E2 Pollution
E3 Water and marine resources
S4 Consumers and end-users G1 Business conduct
+
E1 Climate change
+ O
E5 Resource use and circular economy
− R
S3 Affected communities
+ / − R
E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
− O
MATERIAL
IMMATERIAL
MATERIAL
DOUBLE MATERIALITY
Crucial
Crucial
Financial materiality
Significant
Significant
Impact materiality
Immaterial
Immaterial
Double materiality
assessment
We have conducted a double materiality assessment
(DMA) according to the double materiality criteria defined
in ESRS 1 and implementation guidance from EFRAG.
In our DMA, we have identified and assessed our impacts on
the environment and society as well as the sustainability-
related financial risks that we are exposed to and the
opportunities we leverage. In total, 40 impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs) have been assessed as material,
comprising of 7 positive impacts, 23 negative impacts,
8 risks, and 2 opportunities (see pages 69-72).
A high-level outcome of our DMA is shown in the matrix,
aggregated per ESRS topic. Seven ESRS topics are
material to Ørsted, with six of these topics having
double materiality’, i.e. they have both material impacts
and financial risks or opportunities. Climate change
(E1), biodiversity and ecosystems (E4), resource use and
circular economy (E5), and affected communities (S3) are
our most material sustainability matters, and the IROs
within these topics are closely linked to our strategic
aspiration to be the world’s leading green energy major.
R Risk
O Opportunity
+ Positive impact
Negative impact
Materiality threshold
The highest-scoring IRO within a topic
determines the placement of that topic in
the matrix. ‘E1 Climate change’ is e.g. placed
in the quadrant shown due to a positive
impact and an opportunity scored as ‘crucial’.
However, this topic also has negative impacts
and risks scored as ‘significant’, which are
not shown in the matrix. If multiple topics are
placed within the same quadrant, e.g. E4, E5,
S3, they are listed in chronological order, and
this does not indicate differing degrees of
materiality.
67 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Biodiversity
restoration
Downstream value chain
Mining of
minerals and
metals
Animal
habitats
Resource
extraction and
processing
Society
Supply chain
workers
Affected
communities
Upstream value chain
Farm-downs
Gas and power
sales
Own operations
Ørsted
workplaces
Employees
Supplier
management
Power
stations
Solar
farms
Energy
storage
Onshore wind
farms and onshore
renewables
construction
Offshore
wind farm
construction
Offshore
wind farms
Positive impacts
Renewable energy
deployment (E1)
Local jobs and
educational
opportunities (S3)
Sustainability-related opportunities
Renewable energy
deployment (E1)
Biodiversity restoration,
research, and innova-
tion initiatives (E4)
Negative impacts
Natural resources
exploitation and land-
use and freshwater-use
change (E4)
Habitat loss from land
degradation (E4)
Species population size
decrease, and extinction
risk increase (E4)
Use and depletion of
virgin materials (E5)
Pollution from mining
may affect communities’
health (S3)
Indigenous Peoples’
rights and livelihoods
possibly disrespected or
disrupted by suppliers
(S3)
Sustainability-related risks
Climate-related
transition risks due to
changes in political
support (E1)
Climate-related
physical risks (E1)
Dependence on scarce
critical raw materials
(E5)
Increased voluntary
turnover (S1)
Possible supplier mis-
conduct concerning
forced labour (S2)
Local communities’
resistance and
concerns (S3)
Increasing local con-
tent and social impact
requirements in tender
processes (S3)
Consent of Indigenous
communities (S3)
// ESRS 2, SBM-1 and SBM-3
Value chain overview
Our material sustainability-related impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs
1
) across our full value chain
1
Impacts shown in this overview have a materiality level
of ‘crucial’, and the risks and opportunities shown have a
materiality level of ‘crucial’ or ‘significant’.
68 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Immaterial Significant
IMPACT MATERIALITY
Crucial
Immaterial
FINANCIAL MATERIALITY
Significant Crucial
Material impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs)
Overview of our material IROs
In the following tables, we list our IROs that were
identified and assessed as material in our DMA, i.e.
they were scored with either a ‘crucial’ or ‘significant
level of materiality. Within each ESRS topic, we specify
which sub-topics the IROs relate to, e.g. in ESRS ‘E1
Climate change’, the sub-topics are ‘climate change
mitigation, ‘climate change adaptation’, and ‘energy’.
Brief descriptions of the material IROs are also included
in the tables, alongside an indication as to whether the
IROs are in our own operations (OO) or value chain (VC).
For impacts, we also show whether they are positive (+),
negative (-), actual (A), or potential (P). More information
on each IRO, including how we manage them, is included
in the topical sections under ‘Environment’, ‘Social’,
and ‘Governance’.
Inherent risks and impacts
Our DMA is based on inherent risks and impacts but also
accounts for actions that have been fully integrated in
our governance, management, and daily operations to
reduce or mitigate their effects.
E1 Climate change
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
I Impact
R Risk
O Opportunity
+ Positive
– Negative
A Actual
P Potential
OO Own operations
VC Value chain
Ørsted impact, risk, and opportunity (IRO) IRO +/- A/P OO/VC Materiality level
1 Climate change mitigation
Renewable energy deployment I + A OO Crucial
Renewable energy deployment O OO Crucial
Carbon removal through nature-based projects I + P OO Significant
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions from our operations I - A OO Significant
Scope 3 GHG emissions from the renewable energy
supply chain
I - A VC Significant
Scope 3 GHG emissions from regular power sales and
natural gas sales
I - A VC Significant
Climate-related transition risks due to changes in political
support for the renewable energy build-out
R OO Significant
2 Climate change adaptation
Climate-related physical risks (chronic and acute) R OO Significant
3 Energy
Energy consumption, mainly at our CHP plants I - A OO Significant
The highest-scoring IRO
within a sub-topic determines
the placement of that sub-
topic (number) in the matrix.
69 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Immaterial Significant
IMPACT MATERIALITY
Crucial
Immaterial
FINANCIAL MATERIALITY
Significant Crucial
Immaterial Significant
IMPACT MATERIALITY
Crucial
Immaterial
FINANCIAL MATERIALITY
Significant Crucial
I Impact
R Risk
O Opportunity
+ Positive
– Negative
A Actual
P Potential
OO Own operations
VC Value chain
Ørsted impact, risk, and opportunity (IRO) IRO +/- A/P OO/VC Materiality level
1 Direct impact drivers of biodiversity loss
Natural resources exploitation and land-use and freshwater-use
change from mining
I - A VC Crucial
Ecotoxicity from mining I - A VC Significant
Land-use and sea-use change from coal and gas extraction I - A VC Significant
2 Impacts on the extent and condition of ecosystems
Habitat loss from land degradation from mining I - A VC Crucial
Biodiversity restoration, research, and innovation initiatives I
1
+ A OO Significant
Biodiversity restoration, research, and innovation initiatives O
1
OO Significant
Temporary disturbances to habitats during construction I - A OO Significant
3 Impacts on the state of species
1
Species population size decrease, and extinction risk increase
due to mining
I - A VC Crucial
Temporary displacement or loss of species during construction I - A OO Significant
E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
E5 Resource use and circular economy
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
Ørsted impact, risk, and opportunity (IRO) IRO +/- A/P OO/VC Materiality level
1 Resource inflows, including resource use
Use and depletion of virgin materials I - A VC Crucial
Increased demand for scarce critical raw materials and necessary
maturation of supply chains for lower-emissions alternatives
R VC Significant
2 Waste
Materials wasted during construction, operation, and
decommissioning
I - A OO Significant
I Impact
R Risk
O Opportunity
+ Positive
– Negative
A Actual
P Potential
OO Own operations
VC Value chain
The highest-scoring IRO
within a sub-topic determines
the placement of that sub-
topic (number) in the matrix.
The highest-scoring IRO
within a sub-topic determines
the placement of that sub-
topic (number) in the matrix.
1
The positive impact and opportunity also fall under the sub-topic ‘Impacts on the state of species’.
70 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Immaterial Significant
IMPACT MATERIALITY
Crucial
Immaterial
FINANCIAL MATERIALITY
Significant Crucial
Immaterial Significant
IMPACT MATERIALITY
Crucial
Immaterial
FINANCIAL MATERIALITY
Significant Crucial
Ørsted impact, risk, and opportunity (IRO) IRO +/- A/P OO/VC Materiality level
1 Working conditions
Flexible working conditions I + A OO Significant
Work-induced stress I - A OO Significant
Possible work-related injuries and fatalities I - P OO Significant
Increased voluntary turnover, potentially due to perceived
internal risks or uncertainties
R OO Significant
2 Equal treatment and opportunities for all
Unequal gender distribution in management I - A OO Significant
S1 Own workforce
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
I Impact
R Risk
O Opportunity
+ Positive
– Negative
A Actual
P Potential
OO Own operations
VC Value chain
S2 Workers in the value chain
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
Ørsted impact, risk, and opportunity (IRO) IRO +/- A/P OO/VC Materiality level
1 Working conditions
Excessive working hours for supply chain workers I - A VC Significant
Possible work-related injuries and fatalities for supply chain workers I - P VC Significant
2 Other work-related rights
Debt bondage and withholding of passports I - A VC Significant
State-imposed forced labour in the solar PV supply chain I - P VC Significant
Forced labour allegations or misconduct in major supply chains for
renewable energy materials and components
R VC Significant
I Impact
R Risk
O Opportunity
+ Positive
– Negative
A Actual
P Potential
OO Own operations
VC Value chain
The highest-scoring IRO
within a sub-topic determines
the placement of that sub-
topic (number) in the matrix.
The highest-scoring IRO
within a sub-topic determines
the placement of that sub-
topic (number) in the matrix.
71 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Immaterial Significant
IMPACT MATERIALITY
Crucial
Immaterial
FINANCIAL MATERIALITY
Significant Crucial
Immaterial Significant
IMPACT MATERIALITY
Crucial
Immaterial
FINANCIAL MATERIALITY
Significant Crucial
S3 Affected communities
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
Ørsted impact, risk, and opportunity (IRO) IRO +/- A/P OO/VC Materiality level
1 Communities’ economic, social, and cultural rights
Pollution from mining may impact communities’ health I - P VC Crucial
Local jobs and educational opportunities I + A OO Crucial
Improvement to public infrastructure improving living standards I + A OO Significant
Local communities’ resistance and concerns with renewable
energy projects
R OO Significant
Increasing local content and social impact requirements
in tender processes
R OO Significant
2 Rights of Indigenous Peoples
Indigenous Peoples’ rights and livelihoods possibly disrespected
or disrupted by suppliers
I - P VC Crucial
Indigenous Peoples’ rights and livelihoods disrespected or disrupted
during development and construction
I - A OO Significant
Consent of Indigenous communities R OO Significant
I Impact
R Risk
O Opportunity
+ Positive
– Negative
A Actual
P Potential
OO Own operations
VC Value chain
G1 Business conduct
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
Ørsted impact, risk, and opportunity (IRO) IRO +/- A/P OO/VC Materiality level
1 Political engagement and lobbying activities
Constructive political engagement through lobbying I + A OO Significant
I Impact
R Risk
O Opportunity
+ Positive
– Negative
A Actual
P Potential
OO Own operations
VC Value chain
The highest-scoring IRO
within a sub-topic determines
the placement of that sub-
topic (number) in the matrix.
The highest-scoring IRO
within a sub-topic determines
the placement of that sub-
topic (number) in the matrix.
72 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Planet and society
Financial materiality
(outside-in)
Double materiality approach
Ørsted
Impact materiality
(inside-out)
Methodology and process
// ESRS 2, IRO-1
We developed our double materiality assessment
(DMA) methodology and process steps based on
the ‘IG1: Materiality Assessment Implementation
Guidance’ published by EFRAG in May 2024. In addition,
we developed scoring tools to operationalise the
parameters and criteria set out and to document the
process steps, including rationales and supporting
documentation for our scoring assessments.
Methodologies
and assumptions
Scope
We have considered all the sub-sub-topics listed
in ESRS 1 when identifying our impacts, risks, and
opportunities (IROs). For impacts on people and the
environment (inside-out), we considered both positive
and negative impacts related to sustainability
matters, which can be both actual and potential. In
our financial assessment (outside-in), we assessed
potential sustainability-related risks that could
trigger a negative financial effect on our business and
opportunities that could benefit our business positively.
We considered activities within our own operations as
well as from our business relationships and value chain.
Our value chain assessment mainly focused on our first-
tier suppliers, and beyond that, we relied on industry-
wide value chain assessments, industry knowledge,
and internal knowledge based on our engagement
in various forums. We had particular focus on the
upstream value chain focusing on sourcing of materials
and exposure to certain geographies that might give
rise to a heightened risk of adverse human and labour
rights and of environmental impacts due to the nature
of our industry.
Stakeholder engagement
Understanding which stakeholders are affected by our
business is fundamental. This is managed continuously
through ongoing dialogues to understand stakeholders’
positions, concerns, and expectations. The insight gained
from these continuous dialogues also served to inform
our DMA as we used our in-house subject-matter experts
as a valid proxy for bringing the interests and views of our
stakeholders into the DMA.
They used their professional judgement when
applying the scoring criteria and were informed
by publicly available evidence of circumstances,
determining that a matter is material without further
analysis. Our continuous engagement activities in the
communities where we are present were also a solid
basis for assessing our material impacts and risks.
Scoring
Impacts
As per ESRS 1 and the guidance from EFRAG, three
parameters of ‘scale, ‘scope’, and ‘irremediable charac-
ter’ have been used in the scoring of the ‘severity’ of
our actual and potential negative impacts:
1 When scoring ‘scale, we assessed how great the
impact is or could be on the environment or people.
For actual negative impacts, the scale depends on
successful mitigation that has taken place before
or during the event. Therefore, when scoring ‘scale,
the current mitigation actions were considered,
including the ‘license to operate’ conditions required
by authorities.
2 When scoring ‘scope, we assessed how widespread
the impact is based on parameters, such as the
percentage of sites, employees, or financial spend
that the impact relates to.
3 When scoring ‘irremediable character’, we assessed
how difficult it is to reverse the damage in terms of
cost and time horizon.
For actual negative impacts, these three dimensions
were scored and weighted equally for ‘severity’. For
potential negative impacts, an additional parameter
of ‘likelihood’ was scored. This ‘likelihood’ score was
weighted 1:1 with the ‘severity’ score. However, for a
human rights potential negative impact, ‘severity’ took
precedence over ‘likelihood’ (3:1 weighting, respectively).
This weighting was applied on all potential negative
impacts in S1, S2, and S3 across all sub-topics.
For actual positive impacts, ‘scale’ and ‘scope’ were
scored and weighted equally for ‘severity. For potential
positive impacts, ‘likelihood’ was also scored and
weighted 1:1 with the ‘severity’ score, as it was for
potential negative impacts.
73 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Risks and opportunities
When scoring sustainability risks and opportunities,
we assessed the potential ‘magnitude’ of possible
financial effects on, for example, revenue, CAPEX or
OPEX, which constitutes one part of the score, and the
‘likelihood of occurrence’, which constitutes the other
part. The possible financial effects of the individual
risks and opportunities were assessed through sustain-
ability-matter-specific scenarios, operationalised
through stress tests. Mitigation measures put in place
are reflected in either the magnitude or likelihood of
the assessed scenarios.
Some scenarios were assessed quantitatively. In cases
where a quantitative assessment was not possible
or insufficient, qualitative assessments were used
to supplement or inform the magnitude of the risk
or opportunity. This approach was necessary due to
the complexity of defining exact values for potential
sustainability scenarios.
Time horizons
Potential impacts, risks, and opportunities were
assessed across three time horizons: short term
( covering the current reporting year and the next
year), medium term (from the end of the short term
period to five years), and long term (more than
five years).
For risks and opportunities, we consolidated the
score by assigning weights over the short-, medium-,
and long-term horizons. The weights were evenly
distributed or adjusted to emphasise either the short
term or medium and long term.
//
// ESRS 2, IRO-2
Thresholds
Our calibration group discussed where to set the
thresholds for materiality, and their recommendation
was submitted to the Group Executive Team when the
final DMA results were presented to them for approval.
There were five degrees of materiality for the IROs: the
highest level was ‘crucial’, then ‘significant, ‘important,
‘informative’, and lastly ‘minimal’ as the lowest level.
The materiality threshold was set at ‘significant’, meaning
that IROs scored as ‘significant’ or ‘crucial’, and their
associated ESRS standard, were material.
//
// ESRS 2, IRO-1
Process
We defined five process steps for conducting the DMA.
In addition, there was a fundamental initial step of
‘understanding the context’ as suggested in the ESRS
IG1. Our work with mapping our sustainability-related
impacts builds on the approach we have used for over
a decade for assessing the materiality of sustainability-
related matters. Furthermore, our daily work with
sustainability is supported by benchmark reports,
studies, and internal projects, including regulatory
landscape understanding, media monitoring, peer
analysis, etc.
1 Engagement of stakeholders
2 Scoping of IROs
3 Assessment of IROs
4 Validation of results and calibration
5 Final review and approval
1. Engagement of stakeholders
We identified subject-matter experts with extensive
insight and knowledge into each ESRS standard and
set-up DMA workshops with them. These experts
included a variety of employees working with sustain-
ability impacts and risks at corporate level and in the
business as well as employees working with regulatory
and public affairs. Onboarding sessions helped to get
a common understanding of the new CSRD regulation
and objectives of the DMA.
2. Scoping of IROs
As preparation for the workshops, we identified IROs
relating to environmental, social, and governance
matters. We consulted relevant internal information
(e.g. previous materiality assessments, internal impact
reports, internal risk memos, and stakeholder findings)
to scope and pre-define relevant matters per ESRS
sub-topic and sub-sub-topic. This gross list of IROs
formed the starting point for verification and assess-
ment at the workshops.
3. Assessment of IROs
At the workshops, the experts reviewed the predefined
IROs and adjusted wording and classification of these,
where relevant. Secondly, they assessed each IRO,
and scoring rationales were documented, including
relevant reference documents. Lastly, participants
added additional IROs if they found that a relevant
matter was not captured in the pre-defined list.
The experts were introduced to the assessment criteria
at the workshops to ensure a consistent approach
and understanding of the scoring methodology.
Where relevant, additional experts were identified
and consulted following the initial workshops to
capture insights for a specific matter or regional
perspectives.
4. Validation of results and calibration
Results from the workshops were systematically
captured and aggregated using a scoring tool in order
to calculate the degree of materiality of each IRO.
The tool was organised to clearly link the ESRS
topics, sub-topics, and sub-sub-topics to each IRO
identified and assessed in the workshops. The tool
provided an overview of the scores which constituted
the preliminary results. Workshop participants were
consulted again for validation of the preliminary
results. If any adjustments were needed, the relevant
expert provided the rationale for adjustment in order
to document any changes.
As a next validation step, a calibration group
calibrated the preliminary results before the final
review and approval step. This group consisted
of the head of Group Finance, the head of Global
Sustainability, and leads from Investor Relations
and Global Regulatory & Public Affairs. The group
specifically focused on bringing their insights from
external stakeholders, including investors, to bridge
the results to our strategic sustainability priorities.
5. Final review and approval
In the final step, the results were reviewed and
approved by relevant leaders. Any necessary adjust-
ments were incorporated before their final sign-off.
After their approval, the DMA process and results were
presented to the Group Executive Team. Finally, the
results were approved by the Board of Directors.
//
74 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Interests and views
of stakeholders
// ESRS 2, SBM-2
Stakeholder engagement
Our ‘Stakeholder engagement policy’ underscores
our commitment to actively listen to and engage with
our stakeholders. Through ongoing dialogue, we gain
insight into their positions, concerns, and expectations.
The insights gained from these dialogues inform
our due diligence processes and double materiality
assessment. This allows us to align our sustainability
priorities, projects, and processes with the interests
and views of our stakeholders.
Guided by principles of openness, transparency, and
integrity, our Stakeholder engagement policy adheres
to international norms and codes, including the UN
Guiding Principles on Business & Human Rights, the
UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples,
and the IFC Performance Standards on Social &
Environmental Sustainability.
We ensure that the views and interests of affected
stakeholders regarding our sustainability-related
impacts, risks, and opportunities are regularly com-
municated to the relevant accountable person in the
Group Executive Team through periodic meetings.
For more information on our new sustainability
governance, please see pages 63-64.
In the following table, we outline examples of how
we engage with key stakeholders.
//
How engagement is organised
Purpose of engagements
Examples of outcomes from the engagements
// S1, SBM-2
Employees
// S2, SBM-2
Suppliers
· Understanding employees’ perceptions,
experiences, challenges, and suggestions
for improvement
· Raising awareness of internal policies
and changes
· Contributing to a sustainable workplace
and working life, including physical and
psychological health and safety
· Increasing employee retention and
attraction
· Internal policy updates, e.g. labour and
employment rights policy
· Global initiatives and campaigns for e.g.
employee well-being
· Employment relations and occupational
health and safety representatives
· Inclusion and enterprise social networks
· Employee-elected board members
· Personal development dialogues
· Employee satisfaction surveys, workplace
assessments, and town halls
· Ensuring compliance with our code of conduct
· Promoting responsible sourcing, incl. of
minerals and metals
· Protecting human and labour rights of workers
· Ensuring a respectful working environment
· Decarbonising our value chain and promoting
circular solutions for resource use
· Understanding supplier needs and concerns
· Streamlined supplier expectations
· Supplier improvement plans to comply with
code of conduct
· Informed procurement decisions
· Investments in test pilots and early offtake
agreements for low-carbon solutions
· Interviews and assessments for supplier
due diligence
· Workshops and industry collaborations,
e.g. DecomBlades
· Addressing community concerns,
questions, and feedback
· Building trust and relationships with local
stakeholders affected by renewable
energy projects
· Ensuring community benefits and our
social license to operate
· Design of tailored community benefits
and projects
· Support of local projects for job
creation, economic development, and
environmental preservation
// S3, SBM-2
Local communities
· Consultations, public forums, and
informational events
· Direct communication through project
staff and liaison officers
· Interviews during environmental and
social impact assessments
· Whistleblower Hotline and other
grievance mechanisms
75 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Examples of outcomes from the engagements
Purpose of engagements
How engagement is organised
· Understanding investor concerns and
addressing questions
· Building trust and demonstrating
long-term value of renewable energy
investments
· Discussing performance, risk management,
and strategic direction
· Ensuring compliance with regulatory
frameworks and standards
· Promoting a sustainable build-out of
renewable energy
· Addressing climate-related transition
risks and opportunities
· Contributing to local initiatives
· Ensuring transparency and responsiveness
to public concerns
· Understanding our local license to operate
and public expectations
· Pooling efforts to address supply chain
challenges, e.g. decarbonisation and
human rights
· Enabling the industry to engage
policymakers and promoting the build-out
of renewable energy
· Developing industry standards for
sustainability
· Pooling efforts to decarbonise hard-to-
abate sectors in our supply chain
· Understanding the views of value chain
workers’ representatives
· Action plans to improve ESG performance
· Increased disclosure to ESG rating
agencies
· Alignment of investment strategy with
sustainable finance frameworks, e.g. the
EU taxonomy
· Operational adjustments to ensure
compliance
· Informed decisions for renewable energy
deployment and financing
· Informed project planning and site-
specific initiatives, e.g. for biodiversity
conservation or community development
· Alignment of projects with best practice
for community engagement
· Industry-led life cycle assessment
methodology for offshore wind farms
· Launch of the Responsible Renewables
Infrastructure Initiative
· Design of tailored initiatives for value
chain workers trough unions
Investors Governments, policy-
makers, and regulators
Civic and non-profit
organisations
Industry and sustainability
associations
· ESG ratings and assessments
· One-on-one investor relations meetings,
questionnaires, and inquiries
· Quarterly earnings calls
· Capital market days and annual general
meetings
· Participation in public hearings and
regulatory processes
· Consultations and policy roundtables
· White papers, studies, and thought
leadership related to renewable energy
deployment
· Collaboration and consultations
on community projects and impact
assessments
· Contributions to research projects
· Workshops, knowledge sharing, and
industry conferences
· Joint initiatives and industry research
on e.g. biodiversity impact or life cycle
assessments
· Consultations with trade unions on e.g.
worker welfare and rights
Corporate
customers
· Understanding customer needs and
expectations
· Building trust and providing transparency
· Enabling customers to achieve their
renewable energy targets
· Product or service improvements for e.g.
power purchase agreements (PPAs)
· Adaptation of marketing strategies, e.g.
by providing ESG rating scorecards for
customers
· Customer support inquiries
· Periodic reviews and meetings with
account managers
· Assessments for business partner
due diligence
76 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Sustainability due diligence
Our due diligence approach
For over a decade, we have been following the OECD
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and the UN
Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights to
integrate due diligence into our procurement, operations,
and local communities. This work has set a strong
foundation for our future ambitions, as we prepare to
meet the anticipated requirements of the EU Corporate
Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD).
Guided by these frameworks, we have implemented
a risk-based due diligence approach centered around
accountability, transparency, collaboration, and
proactive engagement with stakeholders across our
value chain.
At the core of our approach is the Sustainability Due
Diligence & Compliance team, established to ensure
that all business partners and suppliers adhere to
Ørsted’s ethical, social, and environmental standards,
as defined in our ‘Code of conduct for business
partners’. This code sets out specific requirements and
expectations related to human rights, labour conditions,
anti-corruption, and environmental protection.
Our processes
We perform risk screenings and code of conduct
assessments to ensure that our business partners
meet the requirements in our code of conduct.
We are also developing corrective actions and tailored
improvement plans together with our suppliers, where
necessary. This is an ongoing effort that includes
audits, supplier training, and regular follow-ups to
address any gaps identified.
Partnerships and cross-industry collaboration are
also fundamental if we want to succeed with our due
diligence approach. We are therefore collaborating
with key industry organisations, such as the
International Responsible Business Conduct (IRBC)
Agreement for the Renewable Energy Sector, the
Initiative for Responsible Mining Assurance (IRMA),
Ethical Trade Denmark, and WindEurope. These
collaborations provide access to best practices,
shared knowledge, and support the continuous
improvement of our due diligence processes in the
renewable energy value chain.
Governance
We are in the process of establishing a Human Rights
Task Force specifically focused on strengthening our
due diligence systems and governance. For more
information about this task force, see pages 63-64.
Next steps
As we look forward, we are continuously refining
our due diligence practices. This includes enhancing
pre-contractual screenings to identify potential risks
early, especially for complex and large-scale projects,
such as offshore wind farms.
Additionally, we are investing in tools to improve
traceability throughout our supply chain. For example,
we have conducted a blockchain pilot project to trace
origin for key metals in one of our projects, and we are
evaluating the application of blockchain opportunities
with other suppliers and on other metals as well as
exploring steel origin reporting for wind turbines.
Through these efforts, we are dedicated to continuously
enhancing our due diligence approach in line with the
CSDDD and OECD Guidelines’ principles of ongoing
monitoring, learning, and improvement.
On the right is a mapping detailing where in our
sustainability statements we provide further infor-
mation about our due diligence process, including
how we apply the main aspects and steps of our
due diligence process.
// ESRS 2, GOV-4
Core elements of due diligence
a) Embedding due diligence in governance,
strategy, and business model
Our Human Rights Task Force oversees the
integration of due diligence across procurement,
operations, and communities. Read more:
General · pages 63-66
b) Engaging with affected stakeholders
in all key steps of due diligence
We maintain continuous dialogue and collabora-
tion with employees, value chain workers, local
communities, and at-risk groups. Read more:
General · pages 75-76
Social · pages 129-131, 140-141, 149-150
c) Identifying and assessing adverse impacts
Our double materiality assessment (DMA)
identifies material adverse impacts in our
business and value chain. We also conduct
systematic impact assessments, risk screenings,
and code of conduct assessments in our
value chain. Read more:
General · pages 68-72
Social · pages 125-126, 138-139, 141, 144,
146-148
d) Taking actions to address adverse impacts
We take specific action to address material
impacts identified in our DMA. We also
collaborate with business partners to identify
performance gaps, develop and implement
corrective action plans, work on strengthening
pre-contractual screenings, and engage in
partnerships to enhance adherence to our
code of conduct. Read more:
Social · pages 128-129, 142-143, 150-151
e) Tracking the effectiveness of these
efforts and communicating
We annually report on key metrics and work to
enhance supply chain traceability. Read more:
Social · pages 131-136, 142, 144
77 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
// ESRS 2, IRO-2
ESRS data points from other EU legislation
The following tables include all of the data points
that derive from other EU legislation as listed in
ESRS 2, appendix B, indicating where the data points
can be found in the sustainability statements, and
which data points are assessed as ‘not material’ (NM),
‘not stated’ (NS), or ‘not relevant’ (NR).
Legislation
SFDR Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation
P3 EBA Pillar 3 disclosure requirements
BRR Climate Benchmark Standards Regulation
EUCL EU Climate Law
Other short forms
NR Not relevant
NS Not stated
NM Not material
Disclosure
requirement Data point Legislation Page
ESRS 2, GOV-1 21 (d) Board’s gender diversity SFDR/BRR page 135
21 (e) Percentage of board members who are independent BRR page 134
ESRS 2, GOV-4 30 Statement on due diligence SFDR page 77
ESRS 2, SBM-1 40 (d) (i) Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities SFDR/P3/BRR page 81
40 (d) (ii) Involvement in activities related to chemical production SFDR/BRR NR
40 (d) (iii) Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons SFDR/BRR NR
40 (d) (iv) Involvement in activities related to cultivation
and production of tobacco
BRR NR
ESRS E1-1 14 Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050 EUCL pages 83-85
16 (g) Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned benchmarks P3/BRR page 84
ESRS E1-4 34 GHG emission reduction targets SFDR/P3/BRR page 91
ESRS E1-5 38 Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated
by sources (only high climate impact sectors)
SFDR page 93
37 Energy consumption and mix SFDR page 93
40-43 Energy intensity associated with activities in high
climate impact sectors
SFDR page 93
ESRS E1-6 44 Gross scope 1, 2, 3, and total GHG emissions SFDR/P3/BRR page 94
53-55 Gross GHG emissions intensity SFDR/P3/BRR page 95
ESRS E1-7 56 GHG removals and carbon credits EUCL NR
ESRS E1-9 66 Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-
related physical risks
BRR page 87
66 (a);
66 (c)
Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and
chronic physical risk; location of significant assets
at material physical risk
P3 NS (phase-in)
67 (c) Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate
assets by energy-efficiency classes
P3 NS (phase-in)
69 Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate-
related opportunities
BRR page 88
ESRS E2-4 28 Amount of each pollutant listed in annex II of the
E-PRTR regulation emitted to air, water, and soil
SFDR NM
78 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Disclosure
requirement Data point Legislation Page
ESRS E3-1 9 Water and marine resources SFDR NM
13 Dedicated policy SFDR NM
14 Sustainable oceans and seas SFDR NM
ESRS E3-4 28 (c) Total water recycled and reused SFDR NM
29 Total water consumption in m
3
per net revenue on own operations SFDR NM
ESRS E4, SBM-3
(ESRS 2)
16 (a) (i) Activities negatively affecting biodiversity-sensitive areas SFDR page 114
16 (b) Land degradation, desertification, or soil sealing SFDR page 112
16 (c) Threatened species SFDR page 111
ESRS E4-2 24 (b) Sustainable land/agriculture practices or policies SFDR NR
24 (c) Sustainable oceans/seas practices or policies SFDR page 112
24 (d) Policies to address deforestation SFDR NR
ESRS E5-5 37 (d) Non-recycled waste SFDR page 122
39 Hazardous waste and radioactive waste SFDR page 122
ESRS S1, SBM-3
(ESRS 2)
14 (f) Risk of incidents of forced labour SFDR page 126
14 (g) Risk of incidents of child labour SFDR page 126
ESRS S1-1 20 Human rights policy commitments SFDR pages 126-127
21 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental
International Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8
BRR page 126
22 Processes and measures for preventing trafficking
in human beings
SFDR page 126
23 Workplace accident prevention policy or
management system
SFDR page 128
ESRS S1-3 32 (c) Grievance/complaints-handling mechanisms SFDR page 131
ESRS S1-14 88 (b) and (c) Number of fatalities and number and rate of work-related
accidents
SFDR/BRR page 136
88 (e) Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities, or illness SFDR NS (phase-in)
ESRS S1-16 97 (a) Unadjusted gender pay gap SFDR/BRR page 135
97 (b) Excessive CEO pay ratio SFDR page 134
ESRS S1-17 103 (a) Incidents of discrimination SFDR page 129
104 (a) Non-respect of UNGPs on Business & Human Rights,
ILO principles, or OECD guidelines
SFDR/BRR page 129
Disclosure
requirement Data point Legislation Page
ESRS S2, SBM-3
(ESRS 2)
11 (b) Significant risk of child labour or forced labour
in the value chain
SFDR page 139
ESRS S2-1 17 Human rights policy commitments SFDR page 139
18 Policies related to value chain workers SFDR pages 139-140
19 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business & Human Rights,
ILO principles, or OECD guidelines
SFDR/BRR page 140
19 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental
International Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8
BRR page 140
ESRS S2-4 36 Human rights issues and incidents connected to its
upstream and downstream value chain
SFDR page 140
ESRS S3-1 16 Human rights policy commitments SFDR page 148
17 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business & Human Rights,
ILO principles, or OECD guidelines
SFDR/BRR page 148
ESRS S3-4 36 Human rights issues and incidents SFDR page 149
ESRS S4-1 16 Policies related to consumers and end-users SFDR NM
17 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human
Rights and OECD guidelines
SFDR/BRR NM
ESRS S4-4 35 Human rights issues and incidents SFDR NM
ESRS G1-1 10 (b) United Nations Convention against Corruption SFDR NR
10 (d) Protection of whistleblowers SFDR NR
ESRS G1-4 24 (a) Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws SFDR/BRR page 155
24 (b) Standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery SFDR page 155
79 Sustainability statements
|
GeneralØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Environment
81 ESRS E1 Climate change
103 EU taxonomy for sustainable activities
108 ESRS E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
116 ESRS E5 Resource use and circular economy
European flat oysters are cultivated along with horse mussels at
DTU Aqua’s hatchery in Denmark. These bivalves are the true stars
of our BioReef partnership with DTU Aqua and WWF Denmark.
Together, we are aiming to establish biogenic reefs in the Danish
part of the North Sea to help support healthy marine ecosystems.
Projects like this form part of our work to innovate and test
solutions that can contribute to our target of having a net-positive
biodiversity impact on renewable energy projects.
80 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Upstream value chain Downstream value chainOwn operations
Positive impact Negative impact Risk Opportunity
Carbon removal through
nature-based projects
Potential positive impact
Scope 3 GHG emissions
from regular power sales
and natural gas sales
Negative impact
Scope 3 GHG emissions
from regular power sales
and natural gas sales
Negative impact
Climate-related physical
risks (chronic and acute)
Risk
Energy consumption,
mainly at our CHP plants
Negative impact
Scope 3 GHG emissions
from the renewable
energy supply chain
Negative impact
//ESRS 2, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
E1 Climate change
Climate-related transition risks due
to changes in political support for
the renewable energy build-out
Risk
Renewable energy deployment
Positive impact
Opportunity
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions
from our operations
Negative impact
81 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
// ESRS 2, SBM-3; E1, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs)
In the tables to the right and on the next page
are descriptions of our material IROs related to
climate change, including how we manage them.
These IROs are closely tied to our strategic
decision over 15 years ago to transform our
business model from fossil-based to renewable
energy and to expand our portfolio to include
offshore and onshore wind, solar, and storage
solutions.
While deploying renewable energy is essential
for the transition to a sustainable energy
system, we recognise that it has associated
GHG emissions from resource extraction,
manufacturing, and service operations. There-
fore, we also focus our efforts on decarbonising
our supply chain to mitigate these impacts.
The impacts are highly connected to our strategy
and business model and occur through our
contruction and operation activities as well as
through business relationships with suppliers.
The resilience of our business to potential
negative impacts and risks is shaped by the
broader political framework for renewable
energy deployment as well as effective
collaboration across the value chain to achieve
our commercial and sustainability ambition.
While we continue to monitor developments
and adapt as needed, our strategy and business
model have been assessed as capable of
addressing these challenges and leveraging
climate- related opportunities.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Renewable energy deployment
Positive impact (own operations)
Opportunity (own operations)
The positive impact and opportunity arise from our deployment of
renewable energy. Generally, risks associated with the transition to a
low-carbon economy present opportunities for Ørsted, as our vision
and long term ambitions are closely aligned with this transition.
We create environmental and societal benefits by developing and
operating renewable energy assets, which are critical technologies
for decarbonising society and limiting global warming to 1.5 °C.
Deploying renewable energy
is at the core of our business,
and we address this material
opportunity and positive
impact through our business
model and strategy.
Carbon removal through nature-based projects
Potential positive impact (own operations)
This potential positive impact arises from carbon removal achieved
through our nature-based projects, which complement our efforts
to reduce emissions by supporting climate action beyond our value
chain and are not a substitute for direct emission reductions.
Initiatives such as mangrove reforestation in the Gambia remove
carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, supporting efforts to limit
global warming to 1.5 °C.
The impact is expected to materialise over a medium timescale of
three to five years as mangrove forests mature.
We have taken several actions
to pursue this positive impact
related to carbon removal
through nature-based projects,
which support broader climate
action and sustainability
objectives.
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions from our operations
Negative impact (own operations)
This negative impact arises from our scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions.
Scope 1 emissions primarily result from fossil fuel-based heat and
power generation at our CHP plants, with a smaller contribution
from operation and maintenance activities. Scope 2 emissions
stem from the purchase and consumption of electricity and heat.
We fully cover our electricity consumption with renewable energy
certificates, effectively reducing our net scope 2 emissions.
While our scope 1 and 2 emissions are relatively low compared to
other industries, they still negatively impact the environment by
contributing to global warming.
We have strategic targets
aimed at reducing our scope 1
and 2 GHG emissions intensity.
These are supported by actions
such as transitioning away
from fossil fuel-based power
generation, increasing the
use of renewable energy, and
improving energy efficiency
across our operations.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Scope 3 GHG emissions from the renewable energy supply chain
Negative impact (upstream value chain)
Scope 3 GHG emissions from regular power and natural gas sales
Negative impact (upstream and downsteam value chain)
These negative impacts relate to activities that result in scope 3 GHG
emissions, contributing to global warming. They include:
(a) upstream emissions in our renewable energy supply chain, including
material extraction and manufacturing (category 2)
(b) upstream and downsteam emissions from power sales stemming
from extraction, processing, transportation, and energy generation
within the residual energy mix (category 3)
(c) upstream and downstream emissions from gas sales, covering both
biogas and natural gas (category 11).
We have strategic targets to
reduce our scope 1-3 GHG
emissions intensity, our scope 3
GHG emissions from gas sales,
and actions to decarbonise
our value chain.
Climate-related transition risks due to changes in political support
for the renewable energy build-out
Risk (own operations)
This climate-related transition risk arises due to possible changes in the
political and regulatory landscape, which could result in insufficient
support for renewable energy deployment or the removal of existing
subsidies and incentives.
This risk specifically concerns investment subsidies (e.g. capital grants)
and production subsidies (e.g. feed-in tariffs or tax credits). It could
impact our operations, potentially influencing project viability.
We are actively engaged in
climate- related advocacy, call-
ing our stakeholders to action
for activities that will accelerate
the renewable energy build-out
and help manage this risk.
We continuously monitor
emerging or evolving geopoliti-
cal and macroeconomic risks.
Climate change mitigation
82 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Climate-related physical risks (chronic and acute)
Risk (own operations)
The chronic physical risks relate to the dependency of renewable
energy generation on natural resources, such as wind patterns, and
the acute physical risks relate to a potential increase in the severity
and frequency of extreme weather events.
We assess the resilience of all new assets
towards the occurrence of climate-related
hazards.
Energy consumption, mainly at our CHP plants
Negative impact (own operations)
We have identified a negative impact associated with energy
consumption at our combined heat and power (CHP) plants, which
includes the use of fossil-based fuels.
The use of fossil-based fuels contributes to greenhouse gas
emissions, which negatively affect the environment by contributing
to global warming.
We target reductions in our scope 1 and
2 GHG emissions. In 2024, we closed
Esbjerg Power Station, our last coal-fired
CHP plant, advancing our decarbonisation
efforts.
Climate change adaption
Energy
This section outlines our approach to managing climate-
related impacts, risks, and opportunities, ensuring
resilience and alignment with global sustainability
goals. While the transition to a green economy offers
significant growth opportunities, it also presents
challenges, particularly in decarbonising supply chains.
We have already made substantial progress,
transitioning from a fossil fuel-based utility to a
global leader in renewable energy. Our policies,
strategic actions, and other initiatives highlight our
continued efforts towards a low-carbon economy.
For an overview of how we have structured this chapter,
please see page 61. Our IROs are highlighted in italics.
// E1-1
Transition plan
Ørsted’s transition plan outlines the company’s overall
pathway to achieving net-zero emissions by 2040,
aligned with the 1.5 °C goal of the Paris Agreement.
The plan is substantiated by science-based targets,
includes key decarbonisation levers, and identifies
strategic actions that have driven the transformation
of our business model towards renewable energy and
will continue to shape our ongoing transition. The plan
supports broader policy priorities, including the European
Union’s 2050 climate neutrality goals formalised in the
European Green Deal and associated regulations (e.g.
the EU taxonomy and the EU Green Bonds Standard).
These goals represent both an opportunity and a
responsibility to align our business strategy with global
decarbonisation efforts, contributing to the renewable
energy transition and broader sustainability objectives.
First transition wave:
Shift from fossil fuels to renewable energy
Over the past 15 years, we have undergone a significant
transformation, evolving from a fossil fuel-based utility
to a global leader in renewable energy deployment.
This transformation has been driven by substantial
investments in offshore wind, onshore wind, solar PV,
and storage assets, achieving material progress in
decarbonising energy production. Additionally, our shift
to biomass-fuelled combined heat and power (CHP)
generation has played a pivotal role during this period.
This shift continues to be characterised by the
following:
· Growth in renewable capacity: In 2024, we continued
to expand our renewable energy portfolio, reaching a
total of 18.2 GW of installed capacity, with a pipeline
of 7.6 GW in decided (FID’ed) capacity, reinforcing our
commitment to advancing the global shift to renew-
able energy in line with our long term ambition.
· An increase in renewable energy generation and
the phase-out of coal: We are on track to meet
our 2025 target of a 99 % share of energy genera-
tion coming from renewables. Our coal generation
activities were ceased in 2024.
· Capital alignment with climate goals: Since the
entry into force of the EU Climate Delegated Act,
99 % of Ørsted’s capital expenditures (CAPEX)
have been allocated to activities classified as
sustainable. For 2024, these expenditures include
DKK 37,867 million for the deployment of offshore
and onshore wind capacity, DKK 6,097 million for
the deployment of solar PV and energy storage
83 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
technologies, and DKK 2,836 million for hydro-
gen, carbon capture and storage, and bioenergy
activities.
· A measurable performance: We track and disclose
progress of our renewable energy portfolio by
monitoring progress towards our installed capacity
ambition. In addition, we track and disclose pro-
gress towards our decarbonisation efforts through
a suite of SBTi-validated climate targets, including
near-term targets for 2025 and 2030 as well as long
term targets for 2040. As part of the SBTi valida-
tion process of our interim targets, we updated the
baseline year for our scope 1-2 emissions intensity
target to 2018, replacing the original targets of
reducing the scope 1-2 emissions intensity by 98 %
by 2025 and by 99 % by 2030 from a 2006 base-
line. From the updated 2018 baseline, we now aim
to achieve a 93 % reduction in scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions intensity by 2025 and progress towards a
96 % reduction by 2030. Our interim scope 1-3 GHG
emissions intensity target outlines a reduction
trajectory of ~77 % by 2030. These interim targets
serve as critical waypoints that chart our overall
pathway to achieving net-zero by 2040.
· Climate advocacy: As part of our efforts to advance
policies and frameworks that accelerate the transi-
tion to renewable energy, we actively engage with
policy-makers and industry peers.
Addressing transition risks from locked-in emissions
Locked-in emissions refer to future emissions
resulting from existing or planned infrastructure
and assets. In our case, such emissions are tied to
our gas sales activities. This is primarily due to our
binding contractual obligations for offtake volumes
of natural gas from the gas fields operated by the
Danish Underground Consortium (DUC).
We recognise the importance of tackling the impacts
of our legacy business, as locked-in emissions pose
a significant transition challenge if left unadressed.
To guide progress toward our net-zero goals, we have
set an absolute emissions reduction target for scope 3
emissions from gas sales, aiming to reduce emissions by
~67 % by 2030 (baseline 2018) and by ~90 % by 2040.
To mitigate potential risks associated with locked-in
emissions, we focus on the following:
· Measurable performance: We track and disclose
progress towards our absolute reduction targets for
gas sales. The targets are aligned with the 1.5 °C
pathway, and we aim to remain on track to deliver
on our net-zero ambition.
· Avoiding additional locked-in emissions: We do not
enter into new gas sourcing agreements that would
contribute to additional locked-in emissions.
As a renewable energy company committed to driving
the energy transition, we aim to address the challenges
posed by our legacy business. These efforts reflect our
commitment to achieving net-zero emissions by 2040
and making a meaningful contribution to the global
renewable energy transition.
As of 31 December 2024, we are not excluded from
the Paris-aligned Benchmark (PAB), providing further
evidence for the successful transition away from
fossil fuels.
Second transition wave:
Decarbonising our supply chains
Having shown substantial progress in transitioning
away from fossil fuels to renewable energy gener-
ation, we are now entering the second wave of our
transformation: addressing emissions from our value
chains. Already today, power from offshore wind
farms has 99 % lower GHG emissions than power from
coal. However, the large scale of renewable energy
projects creates both a need and an opportunity to
further decarbonise, particularly by addressing emis-
sions, such as steel production, maritime fuels, and
manufacturing processes. Achieving our 2040 net-zero
target will require close collaboration with suppliers
and industry peers.
This wave is characterised by the following:
· Value chain decarbonisation road map: We con-
tinuously revise and improve our company-wide
decarbonisation roadmap to stay aligned with
the latest developments and support informed
decision-making.
· Active supplier engagement: We work closely with
key suppliers to drive the integration of decarboni-
sation into their strategies and operations.
· Partnerships: We work to establish strong partner-
ships and collaborate with key suppliers to support
the decarbonisation of our value chain. Strategic
partnerships, such as our collaboration with Dillinger,
play a vital role in securing access to lower-emissions
steel for critical components like offshore wind
monopile foundations.
· Tracking and measuring: We continue to improve our
in-house life cycle assessment capabilities to measure
and monitor value chain emissions reductions effec-
tively. We maintain detailed emissions reporting both
internally and externally, with external reports being
subject to limited assurance.
Governance and oversight of the transition plan
Matters related to the transition plan are addressed
within our sustainability governance framework.
The elements of our transition plan are fully disclosed
in our annual report, which is presented to shareholders
for approval at the annual general meeting (AGM),
providing them with an opportunity to offer feedback.
The way forward
Our vision supported by our strategic ambition
remains clear: to create a world that runs entirely on
green energy. Achieving this ambition requires us to
remain attuned to a market environment increasingly
shaped by national climate ambitions, regulatory
developments, and the need to proactively identify
and manage material sustainability impacts, risks,
and opportunities that influence our long term
resilience and competitiveness.
As the interlinkages between rising global tempera-
tures, biodiversity loss, resource scarcity, and affected
communities become more pronounced, they are
driving shifts in demand, investment priorities, and
expectations for corporate action. Managing these
sustainability-related dynamics is essential to main-
taining our leadership in the energy transition and
securing our organisation’s adaptability in a trans-
forming market.
84 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
We continue to leverage advanced technologies
and scalable solutions to optimise renewable energy
integration and supply chain decarbonisation, as
outlined in our innovation report. Additionally, as
highlighted in our first climate advocacy report, we
actively engage in shaping policies to align global
energy needs with the 1.5 °C goal set by the Paris
Agreement. The climate advocacy report includes an
assessment of our most important industry associa-
tions in terms of their alignment with this goal.
Guided by our ‘Just transition policy, we are commit-
ted to inclusivity by safeguarding workers, support-
ing communities, and protecting ecosystems as we
advance the global energy transformation. By collab-
orating closely with local communities, we strive to
create opportunities, foster socio-economic growth,
and ensure that the renewable energy transition is
fair and brings meaningful benefits to all involved.
Through innovation, advocacy, and a focus on equity,
we aim to lead this transition responsibly.
//
// ESRS 2, SBM-3; E1, SBM-3 and IRO-1
Resilience analysis
Scope of the resilience analysis
As a global leader in renewable energy, we employ
a comprehensive approach to assessing and man-
aging climate-related transition and physical risks,
ensuring not only alignment with evolving regulatory
requirements but also the resilience of our business
model and strategy. Thus, identifying and addressing
climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities are
at the core of our vision to create a world that runs
entirely on green energy.
Our approach to resilience analysis consists of two
main components:
1. Assessing and managing transition risks and oppor-
tunities, which include macroeconomic, political,
technological, and market developments associated
with the global shift to a low-carbon economy.
2. Conducting physical climate risk assessments to
evaluate how climate-related hazards (chronic and
acute), including extreme weather events and long-
term climate changes, may impact our operations.
Transition risks and opportunities
Transition risks stem from a shift to a low-carbon
economy and encompass factors such as new regu-
lations, technological innovation, changing market
dynamics, and shifting consumer preferences. Over
the past decades, we have effectively mitigated these
risks by transforming our business model from fossil
fuels to renewable energy, aligning our operations
with a 1.5 °C climate trajectory. This proactive shift
has positioned us well to capitalise on the increasing
demand for renewable energy deployment. Neverthe-
less, we recognise that a key challenge to the overall
industry is the possibility of insufficient political support
for a continued renewable energy build-out, which is
critical to the global energy transition.
Insufficient political or regulatory support for renewable
energy deployment has also been assessed as part of
the financial part of our double materiality assessment.
Transition risks are particularly relevant to our opera-
tions in the US, where changes in investment conditions,
reductions in subsidies, or shifting policy priorities could
increase uncertainty for future projects. This is why
Transition plan highlights
Governance
· Board level oversight of transition efforts.
· Executive incentives linked to climate
performance indicators.
Financial planning
· Capital alignment with climate goals and
a 1.5 °C world – 99 % of CAPEX allocated
in 2024 is classified as sustainable.
Strategy
· Renewable energy deployment
aligned with global, regional, and
national level decarbonisation goals
and a 1.5 °C pathway.
Targets
· Comprehensive suite of SBTi-validated
near-term and long-term climate targets
(intensity and absolute), supported by
Ørsted-specific climate targets.
Scenario analysis
· Addressing climate-related physical
and transition risks, such as extreme
weather events and climate variability,
and regulatory and political shifts,
respectively.
Scope 1, 2, and 3 accounting
with limited assurance
· Detailed greenhouse gas emissions
reporting, which is subject to limited
assurance.
Risks and opportunities
· We monitor climate-related risks, such as
changes in the regulatory and political
landscape, and assess design safeguards
and business case impacts.
· Renewable energy deployment as a busi-
ness model to mitigate climate change.
Policy engagement
· Active engagement with policymakers,
industry stakeholders, and communities
to support the renewable energy
transition. Advocacy aligned with the
goal of the Paris Agreement.
Value chain engagement
· Engaging key suppliers on climate,
representing 50 % of procurement spend.
Vision
· To create a world that runs entirely
on green energy.
85 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
monitoring changes to political and regulatory stability
is critical for our long-term planning and investment.
Our approach to managing risks ensures that global
trends – such as inflation, interest rate fluctuations,
supply chain disruptions, and geopolitical uncertainties
– are monitored and factored into our strategic
planning and day-to-day operations. Please see the
section ‘Enterprise risk management’ in this report
for more details on how the most material enterprise
risks for 2024 are impacted by global trends.
Physical climate risks
These risks arise from physical impacts of climate
change, including acute events, such as extreme
weather (e.g. hailstorms, typhoons, flooding, and heat-
and coldwaves), and chronic changes (e.g. changing
temperatures and wind patterns).
Physical climate risks for us include chronic risks, such
as the dependency of renewable energy generation
on natural resources like wind patterns, and acute
risks, such as the increasing severity and frequency of
extreme weather events. Chronic risks may lead to
greater uncertainty in production estimates over time,
while acute risks could result in, for example, extended
temporary shutdowns and increased maintenance
and repair requirements.
Therefore, we assess the resilience of our assets
towards the occurrence of climate-related hazards.
Our climate risk assessment links directly to our
efforts to ensure fulfilment of the ‘do no significant
harm’ requirements of the EU taxonomy for climate
change adaptation while also focusing on design
safeguards and business case risks.
Methodology of the resilience analysis
Transition risks and opportunities
Transition risks, including macroeconomic, business,
and geopolitical risks, are managed through our
Enterprise risk management (ERM) framework’, sup-
ported by dedicated teams. This framework provides
a high-level, principle-based structure for addressing
all risks to which Ørsted may be exposed. The ERM
framework sets the standards for individual risk frame-
works across the organisation, ensuring that risks
are identified and managed in line with the appetite
for risk.
Complementing the ERM framework is the double
materiality assessment (DMA), which serves as both
an assessment methodology and a focused lens
for driving sustainability-related matters. Risks are
assessed on an ongoing basis as part of our day-
to-day business. The derived insights, including
the DMA outcomes, are synthesised to provide a
comprehensive view of sustainability-related risks
and opportunities, ensuring alignment with our
strategy and business model.
Emerging risks, such as shifts in the political landscape,
are part of the ERM framework and are monitored
by dedicated, regionally split teams, which oversee
region-specific developments.
Physical climate risks
In 2024, we extended our comprehensive analysis,
conducted in 2023, to a number of assets that started
generating in 2024. This process included mapping
climate projections for new assets against 2023 data
to identify and assess any significant differences in
projected trends. A full reassessment of the portfolio
was deemed unnecessary, as the underlying projec-
tion data, sourced from CMIP (used in IPCC reports), is
only updated every few years. Our latest assessment
is based on CMIP6, which we will continue to use until
CMIP7 is released. In addition, there have been no sig-
nificant changes to either our business case assump-
tions for generating assets related to climate change
risks or our internal methodology for assessing these
risks, which would require a full reassessment.
We assess physical risks from two perspectives: design
safeguards and business case impacts. The design
safeguard evaluation ensures the structural integrity
and resilience of assets against climate hazards using
region-specific data. Our analysis focuses on offshore,
onshore, and bioenergy assets that have reached final
investment decision, representing critical components
of our portfolio.
The business case impact assessment is conducted
at a high-resolution, asset-by-asset level under the
SSP5-8.5 worst-case scenario. This conservative
approach ensures resilience measures address severe
climate risks and protect long-term operational
and financial stability. The scope includes offshore
and onshore assets currently generating across our
operating markets, representing the majority of our
climate risk exposure.
Our physical climate risk assessment analyses data
based on the remaining operational lifetimes of our
assets, which extend up to 35 years. This period is
considered medium term in climate projections, as
significant climate changes are not typically observed
in the short term. The long-term horizon, defined as
2060 onwards, is not applicable under our current
methodology, as all existing assets are scheduled for
decommissioning before that time.
For the purposes of meeting financial materiality
assessment requirements, we have also considered
the following time horizons: short term (covering the
current reporting year and the next year), medium
term (from the end of the short-term period to five
years), and long term (more than five years). Apply-
ing these horizons did not lead to any changes in the
results of the assessment. It is important to note that,
in the context of climate change, these time horizons
are relatively short term and may not fully reflect the
scale of risks that develop over extended periods.
Results of the resilience analysis
Transition risks and opportunities
Transition risks and opportunities are integral to the
business cases for our investments in new assets, tech-
nologies, and activities. We actively monitor market
developments and regularly update our business
cases to ensure alignment of mitigation actions with
evolving conditions, maintaining a focus on delivering
value to our investors.
In particular, we recognise the potential for political
shifts in the US to impact the prioritisation of renew-
able energy policies. To address this risk, we maintain
continuous monitoring of political developments and
regulatory frameworks, adapting our strategies to
align with changing circumstances. By closely engag-
ing with stakeholders and leveraging our diversified
portfolio and global operations, we aim to ensure resil-
ience and flexibility in responding to such transitions.
This proactive approach allows us to remain well-
positioned in the face of evolving political landscapes.
86 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Physical climate risks
The results of the physical climate risk assessment
show that all our assets are structurally protected
against physical risks from climate change. This is
achieved through a combination of design safeguards
and mitigation measures, including active collabora-
tion with wind turbine manufacturers to tailor designs
to local conditions, and conducting stress tests for
extreme scenarios during the design process. These
measures are particularly effective in addressing
acute physical risks such as heatwaves, coldwaves,
frost, cyclone, and typhoons.
From a business case perspective, the most significant
climate risks for our portfolio are changes in wind
patterns and, to a lesser extent, air temperature,
as these factors directly affect energy production.
While our analysis indicates only minor deviations
in asset values compared to projections based on
historical climate data, we recognise the materiality
of climate change risks due to their unique nature.
These risks develop gradually over time, with impacts
that can compound, and are characterised by a
fat tail distribution – meaning they involve a low
probability of extreme events with potentially severe
consequences. This underscores the importance of
continuous improvement in assessment methodologies
to better capture these dynamics and their potential
implications. We therefore acknowledge the need for
further investigation going forward as we strive to
reduce uncertainties associated with our assessments.
In addition, to mitigating risks through design safe-
guards and business case considerations, our risk
management strategy incorporates estimated
maximum loss (EML) assessments to quantify potential
financial exposures and ensure sufficient insurance
protection and financial resilience against unfore-
seen extreme events.
The way forward
Balancing progress and challanges
We have demonstrated the ability to adapt our
strategy and business model to address climate
change by aligning projects and their associated
financing with the EU taxonomy for sustainable
activities. This approach ensures that financing is
directed toward sustainable initiatives, support-
ing the transition to a low-carbon economy while
maintaining access to affordable financing.
Additionally, we work closely with key stakeholders
to support this alignment, reinforcing our capacity to
redeploy resources and decommission assets effec-
tively as part of our long-term strategy. We remain
dedicated to a robust understanding of climate-
related risks. To support this, we plan to re-run the
full climate risk assessment for our asset port folio
in 2025, incorporating updated methodologies.
This approach ensures our climate-related risk
management practices remain thorough, efficient,
and aligned with the observed level of risk.
While we are committed to driving a just transition
towards renewables, we recognise that various
factors, including macroeconomic conditions and
technological advancements, influence the pace
of progress. To mitigate these risks and capitalise
on opportunities, we advocate for political support
and initiatives that foster stable macroeconomic
conditions, ensuring the continued deployment of
renewable energy.
Classification of climate-related hazards, cf. the TCFD classification
and the EU taxonomy’s Climate Delegated Act
Relation Chronic Acute
Temperature
Changing temperature
(air, freshwater, marine water)
Heatwave
Heat stress
Coldwave/frost
Temperature variability
Wildfire
× Permafrost thawing
Water
Changing precipitation patterns and types
(rain, hail, snow/ice)
Drought
Precipitation or hydrological variability
Heavy precipitation
(rain, hail, snow/ice)
Ocean acidification
Flood (coastal, fluvial,
pluvial, groundwater)
Saline intrusion × Glacial lake outburst
Sea level rise
Water stress
Wind
Changing wind patterns
Cyclone, hurricane, typhoon
Storm (including blizzards,
dust, and sandstorms)
Tornado
Solid mass
Coastal erosion
×
Avalanche
Soil degradation
Landslide
Soil erosion
Subsidence
Solifluction
Hazard included in assessment × Hazard not relevant to include due to geographical location of assets
87 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Adapting to a dynamic landscape
In addition to the above, we recognise that global
transition-related events can alter the foundation
for our assumptions. As the global renewable energy
market continues to expand in the coming years,
advancements in grid management, energy storage,
and emerging technologies are expected to shape
the renewable energy landscape. To adapt to this
dynamic environment, we actively monitor political,
legal, technological, market, and reputational
developments to assess their potential effects on
our business.
We will continue the ongoing integration of the DMA
and our ERM framework to support a consistent and
well-anchored assessment of risks across Ørsted.
//
// E1-2
Policies related to climate change
To manage our impacts, risks, and opportunities
related to climate change, we are guided by our
vision to create a world that runs entirely on green
energy. As such, climate change mitigation efforts
have been at the core of our operations for many
years, eliminating the necessity for a stand-alone
climate policy.
We continue to focus on delivering measurable
change through setting internal targets, milestones,
and decision-making mechanisms, tracked through
relevant KPIs. The need for the development of
policies will be assessed continuously to ensure the
effectiveness of our efforts.
While we do not have a stand-alone climate policy, our
commitment to mitigating climate change, deploying
renewable energy, and promoting efficient energy sys-
tems is embedded in our sustainability commitment.
Introduced in 2016, this commitment reflects a
systems- based approach to addressing climate change,
recognising that social and governance factors are
critical to successfully delivering reliable and modern
energy systems to society. This perspective is applied
across our organisation and is also reflected in our
Code of conduct for business partners. The sustainability
commitment is overseen by the Group Executive Team.
While the sustainability commitment does not out-
line the specific steps required to address the identi-
fied IROs, it has effectively set the direction for our
first transition wave: shifting away from fossil fuels.
To ensure continued alignment with our strategy and
vision, we have incorporated climate-related KPIs in
the remuneration framework of the Group Executive
Team. In 2024, the short-term bonus programme
includes metrics linked to scope 1 and 2 emissions
reductions and the external climate rating from the
Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP).
//
// E1, GOV-3
Incorporating climate-related considerations into
the executive remuneration framework ensures that
incentives are aligned with both financial perfor-
mance and climate objectives. As a renewable energy
company, our financial metrics inherently reflect
climate performance, reinforcing the link between
executive pay and our decarbonisation efforts.
A key financial metric linked to executive
remuneration is EBITDA. The majority of EBITDA (91 %)
is taxonomy-aligned, generated through activities
that contribute to climate change mitigation under
the EU taxonomy framework. This highlights the
connection between executive remuneration and
renewable energy growth, supporting our long-term
decarbonisation ambition.
Beyond financial performance, a portion of executive
remuneration is linked to climate-specific considerations,
including our scope 1-2 emissions intensity target. The
proportion of recognised remuneration linked to these
climate-specific considerations was 1.9 % for the CEO, with
corresponding figures for the Executive Board as follows:
1.6 % for the CCO, 1.4 % for the CFO, and 1.5 % for the Chief
HR Officer. Further details on the methodology, includ-
ing how climate-related performance is factored into
remuneration, can be found in our remuneration report.
//
// E1-3
Actions related to climate change
Our actions, as outlined in our transition plan, are
underpinned by our broader commitment to deploying
renewable energy projects and directing capital
towards economic activities classified as sustainable
under the EU taxonomy. In 2024, we have allocated
DKK 46,800 million in capital expenditures to
taxonomy- aligned activities. Further, we have taken
final investment decisions on 1.8 GW of new projects,
demonstrating our commitment to growth within the
EU sustainable framework.
Our actions are organised under key decarbonisation
levers – strategic approaches designed to address
climate change impacts, risks, and opportunities.
Decarbonisation lever 1:
Deploying renewable energy
Our primary decarbonisation lever aligns with a key
climate change-related opportunity and a positive
impact: the deployment of renewable energy assets.
This approach not only supports our core business
model by capitalising on financial opportunities but
also maximises our positive impact on climate change
by increasing the availability of renewable energy.
Key action 1.1
Renewable capacity installed
In 2024, we continued to expand our renewable
energy portfolio, reaching a total of 18.2 GW of
installed capacity, with a pipeline of 7.6 GW in decided
(FID’ed) capacity.
We reached commercial operations for several major
projects: the offshore wind farms Greater Changhua 1
and 2a (900 MW), South Fork (132 MW), the solar
PV assets Sparta Solar (250 MW) and Mockingbird
(471 MW), the remaining part of Old 300 (73 MW), and
the combined solar PV (300 MW) and battery storage
(300 MW/1,200 MWh) asset Eleven Mile. These projects
directly contribute to increasing renewable energy
capacity, supporting the growing demand for renew-
able electricity.
We are committed to deploying renewable energy
over the long term as part of our core business strategy,
with our build-out ambition serving as a key milestone
that underscores our focus on expanding renewable
energy capacity and aligning with our long term
climate ambitions.
88 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Decarbonisation lever 2:
Reducing emissions from operations
Our second decarbonisation lever includes a number
of actions that each address the actual negative
impacts on climate change from our own operations
(fossil-based energy consumption at our CHP plants,
and our scope 1 and 2 emissions).
The associated actions undertaken in 2024 are
outlined below:
Key action 2.1
Phasing out coal
We achieved a significant milestone in our decarbon-
isation journey by shutting down our last coal-fired
combined heat and power plant in Esbjerg, Denmark.
This marks a major step in reducing fossil-based
energy consumption at our CHP plants and lowering
our scope 1 and 2 emissions from operations, which
have already been significantly lowered. Between
2018 and 2024, we have reduced our scope 1 and 2
emissions intensity by 88 % and remain on track to
achieve our SBTi- validated target of 93 % in 2025.
We continue to identify additional ways to drive
down emissions within our operations. The following
actions, although supplementary, are deemed relevant
contributions towards our climate objective.
Action 2.1
Electric vehicles fleet
To support our target of achieving a fully electric vehicle
fleet by the end of 2025, we transitioned additional
fossil fuel-powered vehicles to electric vehicles in
2024. As a result, 73 % of our vehicle fleet is now fully
electric. This transition is underpinned by a strategic
decision to discontinue the acquisition or leasing of
fossil fuel-powered vehicles, ensuring alignment with
our decarbonisation objectives.
Action 2.2
Heavy-lift (cargo) drones for offshore maintenance
In 2024, we deployed heavy-lift (cargo) drones (HLCD)
for the first time during an operational campaign at the
Borssele 1 & 2 Offshore Wind Farm to enhance main-
tenance efficiency. This innovation delivers significant
cost and time savings while reducing GHG emissions by
minimising vessel journeys and optimising operations.
The use of drones allows cargo to be delivered directly
to the nacelle in just four minutes per wind turbine,
compared to approximately six hours using conven-
tional methods, enabling tasks to be completed 10-15
times faster. Additionally, this approach eliminates the
need to shut down turbines during delivery, reducing
work disturbances and further improving efficiency.
Decarbonisation lever 3:
Reducing emissions from our supply chain
Stakeholders, including regulators, investors, and
customers, are increasingly attentive to emissions across
the entire value chain, making it a key area of focus
for organisations seeking to align with the evolving
sustainability landscape.
For us, reducing scope 3 emissions from the renewable
energy supply chain is an important step in supporting
the global energy transition. It is the second wave
of transition efforts towards delivering on our 2040
science- based net-zero target.
Addressing emissions in the value chain also offers
opportunities to manage risks associated with
resource availability and supply chain disruptions.
By working with suppliers to explore lower-emissions
alternatives and support innovations like circular
practices, we can make progress in reducing emissions
while contributing to broader sustainability efforts.
Although eliminating value chain emissions will largely
require systemic changes and long-term efforts by
national and regional regulatory advancements, we
are committed to making incremental progress in this
area. This links directly to our broader decarbonisation
strategy and aligns with global climate goals.
Key action 3.1
Continued improvement of our company-wide
roadmap
In 2024, we initiated a project to update our company-
wide decarbonisation roadmap to support our ambition
of achieving net-zero emissions by 2040. This roadmap
will continue to provide clear interim milestones and
help identify potential new areas where immediate
progress can be achieved. This approach ensures a solid
foundation for long-term systematic change through
measurable progress and targeted actions.
Key action 3.2
Offtake agreements for lower-emissions steel
Decarbonising our value chain requires close col-
laboration with key partners and suppliers. In 2024,
we reinforced our partnership with Dillinger, Europe’s
largest heavy steel plate producer. Under this agree-
ment, Dillinger will offer Ørsted access to the first
production of lower-emission steel, contingent on
availability and commercial terms and conditions.
The steel plates are a critical component of the off-
shore wind monopile foundations.
This partnership underscores a long term commit-
ment to decarbonise main components for our off-
shore assets. We anticipate procuring lower-emissions
steel from Dillinger’s plant in Dillingen, Germany, in
2027-2028, reflecting the time required to implement
this initiative.
Key action 3.3
Supplier engagement and procurement strategy
We work closely with suppliers to drive the inte-
gration of decarbonisation into their strategies and
operations, a cornerstone of our supplier engagement
efforts. Our focus is on key high-impact suppliers,
representing over half of our total procurement
spend and encompassing the most carbon-intensive
segments of our supply chain. We extend clear expec-
tations to adopt science-based targets (through SBTi),
provide transparent climate reporting (through CDP),
and transition to renewable electricity for their energy
needs. For selected high-impact segments, we have
introduced climate requirements into our standard
contracts and tender criteria.
Our supplier engagement and procurement strategy is
an ongoing initiative without a fixed end date, evolving
with the growth of our project portfolio and supplier
base. This approach ensures that new suppliers in high-
impact segments are systematically included in our
sustainability efforts.
Since the implementation of our strategy, we have
nearly doubled the number of key suppliers with
whom we actively engage, while also broadening the
focus of our collaboration to encompass circularity
in addition to decarbonisation. These efforts not only
drive progress toward our 2040 net-zero target but
89 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
also contribute to the resilience of supply chains.
To embed sustainability matters into procurement
practices, we have a dedicated organisational set-up
that enables clear focus on driving sustainable
procurement.
Action 3.1
Uniform methodology for product carbon footprint
(PCF) for offshore assets
In 2024, we continued our collaboration with Carbon
Trust to develop a standardised carbon footprint
methodology for offshore assets across the full life
cycle. The methodology provides sector-specific
guidance for the application of international PCF
and life cycle assessment standards.
Establishing an industry-wide uniform methodology
will ensure a consistent approach to measuring the
environmental impact of offshore wind projects
throughout their entire life cycle, from material sourcing
to decommissioning. By supporting such initiatives,
we aim to enhance transparency and drive improve-
ments across the industry.
Decarbonisation lever 4:
Beyond value chain mitigation
In addition to reducing our scope 1-3 emissions toward
our 2040 net-zero target, we take further steps to
finance and develop nature-based projects that
contribute to climate action outside our value chain.
These efforts are not a substitute for reducing our
scope 1-3 emissions; rather, they complement and
reinforce our commitment to achieving emissions
reductions as part of our holistic approach to
climate action. By supporting nature-based projects,
we also advance our efforts to address a possible
positive impact: carbon removal through nature-based
projects, which supports broader climate action and
sustainability objectives.
Action 4.1
Nature-based projects in the Gambia
In 2024, we have continued to advance our portfolio
of nature-based carbon removal projects by planting
approximately 40 million propagules in the Gambia,
equivalent to around 4,000 hectares, thereby
contributing further to the restoration of vital eco-
systems and mitigating climate change. The project
is in partnership with the Gambia Department of
Parks & Wildlife Management and three local NGOs
to restore mangrove populations.
To ensure carbon credits contribute meaningfully to
climate action, they must meet additionality, i.e. that
the project would not occur without financial support,
and permanence, i.e. that the mangroves remain
intact. We actively support the Gambia project with
a dedicated team and financial backing. Though
resource-intensive and time-consuming as mangroves
mature, this approach ensures project integrity.
//
Decarbonisation levers and actions highlights
Decarbonisation lever 1:
Deploying renewable energy
Key action 1.1. Installed renewable capapcity
Expanded renewable energy portfolio to 18.2 GW
of installed capacity in 2024.
Advanced our pipeline to a total of 7.6 GW in
decided capacity (1.8 GW added in 2024).
Decarbonisation lever 2:
Reducing emissions from operations
Key action 2.1. Phasing out coal
Shutting down our last coal-fired combined heat
and power plant in Esbjerg, Denmark.
Action 2.1. Electric vehicle fleet
Achieved 73 % electrification of our vehicle fleet.
Action 2.2. Heavy-lift (cargo) drones
for offshore maintenance
Deployed heavy-lift drones at Borssele 1 & 2
in 2024, boosting efficiency and cutting costs
and emissions.
Decarbonisation lever 3:
Reducing emissions from supply chain
Key action 3.1. Improvements to company-wide
roadmap
Launched project in 2024 to update the roadmap
for achieving net-zero by 2040 with clear milestones
and targeted actions.
Key action 3.2. Offtake agreements
for lower-emissions steel
Strengthened partnership with Dillinger in 2024
to secure access to lower-emissions steel, supporting
decarbonisation of offshore wind monopile
foundations.
Key action 3.3. Supplier engagement
and procurement strategy
Continuously engage high-impact suppliers to
adopt science-based targets, report climate data,
transition to renewable electricity, and meet climate
requirements in contracts and tenders.
Action 3.1. Uniform methodology for product carbon
footprint (PCF) for offshore assets
Worked with Carbon Trust in 2024 to standardise
carbon footprint methodology for offshore assets.
Decarbonisation lever 4:
Beyond value chain mitigation
Action 4.1. Nature-based projects in the Gambia
Continued to advance our nature-based carbon
removal projects in 2024, planting 40 million
mangrove propagules to restore 4,000 hectares and
support carbon removal and ecosystem restoration.
90 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Share of renewable energy
generation
%
2022 20252006 20242023
91
99
17
97
93
Installed renewable
capacity
GW
//2022 2023 2024 2026
15.1
15.7
18.2
22
Scope 1-3 greenhouse gas emissions
intensity (excl. gas sales)
g CO
2
e/kWh
2022 20302023 2024 20402018 //
Science-based
targets
322
75
147
<2.9
80
127
-7 7 %
-99 %
Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions from
gas sales
Mt CO
2
e
2022 20302023 2024 20402018 // //
Science-based
targets
24
8
7
<2.4
4 4
- 67 %
-90 %
Scope 1-2 greenhouse gas emissions
intensity
g CO
2
e/kWh
2022 20252023 20302024 20402018 //
Science-based
targets
136
60
10
38
6
16
<1
-93 %
-96 %
-99 %
SBTi-validated climate targets 2018-2040
Targets related to climate change
Delivering on our 2040 net-zero ambition
In 2021, we became the first energy company to set a science-based
net-zero target covering scope 1-3 emissions by 2040. Since then, we
have made measurable progress and remain on track to meet our
near-term scope 1-2 emissions intensity target.
To provide a more detailed trajectory for our decarbonisation efforts,
we developed a portfolio of new near-term targets for 2030, using the
same KPIs as our 2040 targets. In 2024, the Science Based Targets
initiative (SBTi) validated our interim 2030 targets.
The SBTi’s target validation team classified the ambition of these
targets across scopes 1-3 as aligned with a 1.5 °C trajectory, reflecting
alignment with the most ambitious goal of the Paris Agreement.
This validation underscores the credibility of our approach and
further reinforces our commitment to leading the energy transition
towards a net-zero future.
Our portfolio of climate targets outlines a clear pathway to reducing
emissions across our value chain. It also includes a cap on emissions from
natural gas sales, building on the reductions we have already achieved.
Delivering on our strategic ambition:
renewable energy deployment
We remain dedicated to advancing the global shift toward
renewable energy. We are on course to achieve a 99 % share
of renewable energy generation in 2025. This commitment
is further supported by our strategic focus on expanding
renewable energy capacity, with an ambiton of reaching
installed renewable capacity of 22 GW by 2026.
//
// E1-4
91 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
ESRS ref. SBTi and entity-specific climate targets Unit Scope Target value
SBTi
target value Target year Baseline year 2024 Baseline value Δ
SBTi-validated climate targets
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity
1
g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations 10 93 % 2025 2018 16 136 (88 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity
1
g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations 6 96 % 2030 2018 16 136 (88 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity
1
g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations 1 99 % 2040 2018 16 136 (88 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-3 GHG emissions intensity (excl. gas sales) g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations and value chain 75 77 % 2030 2018 127 322 (61 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-3 GHG emissions intensity (excl. gas sales) g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations and value chain <2.9 99 % 2040 2018 127 322 (61 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-3 GHG emissions intensity (sold electricity) g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations and value chain 24 90 % 2030 2018 38 244 (84 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 3 GHG emissions from gas sales Mt CO
2
e Value chain 8 67 % 2030 2018 4 24 (83 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 3 GHG emissions from gas sales Mt CO
2
e Value chain <2.4 90 % 2040 2018 4 24 (83 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 3 GHG emissions Mt CO
2
e Value chain 14 50 % 2030 2018 9 29 (69 %)
Other climate targets
Entity spec. Share of renewable energy generation % Own operations 99 - 2025 2018 97 75 22 %p
Entity spec. Coal and coal products used in thermal heat and power generation ktonnes Own operations 0 - 2025 2019 228 588 (61 %)
Entity spec. Share of electric vehicles in company vehicle fleet % Own operations 100 - 2025 2019 73 21 52 %p
Business driver target
Entity spec. Installed renewable capacity
2
GW Own operations 22 - 2026 2024 18.2 18.2 0
Climate-related targets
1
As part of the SBTi validation process of our interim targets, we
updated the baseline year for our scope 1-2 emissions intensity
target from 2006 to 2018.
2
Renewable capacity installed by Ørsted accumulated over time
and not adjusted for divestments
92 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
ESRS ref. Energy consumption Unit 2024 2023 Δ
// E1-5, 37(a) Total energy consumption from non-renewable sources MWh 2,384,997 4,850,134 (51 %)
Entity spec. Non-renewable fuels used in thermal heat and power generation MWh 2,211,856 4,690,323 (53 %)
// E1-5, 38(a) Fuel consumed from coal and coal products MWh 1,449,425 3,782,295 (62 %)
// E1-5, 38(c) Fuel consumed from natural gas MWh 606,373 745,742 (19 %)
// E1-5, 38(b) Fuel consumed from crude oil and petrolium products MWh 156,058 162,286 (4 %)
Entity spec. Other fossil sources (oil, gas, and diesel for vessels and vehicles) MWh 168,062 155,309 8 %
// E1-5, 38(e) Consumption of purchased or acquired heat from fossil sources MWh 5,079 4,502 13 %
// E1-5, 37(c) Total energy consumption from renewable sources MWh 13,620,470 10,718,308 27 %
Entity spec. Renewable fuels used in thermal heat and power generation MWh 13,143,806 10,090,651 30 %
// E1-5, 37(c)(i) Fuel consumed from biomass MWh 13,131,089 10,074,047 30 %
// E1-5, 37(c)(i) Fuel consumed from biogas MWh 12,717 16,604 (23 %)
// E1-5, 37(c)(ii) Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity and heat from renewable sources MWh 476,664 627,657 (24 %)
// E1-5, 37 Total energy consumption MWh 16,005,467 15,568,442 3 %
// E1-5, AR34 Share of non-renewable energy consumption % 15 31 (16 %p)
// E1-5, AR34 Share of renewable energy consumption % 85 69 16 %p
// E1-5, 40 Energy intensity from activities in high climate impact sectors MWh/DKKm 225 196 15 %
Entity spec. Electric vehicles in company vehicle fleet % 73 65 8 %p
§ Accounting policies
Energy consumption from non-renewable
sources
Energy consumption from non-renewable
sources includes all fossil fuels used at
combined heat and power (CHP) plants
(lower caloric values), oil, gas and diesel for
vessels and vehicles as well as consumption of
purchased or acquired heat from fossil sources.
Energy consumption from renewable sources
Energy consumption from renewable sources
includes all renewable fuels used at combined
heat and power (CHP) plants (lower caloric
values) as well as purchased and consumed
electricity and heat from renewable sources
(electricity used at CHP plants, other facilities,
and administrative buildings).
For consumption related to administration and
other processes, we calculate direct consump-
tion on the basis of invoices. Our own electricity
consumption is 100 % covered by renewable
energy certificates.
Heat consumption is split between renewable
and non-renewable sources based on a cal-
culation using data from Danish heat sources
(we only use district heating in Denmark).
Energy consumption from high climate
impact sectors
The total energy consumption of Ørsted
falls under NACE code D35 ‘Electricity, gas,
steam and air-conditioning supply’ as defined
in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)
2022/1288. Similarly, the revenue figure used
to derive the intensity shown is the total group
revenue, given that all revenue is deemed to
be derived from activities under NACE code
D35 ‘Electricity, gas, steam and air condition-
ing supply’.
Electric vehicles in the company vehicle fleet
Ørsted is a member of the Climate Group’s
EV100 initiative. The statement is prepared on
the basis of the EV100 guidelines.
Total energy consumption increased by 3 % in 2024
compared to 2023.
Total energy consumption from non-renewable
sources decreased by 51 % in 2024 compared to 2023.
This was mainly driven by 62 % lower fuel consumption
from coal at our CHP plants.
Energy consumption
Share of renewable energy consumption
%
2024 85
692023
The lower consumption of coal compared to 2023
was mainly driven by the shut down of the coal-based
Esbjerg Power Station from September 2024 as well
as our other coal-based generation capacity in Q4
2024. In addition, we have resumed biomass usage at
Studstrup Power Station, replacing coal consumption
since April 2023.
Total energy consumption from renewable sources
increased by 27 % in 2024 compared to 2023.
The increase was primarily driven by 30 % higher
fuel consumption from biomass at our CHP plants,
driven by improved spreads from decreasing wood
pellet prices as well as increased biomass usage at
Studstrup Power Station in 2024, as we have resumed
using biomass after the fire in the wood pellet silo that
lead to lower biomass usage in 2023.
The 15 % increase in energy intensity from activities
in high climate impact sectors is due to a 3 % increase
in total energy consumption (numerator) and a 10 %
reduction in revenue (denominator).
93 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Gross scope 1, 2, 3, and total GHG emissions
Scopes 1, 2, and 3
ESRS ref. Greenhouse gas (GHG emissions), tonnes CO
2
e 2024 2023 Δ
// E1-6, 48(a), 50(a) Direct GHG emissions (scope 1) 733,299 1,584,822 (54 %)
// E1-6, 48(b) Covered by the EU Emissions Trading System, % 92 96 (4 %p)
// E1-6, 44(b), 49(a), 50(a) Indirect GHG emissions (scope 2), location-based 58,925 92,960 (37 %)
// E1-6, 44(b), 49(b), 50(a) Indirect GHG emissions (scope 2), market-based
1
875 701 25 %
// E1-6, 44(c) Indirect GHG emissions (scope 3) 9,043,386 5,631,417 61 %
// E1-6, 51 C1: purchased goods and services 528,954 327,854 61 %
// E1-6, 51 C2: capital goods 3,050,022 91,140 3,247 %
// E1-6, 51 C3: fuel- and energy-related activities 1,390,869 1,314,390 6 %
// E1-6, 51 C4: upstream transportation and distribution 630 234 169 %
// E1-6, 51 C5: waste generated in operations 2,841 2,660 7 %
// E1-6, 51 C6: business travel
2
22,972 18,111 27 %
// E1-6, 51 C7: employee commuting 12,330 12,577 (2 %)
// E1-6, 51 C9: downstream transport and distribution 2,591 2,496 4 %
// E1-6, 51 C11: use of sold products 4,032,177 3,861,955 4 %
// E1-6, 52(a) Total GHG emissions (location-based)
3
9,835,610 7,309,199 35 %
// E1-6, 52(b) Total GHG emissions (market-based)
3
9,777,560 7,216,940 35 %
Entity spec. Scopes 1, 2, and 3 (excl. gas sales) 5,745,383 3,354,985 71 %
Entity spec. Scope 3 (excl. gas sales) 5,011,209 1,769,462 183 %
Entity spec. GHG emissions outside of scopes 1-3
4
4,626,264 3,584,996 29 %
// E1-6, AR43(c) Direct biogenic carbon emissions
4,598,412 3,544,231 30 %
// E1-6 AR45(e) Indirect biogenic carbon emissions
27,852 40,765 (32 %)
// E1-6, 50(b) GHG emissions not accounted for under the consolidated group
// E1-6, 50(b) Scope 1 emissions 30,635 - -
// E1-6, 50(b) Scope 2 emissions (location-based) 10,063 - -
// E1-6, 50(b) Scope 2 emissions (market-based)
5
10,063 - -
1
We cover 100 % of our own electricity consumption with unbundled
renewable electricity certificates.
2
We have obtained carbon dioxide emissions data directly from our
air travel suppliers, which account for 0.2 % of the total scope 3
emissions.
3
Total GHG emissions including scope 2 GHG emissions measured
using the location-based and market-based method, respectively.
4
According to the GHG Protocol, emissions data for direct carbon
emissions from biologically sequestered carbon (e.g. carbon dioxide
from burning biomass) shall be reported separately from scopes 1-3.
5
We do not purchase renewable certificates for the scope 2 emissions
not financially consolidated.
Scope 1
Scope 1 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions decreased
by 54 % from 2023 to 2024. The main driver was the
53 % decrease in the non-renewable fuels used in the
heat and power generation, where coal consumption
decreased by 62 %.
In 2024, 92 % of our scope 1 GHG emissions were
covered by the EU Emissions Trading System.
Scope 2
Location-based scope 2 GHG emissions decreased
by 37 % from 2023 to 2024, primarily driven by
less purchased power for the electric boilers at our
CHP plants.
All electricity purchased and consumed by Ørsted
is covered with certificates, ensuring it has been
produced using renewable sources. Therefore, our
market-based scope 2 GHG emissions from power
consumption amounted to zero tonnes carbon dioxide
equivalents. The remaining 875 tonnes carbon dioxide
equivalents come from the fossil-based share of our
heat consumption.
Scope 3
Scope 3 GHG emissions increased by 61 % from 2023
to 2024. This increase was primarily driven by the
increase in emissions from capital goods (category 2),
as we commissioned four large solar farms in the US,
two offshore wind farms in Taiwan, and one offshore
wind farm in the US in 2024, whereas we only commis-
sioned four onshore wind farms in 2023.
GHG emissions outside of scopes 1-3
Direct biogenic carbon emissions were 30 % higher in
2024 than in 2023 due to the 30 % increase in the use
of sustainable biomass as fuel.
Indirect biogenic carbon emissions decreased by 33 %
in 2024 compared to 2023, driven by the reduction in
purchased electricity from renewable sources.
GHG emissions not accounted for under
the consolidated group
GHG emissions (scopes 1 and 2) from operating activi-
ties that are not accounted for under the consolidated
group include emissions associated with our operation
of assets over which we have no or partial ownership.
These include offshore wind farms where we own part
of the wind farm as well as some smaller onshore
wind farms where we have no ownership, but over-
see operations. All these assets are renewable assets,
implying the key driver of the emissions reported is
fuel from the vessels and vehicles used to operate
these assets.
94 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
GHG emissions intensity (scopes 1 and 2)
Our scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions intensity (energy
generation), decreased by 58 % in 2024 compared to
2023. The decrease was the result of a 54 % decrease
in scope 1 emissions due to lower non-renewable
fuels used in thermal heat and power generation
( numerator) and an 8 % increase in total heat and
power generation (denominator).
Our scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions intensity (revenue)
was reduced by 50 %, and our scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions intensity (EBITDA) was reduced by 73 %,
following the 58 % reduction in GHG emissions
(numerator), the 10 % reduction in revenue, and the
71 % increase in EBITDA (denominators).
GHG emissions intensity (scopes 1, 2, and 3)
Our scope 1, 2, and 3 (excluding gas sales) GHG
emissions intensity (energy generation) increased by
59 % from 2023 to 2024. The increase was mainly
driven by the 183 % increase in scope 3 (excluding
emissions from gas sales), partially offset by 54 %
lower scope 1 emissions and an 8 % increase in total
heat and power generation (denominator).
Our scope 1, 2, and 3 GHG emissions intensity
(revenue) increased by 50 % (for intensity based on
location-based scope 2 emissions) and 52 % (for
intensity based on market-based scope 2 emissions).
The increase was mainly driven by a 61 % increase in
total scope 3 emissions and a 10 % reduction in revenue,
partially offset by 54 % lower scope 1 emissions.
Gross scope 1, 2, 3, and total GHG emissions
GHG emissions intensity
ESRS ref. GHG emissions intensity Unit 2024 2023 Δ
GHG emissions intensity (scopes 1 and 2)
Entity spec. GHG emissions intensity, energy generation g CO
2
e/kWh 16 38 (58 %)
Entity spec. Offshore g CO
2
e/kWh 2 2 0 %
Entity spec. Onshore g CO
2
e/kWh 0 0 -
Entity spec. Bioenergy & Other g CO
2
e/kWh 61 141 (57 %)
Entity spec. GHG emissions intensity, revenue g CO
2
e/DKK 10 20 (50 %)
Entity spec. GHG emissions intensity, EBITDA g CO
2
e/DKK 23 85 (73 %)
GHG emissions intensity (scopes 1, 2, and 3)
Entity spec. GHG emissions intensity
1
, energy generation g CO
2
e/kWh 127 80 59 %
// E1-6, 53 GHG emissions intensity
2
, revenue g CO
2
e/DKK 138 92 50 %
// E1-6, 53 GHG emissions intensity
3
, revenue g CO
2
e/DKK 138 91 52 %
1
Excludes scope 3 emissions from gas sales. Calculated using market-based scope 2 emissions.
2
Calculated using location-based scope 2 emissions.
3
Calculated using market-based scope 2 emissions.
§ Accounting policies
Direct GHG emissions (scope 1)
Scope 1 emissions are reported based on the Green-
house Gas (GHG) Protocol and cover all direct
emissions of greenhouse gases from Ørsted: carbon
dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, and sulphur hexa-
fluoride. The direct carbon emissions from the com-
bined heat and power plants are determined based
on the fuel quantities used in accordance with the
EU Emissions Trading System (ETS). Carbon dioxide
and other greenhouse gas emissions outside the
EU ETS scheme are primarily calculated as energy
consumption multiplied by emission factors.
Indirect GHG emissions (scope 2)
Scope 2 emissions are reported based on the GHG
Protocol and include indirect GHG emissions from
the generation of power, heat, and steam purchased
and consumed by Ørsted. Scope 2 emissions are
primarily calculated as the power volumes purchased
multiplied by country-specific emission factors.
Location-based emissions are calculated based on
average country-specific emission factors. Market-
based emissions take into account renewable
power purchased and assume that regular power
is delivered as residual power.
Indirect GHG emissions (scope 3)
Scope 3 emissions are reported based on the GHG
Protocol, where the accounting for scope 3 inventory
is split into 15 subcategories (C1-C15):
C1 is categorised spend data multiplied by relevant
spend-category-specific emission factors.
C2 includes upstream GHG emissions (cradle to
operations) from acquired and installed wind, solar,
and storage assets in the month when they reached
commercial operation date (COD).
C3 is calculated based on actual fuel consumption
and power sales to end customers multiplied by
relevant emission factors. We use separate emission
factors for green and regular power sales.
C4 only includes fuel for helicopter transport.
Emissions from other transport types are included
in the emission factors we use for purchased goods
and services.
C5 is calculated based on actual waste data
multiplied by relevant emission factors.
C6 is calculated based on mileage allowances for
employee travel in own cars and GHG emissions from
plane travel provided by our travel agent.
C7 is calculated based on estimates of the distance
travelled and travel type (e.g. car or train).
C9 is calculated based on volumes of residual
products, estimated distances transported, and
relevant emission factors for transport.
C11 is calculated based on actual sales of gas to
both end customers and wholesalers as reported
in our ESG consolidation system. The different types
of gas sold have specific upstream and downstream
emission factors.
The subcategories C8, C10, and C12-C15 are not
relevant for Ørsted.
GHG emissions outside of scopes 1-3
Direct carbon emissions from burning biomass is
reported outside of scopes 1-3, as per the GHG
Protocol. The direct biogenic carbon emissions
are calculated by multiplying the volume of used
biomass with the corresponding carbon emission
factors. The indirect biogenic emissions have been
estimated based on our consumption of electricity
and heat produced using biomass.
GHG emissions not accounted for under
the consolidated group
As per the ESRS, we include scope 1 and 2 emissions
from assets where we have no or only partial owner-
ship, but maintain full operational control. The GHG
emissions include emissions associated with fuel
usage (scope 1) and electricity consumption (scope 2)
when operating renewable assets.
GHG emissions intensity (scopes 1 and 2)
This is calculated as total scope 1 and scope 2
(market- based) emissions divided by total heat and
power generation, revenue, and EBITDA, respectively.
GHG emissions intensity (scopes 1, 2, and 3),
generation, and net revenue
GHG intensity based on energy generation is calcu-
lated as the total scope 1, scope 2 (market-based),
and scope 3 (excluding gas sales) emissions divided by
total heat and power generation. The calculation of
GHG intensity based on net revenue divides the total
scope 1-3 GHG emissions (numerator) with the total
net revenue as shown in the financial statements
(denominator).
95 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Global warming potential
of greenhouse gases
CH
4
, N
2
O, SF
6
Intergovernmental Panel
on Climate Change (IPCC):
Climate Change 2021,
The Physical Science Basis
Carbon emissions from fossil
fuels at CHP plants
Coal, oil, natural gas
Danish Energy Agency: Standard-
faktorer for brændværdier
og CO
2
-emissioner (Standard
factors for calorific value and
carbon emissions), 2023
Carbon emissions from fossil
fuels outside CHP plants
Diesel, petrol, fuel oil, jet fuel
American Petroleum Institute
(API): Compendium of green-
house gas emission methodolo-
gies for the natural gas and oil
industry, 2021
Carbon emissions from
power purchased
In Denmark
EnerginetDK, 2023: Generel
deklaration og Miljødeklaration,
2021 (General declaration and
environmental declaration, 2022)
Carbon emissions from
power purchased
In other European countries
Association of Issuing Bodies
(AIB): European Residual Mixes,
2023 (2022 data)
Carbon emissions from
power purchased
In countries outside Europe
Institute for Global Environ-
mental Strategies (IGES): list of
grid emission factors, 2023
US Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA): US EPA 2024
(eGRID2022 data)
Biogenic emissions from
combustion of biomass
GHG emissions outside of
scopes 1-3, biomass and
biogas
UK Department for Environ-
ment, Food & Rural Affairs
(DEFRA), UK government GHG
conversion factors for company
reporting, 2023
Use of sold products
(category 11)
Emissions from end-use
of gas
UK Department for Environment,
Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA):
UK government GHG conversion
factors for company reporting,
2023
Capital goods (category 2)
Wind farms, offshore
The model is based on the ISO
14040 Life cycle assessment
standard (1) and applied in the
openLCA software. The mod-
elling is conducted using the
Environmental Footprint 3.0
LCIA (life cycle impact assess-
ment) method, and the impacts
of each activity/material come
from the ecoinvent environmen-
tal database, version 3.8.
Wind farms, onshore
Siemens, Environmental Product
Declaration: a clean energy
solution – from cradle to grave.
Onshore wind power plant
employing SWT-2.3-108
Solar PV
Cd Te: First Solar, Environmental
Product Declaration: Series 6
Photovoltaic Module, NEPD-
2993-1671. EPD-Norge, 2021
Mono-si: NREL, An Updated
Life Cycle Assessment of
Utility- Scale Solar Photovoltaic
Systems. National Renewable
Energy Laboratory, 2021
Battery storage
Peralta, M., & Barron, J., "Carbon
footprint and energy payback
of photovoltaic technologies:
A review of trends and gaps,"
Journal of Cleaner Production,
Vol. 426, 2024.
Fuel- and energy-related
activities (category 3)
Emissions from regular power
sales and upstream supply
chain for fuels
Association of Issuing Bodies
(AIB): European Residual Mixes,
2023 (2022 data)
UK Department for Environment,
Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA):
UK government GHG conversion
factors for company reporting,
2023
Purchased goods and services
(category 1)
Supply chain emission
factors depending on
product categories
US Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA): Supply Chain
Greenhouse Gas Emission
Factors, USD 2018
Business travel (category 6)
Assumptions: ‘average car’,
‘unknown fuel type
UK Department for Environment,
Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA),
UK government GHG conversion
factors for company reporting,
2023
GHG emissions calculation factors
References for calculation factors used in the 2024 data set (page 94)
Scope 1 emissions Scope 2 emissions Biogenic emissionsScope 3 emissions
Comment
(Italic) Source
96 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Overview by country
Overview by country Unit Denmark The UK Germany
The
Netherlands The US Taiwan Poland
Other
countries 2024 2023 Δ
Installed renewable capacity MW 3,061 5,795 1,387 752 5,825 945 - 405 18,170 15,731 16 %
Offshore wind power MW 1,006 5,692 1,346 752 162 945 - - 9,903 8,871 12 %
Onshore wind power MW - 83 27 - 3,215 - - 401 3,726 3,717 0 %
Solar PV power MW - - 14 - 2,108 - - 4 2,126 1,028 107 %
Battery storage MW 1 20 - - 340 - - - 361 61 492 %
Bioenergy MW 2,054 - - - - - - - 2,054 2,054 0 %
Decided (FID’ed) renewable capacity MW - 3,152 1,249 - 2,137 920 - 180 7,638 8,323 (8 %)
Offshore wind power MW - 2,852 1,166 - 1,628 920 - - 6,566 6,672 (2 %)
Onshore wind power MW - - 67 - 259 - - 44 370 100 270 %
Solar PV power MW - - 16 - - - - 136 152 1,179 (87 %)
Battery storage MW - 300 - - 250 - - - 550 300 83 %
P2X MW - - - - - - - - - 72 (100 %)
Awarded and contracted renewable capacity MW - 2,400 - - - - 2,753 - 5,153 3,720 39 %
Sum of installed, FIDed, and awarded/contracted capacity MW 3,061 11,347 2,636 752 7,962 1,865 2,753 585 30,961 27,774 11 %
Power generation capacity MW 2,658 2,908 837 376 5,172 598 - 351 12,900 12,511 3 %
Offshore wind power MW 561 2,830 800 376 96 598 - - 5,261 4,986 6 %
Onshore wind power MW - 78 22 - 3,215 - - 351 3,666 3,707 (1 %)
Solar PVpower MW - - 15 - 1,861 - - - 1,876 1,018 84 %
Thermal power MW 2,097 - - - - - - - 2,097 2,800 (25 %)
Heat generation capacity, thermal MW 2,864 - - - - - - - 2,864 3,353 (15 %)
Power generation GWh 6,583 10,519 2,414 1,333 14,556 2,220 - 811 38,436 35,572 8 %
Heat generation GWh 6,919 - - - - - - - 6,919 6,587 5 %
Share of renewable energy generation % 91 100 100 100 100 100 - 100 97 93 4 %p
Greenhouse gas emissions (scopes 1 and 2) ktonnes CO
2
e 700 18 7 2 2 5 - 0 734 1,586 (54 %)
Greenhouse gas intensity (scopes 1 and 2) g CO
2
e/kWh 52 2 3 1 0 2 - 0 16 38 (58 %)
Entity spec.
97 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Renewable capacity Unit 2024 2023 Δ
Installed renewable capacity MW 18,170 15,731 2,439
Offshore, wind power MW 9,903 8,871 1,032
Onshore MW 6,193 4,785 1,407
Wind power MW 3,726 3,717 9
Solar PV power
1
MW 2,127 1,028 1,098
Battery storage
1
MW 340 40 300
Bioenergy
2
MW 2,075 2,075 -
Decided (FID’ed) renewable capacity MW 7,638 8,323 (685)
Offshore MW 6,866 6,672 194
Wind power MW 6,566 6,672 (106)
Battery storage
1
MW 300 - 300
Onshore MW 772 1,579 (807)
Wind power MW 370 100 270
Solar PV power
1
MW 152 1,179 (1,027)
Battery storage
1
MW 250 300 (50)
P2X
3
MW - 72 (72)
Awarded and contracted renewable capacity
MW 5,153 3,720 1,433
Offshore, wind power MW 5,153 3,677 1,476
Onshore, wind power MW - 43 (43)
Sum of installed and FID’ed renewable capacity MW 25,808 24,054 1,754
Sum of installed, FIDed, and awarded/contracted renewable capacity MW 30,961 27,774 3,187
Renewable capacity
Business drivers
§ Accounting policies
Installed renewable capacity
The installed renewable capacity is calculated
as renewable capacity installed by Ørsted
accumulated over time. We include all capacities
after commercial operation date (COD) has
been reached, and where we had an ownership
share and an EPC (engineering, procurement, and
construction) role in the project. Capacities from
acquisitions are added to the installed capacity.
For installed renewable thermal capacity, we
use the heat capacity, as heat is the primary
outcome of thermal energy generation, and as
bioconversions of the combined heat and power
plants are driven by heat contracts.
Decided (FID’ed) renewable capacity
Decided (FID’ed) capacity is renewable
capacity where a final investment decision
(FID) has been made.
Awarded and contracted renewable capacity
The awarded renewable capacity is based on
the capacities which have been awarded to
Ørsted in auctions and tenders. The contracted
renewable capacity is the capacity for which
Ørsted has signed a contract or power purchase
agreement (PPA) concerning a new renewable
energy asset. We include the full capacity if
more than 50 % of PPAs or offtake is secured.
We only include awarded/contracted capacity
for projects that we expect to develop.
In 2024, we added 2.4 GW of installed renewable
energy capacity. We reached COD for the offshore
wind farms Greater Changhua 1 and 2a (900 MW)
and South Fork (132 MW), and we commissioned the
onshore assets Mockingbird (471 MW), Sparta Solar
(250 MW), the remaining part of Old 300 (73 MW), and
the Eleven Mile Solar Center with a solar PV capac-
ity of 300 MW and a battery storage capacity of 300
MW/1,200 MWh.
We took final investment decisions for the offshore
wind farm Sunrise Wind (924 MW), the onshore wind
farms Badger Wind (259 MW) and Farranrory (43 MW),
and the solar farm Ballinrea (55 MW). Additionally,
we took final investment decisions for two battery
energy storage systems (BESS): a BESS colocated with
Hornsea 3 (300 MW/600 MWh) and the BESS at Old
300 (250 MW/500 MWh).
1
Both the solar PV and battery storage capacities are measured
in megawatts of alternating current (MW
AC
).
2
Including thermal heat capacity from biomass and battery
capacity not in Onshore (21 MW).
3
In Q2 2024, we took the decision to cease the development
of our liquid e-fuels project FlagshipONE in Sweden.
Entity spec.
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Additions for the last 12 months
Installed capacity Decided (FID’ed) capacity (above 20 MW) Awarded (offshore) and contracted (onshore) capacity (above 20 MW)
Delta vre-Argent,
Onshore wind (9 MW)
Sunrise Wind,
Offshore wind (924 MW)
Farranrory,
Onshore wind (43 MW)
South Fork,
Offshore wind (132 MW)
Old 300,
Solar PV (73 MW)
Amberg Süd,
Solar PV (4 MW)
Hornsea 4,
Offshore wind (4,200 MW)
Greater Changua 1 and 2a,
Offshore wind (900 MW)
Eleven Mile,
· Solar PV (300 MW)
· Battery storage (300 MW)
Sparta Solar,
Solar PV (250 MW)
Hornsea 3,
Battery storage (300 MW)
Mockingbird,
Solar PV (471 MW)
Badger Wind,
Onshore wind (259 MW)
Ballinrea Solar Farm,
Solar PV (55 MW)
Old 300 BESS,
Battery storage (250 MW)
98 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Generation capacity Unit 2024 2023 Δ
Power generation capacity MW 12,899 12,511 388
Offshore wind MW 5,260 4,986 274
Denmark MW 561 561 -
The UK MW 2,830 2,830 -
Germany MW 799 673 126
The Netherlands MW 376 376 -
Taiwan MW 598 516 82
The US MW 96 30 66
Onshore wind MW 3,666 3,707 (41)
The US MW 3,215 3,215 -
Ireland MW 351 351 -
The UK MW 78 78 -
France MW - 41 (41)
Germany MW 22 22 -
Solar PV MW 1,876 1,018 858
The US MW 1,861 1,004 857
France MW - 4 (4)
Germany MW 15 10 5
Thermal, Denmark (CHP plants) MW 2,097 2,800 (703)
Heat generation capacity, thermal MW 2,864 3,353 (489)
Based on biomass MW 2,032 2,032 -
Based on coal MW - 1,300 (1,300)
Based on natural gas MW 1,574 1,617 (43)
Heat generation capacity, electric MW 249 225 24
Power generation capacity, thermal MW 2,097 2,800 (703)
Based on biomass MW 1,232 1,228 4
Based on coal MW - 991 (991)
Based on natural gas MW 882 951 (69)
Based on oil MW 474 734 (260)
Generation capacity
Business drivers
§ Accounting policies
Power generation capacity
Power generation capacity for an offshore wind
farm is calculated and included from TOC of
the individual wind turbines. TOC stands for
‘take over certificate’, which is the document
signifying transfer of ownership from the
contractor to the owner or operator of the asset.
Power generation capacities for onshore wind
and solar farms are included after commercial
operation date (COD) has been reached.
Generation capacity is financially consolidated.
Heat and power generation capacity, thermal
Thermal heat and power generation capacity
is a measure of the maximum capability to
generate heat and power. The capacity may
change over time with plant modifications.
For each CHP plant, the capacity is given for
generation with the primary fuel mix. Overload
is not included. CHP plants which have been
taken out of primary operation and put on
standby or into conservation are not included.
Fuel-specific thermal heat and power genera-
tion capacities measure the maximum capacity
using the specified fuel as primary fuel at the
multi-fuel plants. They cannot be added to
total thermal capacity, as they are defined
individually for each fuel type for our multi- fuel
plants. All fuels cannot be used at the same
time. Therefore, the total sum amounts to
more than 100 %.
Our power generation capacity increased by 3 % to
12,899 MW in 2024. Offshore wind power generation
capacity increased by 274 MW, primarily due to the
ramp-up of Gode Wind 3 in Germany, Changhua 1 and
2a in Taiwan, and South Fork Wind in the US.
Onshore wind power generation capacity decreased
slightly due to the divestment of the French assets in
Q2 2024.
Solar PV generation capacity increased by 858 MW
to 1,876 MW in 2024, mainly driven by the commis-
sioning of Eleven Mile Solar Center, Sparta Solar,
and Mockingbird in the US.
In 2024, thermal power generation capacity decreased
by 703 MW, mainly due to the closure of the 373 MW
power generation capacity at Esbjerg Power Station.
We have also taken the 260 MW unit at Kyndby Peak
Load Plant (based on oil) and part of the gas-based
capacity at Avedøre Power Station out of operation
in 2024.
Heat generation capacity (thermal) decreased by
489 MW, mainly due to the closure of Esbjerg Power
Station and part of the gas-based capacity at
Avedøre Power Station in 2024.
Entity spec.
99 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Energy business drivers Unit 2024 2023 Δ
Offshore wind
Wind speed m/s 10.0 9.8 2 %
Wind speed, normal wind year m/s 9.9 9.9 0 %
Availability % 88 93 (5 %p)
Load factor % 42 43 (1 %p)
Onshore wind
Wind speed m/s 7.2 7.2 0 %
Wind speed, normal wind year m/s 7.4 7.4 0 %
Availability % 90 88 2 %p
Load factor % 37 36 1 %p
Solar PV
Availability % 98 98 0 %p
Load factor % 25 24 1 %p
Other
Degree days, Denmark Number 2,485 2,585 (4 %)
Energy business drivers
Business drivers
§ Accounting policies
Wind speeds
Wind speeds for the areas where Ørsted’s
offshore and onshore wind farms are located
are provided to Ørsted by an external supplier.
Wind speeds are weighted on the basis of the
capacity of the individual wind farms and con-
solidated to an Ørsted total for offshore and
onshore, respectively. ‘Normal wind speed’ is a
historical wind speed average (over a minimum
20-year period).
Availability
Availability is calculated as the ratio of actual
production to the possible production, which is
the sum of lost production and actual produc-
tion in a given period. The production-based
availability (PBA) is impacted by grid and wind
turbine outages, which are technical produc-
tion losses. PBA is not impacted by market-
requested shutdowns and wind farm curtail-
ments as these are due to external factors.
Load factor
The load factor is calculated as the ratio
between actual generation over a period
relative to potential generation, which is pos-
sible by continuously exploiting the maximum
capacity over the same period. The load factor
is commercially adjusted. This means that the
offshore wind farm has been financially com-
pensated by the transmission system opera-
tors when it is available for generation, but the
output cannot be supplied to the grid due to
maintenance or grid interruptions. New offshore
wind turbines are included in the calculations
of availability and load factor once the ‘take
over certificate’ (TOC) is issued. Onshore wind
turbines are included once they have passed
commercial operation date (COD).
Degree days
The number of degree days expresses the dif-
ference between an average indoor tempera-
ture of 17 °C and the outside mean temperature
for a given period. It helps compare the heat
demand for a given year with a normal year.
Offshore wind
Offshore wind speeds in 2024 were 2 % higher than in
2023 and 0.1 m/s higher than in a normal wind year.
Availability was 5 percentage points lower in 2024
compared to 2023. The load factor decreased by
1 percentage point in 2024 compared to 2023.
Onshore wind
Onshore wind speeds in 2024 were at the same level
as in 2023, which is 0.2 m/s lower than in a normal
wind year. Availability was 2 percentage points higher
in 2024 compared to 2023. The load factor increased
by 1 percentage point in 2024 compared to 2023.
Solar PV
Availability in 2024 was at the same level as in 2023,
but the load factor increased by 1 percentage point.
Other
The number of degree days in 2024 was 4 % lower
than in 2023, indicating that the weather in 2024
was slightly warmer than in 2023.
Entity spec.
100 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Energy generation and sales Unit 2024 2023 Δ
Power generation GWh 38,436 35,572 8 %
Offshore wind GWh 18,599 17,761 5 %
Denmark GWh 2,061 1,970 5 %
The UK GWh 10,357 10,887 (5 %)
Germany GWh 2,356 2,076 13 %
The Netherlands GWh 1,333 1,449 (8 %)
The US GWh 272 88 209 %
Taiwan GWh 2,220 1,291 72 %
Onshore wind GWh 11,959 11,228 7 %
The US GWh 10,939 10,124 8 %
Ireland GWh 759 809 (6 %)
France GWh 51 89 (43 %)
Germany GWh 49 58 (16 %)
The UK GWh 161 148 9 %
Solar PV GWh 3,356 2,146 56 %
The US GWh 3,346 2,131 57 %
Germany GWh 9 11 (18 %)
France GWh 1 4 (75 %)
Thermal GWh 4,522 4,437 2 %
Heat generation GWh 6,919 6,587 5 %
Total heat and power generation GWh 45,355 42,159 8 %
Of which, thermal heat and power generation % 25 26 (1 %p)
Energy generation and sales
Business drivers
§ Accounting policies
Power generation
Power generation from wind and solar farms is
determined as generation sold.
Thermal power generation is determined as net
generation sold, based on settlements from the
official Danish production database. Data for
generation from foreign facilities is provided by
the operators.
Heat generation
Heat (including steam) generation is measured
as net output sold to heat customers.
Gas and power sales
Sales of gas and power are calculated as physi-
cal sales to retail and wholesale customers and
exchanges. Sales are based on readings from
Ørsted’s trading systems. Internal sales to our
combined heat and power (CHP) plants are not
included in the statement.
Gas sales GWh 17,372 16,880 3 %
Power sales GWh 19,967 21,448 (7 %)
Power from renewable sources to end customers
1
GWh 813 881 (8 %)
Regular power to end customers
2
GWh 1,639 1,567 5 %
Power wholesale GWh 17,515 19,000 (8 %)
1
Power sold with renewable energy certificates (certificates ensuring
it has been produced using renewable resources).
2
Power sold without renewable energy certificates.
Offshore wind power generation increased by 5 %
to 18.6 TWh in 2024. The increase was primarily
due to ramp-up capacity in Taiwan, Germany, and
the US as well as higher wind speeds.
Onshore wind power generation was 12.0 TWh in
2024, an increase of 7 % compared to 2023, mainly
driven by higher generation from the US wind
farm Sunflower Wind (passed COD in Q3 2023).
Solar PV generation increased by 56 % due to the
commissioning of the US solar sites Sparta Solar,
Eleven Mile, and Mockingbird.
Thermal power generation increased by 2 % in 2024
compared to 2023. The increase was mainly driven
by attractive wood pellet spreads and improved
technical availability at the power plants compared
to 2023. This was partially offset by lower power
generation from the closed down Esbjerg Power
Station as of August 2024. Heat generation was 5 %
higher in 2024 compared to 2023, mainly driven by
the colder weather in the beginning of 2024.
Gas sales were 3 % higher compared to 2023, mainly
driven by higher offtake from DUC, due to ramp-up
of production from the Tyra gas field (not owned by
Ørsted), partly offset by the expiry of our contract
with Equinor.
Power sales decreased by 7 % to 20.0 TWh in 2024,
partly due to lower volumes from ending third-party
contracts for balancing activities in 2024.
Entity spec.
101 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
The share of renewable heat and power generation
increased by 4 percentage points to 97 % in 2024.
The increase was mainly due to a 4 percentage point
reduction in coal-based generation and a 4 percent-
age point increase in biomass-based generation.
The coal-based generation decreased due to the shut-
down of the coal-based Esbjerg Power Station and
the subsequent declining coal usage from Q4 2024.
In addition, there was lower coal-based generation
at Studstrup Power Station due to the gradual switch
back to biomass-based generation from April 2023.
The share of solar PV-based generation increased by
2 percentage points due to the new solar farms in the
US. However, this was offset by a 2 percentage point
decrease in the share of wind-based generation.
Total heat and power generation by source
Business drivers
§ Accounting policies
Share of renewable energy generation
The renewable energy share of our heat and
power generation is calculated on the basis
of the energy sources used and the energy
generated by the different assets.
For combined heat and power (CHP) plants,
the share of the specific fuel (e.g. sustainable
biomass) is calculated relative to the total
fuel consumption for a given plant or unit
within a given time period.
The specific fuel share is then multiplied by
the total heat and power generation for the
specific plant or unit in the specific period.
The result is the fuel-based generation for the
individual plant or unit, for example the sustain-
able biomass-based generation of heat and
power from the CHP plant unit within a given
time period.
The percentage shares of the individual
energy sources are calculated by dividing the
generation from the individual energy source
by the total generation.
The following energy sources and fuels are
considered to be renewable energy: wind,
solar PV, sustainable biomass, biogas, and
power sourced with renewable energy certi-
ficates. The following energy sources are
considered to be fossil energy sources: coal,
natural gas, and oil.
ESRS ref. Total heat and power generation by source 2024 2023 Δ
Share of energy generation, %
Entity spec. From renewable sources 97 93 4 %p
Entity spec. From offshore wind 41 42 (1 %p)
Entity spec. From onshore wind 26 27 (1 %p)
Entity spec. From solar PV 7 5 2 %p
Entity spec. From sustainable biomass 22 18 4 %p
Entity spec. From other renewable energy sources 1 1 0 %p
Entity spec. From non-renewable sources 3 7 (4 %p)
Entity spec. From coal 2 6 (4 %p)
Entity spec. From natural gas 1 1 0 %p
Entity spec. From other fossil energy sources 0 0 0 %p
Entity spec. Total heat and power generation, MWh 45,354,845 42,158,133 8 %
// E1-5, 39 From renewable sources 44,141,989 39,217,892 13 %
// E1-5, 39 From non-renewable sources 1,212,856 2,940,241 (59 %)
Total heat and power generation
by energy source 2024
%
Offshore wind
41
Onshore wind
26
Sustainable biomass
22
Solar PV
7
Coal
2
Natural gas
1
Other
1
1
1
Other renewable and fossil energy sources
2024
2023
97
93
Share of renewable energy generation
%
102 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E1
Taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover)
The taxonomy-aligned share of revenue in 2024
was 91 %, an increase of 5 percentage points
compared to 2023. This was primarily due to lower
taxonomy non- eligible revenue from gas sales and
coal-based generation.
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX
Our taxonomy-aligned share of CAPEX in 2024
remained at 99 % and is primarily related to our
wind and solar farms and our storage facilities.
Taxonomy-aligned OPEX
Our taxonomy-aligned OPEX was 86 %, an increase
of 7 percentage points compared to 2023.
Taxonomy-aligned EBITDA
The taxonomy-aligned share of EBITDA in 2024 was
99 %, an increase of 4 percentage points compared
to 2023, driven by higher contributions from wind
power operations and a concurrent decrease in
non- eligible EBITDA from gas sales and coal-based
generation by our CHP plants.
ESRS or EU ref. EU taxonomy KPIs, % 2024 2023 Δ
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover) 91 86 5 %p
EU 2020/852 Electricity generation using solar PV (4.1) and storage of electricity (4.10) 1 1 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Electricity generation from wind power (4.3) 78 75 3 %p
EU 2020/852 Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy (4.20) 12 10 2 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover) 0 1 (1 %p)
// SBM-1, 40(d)(i) High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power from fossil gas (4.30) 0 1 (1 %p)
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-non-eligible revenue 9 13
1
(4 %p)
// SBM-1, 40(d)(i) Gas (sales) 6 8 (2 %p)
// SBM-1, 40(d)(i) Coal (generation) 1 3 (2 %p)
// SBM-1, 40(d)(i) Oil (generation and distribution) 1 0 1 %p
Entity spec. Other activities
2
1 2 (1 %p)
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover) adjusted for green bond financing 88 82
3
6 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX
4
99 99 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned CAPEX 0 0 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-non-eligible CAPEX 1 1 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX adjusted for green bond financing
5
69 49
3
20 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned OPEX 86 79 7 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned OPEX 1 1 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-non-eligible OPEX 13 20
1
(7 %p)
Entity spec. Taxonomy-aligned EBITDA 99 95 4 %p
Entity spec. Electricity generation using solar PV (4.1) and storage of electricity (4.10) 4 4 0 %p
Entity spec. Electricity generation from wind power (4.3) 91 86 5 %p
Entity spec. Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy (4.20) 4 5 (1 %p)
Entity spec. Taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned EBITDA 0 0 0 %p
Entity spec. High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power from fossil gas (4.30) 0 0 0 %p
Entity spec. Taxonomy-non-eligible EBITDA 1 5 (4 %p)
Entity spec. Gas sales 0 3 (3 %p)
Entity spec. Coal- and oil-based generation
0 1 (1 %p)
Entity spec. Other activities
2
1 1 0 %p
EU taxonomy for sustainable activities
1
This number has been restated due to an accounting policy update
on taxonomy activity 4.30. See page 59 for more details.
2
Other activities’ primarily consist of trading and non-eligible power
sales (incl. end customer sales).
3
This number has been restated due to an accounting policy update
on the adjusted revenue/CAPEX KPIs. See page 59 for more details.
4
This ratio is applied to gross investments (DKKm 42,808 in 2024) to
calculate taxonomy-aligned gross investments (see page 35).
5
This is our taxonomy-aligned CAPEX excluding funding from green
bonds. The 2024 share implies that 30 % of our taxonomy-aligned
CAPEX was financed through green bonds, and 69 % was financed
though our operating cash flow and divestments proceeds.
§ Accounting policies
Taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover)
Revenue associated with taxonomy- aligned
activities as a proportion of our total revenue.
It is adjusted for green bonds by excluding the
revenue from our taxonomy- aligned assets
financed with green bonds proceeds from the
taxonomy-aligned revenue (numerator).
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX
CAPEX related to assets or processes asso-
ciated with taxonomy-aligned activities as a
proportion of our CAPEX that is accounted for
based on IAS 16 (73: (e)(i) and (iii)), IAS 38 (118:
(e)(i)), and IFRS 16 (53: (h)). Carbon emission
allowances and goodwill have been excluded.
It is adjusted for green bonds by excluding the
CAPEX financed with green bond proceeds from
the taxonomy-aligned CAPEX (numerator).
Taxonomy-aligned OPEX
Maintenance and repair OPEX related to our
assets or processes associated with taxonomy-
aligned activities as a proportion of the main-
tenance and repair OPEX of our ‘Other external
expenses’. We estimate the maintenance and
repair costs of ‘other external expenses’ using a
group-level factor based on maintenance and
repair costs for each business segment.
Taxonomy-aligned EBITDA (entity-specific)
EBITDA associated with taxonomy- aligned
activities as a proportion of our total EBITDA.
Taxonomy- aligned EBITDA is an entity-specific
data point. It better reflects our business as
our gas and power sales business has a large
revenue but a small earnings margin, while
other areas have a higher margin.
Taxonomy-eligible but not -aligned KPIs
Revenue, CAPEX, OPEX, and EBITDA associated
with heat and power generation from fossil gas
(4.30) that is not taxonomy-aligned.
Taxonomy-non-eligible KPIs
Revenue, CAPEX, OPEX, and EBITDA associ-
ated with taxonomy-non-eligible activities (i.e.
activities not included in the delegated acts).
EU taxonomy KPIs
103 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
EU taxonomy for sustainable activities
Taxonomy-aligned turnover
Quantitative breakdown of taxonomy-
aligned turnover
The primary sources of turnover contributing to the
numerator of the turnover KPI in 2024 are generation
and sale of power (DKK 36,693 million), government
grants (DKK 12,201 million), and the construction of
offshore wind farms (DKK 7,029 million).
Code
(2)
Turnover 2024
(DKKm)
(3)
Proportion
of turnover
2024 (%)
(4)
Substantial contribution Does not significantly harm (DNSH)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Taxonomy-
aligned
proportion of
turnover,
2023 (%)
(18)
Category
enabling
activity (E)
(19)
Category
transi-
tional
activity (T)
Economic activities (1)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)
Climate
change
adaptation
(6)
Water
(7)
Pollution
(8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Bio-
diversity
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water
(13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Bio-
diversity
(16)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1 Environmentally sustainable activities (taxonomy-aligned)
Electricity generation using solar PV technology CCM 4.1 699 1 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y n.a. n.a. Y Y Y 1 % - -
Electricity generation from wind power CCM 4.3 55,093 78 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y Y n.a. Y Y Y 75 % - -
Storage of electricity CCM 4.10 243 0 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y Y n.a. Y Y Y 0 % E -
Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy CCM 4.20 8,348 12 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y Y Y n.a. Y Y 10 % - -
Turnover of environmentally sustainable activities
(taxonomy-aligned) (A.1) 64,383 91 % 91 % 0 % - - - - n.a. Y Y Y Y Y Y 86 % - -
Of which, enabling 243 0 % 0 % 0 % - - - - n.a. Y Y n.a. Y Y Y 0 %
E -
Of which, transitional - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities
High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power from
fossil gaseous fuels
2
CCM 4.30 405 0 % EL EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL - - - - - - - 1 % - T
Turnover of taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally
sustainable activities (not taxonomy-aligned) (A.2) 405 0 % 0 % 0 % - - - - - - - - - - - 1 % - -
Turnover of taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1 + A.2) 64,788 91 % 91 % 0 % - - - - - - - - - - - 87 %
3
- -
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Turnover of taxonomy-non-eligible activities (B) 6,246 9 %
TOTAL (A + B) 71,034 100 %
CCM Climate change mitigation
Y Yes (taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned activity
with the relevant environmental objective)
N No (taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned
activity with the relevant environmental objective)
N/EL Not eligible (taxonomy-non-eligible activity for the
relevant environmental objective)
EL Eligible (taxonomy-eligible activity for the relevant
environmental objective)
1
We have not assessed our taxonomy-eligible activities against the
substantial contribution criteria for climate change adaptation, as
the primary objective of our activities is to contribute to climate
change mitigation.
2
We have not assessed our gas-based generation activities for
alignment.
3
This number has been restated according to our updated accounting
policy regarding taxonomy activity 4.30. See ‘Basis for preparation
on page 59 for more details.
104 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
Taxonomy-aligned activities
(20)
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX
Quantitative breakdown of taxonomy-
aligned CAPEX
The primary sources of CAPEX contributing to the
numerator of the CAPEX KPI in 2024 are additions
from property, plant, and equipment in Offshore,
Onshore, and partly in Bioenergy (DKK 46,782 million).
CAPEX plan
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX for 2024 remains at
99 %, maintaining the level achieved in 2023. Given
our commitment to deploying renewable energy
projects in alignment with the EU taxonomy, a
separate CAPEX plan is not deemed necessary.
Code
(2)
CAPEX 2024
(DKKm)
(3)
Proportion
of CAPEX
2024 (%)
(4)
Substantial contribution Does not significantly harm (DNSH)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Taxonomy-
aligned
proportion of
CAPEX,
2023 (%)
(18)
Category
enabling
activity (E)
(19)
Category
transi-
tional
activity (T)
Economic activities (1)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)
Climate
change
adaptation
(6)
Water
(7)
Pollution
(8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Bio-
diversity
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water
(13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Bio-
diversity
(16)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1 Environmentally sustainable activities (taxonomy-aligned)
Manufacture of hydrogen CCM 3.10 746 2 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y Y Y n.a. Y Y 1 % - -
Electricity generation using solar PV technology CCM 4.1 4,566 10 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y n.a. n.a. Y Y Y 12 % - -
Electricity generation from wind power CCM 4.3 37,867 80 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y Y n.a. Y Y Y 76 % - -
Storage of electricity CCM 4.10 1,531 3 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y Y n.a. Y Y Y 8 % E -
Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy CCM 4.20 2,090 4 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a.
Y Y Y n.a. Y Y
2 % - -
CAPEX of environmentally sustainable activities (tax-
onomy-aligned) (A.1) 46,800 99 % 99 % 0 % - - - - n.a. Y Y Y Y Y Y 99 % - -
Of which, enabling 1,531 3 % 3 % 0 % - - - - n.a. Y Y n.a. Y Y Y 8 %
E -
Of which, transitional
- -
-
- - - - -
- - - - - - - -
- -
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities
High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power from
fossil gaseous fuels
2
CCM 4.30 19 0 % EL EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL - - - - - - - 0 % - T
CAPEX of taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally
sustainable activities (not taxonomy-aligned) (A.2) 19 0 % 0 % 0 % - - - - - - - - - - - 0 % - -
CAPEX of taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1 + A.2) 46,819 99 % 99 % 0 % - - - - - - - - - - - 99 % - -
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
CAPEX of taxonomy-non-eligible activities (B) 268 1 %
TOTAL (A + B) 47,087 100 %
CCM Climate change mitigation
Y Yes (taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned activity
with the relevant environmental objective)
N No (taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned
activity with the relevant environmental objective)
N/EL Not eligible (taxonomy-non-eligible activity for the
relevant environmental objective)
EL Eligible (taxonomy-eligible activity for the relevant
environmental objective)
1
We have not assessed our taxonomy-eligible activities against the
substantial contribution criteria for climate change adaptation, as
the primary objective of our activities is to contribute to climate
change mitigation.
2
We have not assessed our gas-based generation activities for
alignment.
105 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
Taxonomy-aligned activities
(20)
Taxonomy-aligned OPEX
Code
(2)
OPEX 2024
(DKKm)
(3)
Proportion
of OPEX
2024 (%)
(4)
Substantial contribution Does not significantly harm (DNSH)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Taxonomy-
aligned
proportion of
OPEX,
2023 (%)
(18)
Category
enabling
activity (E)
(19)
Category
transi-
tional
activity (T)
Economic activities (1)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)
Climate
change
adaptation
(6)
Water
(7)
Pollution
(8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Bio-
diversity
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water
(13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Bio-
diversity
(16)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1 Environmentally sustainable activities (taxonomy-aligned)
Electricity generation using solar PV technology CCM 4.1 125 4 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y n.a. n.a. Y Y Y 3 % - -
Electricity generation from wind power CCM 4.3 2,157 70 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y Y n.a. Y Y Y 63 % - -
Storage of electricity CCM 4.10 1 0 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y Y n.a. Y Y Y 0 % E -
Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy CCM 4.20 373 12 % Y N
1
N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL n.a. Y Y Y n.a. Y Y 13 % - -
OPEX of environmentally sustainable activities
(taxonomy-aligned) (A.1) 2,656 86 % 86% 0 % - - - - n.a. Y Y Y Y Y Y 79 % - -
Of which, enabling 1 0 % 0 % 0 % - - - - n.a. Y Y n.a. Y Y Y 0 %
E -
Of which, transitional
- -
-
- - - - -
- - - - - - - -
- -
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities
High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power from
fossil gaseous fuels
2
CCM 4.30 17 1 % EL EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL - - - - - - - 1 % - T
OPEX of taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally
sustainable activities (not taxonomy-aligned) (A.2) 17 1 % 1 % 0 % - - - - - - - - - - - 1 % - -
OPEX of taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1 + A.2) 2,673 87 % 87% 0 % - - - - - - - - - - - 80 %
3
- -
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
OPEX of taxonomy-non-eligible activities (B) 414 13 %
TOTAL (A + B) 3,087 100 %
Quantitative breakdown of taxonomy-aligned OPEX
The sources of OPEX contributing to the numerator of
the OPEX KPI in 2024 stem from the estimated main-
tenance and repair costs of ‘other external expenses
in Offshore (DKK 1,720 million), in Onshore (DKK 563
million), and partly in Bioenergy (DKK 373 million).
Maintenance and repair OPEX estimation
We have calculated an estimation of the maintenance
and repair costs of ‘other external expenses’ using a
group-level factor based on maintenance and repair
costs for each business segment.
CCM Climate change mitigation
Y Yes (taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned activity
with the relevant environmental objective)
N No (taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned
activity with the relevant environmental objective)
N/EL Not eligible (taxonomy-non-eligible activity for the
relevant environmental objective)
EL Eligible (taxonomy-eligible activity for the relevant
environmental objective)
1
We have not assessed our taxonomy-eligible activities against
the substantial contribution criteria for climate change adaptation,
as the primary objective of our activities is to contribute to climate
change mitigation.
2
We have not assessed our gas-based generation activities for
alignment.
3
This number has been restated according to our updated accounting
policy regarding taxonomy activity 4.30. See ‘Basis for preparation
on page 59 for more details.
106 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
Taxonomy-aligned activities
(20)
§ Accounting policies
Taxonomy-eligible activities
We have identified our taxonomy-eligible
activities by screening the economic activi-
ties in the Climate Delegated Act (Commis-
sion Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139),
the Complementary Climate Delegated
Act (Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)
2022/1214), the Environmental Delegated
Act (Commission Delegated Regulation
(EU) 2023/2486), and the amendments to
the Climate Delegated Act (Commission
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2485).
Six activities in the delegated acts have been
identified as eligible for Ørsted:
· Manufacture of hydrogen (3.10).
· Electricity generation using solar
PV technology (4.1).
· Electricity generation from wind
power (4.3).
· Storage of electricity (4.10).
· Cogeneration of heat/cool and power
from bioenergy (4.20).
· High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and
power from fossil gaseous fuels (4.30).
Taxonomy-aligned activities
Regulation (EU) 2020/852, article 3, sets out
criteria which an economic activity must meet
to qualify as environmentally sustainable
(taxonomy-aligned):
· Comply with technical screening criteria
(TSC) for substantially contributing to one or
more of the six environmental objectives.
· Comply with TSC for doing no significant
harm (DNSH) to the other five environmental
objectives.
· Comply with minimum safeguards covering
social and governance standards.
Taxonomy alignment of our eligible activities
has subsequently been assessed against
annex I of the Climate Delegated Act. The
TSC for the environmental objectives have
been assessed per activity. Minimum safe-
guards have been assessed on Group level.
However, we have not assessed our gas-based
heat and power generation activities (4.30) for
taxonomy-alignment.
Substantial contribution
Climate change mitigation
We have assessed and documented whether
our taxonomy-eligible activities (3.10, 4.1, 4.3,
4.10, and 4.20) fulfil the substantial contribu-
tion criteria to climate change mitigation.
For activity 3.10, the future manufacturing
process of hydrogen was calculated to meet
the life cycle greenhouse gas (GHG) emis-
sion savings requirement in article 25(2) and
annex V to Directive (EU) 2018/2001. The
calculation of life cycle GHG emission savings
follows the methodology referred to in article
28(5) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and the
quanti fication methodology has been verified
by an independent third party. The quantified
life cycle GHG emission savings are subject
to final verification by an independent third
party upon an asset’s operation.
For activities 4.1, 4.3, and 4.10, our solar and
wind farms and our storage facilities auto-
matically fulfil the substantial contribution
criteria to climate change mitigation as we
generate electricity using solar PV technology
and wind power, and as we construct and
operate electricity storage facilities.
For activity 4.20, the sustainable biomass
used at our combined heat and power (CHP)
plants complies with the criteria in article 29,
paragraphs 2-7, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001
and with the GHG emission savings criteria.
Climate change adaptation
We have not assessed our taxonomy-eligible
activities against the substantial contribu-
tion criteria for climate change adaptation,
as the primary objective of our activities is to
contribute to climate change mitigation.
Do no significant harm (DNSH)
Climate change adaptation
We have assessed and documented how
asset resilience towards different chronic
and extreme climate hazards and their future
development, as projected by IPCC, is an
integrated part of our project development
and have confirmed that our assets are
resilient and able to withstand projected
climate changes during the assets’ lifetimes.
It is assessed that all relevant eligible
activities comply with the criteria set out
in appendix A to annex I of the Climate
Delegated Act.
Sustainable use and protection of water and
marine resources
We are legally required to conduct environ-
mental impact assessments (EIAs) as part
of all our projects to ensure that potential
impacts on water and marine resources are
avoided, mitigated, and addressed appro-
priately. During this process, we consider
environmental degradation risks related to
preserving water quality and avoiding water
stress. We have internal processes on legal
compliance concerning water to ensure all
assets live up to the requirements. In addi-
tion, we have a water policy, establishing our
approach to responsible water management.
For activity 4.3, we work to ensure that
construction of offshore wind does not
hamper the achievement of good environmen-
tal status as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC,
taking measures to prevent or mitigate impacts
in relation to the directive’s descriptor 11
(noise/energy).
It is assessed that all relevant eligible
activities comply with the criteria set out
in appendix B to annex I of the Climate
Delegated Act.
Transition to a circular economy
Renewable assets are built of highly durable
materials. To ensure reuse and recycling of
materials where feasible, we have a resource
management policy and internal waste
management processes in place. To ensure
we further transition to a circular economy,
we have implemented a strategic approach
focused on: (i) using fewer virgin resources,
(ii) using resources better and longer, and (iii)
recirculating resources upon end of life. For all
projects, we will develop decommissioning or
waste management plans to ensure maximal
reuse or recycling at end-of-life in accordance
with the waste hierarchy.
Pollution prevention and control
We are legally required to conduct EIAs
to ensure that potential pollution impacts
are avoided, mitigated, and addressed
appropriately, and that pollution requirements
are integrated into our environmental permit
conditions. We have internal processes in
place to fulfil these legal requirements.
For activities 3.10 and 4.20, it has been
assessed that emissions are within or lower
than the emission levels associated with the
best-available-techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges
set out in relevant best-available-techniques
(BAT) conclusions. No significant cross-media
effects have been identified.
It is assessed that all relevant eligible
activities comply with the criteria set out
in appendix C to annex I of the Climate
Delegated Act.
Protection and restoration of biodiversity
and ecosystems
We are legally required to conduct EIAs as
part of all our projects to ensure potential
impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems
are avoided, mitigated, and addressed
appropriately. Our biodiversity policy and
internal processes ensure all our assets
live up to the requirements. We have also
committed to ensuring that all new renewable
energy projects we commission from 2030
onwards deliver a net-positive biodiversity
impact, which we aim to achieve through our
biodiversity efforts.
For activity 4.3, we work to ensure that the
construction of offshore wind does not hamper
the achievement of good environmental
status as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC,
taking appropriate measures to prevent or
mitigate impacts in relation to the directive’s
descriptors 1 (biodiversity) and 6 (seabed
integrity).
It is assessed that all relevant eligible
activities comply with the criteria set out
in appendix D to annex I of the Climate
Delegated Act.
Minimum safeguards
Our human rights policy sets out our commit-
ment to respect human rights and lives up
to the UN Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights and OECD’s guidelines for mult-
inational enterprises, including the principles
of the Declaration of the International Labour
Organization on Fundamental Principles and
Rights at Work and the International Bill of
Human Rights, both in our own operations
and in our supply chain.
Together with our good governance practices
and policies, our systematic due diligence
approach ensures we have robust minimum
safeguards in place on human rights, corruption,
taxation, and fair competition.
Taxonomy KPIs
Our accounting policies for the taxonomy KPIs
are based on our interpretation of annex I to
the Disclosures Delegated Act ( Commission
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/4987) and
available guidelines from the European
Commission.
Linkage principle
The revenue, CAPEX, OPEX, and EBITDA
associated with our taxonomy-aligned
activities have been determined. In allocating
the financial numbers to the numerator, a
‘linkage principle’ has been applied, stipulating
that any revenue, CAPEX, OPEX, or EBITDA
that can be justifiably linked to an identified
taxonomy-aligned activity can be classified
as taxonomy-aligned and thereby included in
the numerator of the respective KPI.
Double counting
We have avoided double counting across
economic activities in the allocation of the
numerator for revenue, CAPEX, OPEX, and
EBITDA by using activity-specific factors to
allocate the financials across our taxonomy
activities. The factors are either 100 %, 0 %,
or a value in between where we have used
proxies to split the financial numbers into
taxonomy- aligned or non-eligible activities.
Here, the factors cannot sum to more than
100 %, which eliminates the possibility of double
counting the resulting financial numbers.
Proxies
Where the financial numbers are not appro-
priately split into the correct activity in the
financial account set-up, proxies have been
used to split the numbers. Two proxies have
been used:
1) The ratio of purchased power volumes
from renewable versus non-renewable
assets – applied to revenue and EBITDA
from balancing activities.
2) Bioenergy’s share of renewable energy
generation – applied to revenue, EBITDA,
CAPEX, and OPEX related to the CHP plants.
For more details on our taxonomy-aligned KPIs,
see our accounting policies on page 103.
107 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
Taxonomy-aligned activities
Own operationsUpstream value chain
Positive impact Negative impact Risk Opportunity
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
Natural resources exploitation
and land- and freshwater-use
change from mining
Negative impact
Species population size
decrease and extinction risk
increase due to mining
Negative impact
Temporary disturbances to
habitats during construction
Negative impact
Biodiversity restoration,
research, and innovation
initiatives
Positive impact
Opportunity
Ecotoxicity from mining
Negative impact
Habitat loss from land
degradation due to mining
Negative impact
Land- and sea-use
change from coal and
gas extraction
Negative impact
Temporary displacement
or loss of species during
construction
Negative impact
108 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E4
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs)
In the tables to the right and on the next page
are descriptions of our material IROs related
to biodiversity and ecosystems, including how
we manage them.
The impacts primarily originate from our
renewable energy business activities but also
partly from our legacy business relating to
coal and gas.
These impacts occur both through our busi-
ness relationships with suppliers and through
our own activities of constructing our renew-
able assets.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Natural resources exploitation and land-use and freshwater-use change from mining
Negative impact (upstream value chain)
Ecotoxicity from mining
Negative impact (upstream value chain)
These negative impacts concern natural resources exploitation in
our supply chain related to mining and refining processes of metals
and minerals.
Mining of metals and minerals in our supply chain is a direct impact
driver of biodiversity loss through land-use and freshwater-use
change and ecotoxicity from run-off. It also impacts ecosystems
through land degradation.
We have completed a mapping to
help us understand potential negative
impacts on biodiversity that we may
have in our value chain. We continue
to explore ways to identify and miti-
gate impacts across our value chain,
including our first attempt at mapping
impacts from high impact commodi-
ties (HICs) in our upstream value chain.
Land-use and sea-use change from coal and gas extraction
Negative impact (upstream value chain)
This negative impact concerns natural resources exploitation in
our supply chain related to coal and gas extraction.
Our supply chain has adverse impacts on biodiversity through
land-use change due to mining and refining processes of coal and
through sea-use change from extraction and refining processes of
gas that we primarily source from the North Sea.
We are working towards managing
our biodiversity-related negative
impacts in our value chain.
In 2024, we closed our last coal-fired
CHP plant, eliminating the impact
from coal from 2025.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Habitat loss from land degradation from mining
Negative impact (upstream value chain)
For details related to this IRO, see ‘natural resources exploitation’ impact.
Biodiversity restoration, research, and innovation initiatives
Positive impact
1
(own operations)
Opportunity
1
(own operations)
This positive impact relates to our habitat and ecosystem
restoration efforts, including our efforts to protect and restore
wider supportive ecosystems, e.g. salt marshes. We conduct
species restoration efforts as well as research on habitats,
species, and innovation, e.g. biodiversity monitoring and track-
ing. The impact positively affects the environment by restoring
species, ecosystems, and habitats.
We also see this as an opportunity to attract patient capital
and secure favourable conditions when accessing financing on
capital markets or through business partnerships.
We have implemented several
biodiversity pilot projects, monitoring
plans, and innovative initiatives to
work towards achieving our 2030
net-positive ambition. The most
recent one being the launch of
our ‘Biodiversity measurement
framework’, which will allow us to
measure and assess impacts on
biodiversity at an asset level, across
offshore and onshore operations.
Temporary disturbances to habitats during construction
Negative impact (own operations)
This negative impact concerns the disturbances of habitats
during the construction of our renewable energy assets.
Construction of renewable energy projects causes temporary
disturbances to habitats due to ground preparation and the
presence of infrastructure.
At an asset level, we prefer to
always have a biodiversity action
plan in place, which helps us map
out our negative impacts and
plan out our mitigating actions
accordingly.
Direct impact drivers of biodiversity loss Impacts on the extent and condition of ecosystems
1
The positive impact and opportunity also fall under the sub-topic ‘Impacts on the state of species’.
109 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E4
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Species population size decrease and global extinction risk increase due to mining
Negative impact (upstream value chain)
This negative impact is linked to natural resources exploitation in
our supply chain related to mining and refining processes of metals
and minerals.
Mining of metals and minerals in our supply chain impacts ecosystems
through land degradation, which can lead to habitat loss and impacts
species by causing a decrease in species population size and poten-
tially extinction.
We have completed a mapping to help us
understand potential negative impacts to
biodiversity that we may have in our value
chain. We continue to explore ways to identify
and mitigate impacts across our value chain,
including our first attempt at mapping
impacts from high impact commodities
(HICs) in our upstream value chain.
Temporary displacement or loss of species during construction
Negative impact (own operations)
This negative impact concerns the disturbances of species during the
construction of our renewable energy assets.
Construction of renewable energy projects causes temporary displace-
ment of species, or, in some instances, loss of species through adverse
impacts on foraging, breeding, and wintering areas.
At an asset level, we prefer to always have
a biodiversity action plan in place, which
helps us map out our negative impacts and
plan out our mitigating actions accordingly.
When we identify overlaps with e.g. an
IUCN Red-listed species, an action plan is
developed to ensure that we reduce harm to
this species or any threatened species.
Impacts on the state of species
Transitioning away from fossil fuels to renewable
energy is fundamental to solving the biodiversity
crisis, as climate change is a main driver of biodiversity
loss. The space required for the renewable energy
transition is significant, and, with a nature in crisis,
it is vital that we make sure our energy projects
benefit nature. In 2024, we continued taking action
to deliver on our ambition to achieve a net-positive
biodiversity impact from all new renewable energy
projects from 2030.
For an overview of how we have structured this chapter,
please see page 61. Our IROs are highlighted in italics.
// E4-1
Transition plan
At Ørsted, we believe that transitioning to renewable
energy can be part of a solution to the biodiversity
crisis, provided it is done correctly. As we continue
our renewable energy build-out, we are determined
to leave nature as a whole in a better state than we
found it. Therefore, our ambition is to take direct
action to be able to achieve a net-positive biodiversity
impact from projects commissioned from 2030
onwards. In 2024, we took the first steps towards this
by launching our ‘Biodiversity measurement framework’,
further aligning our efforts with global public policy
targets like the Global Biodiversity Framework.
When developing renewable energy projects, we
always adhere to local and national regulations
and policies, including those related to biodiversity.
This helps ensure that we are also taking our local
stakeholders and their interests into consideration.
Through our double materiality assessment (DMA),
we have identified material biodiversity-related
impacts and an opportunity in our business, both in
our own operations and in our value chain. Identifying
and assessing these impacts help us to understand
how we can continue to strengthen resilience across
our operations, which we also assess using the
methodology of the Taskforce on Nature-related
Financial Disclosures (TNFD).
//
// E4, IRO-1
Processes to identify and assess material
impacts, risks, and opportunities
Impact assessments of own sites and value chain
During the project development phase of all our
offshore and onshore assets where we are responsible
for development, we conduct early risk screenings
and develop environmental impact assessments (EIAs)
or equivalent plans to assess the potential impacts
on biodiversity and ecosystems at the locations
of potential new assets. This is then followed by
the legally required impact assessment processes,
providing data on the biodiversity and ecosystems
present at the site location. Based on these findings,
we can develop action plans to mitigate our impacts
and outline restoration measures. Insights from the early
risk screenings inform the biodiversity and ecosystem-
related impacts, risks, dependencies, and opportunities
identified and assessed in the DMA for sites in our own
operations. This process highlights the importance
of early assessments at the beginning of each of our
projects to avoid and mitigate potential impacts on
biodiversity and ecosystems.
110 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E4
We have not identified any material dependencies on
biodiversity and ecosystems, although soil stability at
our sites constitutes the most significant dependency.
Regarding our transitional and physical risks, we
have mapped out our exposure and have not found
significant risks from biodiversity and ecosystems that
are not already covered in our mitigation processes
and biodiversity action plans.
Additionally, we have not identified any systemic risks
to our business model that are not addressed through
our established practices or the implementation of
measures to reach our biodiversity ambition. A key
outcome of our biodiversity programme has been
the development of our ‘Biodiversity measurement
framework’, which will ensure that we can capture all
potential impacts and risks to biodiversity and eco-
systems when developing new renewable energy pro-
jects starting from 2024 and thus avoid the majority
of impacts and risks to our operations.
We have not completed an assessment of how
systemic risks to society have been considered in the
assessment of biodiversity and ecosystems- related
risks yet. However, we have begun the work of under-
standing the correlation of these risks, how they impact
our projects, and what we can do to mitigate them.
The assessment of our upstream value chain that
was completed in 2022 using the Global Biodiversity
Score tool is still relevant today. The results pro-
vided an overview of impacts based on our most
used materials (incl. minerals and metals) and how
each material impacts the environment, focusing
on biodiversity. The assessment did not include an
assessment of how the biodiversity impacts from our
upstream value chain affect local communities, but
it did provide an essential first step in our work with
the Science Based Targets Network (SBTN) frame-
work and our progress towards being ready to set
science-based targets for nature.
Our continuous work to identify and mitigate potential
impacts and risks of our assets to biodiversity and
ecosystems continues to inform our DMA. In this pro-
cess, we base the identification and scoring of IROs on
the knowledge gathered across all our offshore and
onshore assets, enabling a cross-business assessment
of impacts, risks, dependencies, and opportunities.
Management of impacts in our own operations
At Ørsted, we have sites located in or near biodiversity-
sensitive areas. However, our activities at these sites
only have temporary negative impacts during the
construction phase, with no material impacts during
operations, cf. the outcome of our DMA.
By following the steps of our new measurement
framework, conducting environmental assessments,
implementing appropriate mitigation measures, and
applying our ‘Biodiversity policy’, we will be able
to avoid any impacts related to the deterioration
of biodiversity or natural habitats within our own
operations.
We adhere to the mitigation hierarchy in the develop-
ment of new projects, prioritising to avoid biodiversity
impacts wherever feasible. For impacts that cannot
be entirely avoided, we focus on minimising and
mitigating them to the extent possible. An example of
this is avoiding sensitive habitats during the routing of
and installation of cables for offshore projects. Post
construction, any residual impacts that could not be
fully mitigated are addressed through species-specific
or habitat-specific restoration. These efforts aim to
restore biodiversity and habitat functioning to at least
pre-construction baseline levels and are our measures
towards achieving a net-positive impact.
This means that the majority of our impacts on bio-
diversity occur during the construction phase, and are
appropriately mitigated, while during the operational
phase, we have very limited impact on biodiversity
that we are not able mitigate.
One example of an impact that we are sometimes
unable to mitigate during the operational phase of an
offshore wind farm, which we have assessed as imma-
terial, is the collision of airborne mobile species, such
as birds or bats, with wind turbine blades. In cases
where this impact cannot be mitigated through loca-
tion or design, operational management plans are
put in place, for example through enhanced monitor-
ing campaigns, often in conjunction with local stake-
holder groups.
Vulnerable species and critical habitat types are iden-
tified during the early screening phase of a project,
allowing us to plan our project development around
these factors, implementing the mitigation hierarchy
and ensuring we are undertaking the actions needed
to avoid and mitigate impacts on biodiversity.
//
// E4, SBM-3
Material impacts and opportunities
related to biodiversity and ecosystems
Site locations in our own operations
We have completed an assessment of all our opera-
tional assets in collaboration with The Biodiversity
Consultancy, using their Biodiversity Risk Screening
Kit (BRiSK). This assessment focused on biodiversity-
and ecosystem-related impacts, risks, dependencies,
and opportunities at an asset level, helping us to better
understand which sites are material in this respect.
It takes a variety of factors into account that indicate
impacts on biodiversity on a scale ranging from low
over medium to high. These factors include species,
designated areas (including protected areas and
key biodiversity areas (KBAs)), ecoregion intactness,
water pollution, and marine habitats, amongst others.
The assessment highlights a list of matters, indicating
that there are potential negative impacts on biodiver-
sity if nothing is done to avoid or mitigate these.
From that output, we have found that the majority
of the identified risks have already been identified
through our EIA or equivalent processes as well as
mitigated as a part of our biodiversity action plans.
Therefore, we are taking all necessary steps to limit
risks and negative impacts on biodiversity and ecosys-
tems at all our site locations. When we identify over-
laps with e.g. an IUCN Red-listed species, an action
plan is developed to ensure that we do no significant
harm to this species, nor any threatened species, both
during construction and the operational phase.
111 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E4
Site locations without material impacts
In total, we have 63 operational sites across our
portfolio of renewable energy assets (i.e. offshore
and onshore wind, solar PV, and power stations) that
currently overlap with or are adjacent to protected
areas or KBAs. This is the majority of our assets and
is connected to the fact that a buffer zone has been
applied (25 km for offshore assets, 10 km for onshore
assets), increasing the amount of overlaps with both
protected areas and KBAs. Through our mitigation
planning and restoration of impacts, we have found
that we have no negative impacts on biodiversity and
ecosystems at these sites.
Site locations with temporary material impacts
In addition to the operational sites, we had 12 assets
under construction in 2024, which were identified as
material sites that temporarily have activities nega-
tively affecting biodiversity-sensitive areas. These sites
are listed in the table on page 114 and include nine off-
shore wind and three solar PV projects. At the offshore
construction sites, biodiversity impacts were primarily
associated with monopile piling, which generates noise
pollution, and cable laying, which disrupts benthic and
intertidal habitats. Additionally, the increased vessel
traffic during construction caused further disruption to
the ecosystem through noise pollution.
For the solar PV assets under construction, biodiversity
impacts were primarily due to land clearing and cable
laying, which caused temporary habitat disruption
and species displacement. Additionally, the operation
of machinery contributed to noise pollution. All these
impacts are appropriately managed or mitigated
through implementation of measures agreed through
impact assessment and permitting processes.
We have found no negative impacts related to land
degradation during the operational phase of our
projects, including desertification or soil sealing. Any
potential impacts on land degradation are mitigated
during the construction phase.
Material impacts in our value chain
We have identified material negative impacts in our
upstream value chain. These impacts are primarily
direct impact drivers of biodiversity loss due to extrac-
tion of natural resources and mining activities. Further-
more, mining also has negative impacts on the extent
and condition of ecosystems and thus impacts spe-
cies diversity. As mentioned previously, we used the
Global Biodiversity Score tool to obtain an overview
of biodiversity- and ecosystems-related impacts in our
upstream value chain, using global average data for
our industry. We are dependent on mining of metals
and minerals to expand the capacity of renewable
energy assets, just as our peers in the industry. How-
ever, we acknowledge the trade-offs of mining in the
value chain, which we actively work towards manag-
ing. As mentioned before, we are actively engaging
with our tier 1 suppliers on their impacts on biodiver-
sity, and we also continuously work towards gathering
location-specific data on our upstream value chain.
//
// E4-2
Policies related to biodiversity
and ecosystems
Policy scope
In 2024, we updated our ‘Biodiversity policy’, which
applies to all sites owned and operated by Ørsted,
including sites in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas.
The policy addresses the direct impacts from our
operations on biodiversity, ecosystem protection, and
sustainable ocean practices.
The scope of the policy covers all of Ørsted’s renewable
energy assets, both offshore and onshore, and includes
our initial steps towards addressing biodiversity in our
value chain and the associated dependencies. More
specifically, we engage with some of our tier 1 suppliers
on their progress on working with biodiversity, similar
to our approach with decarbonisation.
Our biodiversity policy does not currently cover the
impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems from e.g. raw
material extraction in our upstream value chain. How-
ever, we are committed to working with our suppliers
through our ‘Supply chain sustainability programme
on mitigating their impacts on biodiversity, where we
are currently engaging with our tier 1 suppliers.
Further tiers down in the value chain, it becomes
more challenging to mitigate the inherent impacts on
biodiversity and, on a broader scale, nature. Through our
supplier dialogues and continued work towards a more
sustainable supply chain, we aim to implement mitigating
actions for biodiversity in our supply chain in the future.
The objective of our policy is to outline the importance
of biodiversity to Ørsted and how we believe that bio-
diversity is a key part of a sustainable project life cycle.
The policy also explains the steps we take to protect
biodiversity throughout an asset’s life cycle, aiming to
avoid potential impacts and risks to biodiversity – from
planning and development, through construction, over
operation and maintenance, and finally to the decom-
missioning and potential repowering phases.
Policy governance
Accountability of the policy lies with the Chief
Commercial Officer (CCO). To ensure that our policy
is implemented and taken into account across our
business, the policy includes an overview of the
governance structure to support its implementation
as well as specific third-party standards that support
our work, e.g. the EU taxonomy for sustainable
economic activities.
Interests of key stakeholders
Similar to the development of our biodiversity projects
(see key actions below), we have also included key
stakeholder concerns and interests into the scope of
our biodiversity policy. For example, local communities,
NGOs, and academia are included in the stakeholder
engagement steps during the various phases of an
asset’s life cycle.
Management and mitigation hierarchy
Our business model is to develop, construct, operate,
and own renewable assets, and we are committed to
doing this in an environmentally and socially sustain-
able way. However, we recognise that expanding our
operations also implies a greater pressure on natural
ecosystems. Therefore, protecting and restoring
these ecosystems must be part of the solution, and
we remain fully committed to effectively manage our
impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems.
Biodiversity management is an integral part of our
business model and decision-making processes
throughout the full life cycle of our projects. This
ranges from early-stage site selection and planning,
over project design, construction, operations, and
eventually to decommissioning.
112 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E4
To understand and manage our impacts, we follow
the mitigation hierarchy. This means we aim to avoid
harmful action at the outset of an activity, mini-
mise impacts, and take restorative measures where
impacts cannot be avoided. We also compensate for
any residual adverse impacts that cannot be restored
– while recognising that certain environmental
features are irreplaceable and therefore cannot be
compensated.
//
// E4-3
Actions related to biodiversity
and ecosystems
During 2024, we have taken several steps towards
meeting our ambition of net-positive energy projects
from 2030 and pursuing our material opportunity
and positive impact related to biodiversity restoration,
research, and innovation.
For several of our biodiversity pilot projects, we
engage with local communities in our biodiversity-
and ecosystems-related actions. This was for example
the case with our Humber Estuary restoration project
in the UK, which we completed in collaboration with
the Yorkshire Wildlife Trust and Lincolnshire Wildlife
Trust. The restoration of the Humber Estuary is an
example of coastal ecosystem restoration, a nature-
based solution that contributes to the sequestration
of carbon, while also restoring the natural habitat to
improve biodiversity. We have not yet incorporated
indigenous knowledge into our actions; however, this
is integrated in our new ‘Biodiversity measurement
framework’ and will be done going forward. As of
2024, we have not incorporated biodiversity offsets
in our actions for any of our assets or across other
operations.
Key actions
Launching our biodiversity measurement framework
In 2024, we publicly launched our biodiversity meas-
urement framework. This science-based framework
contributes to the achievement of our biodiversity
ambition by taking the first steps to ensure that we
can measure, track, and report both the positive and
negative impacts on biodiversity. The scope covers
our biodiversity activities for our own operations
across all geographies.
Building on the momentum of the launch of our frame-
work, we have worked with the World Economic
Forum (WEF) to launch the Responsible Renewables
Infrastructure initiative (RRI). This initiative aims to
bring together the renewable energy industry to build
a collective approach for assessing the industry’s
impacts on biodiversity and local communities.
The first version of these impact pathway initiatives
are expected to be completed in 2025, which will
prompt further development of the measurement
frameworks that are to be developed. Going forward,
we will continue to work with the WEF RRI coalition on
building an approach to measure impacts on biodiver-
sity from renewable energy projects.
Piloting net-positive solutions
Firstly, we have also progressed on the continuous
monitoring across our biodiversity pilot projects.
Our global portfolio of innovative projects contributes
with learnings to enhance nature and thereby to
achieve our net-positive ambition. In Taiwan, for
example, we have cultivated corals in labs since 2021
with the purpose of growing them on offshore wind
turbines, and we finalised preparations in 2024 and
are ready to deploy the first ones as pilots on some of
the foundations at the Greater Changhua 1 Offshore
Wind Farm in 2025.
Secondly, at our offshore wind site Borssele in the
Netherlands, we placed cod pipes to simulate reefs
in 2022. This year, we published a paper based on
2023 research (together with Wageningen University),
which found the cod pipes to be highly successful in
improving the local cod population. These monitoring
activities provide valuable learnings and proof of the
effectiveness of our initiatives.
Thirdly, we have developed a new method to install
offshore wind foundations, reducing noise levels by
up to 99 %. It represents one of the greatest advance-
ments yet in protective measures for marine life and
thereby significantly contributes to bringing down
the temporary negative impact during construction
activities. The new technology has been successfully
tested in Germany at the offshore wind farm Gode
Wind 3. Once industrialised, expectedly in 2030, it
can also provide a more efficient and cost-effective
installation.
Other actions
Science Based Targets Network (SBTN)
We have also completed the first two of the five steps
of SBTNs methodology to better understand how
to prioritise our efforts in managing our impacts on
nature, including biodiversity. The steps are based
on locating impacts on nature, including biodiversity,
across our upstream value chain and on locating
direct impacts. Based on this initial assessment
(step 1), we prioritise our top impacts to assess which
we should work towards setting science-based targets
for (step 2). Step 3 consists of measuring a baseline
across impacts, which is then used to set time-bound
targets. Going forward, we will work towards setting
targets for nature and biodiversity.
//
// E4-4
Targets related to biodiversity
and ecosystems
Delivering on our biodiversity ambition
In 2021, we adopted an ambition to achieve a net-
positive biodiversity impact from all new renewable
energy projects that are commissioned from 2030 and
onwards. We are on track to meet this ambition with
the launch of our biodiversity measurement frame-
work in 2024, which allows us to start setting baselines
for priority biodiversity features for upcoming assets
and providing the means for us to effectively measure
net gains and losses on biodiversity.
Currently, we have not adopted any targets for
biodiver sity that follows the mandatory minimum
disclosure requirements defined in ESRS 2. We are in
the process of utilising the methodology from SBTN
to map out where our main impacts are across our
own operations and upstream value chain on nature
(with a broader scope beyond biodiversity). Once this
work is complete, we will proceed with setting targets
for biodiversity.
//
113 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E4
Country Asset Asset type Area (hectare)
Applied
buffer zone
(km)
Overlap
with KBAs
(number)
Overlap
with protected
areas (number) Impacts during construction
Germany Borkum Riffgrund 3 Offshore wind 7,500 25 0 4 Piling, cable laying, vessel traffic, noise pollution,
sedimentation, temporary displacement of
species, and temporary disturbances to habitats.
Gode Wind 3 Offshore wind 1,800 25 1 7
The US Revolution Wind Offshore wind 33,500 25 1 52
South Fork Wind Offshore wind 5,500 25 0 1
Taiwan Greater Changhua 1 Offshore wind 10,900 25 0 0
Greater Changhua 2a Offshore wind 5,900 25 0 0
Greater Changhua 2b Offshore wind 6,700 25 0 0
Greater Changhua 4 Offshore wind 11,700 25 0 0
The US Sparta Solar Onshore solar 1,051 10 0 0 Land clearing, temporary disturbances to
habitats, temporary displacement of species,
cable laying, operating machinery, and noise
pollution.
Mockingbird Onshore solar 2,086 10 0 3
Old 300 Onshore solar 1,410 10 0 3
Badger Wind Onshore wind 12,600 10 0 4
Site locations with temporary material impacts
As described in the overview with our material
impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs), we have two
material impacts within our own operations, both
related to assets under construction during 2024.
We temporarily impact protected areas negatively
and risk disturbance to habitats and displacement
or loss of species. The name of the sites, the size of
them, including the buffer zones, and the number of
protected areas are listed in the table.
§ Accounting policies
During our DMA, we concluded that we have
material impacts on biodiversity, which happen
during the construction phase of our projects.
Therefore, the data presented in this table
represents material sites with construction
activities in 2024 where overlaps are present.
The biodiversity data covers offshore and
onshore wind farms and solar farms as well as
their cable routes within the buffer zones.
For offshore wind farms, a buffer zone of 25 km
is applied, whereas the buffer zone is 10 km for
onshore wind and solar farms. These buffers
have been determined based on best practice
rooted in science and to recognise relevant
interactions with protected areas for nature
conservation or key biodiversity areas.
Data is recognised from the date of the final
investment decision (FID), and the area in
hectare is showed for the asset in its entirety.
The data is sourced from the Integrated
Biodiversity Assessment Tool (IBAT) using the
buffer zones mentioned above for offshore and
onshore assets, respectively. The tool provides
an output report in which a summarised number
of overlaps with protected areas and key
biodiversity areas is presented. This number
represents any overlaps that should occur within
the project site itself and within the buffer zone.
// E4, SBM-3; E4-5
114 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E4
Alignment with TNFD
recommendations
Recommended disclosures
a)
Describe the board’s oversight of
nature-related dependencies, impacts,
risks, and opportunities.
MR
Corporate governance · pages 44-52
b)
Describe management’s role in assessing
and managing nature-related dependen-
cies, impacts, risks, and opportunities.
MR
Corporate governance · pages 44-52
c)
Describe the organisation’s human
rights policies and engagement activities
as well as oversight by the board and
management, with respect to Indigenous
Peoples, local communities, affected and
other stakeholders in the organisation’s
assessment of, and response to, nature-
related dependencies, impacts, risks,
and opportunities.
SUS
Interests and views of stakeholders ·
pages 75-76
Biodiversity and ecosystems ·
pages 108-114
Resource use and circular economy ·
pages 116-122
Affected communities · pages 145-151
Governance
a)
Describe the nature-related dependen-
cies, impacts, risks, and opportunities the
organisation has identified over the short,
medium, and long term.
SUS
Double materiality assessment ·
pages 67-74
Biodiversity and ecosystems ·
pages 108-114
Resource use and circular economy ·
pages 116-122
b)
Describe the effect that nature-related
dependencies, impacts, risks, and oppor-
tunities have had on the organisation’s
business model, value chain, strategy,
and financial planning as well as any
transition plans or analysis in place.
SUS
Our business model and how we
create value · page 65
Our strategy and impact on
sustainability matters · page 66
Biodiversity and ecosystems ·
pages 109-110
Resource use and circular economy ·
pages 117
c)
Describe the resilience of the organisa-
tion’s strategy to nature-related risks and
opportunities, taking into consideration
different scenarios.
MR
Enterprise risk management ·
pages 27-30
SUS
Biodiversity and ecosystems ·
pages 108-114
Resource use and circular economy ·
pages 116-122
d)
Disclose the locations of assets or
activities in the organisation’s direct
operations and, where possible, upstream
and downstream value chain(s) that meet
the criteria for priority locations.
MR
Our footprint · page 14
SUS
Biodiversity and ecosystems ·
pages 108-114
Resource use and circular economy ·
pages 116-122
Strategy
a)
i. Describe the organisation’s processes
for identifying, assessing, and prioritising
nature-related dependencies, impacts, risks,
and opportunities in its direct operations.
ii. Describe the organisation’s processes
for identifying, assessing, and prioritising
nature-related dependencies, impacts,
risks, and opportunities in its upstream and
downstream value chain(s).
MR
Enterprise risk management ·
pages 27-30
SUS
Double materiality assessment ·
pages 67-74
b)
Describe the organisation’s processes for
monitoring nature-related dependencies,
impacts, risks, and opportunities.
MR
Enterprise risk management ·
pages 27-30
SUS
Double materiality assessment ·
pages 67-74
Biodiversity and ecosystems ·
pages 108-114
Resource use and circular economy ·
pages 116-122
c)
Describe how processes for identifying,
assessing, prioritising, and monitoring
nature-related risks are integrated into
and inform the organisation’s overall risk
management processes.
MR
Enterprise risk management ·
pages 27-30
SUS
Double materiality assessment ·
pages 67-74
Risk and impact management
a)
Disclose the metrics used by the
organisation to assess and manage
material nature-related risks and
opportunities in line with its strategy
and risk management process.
MR
Strategic ambitions · page 6
SUS
Biodiversity and ecosystems ·
pages 108-114
Resource use and circular economy ·
pages 116-122
b)
Disclose the metrics used by the
organisation to assess and manage
dependencies and impacts on nature.
MR
Strategic ambitions · page 6
SUS
Biodiversity and ecosystems ·
pages 108-114
Resource use and circular economy ·
pages 116-122
c)
Describe the targets used by the
organisation to manage climate-
related risks and opportunities and
performance against targets.
MR
Strategic ambitions · page 6
SUS
Biodiversity and ecosystems ·
pages 108-114
Resource use and circular economy ·
pages 116-122
Metrics and targets
MR Management’s review
SUS Sustainability statements
115 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E4
Own operationsUpstream value chain
Positive impact Negative impact Risk Opportunity
//ESRS 2, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
E5 Resource use and circular economy
Use and depletion of
virgin materials
Negative impact
Materials wasted during construction,
operations, and decommissioning
Negative impact
Dependence on scarce
critical raw materials
Risk
116 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E5
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs)
In the tables to the right are descriptions
of our material IROs related to resource use
and circular economy, including how we
manage them.
The impacts are directly linked to our business
model, as constructing and operating renew-
able energy assets and products require
materials, and waste is generated during the
construction, operation, and decommissioning
phases.
These impacts occur through our business
relationships with suppliers and contrac-
tors, who are involved in manufacturing and
extraction activities, and also through our
own waste-generating activities.
Resource inflows, including resource use
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Use and depletion of virgin material
Negative impact (upstream value chain)
Increased demand for scarce critical raw materials and necessary
maturation of supply chains for lower-emissions alternatives
Risk (upstream value chain)
Nearly all resources sourced from our supply chain and
embedded in our renewable energy assets are virgin
materials, many of which are scarce. This reliance increases
our exposure to risks related to resource depletion and
reduced material availability.
Additionally, the growing demand for renewable energy is
driving increased extraction and processing of virgin raw
materials, exacerbating the scarcity and depletion of these
critical resources.
We are exploring ways to reduce our reliance
on scarce, virgin materials, including improved
design and maintenance strategies.
We are working with key suppliers on the use
of recycled materials in our assets, e.g. we have
early offtake agreements for lower-emissions
steel through industry-wide initiatives (e.g.
SteelZero), gradually lowering our need for
scarce critical materials.
Materials wasted during construction, operation, and decommissioning
Negative impact (own operations)
This negative impact occurs as materials are wasted
during construction, operation, and decommissioning of
assets by being sent to landfill or incineration.
Disposal through landfill or incineration leads to environ-
mental degradation, including pollution and resource loss.
We are constantly investigating opportunities
and partnerships that will help us improve
the degree of recyclability of our assets
while working on actions that allow for the
replacement of non-recyclable content in our
assets, ensuring a minimal amount of waste
goes to landfill and incineration.
Waste
Ørsted’s transition plan, as outlined in the ESRS ‘E1
Climate Change’ chapter, details how our next phase
of transformation will focus on reducing GHG emissions
across our value chain. A crucial step in this transition
is decoupling our renewable energy deployment from
the reliance on scarce virgin materials.
While indeed a challenging task, it is one that we
have been working on for years, focusing on the
identification of partnerships, initiatives, and actions
that will help us understand and improve how we
work with materials over their entire lifetime – from
extraction to disposal. At the same time, our value
chain remains complex and resource-intensive, with
our business model and strategy still highly dependent
on various resource inflows. This makes resource
use and circularity a crucial focus area for both our
operations and long-term performance.
For an overview of how we have structured this chapter,
please see page 61. Our IROs are highlighted in italics.
Resource use as part of
our wider transition
Our resource use is a key driver not only of GHG
emissions, but also of costs, implying that both finan-
cial and climate performance are impacted by how
we manage our resource use-related impacts and
risks. Thus, our ability to measure, track, and report
high-quality information related to our resource use
and circularity efforts is the focus of this chapter,
illustrating our work with resource use, efficiency,
sourcing, and treatment at end-of-life.
117 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E5
// E5, IRO-1
Processes to identify and
assess material impacts, risks,
and opportunities
Screening of assets
As part of our DMA, we frequently screen our assets
and activities to understand their impacts, risks, and
opportunities across our value chain. However, as also
noted in the DMA methodology and due to the nature
of our assets, we have not undertaken direct con-
sultations with affected communities as part of the
screening performed to understand our IROs related
to resource use and circularity.
Going forward, we will increasingly apply our
methodology for life cycle assessments (LCAs), provid-
ing enhanced insights into our impacts related to the
use and depletion of virgin materials when constructing
our assets.
Furthermore, we have calculated the recyclability
rate of materials embedded in a representative
sample of our offshore wind farms, to understand
which materials and components we can process
for recycling upon retirement of the wind farms.
The underlying calculations, prepared in collabora-
tion with the digital ReWind tool facilitated by DNV,
are important for our further understanding of the
negative impact of materials wasted during construc-
tion, operation, and decommissioning. Additionally, the
information gathered helps us identify how we can
turn used materials, such as steel and copper, into
reusable components, improving our wider resource
efficiency.
These methodologies, alongside the data available
to understand our resource dependencies, also allow
for enhanced mitigation of our risk related to the
increasing demand for scarce materials and resources
globally. As outlined throughout this section, we are
continuously working on initiatives that will enhance
our resilience towards this risk. Assuming a business-
as-usual scenario, i.e. a scenario where we do not
manage, or pursue, the transition away from the use
of scarce virgin materials, the probability of this risk
materialising is inherently higher.
//
// E5-1
Policies related to resource
use and circular economy
Resource management policy
To govern the identified risk and negative value chain
impact from using virgin materials, we have adopted
a ‘Resource management policy, covering all of our
activities and locations. The policy’s objective is to
ensure that we minimise the use and depletion of
virgin resources by developing circular value chains
together with our suppliers, where feasible, and guide
our efforts on sustainable sourcing. It further addresses
our adherence to the waste hierarchy, prioritising waste
avoidance by reducing and reusing before recycling.
Responsibility for the resource management policy lies
with our senior vice president for the QHSE department.
Sustainable forest biomass policy
We are committed to continuously improving our
practices to mitigate any potential negative impacts
related to our use of biomass. All biomass sourced
for our CHP plants must comply with our internal
// E5-2
Actions related to resource
use and circular economy
To support and obtain the underlying objectives of the
policies that we have in place to manage our material
resource-related impacts and risks, we are continuously
working to identify new actions as well as progressing
on the ones we have already commenced. In 2024,
our focus has been on the continued development
of partnerships and testing of innovative solutions
to integrate circularity efforts into our operations.
As some of our oldest renewable assets reach their
end-of-life stage, we continue to explore and progress
on actions related to the avoidance, reduction, and
recycling of wasted materials.
Each action listed relates to the identified impacts
and risks related to resource use and circular economy
but are also closely linked to our decarbonisation
efforts and actions as outlined in the ESRS ‘E1 Climate
Change’ chapter, given that the manufacturing of our
materials constitutes a key source of GHG emissions.
Key actions related to resource inflows
Associated with our use and depletion of virgin mate-
rials impact, we include a quantitative breakdown
of the key materials that enter our business through
use in our renewable energy assets. This is an impor-
tant first step in understanding how we can gradually
increase the use of secondary materials in our assets.
Working with our key suppliers on increasing
secondary materials in our assets
We engage with our key suppliers on decarbonisation
matters as part of our supplier engagement and
‘Sustainable forest biomass policy’. This policy man-
dates sourcing of certified biomass under internation-
ally recognised schemes, such as SBP, FSC, or PEFC,
ensuring the origination from well-managed pro-
duction forests with an ongoing reforestation effort
and adherence to sustainability standards through
independent audits.
In addition to biomass, we use Danish straw at our
CHP plants at Studstrup and Avedøre. The straw we
use is a residue from cereal production and has been
used for bioenergy in Denmark for decades. All straw
complies with EU and national sustainability criteria
addressing soil quality, soil carbon storage, and bio-
diversity. We are audited yearly by an independent
third party to document that our straw complies with
relevant sustainability criteria.
Waste management policy
To address our negative impact of materials wasted,
we have a ‘Waste management policy’, covering all
our activities and locations. The policy outlines our
waste management processes and provides detailed
definitions of key aspects of waste management
assurance. Our QHSE department is responsible for its
ongoing implementation. As the policy is the steering
document for our internal way of working with
waste and thus contains detailed guidance on waste
handling and data reporting for our global waste
operations, the policy is only accessible internally.
Together, these policies address our identified impacts
and risks, relating both to the upstream and down-
stream part of our value chain and operations.
//
118 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E5
procurement strategy. In 2024, we have extended
these engagements to also include resource use and
circularity matters. These two topics naturally over-
lap as we are looking for opportunities to, for example,
source more scrap steel as a means of increasing our
usage of lower-emissions steel. As our negative impact
occurs outside our own operations, we are dependent
on continuous collaboration to make meaningful
progress that will mitigate both the material nega-
tive impact as well as the risk related to our reliance
on virgin scarce resources, when constructing our
renewable energy assets.
As an example of the supplier engagement pro-
gramme development, we initiated a collaboration
with wind turbine manufacturer Siemens Gamesa to
use recycled glass fibres for certain new wind turbine
blades at our Greater Changhua 2b and 4 offshore
wind farms in Taiwan.
The intended outcome of our supplier engagement
and procurement strategy is to have a firm set of
circularity- related supplier requirements in place within
the next four to five years. For selected components,
recycled materials have already been introduced as
a sourcing evaluation criterion, ensuring our gradual
transition away from the use of virgin resources.
Repairing and refurbishing spare parts for our wind
farms during the operational phase
In alignment with our resource management policy
objective, we continuously work to reduce, reuse,
and recycle resources for our assets. As we have a
large portfolio of offshore wind farms in operation,
our ability to increase the reuse and refurbishment of
spare parts during the life time of the assets can both
lower our use of virgin materials, extend the lifetime of
the assets, and reduce our operational costs.
In 2024, we have progressed on this action by ordering
more than 300 refurbished yaw brake calipers on
our East and West Coast hubs in the UK. Calipers are
used to hold the nacelle in place when the brakes
are applied and are a part of the hydraulic system.
For each caliper we reuse, we also lower the cost
of our wind farm maintenance. In addition, we have
set up refurbishment loops for several other minor
components with a long leadtime to reduce the risk
of lost production.
By 2030, we intend to establish fully commercial,
technically approved refurbishment loops for more
than 100 of our key minor components, reducing
our overall need for virgin materials during the
operational phase of our renewable assets. This is
further a mitigation measure towards our identified
risk related to the global increase in demand for various
scarce critical materials.
Furthermore, to increase the reuse of minor com-
ponents and spare parts, we have successfully con-
ducted a trial on re-selling surplus spare parts from
our warehouse in the UK into the second-hand market
via our partner Wind Cluster. With this trial, we now
have a blueprint set-up to scale our efforts to other
locations and markets – ensuring the reuse of spare
parts as well as the generation of revenue. At the
same time, we are addressing the occurrence of sur-
plus stock in warehouses by improving our forecasting
and planning.
Key actions related to resource outflows
The materials wasted during construction, operation,
and decommissioning constitutes a negative impact.
In general, we see two complementary pathways
to address waste generation that we must work
on simultaneously. Firstly, we must consider if our
waste generation can be avoided in the first place, by
addressing the challenges at their root cause. This is
done as we work to design our assets with minimal
reliance on the use of a specific material, for example
by switching non-recyclable content with more recy-
clable content to allow for proper waste treatment.
At the same time, we need to ensure that waste is
diverted from disposal by enhancing sorting and
collection processes as well as supporting the matu-
ration of reuse and recycling markets for our compo-
nents and materials.
Transition piece covers for offshore wind farms
In 2024, we carried out a long-term test and inspec-
tion of a new, recyclable transition piece (TP) cover
for potential future application at our offshore wind
farms. The TP cover is temporarily installed to shield
against water and to save seabirds from getting
caught during the time between the installation of
the foundation and the mounting of the wind turbine
tower, where the inner parts of the foundation are
exposed to wind and water elements at offshore sites.
Traditionally, these covers are made from a mechani-
cally durable, fibre-reinforced soft PVC, which
enables longer lifetimes and lower maintenance costs
but also has proven challenging to recycle. To address
this challenge, a new design with TP covers made
from a recyclable polypropylene (PP) plastics was
therefore introduced by our partner TME, offering
Resource inflows for an
average offshore wind farm
Illustrative example of the material
composition for an average Ørsted offshore
wind farm
1
3 % copper and 1 % other materials.
63 %
Steel
4 % Critical raw materials
1
4 % Glass fibre and plastics
3 % Iron
26 %
Concrete
119 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E5
a full cradle-to-grave solution that reduces landfill
waste, displaces virgin material, and thus increases
the recyclability rates of our wind farms.
The new TP covers have been thoroughly tested,
including recycling tests of both the PP material and
a full TP cover to document its feasibility at end-of-
life. As both tests have confirmed the mechanical
feasibility of the new material, the next step in 2025
will be offshore testing of the new design in a pilot
project while continuing to work with TME on setting
up a take-back system for the TP covers as well
as documenting the environmental impacts of the
new design.
With the purpose of increasing the recyclability rates
of our wind farms, this project was born out of an
internal innovation competition in Ørsted in 2022
to address the challenge of the hard-to-recycle soft
PVC material.
End-of-life management of wind turbine
blades and solar panels
In 2024, we completed the decommissioning of
our onshore wind farm Owenreagh 1 in Northern
Ireland, which had been in operation since 1997 and
consisted of 10 wind turbines with a total capacity
of 5 MW. We did so in collaboration with Plaswire,
with whom we entered into a partnership in 2023.
Plaswire enables the recycling of wind blades, as
they specialise in the shredding, granulating, and
re-moulding required to turn the blade material into,
for example, durable polymer. Durable polymer is
typically used in the construction industry, and as a
result, some of the retired blades may end up being
used to produce road marking poles for some of our
new onshore wind farms in Ireland, replacing the use of
virgin plastics in our own projects. Similarly, we work
with the US solar recycling company SOLARCYCLE on
the treatment of defective and retired solar panels.
With the installation of various solar assets in the US
in 2024, we have, where necessary, sent damaged
panels to SOLARCYCLE for recycling, demonstrating
our ambition to recycle retired solar panels.
Our collaborations with Plaswire and SOLARCYCLE
are examples of how we engage with partners on
our material resource-related impacts. Over the past
few years, we have successfully carried out several
small-scale recycling pilots in the US and the UK and
will continue to leverage retired blades and panels
from our assets to help accelerate the maturation
of promising, innovative, recycling technologies and
solutions in our markets going forward.
//
// E5-3
Targets related to resource
use and circular economy
Tracking our transition away from virgin materials
Based on our identified impacts and risk related to the
matter of resource use and circularity, we have revis-
ited our ways of tracking the effectiveness of our poli-
cies and actions in 2024. Our location in the value chain
of renewable energy assets implies that we rely heavily
on upstream value chain partners to understand and
quantify the impact we have, which challenges the
foundation for setting measurable, outcome-oriented,
and time-bound targets. Consequently, we have not
yet adopted a formal target related to our impacts on
and risk from resource use and circularity.
On the next page, we disclose a range of new indica-
tors related to the resource inflows to our business,
which provides a first foundation for developing
relevant targets. As a result, we continue to work
on establishing one or more measurable reportable
targets going forward and expect to communicate
targets within the next two years.
Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions
While we are not communicating any formal targets,
we are committed to ensuring that we mitigate the
negative impacts as well as the risk we have related
to resource use and circular economy through both
our policies and actions.
Sustainable biomass and residual straw
As outlined in the ‘Policies related to resource
use and circular economy’ section of this chapter, we
are committed to sourcing only certified sustainable
wooden biomass for use as fuel at our CHP plants.
We have tracked our performance on sustainable
biomass since 2016 when our baseline value was 61 %
of total wooden biomass.
In 2024, 100 % of our wooden biomass was certified
sustainable wooden biomass. In addition to wooden
biomass, we use residual straw sourced from Danish
agriculture. While straw biomass lacks a specific
certification scheme, our supplied straw is sourced
as a waste product from local farms, preventing the
disposal of the resource.
Blades and panels diverted from landfill
In 2021, we made a commitment to not send any of
our retired blades to landfill, which was extended to
also include our solar panels in 2023.
We believe this is a responsible and natural way of
working, supporting our resource management policy
objectives while proactively pushing for the early
development of capabilities and the maturation of
recycling markets.
//
120 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E5
Resource inflows
ESRS ref. Resource inflows, tonnes 2024
Technical materials for construction of new assets
// E5-4, 31(a) Steel 296,200
// E5-4, 31(a) Copper 6,900
// E5-4, 31(a) Aluminium 5,600
// E5-4, 31(a) Plastics 9,700
// E5-4, 31(a) Glass fibre 5,900
// E5-4, 31(a) Rare earth elements 300
// E5-4, 31(a) Concrete 6,800
// E5-4, 31(a) Glass 26,600
Technical materials, scrap steel used in steel production
// E5-4, 31(c) In absolute value 59,200 - 103,700
// E5-4, 31(c) In percentage, % 20 - 35
§ Accounting policies
Technical materials for construction
of new assets
The technical materials for constructing new
assets are tracked to provide a detailed under-
standing of material usage and composition for
offshore and onshore renewable energy projects
(offshore wind, onshore wind, solar PV, and
battery storage assets (BESS)) above 100 MW.
Material inflows reflect assets currently under
construction within the reporting year.
Our in-house LCA analysis forms the foundation
of the methodology, with the highest maturity
for offshore assets. External verified studies
supplement the project-specific data for
battery energy storage systems (BESS), solar
PV, and onshore wind.
Material usage is accounted for when main
components are recognised as installed. This
process involves detailed mapping of materials
associated with each main component to
ensure accurate tracking and reporting. For off-
shore wind projects, we track the installation
progress of foundations, which are recognised
as installed at the time when they are fitted.
Wind turbine generators (WTGs) are recognised
at the time of take over certification (TOC),
marking the transfer of ownership. Materials
for other packages, e.g. cables, are mapped
to the WTGs and recognised when the WTGs
reach TOC.
For solar assets, materials are mapped to
the installation of solar panels, with progress
tracked throughout the installation phase.
Materials associated with transformers, sub-
stations, array cables, and piles are recognised
at the time of panel installation. A similar
split process, as seen in offshore wind, is under
consideration for solar assets.
For battery storage systems, materials are
recognised upon the installation of battery
packs, specifically at the time of connection.
Understanding our use of resources
We have identified key materials fundamental to the
construction of our global portfolio of renewable
energy projects across offshore and onshore wind,
solar, and battery energy storage systems (BESS).
To enhance our understanding and management
of resource inflows, we are actively working with
suppliers to explore lower-emissions alternatives and
aim to establish closer collaboration for obtaining
data on the composition of their products, including
the percentage of reused or recycled materials. Steel
is a primary focus at this stage, given its significant
role in renewable energy infrastructure and its high
potential for recyclability.
The use of scrap steel is a norm in steel production, with
its content varying across geographies and reflecting
established industry practices. Approximately 80 %
of the steel we source used in the production of steel
plates for foundations comes from Europe, where
supplier data indicates that, on average, 35 % of
the material used in these plates derive from scrap.
While we account for geographic variability in our
presentation, reflected in a range of 20 - 35 %, our
current estimates place us at the upper end.
Lower-emissions steel offers a dual benefit: It mini-
mises greenhouse gas emissions and, depending on
the production method, can reduce reliance on virgin
iron ore. Steel produced via electric arc furnaces (EAFs),
which use scrap steel as feedstock, significantly low-
ers the need for virgin iron ore compared to traditional
blast furnace-basic oxygen furnace (BF-BOF) methods
that rely heavily on it. Even though recycled content
is widely used in steel production, low-emissions steel
still has a limited market availability. Closing this gap
is key to cutting emissions, reducing reliance on virgin
materials, and advancing a more circular steel indus-
try. Thus, our focus is on sourcing lower-emissions steel,
as it represents the most impactful opportunity to drive
meaningful progress in reducing the environmental
footprint of steel production.
In addition to steel, critical raw materials, such as
copper, aluminium, and rare earth elements (REEs),
are essential for renewable energy technologies
but present negative impacts and risks related to
the depletion of virgin materials and the scarcity of
supply. Improving the recyclability of materials such as
plastics and glass fibres, including composites used in
wind turbine blades, is a priority to reduce reliance on
finite resources and ensure sustainable material use.
Addressing these challenges involves implementing
design changes to optimise resource use, increasing
the adoption of recycled and recyclable materials
where feasible, and prioritising the maintenance
and extension of the lifespan of existing assets and
components wherever possible.
121 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E5
Our total waste increased by 5 % in 2024 compared
to 2023. This was mainly driven by an increase in non-
hazardous waste of 5 % due to increased amounts
of ashes at our CHP plants from the increased use
of biomass.
Resource outflows
ESRS ref. Waste, tonnes 2024 2023 Δ
// E5-5, 37(b) Hazardous waste 2,283 2,381 (4 %)
// E5-5, 37(b) Diverted from disposal 526 679 (23 %)
// E5-5, 37(b)(i) Preparation for reuse 2 37 (95 %)
// E5-5, 37(b)(ii) Recycling 476 570 (16 %)
// E5-5, 37(b)(iii) Other recovery operations
1
48 72 (33 %)
// E5-5, 37(c) Directed to disposal by waste treatment type 1,757 1,703 3 %
// E5-5, 37(c)(i) Incineration 1,527 1,399 9 %
// E5-5, 37(c)(ii) Landfill - 33 (100 %)
// E5-5, 37(c)(iii) Other disposal operations
2
230 271 (15 %)
// E5-5, 37(b) Non-hazardous waste 123,821 118,260 5 %
// E5-5, 37(b) Diverted from disposal 110,634 100,740 10 %
// E5-5, 37(b)(i) Preparation for reuse 107,180 97,351 10 %
// E5-5, 37(b)(ii) Recycling 2,806 3,086 (9 %)
// E5-5, 37(b)(iii) Other recovery operations
1
648 303 114 %
// E5-5, 37(c) Directed to disposal by waste treatment type 13,187 17,520 (25 %)
// E5-5, 37(c)(i) Incineration 63 79 (20 %)
// E5-5, 37(c)(ii) Landfill 317 178 78 %
// E5-5, 37(c)(iii) Other disposal operations
2
12,807 17,263 (26 %)
// E5-5, 37(a) Total waste 126,104 120,641 5 %
Entity spec. Diverted from disposal, % 88 84 4 %p
Entity spec. Directed to disposal, % 12 16 (4 %p)
Total amount of non-recycled waste
// E5-5, 37(d) In absolute value 14,944 19,223 (22 %)
// E5-5, 37(d) In percentage, % 12 16 (4 %p)
1
Composting and recovery.
2
Energy recovery.
Total amount of waste diverted from disposal
%
2024
2023
88
84
§ Accounting policies
Waste by type, disposal method,
and treatment type
The Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards,
disclosures 306-3, 306-4, and 306-5, have been
used as guidance in developing the reported
data points.
Waste is generally reported on the basis of
invoices received from waste recipients, sup-
plemented with plant-specific measurement
methods for commercial facilities, including
construction activities.
Part of the oil-contaminated wastewater from
the North Sea oil pipeline has been treated as
waste and therefore reported as waste and not
wastewater.
Residual products, e.g. gypsum from the CHP
plants, which are not handled as waste but sold
as products, are not included.
Soil from excavation projects is not included.
122 Sustainability statements
|
EnvironmentØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS E5
Social
124 ESRS S1 Own workforce
137 ESRS E2 Workers in the value chain
145 ESRS E3 Affected communities
Beside Knockawarriga Onshore Wind Farm, County Limerick,
Ireland, stands a local football club with facilities used by
170 competitive players. With funding from Ørsted over the last
three years, the club has installed an electricity supply, invested
in energy efficient floodlights, bought a robotic lawnmower,
and set up solar panels on the clubhouse roof. Sports clubs play
an important role in rural communities like this one, where
120 children play football every week.
123 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Own operations
Positive impact Negative impact Risk Opportunity
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
S1 Own workforce
Flexible working conditions
Positive impact
Increased voluntary
turnover
Risk
Possible work-related
injuries and fatalities
Potential negative
impact
Work-induced stress
Negative impact
Unequal gender distribution
in management
Negative impact
124 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
// ESRS 2, SBM-3; S1, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs)
In the tables to the right are descriptions of our
material IROs related to our own workforce,
including how we manage them.
The impacts are connected to our vision to
create a world that runs entirely on green
energy, as human capital is a key resource in
our business model in order to achieve our
vision. It requires that our employees have the
possibility to thrive, perform, and grow.
We are involved with these impacts through
our own activities, in all stages of our operating
model, and across all support functions.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Flexible working conditions
Positive impact (own operations)
This postive impact relates to our flexible working culture,
creating additionality within the many markets where we operate
and particularly in the US and APAC, as our global standards go
beyond the norm in many countries outside of Northern Europe.
A flexible working culture, with initiatives to continuously
enhance it, is anchored in a strategic decision to keep Ørsted
a great place to work. This has a positive impact on our own
workforce as it gives employees the agency/autonomy to make
the work-life balance decisions that work best for them, their
team, and their people leader.
We work continually to make Ørsted
an increasingly flexible workplace.
This is part of our ambition to power
and create a working environment
where everyone can thrive, perform,
and grow. This is implemented
globally and governed by our internal
guidelines on flexible workplace.
Work-induced stress
Negative impact (own operations)
This negative impact relates to employees experiencing stress
at work because they are requested to perform working hours
beyond the contractual terms or in other ways experience
anxiety and unbalances at work.
Work-induced stress can cause medical treatment and months
away from the job.
We monitor work-induced stress on
an ongoing basis and have several
measures in place to mitigate this
impact. We have a ‘Global working
hour commitment’, describing our
position on working hours.
Possible work-related injuries and fatalities
Potential negative impact (own operations)
This potential negative impact relates to physical work- related
injuries and fatalities. Due to the nature of the utility industry, we
recognise this potential impact to our employees. It concerns all
employees and contractors working at our sites.
Injuries can cause medical treatment and days or months away
from the job. This potential negative impact can occur across
the short, medium, and long term.
We have a robust health and safety
management system, which is fun-
damental to us and covers all of our
employees and contractors working
at our sites. We have a strong safety
culture, monitor safety performance
on a monthly basis, and include
safety targets in bonus schemes.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Increased voluntary turnover, potentially due to perceived internal risks or uncertainties
Risk (own operations)
This risk is a specific 2024 short-term risk and relates to
employees potentially leaving the company due to an increase
in uncertainties following organisational restructuring.
Although the organisational restructuring was a managed
process, such large organisational changes can be a cause of
uncertainty and job insecurity, which can trigger employees into
leaving the company pre-emptively. This can lead to an increase
in the voluntary turnover rate for employees who might choose
to pursue other opportunities.
To address these challenges,
we are focused on our internal
communication and change
management, strengthening our
focus on good leadership and
mental health and reaffirming our
commitment to transparency and
the well-being of our workforce.
Working conditions
Unequal gender distribution in management
Negative impact (own operations)
This negative impact relates to the unequal gender distribution
we have in leadership roles, where we have a target of
40:60 (women:men). The impact concerns all employees and
is particularly linked to the three layers of our target.
If we do not succeed in integrating diversity considerations into
our succession planning, promoting a balanced representation
of men and women in leadership positions, we will not achieve
our gender diversity targets.
We have a dedicated talent manage-
ment team to ensure implementation
of actions.
This includes e.g. promoting diversity
considerations into our succession
planning and promoting a balanced
representation of men and women
in leadership positions.
Equal treatment and opportunities for all
125 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
At Ørsted, we work actively to ensure a safe and
inclusive workplace where all employees can thrive.
We engage with the employees through various
channels and have an open and transparent culture.
We are focused on development of our employees’
skills and competences and follow up on the general
well-being of employees through performance
dialogues at individual level and other measures.
For an overview of how we have structured this chapter,
please see page 61. Our IROs are highlighted in italics.
// S1, SBM-3
Material impacts and risks
related to own workforce
At Ørsted, all employees are part of a safe working
environ ment where impacts are identified and managed,
including impacts related to physical injuries and well-
being of employees. Due to the nature of our industry,
we recognise the impact to employees of potential
injuries and fatalities, primarily during the construction
and operation phases of our assets. Furthermore, we
recognise the present impact of work-related stress and
anxiety experienced among employees on a global level.
Ensuring transparent and fair working conditions are
rooted in our employer value proposition, where fair and
competitive rewards and employment terms as well
as a flexible working culture, are foundational factors.
Our flexible working culture is creating additionality
within many of the markets where we operate, and
particularly in our US and APAC regions, as our global
policies go beyond the norm.
Our ‘Global parental leave policy’ goes far beyond the
US and APAC norm. For instance, according to a report
by New America’s Better Life Lab, the median length
of leave for fathers in the US is just one week, com-
pared to 11 weeks for mothers. This disproportionate
leave highlights the need for more equitable policies,
and our approach seeks to address that imbalance
by offering substantial leave for all parents, aligning
more closely with global best practices.
For our employees in APAC, entitlements such as
industry-leading leave and flexible working hours
go beyond labour and similar companies’ standards.
As a testament to this, Ørsted Taiwan has received
a special recognition in the form of the 2024 Work-
Life Balance Award presented by Taiwan’s Ministry of
Labor, specifically in consideration of our wide-ranging
and industry-leading policies, supporting the work-
life balance of our employees. This award is one of
the highest Taiwanese recognitions from the Ministry,
and it honours Ørsted among 251 other companies,
where Ørsted is the only energy company to receive
the award twice, with special recognition of our
mission to create a greener future, whilst also creating
a positive impact for society and employees.
In 2024, Ørsted navigated a rapidly evolving industry
landscape, necessitating organisational adjustments,
including redundancies, to maintain our competitive
edge. While both satisfaction and motivation levels as
well as voluntary turnover remain healthy compared
to industry benchmarks, the changes have had a
noticeable impact on employee satisfaction and
motivation and our voluntary turnover trend. This poses
a short-term risk of increased voluntary turnover and
lower morale, satisfaction, and heightened stress.
To address these challenges, we are focused on our
internal communication and change management,
strengthening our focus on good leadership and
mental health and reaffirming our commitment to
transparency and the well-being of our workforce.
All employees in our own workforce are included in
the scope of our disclosures. Our own workforce does
not include self-employed people or people provided
by third-party undertakings, primarily engaged in
employment activities. Lastly, due to the nature of
our operations and the jurisdictions covering our
workforce, we are not at risk of either forced labour
incidents or child labour incidents.
//
// S1-1
Policies
Our commitments to our own workforce as well as
employee obligations are outlined via global employee
policies, country-specific policies, and employee
handbooks.
Through the adopted policies, we describe our com-
mitments and positions in place for our employees
as well as obligations expected from employees.
The objective and key content per policy is unfolded
below. These policies are owned by the People &
Culture organisation, with our Chief HR Officer being
overall accountable for them. All our policies have
been approved by the Board of Directors. They are
available for all employees on our intranet, and many
of these policies are available at orsted.com.
Regarding specific groups, our global policies are
applicable to all Ørsted employees globally, unless
the nature of the policy constitutes a limited eligibility
scope, such as e.g. our global parental leave applicable
for parents or local variances in policies to reflect local
legislation or local market practice.
Policies for human and labour rights
Human rights
We see human rights as fundamental principles for
protecting people’s dignity and ensuring freedom and
respect both in our own operations, in the companies
with whom we work, and in the communities where we
operate. Our commitment to upholding human rights
is outlined in our ‘Sustainability commitment’, ‘Global
human rights policy’, ‘Global labour and employment
rights policy’, ’Stakeholder engagement policy’, and
Just transition policy’.
Our ‘Global human rights policy’ aligns with the UN
Guiding Principles on Business & Human Rights (UNGPs),
the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises,
the International Bill of Human Rights, and the
International Labour Organisation’s (ILO) Declaration
on Fundamental Principles & Rights at Work.
The policy explicitly highlights our dedication to
ensuring freedom of association, the right to collec-
tive bargaining, the elimination of forced, trafficked,
or compulsory labour, the effective abolition of child
labour, and the elimination of discrimination in employ-
ment and occupation, among other critical issues.
126 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
Labour and employment rights
With the aim to enhance transparency for our
employees within labour and employment rights,
we have adopted a ‘Global labour and employment
rights policy’.
The policy articulates our commitments to actively
safeguard labour, employment, and human rights
standards within our own workforce, as described
in relevant legislation as well as in the International
Bill of Human Rights and the International Labour
Organisation’s (ILO) Declaration on Fundamental
Principles and Rights at Work. We work to ensure fair
labour and employment standards for our employees
across all the markets where we operate.
The policy also articulates our commitment to social
dialogue and collective bargaining agreements.
We respect our employees’ rights to freedom
of association and to join or refrain from joining
labour unions and workers’ councils without fear of
discrimination, harassment, intimidation, retaliation,
or violence in accordance with national laws. Where
the right to freedom of association and collective
bargaining is restricted or prohibited under national
law, we will not hinder employees from developing
alternative mechanisms to express their grievances
and protect their rights regarding working conditions
and terms of employment.
We do not seek to influence mechanisms or activities
of employee representatives while they carry out their
functions in ways that are not disruptive to regular
company operations.
Working time
We see respect for our employees’ labour and employ-
ment rights as core to protecting our employees’
human rights but also as the foundation of our com-
pany culture with respect for people. We actively
work to ensure a sustainable, responsible, and
inclusive working environment with fair labour and
employment standards across all the markets where
we operate. We have therefore adopted and imple-
mented a ‘Global working hour commitment’ describ-
ing maximum working hours across jurisdictions with
inspiration from UN’s Global Compact guidelines.
Moreover, when entering countries, we have a high
focus on and a standard process for ensuring that
local employee handbooks are compliant with local
legislation, including within the areas of working
hours, overtime, and overtime payment.
Flexible working conditions
Striving to make Ørsted an increasingly flexible work-
place is part of our ambition to power and connect a
working environment where everyone can thrive, per-
form, and grow. In our double materiality assessment
(DMA), we assessed that our flexible working conditions
are creating additionality within many of the markets
where we operate, and particularly in the US and APAC.
Our flexible working approach is anchored in our
strategic focus to ensure that Ørsted is experienced
as a great place to work. The Group Executive Team
provides direction and support to work in a flexible and
inclusive manner, and people leaders and employees
are empowered to successfully manage flexible
working plans. Our flexible working approach is
implemented globally in our internal ‘Global guidelines
on flexible workplace’ and supplemented by country-
specific guidelines to comply with local requirements
and regulation.
Another initiative to support this flexible working
culture is within parental leave. We have implemented a
‘Global parental leave policy, which introduces global
minimum standards on parental leave entitlement for
all our employees. Our policy is 18 weeks for primary
caregivers and 12 weeks for secondary caregivers.
We ensure that the topics 'flexibility' and 'work-life
balance' are a focus in the ongoing dialogues between
people leader and employee with the purpose of finding
ideal solutions and adjustments for what works best
for both the employee, the people leader, and the
team as a whole.
Furthermore, when entering new countries, we have a
high focus on ensuring that local employee handbooks
are compliant with local legislation as a minimum, and
that, in general, we strive to follow market practice
on employment terms in markets and even go above
and beyond within the areas of flexibility and work-life
balance. This could include employment terms such
as parental leave, sick leave, annual leave, and child
sick leave.
Approach to rights of own workforce
Furthermore, we have the responsibility to safeguard
the labour conditions of our employees through social
protection. This encompasses support for circum-
stances such as sickness, unemployment, employment
injury, parental leave, and retirement.
We have established a global minimum standard
of benefits for caregivers, irrespective of gender or
marital status. In addition, we offer various other
paid or unpaid family-related leaves, according to
country provision, local market practice, and potential
collective bargaining agreements, such as marriage
leave, compassionate leave, childcare leave, and
nursing care leave. We have made a commitment
to offer immediate assistance and financial security
to employees facing severe illness, with a focus on
facilitating a timely and responsible return to work.
Aligned with local practices and statutory provisions,
basic insurance for unemployment and disability
ensures equitable compensation. Retirement benefits
are incorporated in our overall remuneration package,
and, unless local laws dictate otherwise, all employ-
ees are enrolled in a pension scheme through their
employment at Ørsted.
We work actively towards creating a culture where
everyone feels safe to voice important matters.
This includes encouragement to freely express views,
also to colleagues in higher hierarchical positions, on
a variety of matters relevant to the employment.
We firmly believe that these principles are integral
to fostering a just transition to renewable energy.
Therefore, it is our priority to ensure that adequate
management systems are in place to identify, prevent,
mitigate, and remedy any potential adverse human
rights impacts. In cases where we identify potential
adverse human rights impacts, we are committed
to promptly and effectively providing and enabling
remedies. Our grievance and remediation approach
includes addressing any adverse human rights impacts
127 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
on individuals, workers, and communities that we
have caused or contributed to.
//
// S1-1
Policies related to health and safety
At Ørsted, we prioritise and protect the physical, social,
and psychological safety of everyone in the workplace.
We believe that personal health and well-being are
fundamental drivers for living a balanced life where
people can realise their potential. Through our robust
health and safety management system, which is funda-
mental to our operations and to secure a safe system of
work, we foster a culture that promotes our employees’
health and safety. All (100 %) of our employees are
covered by our health and safety management system.
We have established a ‘Global policy for quality,
health, safety, and environment (QHSE)’, setting the
standards for how we protect and ensure the well-
being of our employees and the sustainability of our
operations. The policy covers all our employees and
facilities, with accountability resting with our Head of
QHSE. We aim to incorporate quality, health, safety,
and environment in all our decisions and actions, and
we have implemented workplace accident prevention
procedures to ensure the safety and well-being of
our employees.
We comply with various ISO standards, including
ISO 9001 (quality management system), ISO 14001
(environmental management system), and ISO 45001
(occupational health and safety management system),
to maintain a robust management system that aligns
with international best practices.
Additionally, we have an internal policy on mental
well-being for all employees, with a focus on enhancing
the mental well-being of our workforce, mitigating
mental strain, such as work-related stress and anxiety,
and providing guidance to employees and leaders on
addressing these concerns. We have a range of support
systems and offer our employees a health insurance,
including access to psychologists and other mental
health professionals and crisis counsellors as well as
support on topics such as stress, relationships, family
issues, and lifestyle management. Accountability for
our well-being rests with our Chief HR Officer.
//
// S1-4
Actions for health and safety
Key actions
Prevention of injuries and fatalities
In 2024, we conducted a large campaign called Ørsted
Safety Days with the objective of implementing
Ørsted’s life-saving rules. The scope of the campaign
was for sites, fabrication yards, and offices across all
regions. All employees and contractors on sites were
asked to join one of the Safety Day sessions, which
were facilitated by different people leaders, including
all Group Executive Team members.
Ørsted’s life-saving rules have been developed in
collaboration with G+, the Global Offshore Wind
Health and Safety Organisation, to protect our
employees, contractors working at our sites, and
suppliers from serious incidents. The implementation
of similar life-saving rules has led to a stronger safety
culture and better general safety performance in other
industries – the same outcome is expected in Ørsted.
Processes to identify actions
Health and safety is an integral part of the way we
do business, and health and safety performance is
being discussed frequently at all levels of the organi-
sation, including within the Board of Directors, Group
Executive Team, QHSE Committee, and by local works
councils and cooperation committees.
As health and safety performance is part of the dis-
cussion on most managerial levels, we are able to
react quickly to negative trends and sub-standard
performance and initiate mitigating or preventive
actions. To support the discussions and decisions,
frequent health and safety reports are shared inter-
nally, weekly incident updates are communicated, and
dashboards are constantly updated. Finally, a list of
top QHSE enterprise risks and a dynamic risk register
are ongoingly updated and monitored.
Other actions
Preventing stress among employees
We measure the percentage of employees experiencing
stress and have several measures in place to obtain our
policy objectives.
To mitigate that employees are requested to perform
working hours beyond the contractual terms, poten-
tially leading to worker fatigue, increased stress
levels, and a higher risk of accidents and health issues,
we initiated activities in 2024 to support people
leaders with enhanced and easier accessible data
and analytics to promote ongoing monitoring of
sustainable working hours in compliance with individ-
ual employment terms, local laws, and our ‘Global
working hour commitment’.
Several geographies have started to track recorded
time using analytics products, allowing people
leaders to manage their teams effectively, among
others highlighting where some employees may
be overstretched. These analytics products will be
expanded to all geographies in 2025.
During the year, several activities have been imple-
mented to improve the mental well-being of our
employees and contractors working at our sites,
including the development of new well-being tools
and guidelines, the relaunch of the tool ‘Howdy, and
the roll-out of well-being seminars for people leaders.
In addition to these global initiatives, several local
initiatives have been completed in 2024.
//
// S1-1 (and Danish FSA § 107d)
Policies for equity, diversity,
and inclusion
Equity, diversity, and inclusion are integral to our
culture and the way we do business. To support this,
we have adopted two policies, an internal guide to
leaders and an internal guide to employees, aimed
at the elimination of discrimination and at promoting
equal opportunities and a culture of inclusion. Account-
ability for these policies rests with our Chief HR Officer.
Diversity and inclusion
We have adopted a ‘Global diversity and inclusion
policy’ which emphasises equal opportunities for
all employees in Ørsted. We specifically call out
identities such as ethnic background, race, religion,
age, gender, disability, sexual orientation, outlook,
or social status because these groups have been
128 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
historically marginalised or disadvantaged (protected
characteristics). By embedding these principles in the
way we do business, we promote an environment
where all employees can thrive and contribute to our
collective success.
The key contents of the policy are: ‘Women in manage-
ment’ as we work towards increasing the share of
women in executive and managerial positions; ‘Sexual
orientation and gender identity’ where Ørsted among
other things has adopted the UN’s LGBTI Standards of
Conduct for Business in 2018; ‘Nationality’ where we
aim to create an inclusive environment that attracts
and retains talented people from all backgrounds
and cultures; and ‘Recruitment’ where all people
leaders are equipped with non-discriminatory tools
and guidelines for objective recruitment to mitigate
unconscious bias.
Bullying, harassment, and discrimination
We have a ‘Global bullying, harassment, and discrim-
ination policy, supplemented by country-specific
guidelines, which often include mandatory training.
Furthermore, to support its implementation, we have
both a global employee guide and a global people
leader guide on how to create an inclusive culture,
which outline proactive measures to prevent bullying,
discrimination, and harassment.
The policy covers a potential situation where an
employee feels subject to bullying, discrimination,
or harassment from another employee. This policy
also covers experiences that an employee has
with an external consultant working under Ørsted
super vision. The policy describes acts of bullying,
discrimination, and harassment in the workplace and
covers the following grounds for discrimination: sex,
race, nationality, sexual orientation, gender identity,
religion, size, ability status, pregnancy status, age,
ethnic origin, belief, and marital status. We also have
a statement on non-retaliation: Many employees may
be afraid to speak up, start a conflict, and share their
experiences because they are afraid of retaliation.
//
// S1-4 (and Danish FSA § 107d)
Actions related to equity,
diversity, and inclusion
Key actions
Unequal gender distribution in management
To mitigate the negative impact of unequal gender
distribution in leadership roles, we have implemented
and will continue to implement several key actions.
We have a dedicated talent management team to
ensure diversity and equity are considered during the
organisational review process. This team is crucial for
promoting diversity considerations into our succession
planning and promoting a balanced representation
of men and women in leadership positions. Addition-
ally, we are being more cognisant of our demographic
data, incorporating this awareness into our strategic
planning for accountability and continuous improve-
ment. This involves enhancing KPIs and metrics, many
of which are currently in development and will be
implemented in 2025.
Additionally, we will target departments with lower
representation of women and adopt an intersectional
approach to our data, considering factors such
as gender and age in promotions and other parts
of the employee life cycle. Our strategic planning
incorporates awareness by integrating and monitoring
the gender balance of major talent processes, such as
promotions, new hires, and redundancies.
Tracking effectiveness of actions
With regards to gender diversity, we report to the
Board of Directors on our metrics related to gender
on a bi-annual basis. This includes the three levels
we have under the gender balance target of at least
40 % women across the Ørsted group and a variety of
supporting metrics within equity, diversity, and inclusion.
Our HR business partners and talent acquisition
partners instruct and inform leaders on talent decisions
within the context of our gender ambition.
Other actions
Enhanced procedures to prevent discrimination
Our policies include specific commitments related
to inclusion. To address the exclusion of historically
marginalised groups, our global talent acquisition
process was redesigned and launched in 2024, with
equity, diversity, and inclusion embedded as key
priorities. The redesign of this recruitment process
mitigates bias by removing outdated assessments
and broadening our hiring criteria to value alternative
skills and experiences. This enables us to attract
candidates from diverse backgrounds who bring
unique perspectives and talent to our organisation.
To ensure fairness and consistency, we introduced
tailored interview guides and business cases, aligned
with our career framework and assessment standards
in 2024. Candidates are evaluated on functional,
behavioural, and leadership competences, mov-
ing away from subjective impressions. Importantly,
we now hire for ‘culture add’ rather than ‘culture fit,’
intentionally seeking to enrich our existing culture
with diverse identities who bring new contributions
and diverse voices, rather than merely replicating our
existing one.
//
// S1-17
Incidents of discrimination
and human rights violations
Our Audit & Risk Committee receives quarterly over-
views of all inappropriate and illegal mis conduct
cases across jurisdictions that have either been
managed or are in process locally. This reporting
includes incidents of discrimination, including harass-
ment, which in 2024 totaled 5 substantiated cases.
A dedicated team in People & Culture is responsible
for sending Internal Audit an anonymous global over-
view. A dedicated system is used to confidentially
report on these cases, ensuring country-by-country
access protection and only to authorised employees.
For GDPR compliance, all data on employee cases
are anonymous.
In 2024, we had zero severe human rights incidents
connected to our employees.
//
// S1-2
Processes for engaging with
our own workforce
At Ørsted, we believe in the importance of gaining direct
insights and perspectives from our own workforce on
a wide variety of matters. We see these insights as key
aspects when outlining decisions and strategies.
129 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
Global satisfaction survey
Our annual global People Matter survey aims at
retrieving employees’ perspectives and opinions on
satisfaction and motivation across almost 70 ques-
tions. The themes assessed within this anonymous sur-
vey include the degree of trust, openness, and trans-
parency felt by our employees with regards to collab-
oration and the management bodies and the level of
satisfaction within several aspects of the employees’
work life and conditions, e.g. job content, physical
working conditions, compensation and employment
terms, development opportunities, workload, stress,
inclusion and diversity, and potential harassment at
the workplace.
The results are shared with the Group Executive Team
for their strategic planning of priorities, activities,
and follow-up actions. People leaders use the results
within their respective teams to enable dialogues
about potential improvement initiatives, ensuring a
safe and inclusive working environment where every-
one can thrive, perform, and grow.
Pulse surveys
Another activity deployed during 2024 for gathering
perspectives of own workforce has been using pulse
surveys, especially within the areas of equality,
diversity, and inclusion (ED&I) and well-being. Pulse
surveys are initiated by people leaders as a way to
ensure that recurring surveys aiming to check how
the team is doing in regard to different matters are
carried out. Results are used as a springboard for
further dialogue on important themes such as physical
and mental well-being, workload, harassment in the
workplace, trust, transparency, etc. As an example, the
Group Executive Team has carried out global surveys
during 2024 to check the temperature throughout
the organisation during periods with organisational
changes and to take the result into account when
planning strategies, priorities, and communication
going forward.
Other types of engagement
Additionally, we have established an easily accessible
site on our company intranet that outlines various
options for employee representation on both global
and local levels. These include various channels for
employees to voice their opinions and engage both
with other colleagues and with management.
Such options include HR business partners, occu-
pational health and safety representatives, differ-
ent local works councils, cooperation committees,
employment relations representatives, and personal
development dialogues. Engagement and employee
representation through more formal bodies, such
as work councils and employment relations repre-
sentatives, are generally regulated by local legisla-
tion or locally agreed with the respective employee
representation body. The frequency of engagement is
both regularly recurring meetings and extraordinary
ones, summoned to discuss important topics related
to the workforce.
In addition, we have the Ørsted IN networks (employee
resource groups), which collectively create an online
hub, supporting an inclusive culture within the
organisation. The inclusion networks represent differ-
ent groups across our organisation, e.g. within race and
ethnicity, gender, LGBTQ+, age, and disability. They
are for anyone who identifies with one of the groups,
and who supports the equality and inclusion of that
group. Allies are encouraged to join networks to show
their support and to expand their knowledge about
inclusion of diversity.
Moreover, different Viva Engage channels are made
available to our employees, serving the purpose
of creating global informal dialogues across our
organisation on different topics related to our own
workforce. Employees can freely comment and ask
direct questions to our management via the Viva
Engage channels, hosted by different management
representatives or by other employees.
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Finally, we successfully completed our first-ever global
employee election for the employee-elected members
to the Board of Directors of Ørsted A/S in Q1 2024,
with participation of employees across our global
footprint. For more information about representation
of employees in the Board of Directors, see page 48 in
the ‘Management’s review.
//
Accountability
The overall accountability for the People Matter
survey, Ørsted IN networks, and HR business partners’
engagement rests with the Chief HR Officer. In regard
to engagement via our formal representation
bodies, such as works councils, it depends on the
specific country in scope with whom the operational
responsibility rests. However, in general, this
responsibility rests with our Chief HR Officer together
with the country manager of the respective country.
For other representative bodies, such as occupational
health and safety representatives, the operational
responsibility rests with our Head of QHSE.
Effectiveness of engagement activities
Depending on the different type and channel used
to create or enhance engagement, different ways to
measure effectiveness are deployed.
Most importantly, the People Matter survey is an
effective tool with a high participation ratio (91 % for
2024), supported by follow-up activities (incl. sessions
with HR business partners and HR colleagues locally),
aimed at actively following up on matters which were
evaluated particularly low.
Other ways of testing effectiveness of different
engagement initiatives include using pulse surveys,
which are directly aimed at assessing the efficiency
of the different initiatives set in place to establish
dialogues with our employees.
Engagement with vulnerable employees
To gain deeper insights into the perspectives of
employees who may be particularly vulnerable or
marginalised, we are taking two significant steps.
First, we are working to collect more comprehensive
data across various identity dimensions. In the US, this
has allowed us to better understand the experiences
of specific racial and ethnic communities, gender,
disability, and caregiving status, with the goal of
expanding this data collection capacity globally.
Secondly, we are re-designing our employee
engagement survey tools to ensure that these tools
are equipped to capture insights on equity, diversity,
and inclusion. This enables us to build a more inclusive
workplace by incorporating the voices and experiences
of all employees into our decision-making processes.
130 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
Additionally, when we focus on advancing, promoting,
and retaining underrepresented or marginalised
groups, the impact goes beyond our organisation.
In a global company like ours, ensuring that these
groups have access to significant roles creates a social
benefit by ensuring that diverse voices are present
in decision-making processes, particularly those
that influence communities worldwide, such as in
renewable energy.
Internally, it means we are creating equitable access to
management, which is often difficult to achieve without
a targeted and intentional approach. This also allows
employees to see themselves reflected in leadership,
fostering a sense of inclusion and belonging. We are
considering this in our recruitment, organisational
review, and people review processes to ensure that
our actions create both internal and external value.
//
// S1-3
Remedy of negative impacts
and channels to raise concerns
Approach and processes for providing remedy
We work actively to ensure a safe and inclusive
working environment as all employees deserve to
be treated with dignity and respect. Employees can
report grievances and complaints via the designated
mechanisms, depending on the nature of the incident.
Regardless of the reporting mechanisms and its
severity level, we take all incidents seriously and
handle all cases in a professional and confidential
manner where all parties’ needs are taken into
consideration.
Access to remedy helps ensure fairness, justice, and
protection for individuals and communities. It allows
people to seek recourse and find a solution when they
feel that their rights have been violated, promoting a
more equitable and fairer workplace. If any employee
feels they have experienced an instance of bullying,
discrimination, or harassment, they are encouraged to
seek support.
We have established various grievance and complaint
mechanisms for our employees, which are described
on our intranet and summarised below.
Channels for own employees to raise concerns
We are dedicated to ensuring that our employees
not only have access to grievance channels but also
have the knowledge, confidence, and psychological
safety to utilise them when necessary. Ørsted as
an organisation has the responsibility to take all
reported cases seriously and provide fair outcomes
for investigated cases that take all parties’ needs
into consideration. We also maintain secure and
confidential records of reports and outcomes.
All employees have the right to make a complaint
or raise a grievance without fear of retaliation.
All concerns and complaints raised to People & Culture
are taken seriously and handled confidentially to
the extent possible.
Employees can use various mechanisms for raising
their concerns or complaints. Firstly, an employee can
always go to their direct people leader for support.
Secondly, employees can reach out to the People
& Culture organisation if they have a question or a
concern via either an HR business partner or a local
People & Culture colleague. Thirdly, the employees
can raise their concerns on an anonymous basis in the
annual People Matter survey.
Lastly, our Whistleblower Hotline can be used by our
employees and external stakeholders. Through the
Whistleblower Hotline, employees are able to file a
confidential report on inappropriate or illegal conduct
and can remain anonymous. For more information on
how we protect whistleblowers against retaliation,
see ESRS ‘G1 Business conduct.
Awareness and trust in our grievance mechanisms
We take proactive steps to ensure that our employees
are aware of and reminded about the grievance mech-
anisms available. This awareness is built into various
aspects of our employee experience, including:
1) code of conduct training:
As part of our mandatory e-learning, we include
guidance on our grievance and complaints handling
policy.
2) policy:
The employees’ rights and options for support are
further described in the ‘Grievance and complaints’
section in our ‘Global labour and employment rights
policy’.
3) internal information campaigns:
We regularly communicate with our employees
through various internal channels, including emails,
newsletters, and our intranet, to remind them about the
availability of grievance channels and to encourage
their use.
//
// S1-5
Targets
Processes for setting targets
Gender balance
We have a gender target of a 40:60 women:men
balance across Ørsted by 2030. This target is tracked
at three levels: senior directors and above, people
leaders, and all employees. The target ensures we
carefully consider gender balance when we hire
and promote talent, and when we review data on
those leaving the organisation. The process for setting
the target was set at executive level in 2021 as a
strategic pillar to identify and execute immediate
steps for a visible short-term impact on gender balance.
We track our gender balance targets through a
dedicated dashboard, which is available to all
employees, with certain business groups integrating
gender tracking within their functions. Additionally,
we consistently review talent management and talent
acquisition processes, such as hiring, promotions, and
redundancies, against our gender targets to ensure
alignment and progress. These efforts allow us to
continuously monitor and advance our gender goals
across the organisation.
One of the biggest challenges we face is the lack
of detail needed to fully understand the diverse
experiences within our gender ambition. For instance,
while we can track the experiences of women in
general, our data does not account for important
factors such as ethnicity, disability, or gender identity,
dimensions that can significantly shape a person’s
experience in the workplace. This is one of the key
lessons we have learnt. Furthermore, we measure
131 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
women as a broad group, but without the ability to
track these additional layers, we risk overlooking the
unique challenges faced by women and individuals
with intersecting identities. This gap highlights that
while we may be making progress in some areas,
there is more work to do to ensure we are not leaving
anyone behind.
Safety
Ørsted uses the total recordable injury rate (TRIR),
which means incidents requiring some kind of medical
treatment per 1,000,000 working hours, as a metric
to monitor safety performance in order to reduce
the negative impact on our own workforce and the
contractors working at our sites.
TRIR is monitored and reported monthly. This includes
safety presentations on construction projects to the
Group Executive Team and the Board of Directors.
Updated TRIR targets are established every year in
Q4, based on past performance, expected impact
of improvement initiatives, and expected level and
complexity of activities in the coming year.
The TRIR targets are proposed by the different
business areas, validated by the QHSE department,
and then discussed and approved by the Group
Executive Team.
Senior management is consequently fully involved
in monitoring safety performance and establishing
future targets. If safety performance for a specific
entity deteriorates, the Group Executive Team is also
very clear and visible in formulating their expectations
for improvement and allocating relevant and compe-
tent resources.
Satisfaction
The Group Executive Team has decided our ambition
for employee satisfaction and motivation, which
supports one of our four strategic pillars of being the
leading talent platform in renewable energy. Employee
satisfaction and motivation should be in the top tier
(top 25 %).
Our ambition is unchanged, even though 2024 has
been a year where we have seen a significant drop
in satisfaction and motivation, due to the changes
Ørsted has undergone. It is the responsibility of our
people leaders to create action plans that focus on
increasing satisfaction and motivation and getting it
back to the desired level.
//
Gender balance, people leaders
%, women/men
2030
33/67
40/60
33/67
2024
2023
Gender balance, senior directors and above
%, women/men
2030
24/76
40/60
22/78
2024
2023
// S1-5
Targets
Gender balance, total workforce
%, women/men
2030
34/66
40/60
35/65
2024
2023
Employee satisfaction in top 25 %
compared to external benchmark group
(Index 0-100)
Ørsted
Ennova benchmark top 25 %
Ennova benchmark
20232022 20242023
20252024
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR)
Injuries per million hours worked
8
6
4
2
0
100
75
50
25
0
2.5
2.8
2.7
76/77/74 76/76/73 70/77/73
132 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
People
ESRS ref. Number of employees Unit 2024 2023 Δ
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii) Total number of employees (as of 31 December) Head count 8,407 9,073 (7 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Denmark
Head count
3,984
4,486 (11 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
The UK
Head count
1,272
1,324 (4 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Malaysia
Head count
792
770 3 %
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Poland
Head count
783
779 1 %
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
The US
Head count
720
747 (4 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Germany
Head count
390
398 (2 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Taiwan
Head count
199
197 1 %
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
The Netherlands
Head count
105
115 (9 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Ireland
Head count
100
105 (5 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Other
1
Head count
62
152 (59 %)
Entity spec. Number of employees (as of 31 December) FTE 8,278 8,905 (7 %)
Entity spec. Average number of employees during the year FTE 8,496 8,666 (2 %)
Entity spec. Sickness absence % 2.1 2.1 (0.0 %p)
Turnover
// S1-6, 50(c) Number of employees who left the company Head count 1,190 797 49 %
// S1-6, 50(c) Employee turnover rate % 14.3 9.6 4.7 %p
Entity spec. Number of employees who left the company voluntarily Head count 723 600 21 %
Entity spec. Voluntary employee turnover rate % 8.7 7.2 1.5 %p
Employee satisfaction survey results
Entity spec. Employee satisfaction
2
Index 0-100 70 76 (6)
Entity spec. Employee loyalty Index 0-100 80 84 (4)
Entity spec. Employees experiencing stress % 18.8 13.7 5.1 %p
Entity spec. Employees experiencing bullying, harassment, threats, or violence % 2.6 2.7 (0.1 %p)
1
Distribution in other countries
in 2024:
Singapore (18)
Korea (14)
Spain (9)
Vietnam (9)
Sweden (7)
Norway (4)
Japan (1)
2
Our target is to have an
employee satisfaction survey
result in the top 25 percentile
compared to an external
benchmark group.
§ Accounting policies
Number of employees
Employee data is recognised based on records
from the Group’s ordinary registration systems
and is determined as the number of employees
at the end of the reporting period. Employees
who have been made redundant are recognised
until the expiry of their notice period, regardless
of whether they have been released from all or
some of their duties during their notice period.
The number of FTEs is determined as the number
of employees converted to full-time equivalents.
Following the implementation of the ESRS,
we are reporting the number of employees as
a head count.
Sickness absence
Sickness absence is calculated as the ratio
between the number of sick days and the
planned number of annual working days.
Turnover
The employee turnover rate is calculated as the
number of permanent employees who have left
the company (excl. divestments) relative to the
average number of permanent employees in
the financial year.
Employee satisfaction survey results
Ørsted conducts a comprehensive employee
satisfaction survey once a year. With a few
exceptions, all Ørsted employees are invited
to participate in the survey. The following
employees are omitted from the survey
results: employees who joined the company
shortly before the employee satisfaction
survey, employees who resigned shortly after
the employee satisfaction survey, interns,
consultants, advisors, and external temporary
workers who do not have an employment
contract with Ørsted.
The number of employees was 7 % lower at the end
of 2024 compared to 2023.
Ørsted’s voluntary turnover increased by 1.5 per-
centage points in 2024, whereas the total turnover
increased by 4.7 percentage points.
The reduction in the total number of employees
and increased total turnover for 2024 are related to
organisational adjustments, including redundancies, that
we have undergone to maintain our competitive edge.
The score for employee satisfaction in the annual
employee survey was 70, which is 6 index points lower
than 2023. While satisfaction and motivation levels
remain healthy compared to industry benchmarks,
the score is below the Ennova benchmark index of
73 and below our target of being in the top 25 %
percentile of an Ennova benchmark group.
133 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
Group Executive Team and Board of Directors
1
CEO pay ratio shown is based on awarded remuneration and median
employee base salary. More information on the CEO pay ratio based
on average employee salary can be found in the remuneration
report for 2024.
2
For more information on the remuneration of the Group Executive
Team and the Board of Directors, see note 2.7 ‘Employee costs‘ in
the financial statements.
3
Part of the remuneration paid to the CEO is based on climate-related
KPIs. For more information, please see the ESRS ‘E1 Climate Change’.
§ Accounting policies
Average seniority
Average seniority is calculated as the average
number of years the Group Executive Team
(GET) members have been part of the GET.
Remuneration
The CEO pay ratio is calculated as the ratio
between the CEO’s total awarded remunera-
tion (fixed salary, including personal benefits,
such as a company car, free telephone, etc.,
variable salary, and share-based payment
at grant value) and the median annual base
remuneration for all employees who have been
employed for at least 12 months (excl. variable
pay elements).
Board of Directors
In this section, the Board of Directors includes
the members elected at the annual general
meeting (AGM). Under ‘Remuneration of the
Board of Directors’, the members elected by
the employees are also included.
For the classification of independent board
members, we follow the Recommendations on
Corporate Governance as issued by the Danish
Committee on Corporate Governance.
The gender with lowest representation is
reported under ‘Diversity and pay gap’.
Group Executive Team (GET)
Consists of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO),
the Chief Financial Officer (CFO), the Chief HR
Officer (CHRO), the deputy CEO and Chief Com-
mercial Officer (CCO), and the Chief Operating
Officer (COO).
As per 31 December 2024, the number of members in
the Group Executive Team was five compared to ten in
2023. As per 1 February 2025, the number of members
in the Group Executive Team was reduced to four as
Mads Nipper stepped down as CEO.
The CEO pay ratio was 28 in 2024. In 2024, the
methodology for calculating the ratio has changed
slightly to better align with the requirements under
the ESRS, implying that the ratio relies on the median
annual base remuneration of our employees.
With regards to the board and its committees, we
established the Asset Project Committee in 2024,
overseeing the planning and execution of asset projects.
The committee met eight times during 2024.
For additional information on the work of the Board
of Directors during 2024, please see the section on
‘Corporate governance’ in the ‘Management’s review’.
ESRS ref. Group Executive Team and Board of Directors Unit 2024 2023 Δ
Group Executive Team
Entity spec. Members Head count 5 10 (5)
// GOV-1, 21(a) Executives Head count 4 3 1
// GOV-1, 21(a) Non-executives Head count 1 7 (6)
Entity spec. Average age Years 54 50 4
Entity spec. Average seniority Years 2 1 1
S1-16, 97(b) CEO pay ratio
1
Ratio 28 - -
Entity spec. Remuneration of the Group Executive Team
2
DKK million 64 134 (52 %)
// E1, GOV-3, 13 CEO pay ascribed to climate-related KPIs
3
% 1.9 - -
Board of Directors
Entity spec. Members Head count 6 8 (2)
// GOV-1, 21(a) Executives Head count 0 0 0
// GOV-1, 21(a) Non-executives Head count 6 8 (2)
// GOV-1, 21(d) Average age Years 61 61 0
// GOV-1, 21(d) Average seniority Years 5 4 1
// GOV-1, 21(e) Independent board members % 83 88 (5 %p)
Entity spec. Board meetings Number 15 16 (1)
Entity spec. Attendance % 96 94 2 %p
Entity spec. Remuneration of the Board of Directors
2
DKK thousand 6,430 6,907 (7 %)
Nomination & Remuneration Committee
Entity spec. Members Head count 3 3 0
Entity spec. Meetings Number 4 3 1
Entity spec. Attendance % 100 100 0 %p
Audit & Risk Committee
Entity spec. Members Head count 3 3 0
Entity spec. Meetings Number 6 10 (4)
Entity spec. Attendance % 94 100 (6 %p)
Asset Project Committee
Entity spec. Members Head count 3 - -
Entity spec. Meetings Number 8 - -
Entity spec. Attendance % 96 - -
134 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
Diversity and pay gap
ESRS ref. Diversity, head count 2024 2023 Δ
Entity spec. Board of Directors, Ørsted A/S, members 6 8 (25 %)
// GOV-1, 21(d) Gender with lowest representation, % 50 38 12 %p
Entity spec. Group Executive Team, members 5 10 (50 %)
// S1-9, 66(a) Gender with lowest representation (female), % 20 30 (10 %p)
Entity spec. Senior directors and above 187 175 7 %
Entity spec. Gender with lowest representation (female), % 24 22 2 %p
Entity spec. People leaders 1,032 1,054 (2 %)
Entity spec. Gender with lowest representation (female), % 33 33 0 %p
Entity spec. All employees 8,407 9,073 (7 %)
Entity spec. Gender with lowest representation (female), % 34 35 (1 %p)
All employees per age group, head count
// S1-9, 66(b) Under 30 years 1,183 - -
// S1-9, 66(b) 30-50 years 5,624 - -
// S1-9, 66(b) Above 50 years 1,600 - -
§ Accounting policies
Senior directors and above
Consists of the GET, our senior vice presidents,
our vice presidents, and our senior directors.
People leaders
People leaders are defined as all people with
direct reports (responsibilities for staff).
All employees
All employees by gender represent the gender
distribution of the total workforce in Ørsted.
The reporting covers contractually employed
employees in all Ørsted companies at the end
of the reporting period (head count).
Gender pay
Ørsted’s global gender pay gap is calculated
based on individual gender pay gaps within
countries where Ørsted has at least
50 employees. For each country, the differ-
ence of average pay levels between female
and male employees has been calculated and
is expressed as the percentage of the average
pay level of male employees from that country.
The salaries are reviewed annually, and salary
increases come into effect on 1 June. Employ-
ees who have been employed for 12 months
on that date are included in the calculation.
Each calculated country-specific ratio has
been indexed to present one global gender pay
gap. The gender pay gap shows the pay gap
between men and women without adjusting for
other factors impacting pay levels (e.g. career
level and work experience).
Employees per contract type
Employees on permanent contracts include
all employees on permanent, non-time-bound
contracts. Employees on temporary contracts
include all employees on time-bound contracts.
No employees within Ørsted are employed on a
non-guaranteed hour basis.
ESRS ref. Gender pay gap, % 2024
// S1-16, 97(a) Gender pay gap, average 14
ESRS ref. Contract type, head count, 2024
Female Male Other
1
Not disclosed To ta l
// S1-6, 50(a)(b) Number of employees 2,854 5,553 - - 8,407
// S1-6, 50(b)(i) Permanent employees 2,760 5,452 - - 8,212
// S1-6, 50(b)(ii) Temporary employees 94 101 - - 195
// S1-6, 50(b)(iii) Non-guaranteed hours employees -
-
- - -
The changes made to the Board of Directors in 2024
means that we now have equal gender representation
in the Board. However, the reduction of the Group
Executive Team in 2024 to five members resulted in a
female representation of 20 %.
1
The gender data presented in this report reflects the binary options
of ‘male’ and ‘female’ as captured by our data systems. Many of
these options are based on sex as recorded in official documents and
do not fully represent the diversity of gender identities.
We have a gender diversity target of 40 % women
across Ørsted by 2030. The target is tracked at three
levels: senior directors and above, people leaders, and
all employees.
We are committed to equal pay and have a constant
focus on ensuring equal pay for equal positions and
competences in relation to all aspects of the salary-
relevant processes from hiring to promotion. In 2024,
we have changed our methodology on the gender
pay gap calculations to reflect the requirements of
the ESRS. This implies that we report a pay gap based
on data from nine of the countries where we operate,
that being Denmark (49 %), Germany (5 %), Ireland (1 %),
Malaysia (9 %), the Netherlands (1 %), Poland (9 %),
the UK (15 %), Taiwan (2 %), and the US (9 %).
The gender pay gap of 14 % consists of individual
gender pay gaps across the countries where
we operate, and reflects that the differences in
pay between men and women are impacted by
differences in gender mix across the career levels in
the organisation. The share of women in higher-level
leadership positions are significantly lower than in
the remaining part of the organisation, resulting in
average pay for women being lower than average
pay for men in most countries.
This year, we have included a breakdown of our
employees as per their contract type and gender.
In 2024, 98 % of our employees were employed on
a permanent basis.
135 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
Safety
ESRS ref. Safety Unit 2024 2023 Δ
Entity spec. Total recordable injuries (TRIs) Number 85 73 16 %
// S1-14, 88(c) Own employees Number 19 23 (17 %)
Entity spec. Contractor employees Number 66 50 32 %
Entity spec. Lost-time injuries (LTIs) Number 45 36 25 %
Entity spec. Own employees Number 11 12 (8 %)
Entity spec. Contractor employees Number 34 24 42 %
Entity spec. Hours worked Million hours worked 30.9 25.8 20 %
Entity spec. Own employees Million hours worked 14.1 14.5 (3 %)
Entity spec. Contractor employees Million hours worked 16.8 11.3 49 %
Entity spec. Total recordable injury rate (TRIR) Injuries per million hours worked 2.7 2.8 (4 %)
// S1-14, 88(c) Own employees Injuries per million hours worked 1.3 1.6 (19 %)
Entity spec. Contractor employees Injuries per million hours worked 3.9 4.4 (11 %)
Entity spec. Lost-time injury frequency (LTIF) Injuries per million hours worked 1.5 1.4 7 %
Entity spec. Own employees Injuries per million hours worked 0.8 0.8 0 %
Entity spec. Contractor employees Injuries per million hours worked 2.0 2.1 (5 %)
// S1-14, 88(b) Fatalities Number 0 0 0 %
Entity spec. Permanent disability cases Number 0 0 0 %
§ Accounting policies
The scoping and consolidation of safety data
entails that we include 100 % of injuries, hours
worked, etc., from all operations where Ørsted
is responsible for HSE safety, including the
safety of our contractors.
The lost-time injury frequency (LTIF) is cal-
culated as the number of lost-time injuries
per one million hours worked. The number of
hours worked is based on 1,667 working hours
annually per full-time equivalent and monthly
records of the number of employees converted
into full-time equivalents. For suppliers, the
actual number of hours worked is recognised
on the basis of data provided by the suppliers,
access control systems at locations, or esti-
mates. Contractor employees are considered
part of our value chain workers, as defined by
the ESRS.
LTIF includes lost-time injuries defined as
injuries that result in an incapacity to work for
one or more calendar days in addition to the
day of the incident.
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR) is calculated
in the same way as LTIF, but in addition to lost-
time injuries, TRIR also includes injuries where
the injured person is able to perform restricted
work the day after the accident as well as inju-
ries where the injured person has received medi-
cal treatment.
Permanent disability cases are injuries resulting
in irreversible damage with permanent impair-
ment which is not expected to improve.
Fatalities are the number of employees and
contractor employees who lost their lives as a
result of a work-related incident. Fatalities are
included in both LTIs and TRIs.
The total recordable injury rate (TRIR) decreased by
4 %, while the lost time injury frequency (LTIF)
increased by 7 %.
In 2024, our total number of recordable injuries
increased by 12 injuries, driven by 16 additional injuries
recorded among contractor employees compared
to 2023. The increase in recordable injuries among
contractor employees is associated with the 49 %
increase in the number of hours worked among
contractor employees.
The total number of lost-time injuries (LTIs) increased
by nine injuries, as the number of lost-time injuries
increased by ten among our contractor employees,
while it decreased by 1 for our own employees.
The total amount of hours worked in 2024 was 20 %
higher than in 2023 due to the higher humber of
projects under construction compared to last year.
To ensure the health and safety of our employees
and contractors, we continue to constantly monitor
our safety performance and implement relevant and
effective actions where and when needed.
136 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S1
Upstream value chain
Positive impact Negative impact Risk Opportunity
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
S2 Workers in the value chain
Debt bondage
Negative impact
Possible supplier misconduct
concerning forced labour
Risk
State-imposed forced
labour may occur in the
solar PV supply chain
Potential negative impact
Excessive working hours
for supply chain workers
Negative impact
Possible work-related
injuries and fatalities for
supply chain workers
Potential negative impact
137 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S2
// ESRS 2, SBM-3; S2, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs)
In the tables to the right are descriptions of our
material IROs related to workers in the value
chain, including how we manage them.
The impacts are linked to our strategic
decision to build out our renewable capacity
and operations, in which our value chain is
dependent on manufacturing in less regulated
countries.
These impacts occur through our relationships
with suppliers and contractors in the manufac-
turing of components and extraction of mate-
rials in our supply chain.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Excessive working hours for supply chain workers
Negative impact (upstream value chain)
Possible work-related injuries and fatalities for supply chain workers
Potential negative impact (upstream value chain)
Our supply chain workers can be subject to excessive working
hours and be denied adequate breaks. Furthermore, their work
can result in injuries which might be fatal in rare situations.
Within our industry, there are regions with weak labour
protections where workers face a higher risk of significant
negative physical and mental health impacts due to long
working hours and poor working conditions.
The potential negative impact related to injuries and fatalities
spans across the short, medium, and long term.
We focus on promoting responsible
sourcing and respect for labour rights.
We conduct regular supplier
assessments, risk-based audits,
and stakeholder engagements,
enabling us to monitor and evaluate
performance relating to working
hours across the supply chain and
ensure fair working conditions.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Debt bondage
Negative impact (upstream value chain)
State-imposed forced labour may occur in the solar PV supply chain
Potential negative impact (upstream value chain)
Forced labour allegations or misconduct in major supply chains
for renewable energy materials and components
Risk (upstream value chain)
Supply chain workers can end up in debt bondage if they have
to pay recruitment fees. Specific state-imposed forced labour
may occur with our suppliers in the solar PV supply chain as
well as allegations of supplier misconduct related to forced
labour in major supply chains for main components.
In regions with weak labour protections, workers face higher
risk of debt bondage and forced labour, which can negatively
impact them and their families.
The potential negative impact related to forced labour in the
solar PV supply chain spans across the short, medium, and
long term.
We have particular focus on forced
labour and supply chain traceability
in our due diligence approach.
We conduct regular supplier
assessments, risk-based audits,
and stakeholder engagements,
enabling us to monitor and evaluate
our suppliers’ conduct.
Working conditions Other work-related rights
138 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S2
These impacts are often widespread or systemic
in contexts where we, or our direct suppliers, have
sourcing or business relationships. This is also relevant
in commodity supply chains in Africa, Asia, and Latin
America for essential materials and components
required for our renewable energy projects, such as
minerals and metals used in wind turbines, cables,
and solar panels.
In regions with weak labour protections, workers
involved in the extraction and mining of these materi-
als face significant health impacts due to long working
hours, poor working conditions, and heightened vulner-
ability to exploitation. Our material negative impacts
on value chain workers are linked to the transition to
renewable operations, where our value chain is depend-
ent on manufacturing in less regulated countries.
Positive impacts
While we do not directly create a material positive
impact on workers in the value chain, we focus on
strengthening practices that address our negative
impacts, enhancing conditions for workers within the
areas of our operations and supply chain.
Material financial risks
We are aware of a material risk related to forced
labour allegations of inadequate labour protections and
oversight in our supply chain for critical components.
These include minerals and metals, such as rare earth
elements for wind turbine magnets, copper for export
or array cables, lithium for batteries, and silica for
solar panels. These materials are often sourced from
countries and areas in Africa, Asia, and Latin America,
where enforcement of labour protections is weaker,
increasing the risk of forced and child labour.
This risk largely arises from our renewable energy
projects’ dependency on workers in our supply
chain and our dependence on these materials in
our renewable energy assets, compounded by the
complex and multi-tiered nature of mining supply
chains. It disproportionately affects certain groups,
such as migrant workers, women, young workers, or
those in unsafe work conditions in mining operations
in high-risk regions.
//
// S2-1
Policies related to value
chain workers
Policy key contents
Our commitment to respect human rights, including
labour rights, and protect value chain workers is out-
lined in our ‘Global human rights policy’, ‘Stakeholder
engagement policy’, ‘Just transition policy, and ‘Code
of conduct for business partners’.
Our ‘Global human rights policy’ explicitly highlights
our dedication to ensuring freedom of association,
the right to collective bargaining, the elimination of
forced, trafficked, or compulsory labour, the effective
abolition of child labour, and the elimination of dis-
crimination in employment and occupation, among
other critical issues.
In addition, our ‘Code of conduct for business partners’
is an integrated part of our agreements with our sup-
pliers and counterparties. It is further integrated in the
evaluation process for our joint venture partners and
other strategic partners.
The green energy build-out impacts the lives of many,
including people working across renewable energy
supply chains. To support a just energy transition,
we expect the companies we work with to run their
business and supply chains in compliance with national
laws and with respect for international labour and
human rights standards. We need to make sure that
we respect labour and human rights in everything we
do, and that we reduce the risk of people in our value
chain being adversely impacted.
At Ørsted, we want to support a just transition
through the creation of decent jobs in the renewable
energy industry. This means jobs providing workers
with decent wages, secure employment, safe working
conditions, and a working environment where they
are free to express their concerns, and where their
right to organise in trade unions is protected.
For an overview of how we have structured this chapter,
please see page 61. Our IROs are highlighted in italics.
// S2, SBM-3
Material impacts and risks related
to workers in the value chain
We have assessed IROs related to workers in our value
chain, focusing primarily on our first-tier suppliers’
workers but also workers further out in our supply chain,
by using industry knowledge and internal knowledge
based on our engagement in various forums. Workers
in our value chain who are likely to be materially
impacted by our operations and business relationships
are included in the scope of our disclosures.
Types of impacted value chain workers
Our projects involve a diverse range of workers
across the value chain, including those in upstream
activities (such as refining, manufacturing, logistics,
transportation, and mining and extraction of minerals
and metals) and on-site construction, particularly in
offshore operations. The latter includes workers at our
project sites who are not part of our own workforce,
such as subcontracted or temporary workers. These
workers are materially impacted by our activities due
to the nature of their work.
Certain workers within these categories are especially
vulnerable, such as migrant workers, women, young
workers, minority ethnic groups, or those in unsafe
work conditions. As part of our due diligence process,
we conduct detailed assessments, including interviews,
to understand how these vulnerable worker groups
may face increased harm within our value chain.
Based on our double materiality assessment (DMA),
we have identified that workers in high-risk sectors
like logistics, maritime operations, and mining, and in
particular those working under vulnerable conditions,
are more likely to experience issues related to unsafe
employment practices.
Material impacts
Negative impacts
Our material negative impacts on our suppliers’ and
sub-contractors’ workers primarily relate to work-
related rights violations, including excessive working
hours, as well as concerns over safety for all workers
engaged in our supply chain. There have also been
known issues related to debt bondage, and state-
imposed forced labour may occur in the solar PV
supply chain.
139 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S2
These policies are adopted to ensure ethical practices,
respect human rights, and promote sustainable employ-
ment conditions across our value chain. They address
key material impacts and risks related to working
conditions and other work-related rights.
Policy scope
The scope of these policies covers all workers across
our value chain, including those employed by our
suppliers, contractors, and business partners globally.
In regions or industries considered high-risk, such
as Asia, these policies are particularly relevant and
applicable.
Policy governance
Our Chief Operating Officer (COO) is accountable for
and oversees the implementation of our ‘Global human
rights policy, and our Chief Commercial Officer (CCO)
is accountable for the implementation of our ‘Just
transition’ and ‘Stakeholder engagement’ policies.
In practice, these policies are executed by several
functions across our Global Stakeholder Relations
organisation, including our Global Sustainability and
Regulatory & Public Affairs departments, regional
Corporate Affairs functions, and onsite project staff.
Moving forward, we aim to strengthen our governance
by designating senior management accountability for
these policies.
Policy monitoring is generally conducted through
external risk ratings, controversy reports, and
adherence to the minimum safeguards of the EU
taxonomy for sustainable activities, which are also
subject to limited assurance by our external auditors.
Alignment with international standards
We align our policies with relevant internationally
recognised guidelines and standards. Our ‘Global
human rights policy’ aligns with the UN Guiding
Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs),
the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises,
the International Bill of Human Rights, and the
International Labour Organisation’s (ILO) Declaration
on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work.
Our ‘Just transition policy’ is aligned with the UN
Global Compact (UNGC) and the ILO Declaration on
Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work. Our code
of conduct for business partners adheres to several
standards and conventions, including the OECD Due
Diligence Guidance, the Maritime Labour Convention,
IFC Performance Standards and the previously men-
tioned guidelines.
Interests of key stakeholders
Whenever applicable, we shape our policies with
input from industry experts and leading organisations,
including the Business and Human Rights Resource
Centre, which provided valuable insights for our
‘Global human rights policy’. However, we have not
engaged directly with value chain workers or their
representatives when developing our policies.
As we revisit and update our global policies, we
aim to address this by enhancing our outreach and
dialogue. Incorporating the perspectives of these key
stakeholders will enable us to better consider and
address the interests of those most impacted by our
operations going forward.
Availability of policies
To promote transparency and inclusivity, we make
these policies publicly available and share them
directly with stakeholders affected by our activities
or involved in their implementation, including business
partners. We also ensure that they are easily accessible
through our website and other engagement platforms.
Approach to respecting rights
of value chain workers
We ensure the respect of human rights, including
labour rights, across our value chain by conducting
regular supplier assessments. These assessments
evaluate labour conditions and the implementation of
management systems by our suppliers to safeguard
workers’ rights. Our engagement is designed to detect,
prevent, and address impacts and risks related to
human rights violations, with a focus on ensuring fair
treatment, safe working environments, and compliance
with international labour standards.
We engage with value chain workers during our assess-
ments to gather insights into their working conditions.
We also collaborate with suppliers to enhance trans-
parency and accountability, ensuring that workers’
voices are heard, and their concerns are addressed.
Through our policies, we commit to provide and
enable remedies for potential human rights impacts
by implementing accessible grievance mechanisms.
These allow value chain workers to report concerns
or violations, ensuring these channels are user-friendly,
confidential, and culturally appropriate. Upon receiving
a grievance, we must promptly investigate the issue
and engage with the affected parties to gather
information and consider their perspectives.
If human rights impacts are identified, we strive to take
immediate action and provide appropriate remedies,
which may include compensation, restoration of rights,
or preventive measures. We also invest in training of
our employees and business partners to raise aware-
ness of human rights issues, e.g. related to bullying and
discrimination.
//
// S2-1 and S2-4
We are currently not able to fully assess our full value
chain for instances of non-respect for these principles,
besides the indications from our external risk ratings
and controversy reports, which have not identified any
material incidents. We aim to maintain transparency
by documenting any reported cases that come to our
attention related to human rights impacts involving
workers in the value chain, whether in our operations
or within our upstream and downstream value chain.
//
// S2-2
Processes for engaging with value
chain workers about impacts
Engagement with value chain workers
To ensure our decisions and activities are informed by
the perspectives of value chain workers, we engage
proactively with them and their representatives, includ-
ing trade unions. The outcome of this engagement
directly informs our strategies for identifying, assess-
ing, and addressing actual and potential impacts on
workers. Through this collaborative process, we work
to uphold fair labour practices and to foster safe,
140 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S2
dignified, and inclusive work environments across our
operations and partnerships.
As part of our due diligence process, we engage directly
with workers or, where needed, through credible
proxies, such as labour unions with insight into local
working conditions. These proxies help provide
important insights into the workers’ situations
and help ensure our efforts are aligned with their
needs. This engagement involves regular dialogues
and consultations to understand their concerns.
This approach also gives us an understanding and
insights into perspectives of the workers who may be
particularly vulnerable, especially migrant workers.
While we do not currently have global framework
agreements with global union federations, we prioritise
collective worker representation wherever possible to
promote open communication and advocate for fair
conditions across our value chain.
Engagement with suppliers
Our supplier engagement is guided by the OECD due
diligence principles and a deep understanding of
potential sustainability impacts and risks within our
supply chain. We work closely with key suppliers to
ensure that our supply chain impacts and risks are
identified and addressed. Feedback from value chain
workers is crucial in shaping our risk assessments and
informing our supplier engagement strategies.
Our work is based on a systematic and risk-based
due diligence process used to assess partners’ and
suppliers’ adherence to our ‘Code of conduct for
business partners’. We believe in collaborative
partnerships, expecting business partners to actively
participate in risk assessments, inspections, monitoring,
and reporting.
To evaluate the performance of our suppliers and
business partners and identify any gaps or adverse
impacts, we employ a combination of risk screenings,
extended risk screenings, and code of conduct assess-
ments (conducted either via desktop analysis or onsite
assessment), which may occur both before and after
contract signing.
This process evaluates suppliers’ adherence to our
code of conduct and integrates with our global
procurement system, encompassing four key steps
for real progress and continuous improvement:
1. Commitment: Upon entering a contract with
Ørsted, suppliers sign and thereby commit to our
code of conduct.
2. Risk screening: Based on country risk, category
risk, and spend, we prioritise business partners for
further engagement.
3. Assessment: We evaluate whether business
partners adhere to the expectations in our code
of conduct, reviewing relevant management
systems and practices. Our engagement typically
occurs as desktop reviews and interviews during
the assessment of high-risk suppliers, either
conducted by our internal assessment team or by
external auditors with local language and cultural
expertise. Our supplier assessments are structured
to occur either prior to or after contract signing
and are supplemented by follow-up engagements
as necessary.
4. Improvement: In cases where gaps are identified,
our Sustainability Due Diligence & Compliance
team engages and collaborates with suppliers and
business partners on improving their adherence to
our social, environmental, and ethical expectations,
followed by regular touch points to ensure effective
implementation of the improvement plan. In cases
where we identify that business partners intentionally
fail or repeatedly neglect the improvement
plans, we reserve the right to terminate business
relationships with the partner in question.
Effectiveness of engagement activities
To measure the effectiveness of our engagements, we
assess outcomes of our assessments on an ongoing
basis, including any agreements or remedial actions
implemented as a result. We continuously work
to improve our approach and, ultimately, value
chain worker conditions. The senior operational
responsibility for overseeing these engagements
rests with our Chief Procurement Officer, ensuring that
results are integrated into our broader due diligence
processes.
In 2024, we have improved the evaluation of our due
diligence process and are working on optimising it
alongside relevant internal teams, such as our QHSE
team. In 2025, we aim to implement the new process
in the organisation as well as mature the monitoring
of contracted suppliers.
The commitment to continuous improvement is
underscored by regular updates to our due diligence
process, methodology, and incorporation of evolving
standards into our screening tools. As we navigate the
dynamic landscape of upcoming legislations within
due diligence, our goal is to secure compliance and
meet the highest standards of integrity, transparency,
and ethical conduct.
//
// S2-3 and S2-4
Remedy of negative impacts
and channels to raise concerns
Approach and processes for providing remedy
Our approach to managing our negative impacts on
value chain workers and our processes for identifying
what is needed and appropriate to respond to these
impacts emphasise responsible sourcing, the promotion
of labour rights, and address environmental and social
impacts and risks. To achieve this, we conduct regular
assessments, risk-based audits, and stakeholder
engagements, enabling us to monitor and ensure
compliance across the supply chain.
Our approach to addressing concerns and grievances
within our value chain is built on the principles of
transparency, trust, and effective remediation that
is proportionate to the grievance that has occurred.
We continuously work to strengthen our processes for
providing or contributing to appropriate remediation
to value chain workers who have been harmed, where
we have identified that we have caused or contributed
to a negative impact.
//
// S2-3
Channels for value chain workers to raise concerns
Workers in our value chain have free access to and
are encouraged to use the Ørsted Whistleblower
Hotline to confidentially report any inappropriate
or illegal conduct.
141 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S2
We are actively working to establish and implement
additional mechanisms to provide or enable remedy
for human rights impacts on our value chain workers.
These mechanisms will be specifically designed for
value chain workers to raise concerns about labour or
human rights issues.
Once in place, they will allow value chain workers to
have better access to reporting any violations, which
will be promptly reviewed and addressed by our
compliance and internal audit teams. Additionally,
we will collaborate with suppliers to support corrective
actions, offering guidance and resources to address
identified issues in alignment with our policies.
Through our ‘Code of conduct for business partners,
we actively support and require all suppliers to
establish accessible grievance mechanisms for their
workers, rights holders, and stakeholders. These
mechanisms must allow for safe and confidential
reporting of any concerns related to the scope of the
code of conduct, ensuring that individuals can report
issues without fear of retaliation.
Monitoring and effectiveness of grievance channels
We work closely with key suppliers to monitor
issues raised and addressed while also assessing the
effectiveness of these grievance channels, ensuring
they are consistently available and trustworthy
resources for value chain workers. However, currently
we do not have a formal process in place to assess the
effectiveness of our mechanisms and communication
channels specifically for value chain workers.
We are working to establish a global methodology for
aggregating feedback and grievance management,
which will also enable us to systematically track and
monitor the effectiveness of our efforts. Specifically, we
aim to implement a standardised process for receiving,
addressing, resolving, and providing remedies to value
chain workers where necessary. We plan to pilot a griev-
ance reporting channel for a select supplier to collect
workers’ grievances via a digital solution by 2025.
Awareness and trust in our grievance mechanisms
As part of our ongoing commitment to transpar-
ency and accountability, we assess whether value
chain workers are aware of and trust the grievance
mechanisms available to them during our onsite sup-
plier assessments where we conduct interviews with
workers. However, our assessments in this area are still
a work in progress. While we can evaluate workers’
awareness during these interviews, we do not yet have
sufficient comprehensive assessments to fully assess
their trust in these channels. We are actively working
to strengthen our approach to ensure greater trans-
parency regarding value chain workers’ grievances.
Further to this, it is our aim to ensure that our Whistle-
blower Hotline is widely available to value chain
workers, although we cannot be certain that all value
chain workers are aware of this channel and know
how to access it. However, we ensure individuals who
use these grievance mechanisms are protected from
retaliation, and that all whistleblower reports are
handled confidentially, in line with our ‘Good business
conduct policy’ and ‘Whistleblower policy. For more
information on how we protect whistleblowers
against retaliation, see ESRS ‘G1 Business conduct.
//
// S2-4
Actions related to workers
in the value chain
We work to ensure the health, safety, and well-being of
all workers in our supply chains while actively mitigating
negative impacts and risks related to working conditions
and labour rights. We have identified several key areas
of concern, including excessive working hours, injuries,
fatalities, debt bondage, withholding of passports, and
forced labour. Our actions are focused on both prevent-
ing and addressing these negative impacts and risks
throughout our value chain.
Key actions
In 2024, we took steps to address work-related rights
and improve working conditions within our supply
chains to help prevent and mitigate our negative
impacts and risks.
Human rights training
We identified several key areas requiring attention
to safeguard workers’ rights within our supply chains.
One major concern was the issue of excessive working
hours, prompting us to introduce a series of initiatives.
We have provided human rights training for our
Marine Inspection team, emphasising the importance
of appropriate working conditions and addressing
matters such as bullying, discrimination, harassment,
and excessive hours.
These efforts aim to guarantee that workers are
not subjected to undue stress, and that violations
are promptly detected and rectified. We aim to
expand this initiative by 2025 to include QHSE site
representatives, further emphasising the importance
of respecting labour standards across all project sites.
Safety monitoring practices and training
We have also concentrated on health and safety
standards, delivering training for wind turbine
technicians and offshore workers to reduce the risk
of injuries and fatalities. In addition, we conduct
regular inspections of supplier performance focused
on adherence to safety protocols and prevention of
incidents, including accidents and fatalities.
By 2025, we aim to make our safety monitoring
practices standard throughout all projects, ensuring
safe working environments for all personnel during
the life cycles of our renewable energy projects.
In cases of actual material impacts, such as workplace
injuries, we work closely with the affected individuals
to ensure access to medical care, rehabilitation, and
financial support. Lessons learnt from these incidents
inform ongoing improvements to our safety protocols.
Blockchain technology pilot project
To increase transparency of our supply chain, we have
implemented a blockchain technology pilot project to
track copper usage at our offshore wind farm Hornsea 2.
Through this pilot, we have improved visibility into
copper sourcing and are better equipped to identify
and address supply chain risks related to forced labour
as well as other social and environmental risks related
to copper mining. This effort also helps to inform our
discussions with partners about improving traceability.
In the coming years, we plan to extend our blockchain
pilot from copper to other key materials, such as steel.
142 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S2
Partnership with the Worker Welfare Group
During the year, we have also taken steps to address
critical work-related rights impacts, including debt
bondage and forced labour. For instance, we are work-
ing with industry peers through the Worker Welfare
Group, a partnership focused on labour rights and
worker welfare requirements within the marine con-
struction sector.
The Worker Welfare Group has developed a set
of principles and guidelines to support, in the first
instance, the Singapore marine construction sector,
enabling it to meet international standards for worker
rights and worker welfare, particularly focusing on
responsible recruitment, improved accommodation,
better transport, and improved access to grievance
mechanisms. We have engaged with key stakeholders
to advocate for systemic improvements and are also
working with local organisations to facilitate access
to remedy for workers.
Going forward, we aim to build on our initial learnings
from the Worker Welfare Group and implement
the principles for fair treatment of migrant workers
throughout 2025. This will further strengthen our
dedication to labour rights and worker welfare.
Other actions
Participation in the Initiative for Responsible
Mining Assurance (IRMA)
We actively participate in the Initiative for Responsible
Mining Assurance (IRMA) to promote responsible
practices in sourcing critical minerals and third-party
verification of responsible practices in the minerals
supply chain. Our collaboration with the IRMA Buyers
Group will be supported by ongoing discussions
with suppliers, aiming to enhance traceability and
accountability across our supply chain.
Engagement in the International Responsible
Business Conduct (IRBC) Agreement
In 2024, we also focused on reinforcing our commit-
ment to ethical sourcing and ensuring the well-being
of workers involved in our projects. Our engagement
in the International Responsible Business Conduct
(IRBC) Agreement for the Renewable Energy Sector
has been important in this regard. We collaborated
with other wind developers and industry partners to
address risks and impacts tied to workers’ rights, e.g.
in the minerals and metals supply chains.
As part of the IRBC, we conducted a maturity assess-
ment against the OECD guidelines. Our efforts led
to Ørsted being recognised as an industry leader,
underscoring our dedication to responsible business
conduct.
Supplier selection criteria
During 2024, our procurement process has been
updated to ensure that all relevant offshore supplier
categories (excluding EU tenders) will go through a
pre-qualification process that will include an early
screening and evaluation of our code of conduct
and QHSE requirements. This will ensure that there
is an early evaluation and approval of suppliers on
social and environmental criteria before the sourcing
process starts.
In addition to the principles of our code of conduct,
we have commenced the incorporation of climate
requirements into contractual agreements with
key suppliers, which entails reporting to the Carbon
Disclosure Project (CDP), setting science-based climate
targets, and covering electricity consumption with
renewable electricity.
//
// S2-5
Targets related to workers
in the value chain
Currently, we have not set time-bound and outcome-
oriented targets that meet the criteria for effectively
reducing negative impacts, advancing positive
impacts, or managing material risks and opportunities
related to value chain workers. However, we recognise
the importance of establishing robust targets to drive
meaningful progress in these areas.
We are working to establish a clear process that will
involve engaging directly with value chain workers, their
representatives, or credible proxies. In the meantime,
we are focused on gathering data and assessing current
practices to ensure that future targets are effective
and aligned with stakeholder needs. We are not yet
fully able to monitor how effectively our policies and
actions address our material sustainability-related
impacts and risks for workers in the value chain.
//
143 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S2
Risk screenings
The number of screenings and due diligence activities
conducted is determined by the time schedule of the
individual construction project and the procurement
priorities from year to year.
There was a 5 % decrease in the number of risk
screenings performed based on country and category
risk compared to 2023. Based on the risk screenings
performed, 42 extended risk screenings were carried
out with additional risk parameters, including labour
characteristics related to e.g. migrant workers and
seafarers’ rights. The reduction in extended risk
screenings is driven by a high number of recurring
suppliers assessed previously from a code of conduct
(CoC) perspective.
§ Accounting policies
The number of supplier risk screenings and due
diligence activities conducted is determined by
the time schedule of the individual construction
projects and the procurement priorities from
year to year.
Risk screenings
The Responsible Business Partners Programme
(RPP) team applies a risk-based due diligence
framework to identify areas within our code of
conduct (CoC) for business partners where sup-
pliers need to improve adherence to the code.
Risk screenings are conducted by the RPP
team on all new sourcing contracts above
DKK 3 million based on country and category
risks. Based on the risk screening evaluation, the
RPP team conducts extended risk screenings
of selected contracts with additional risk
parameters, including labour characteristics
related to e.g. migrant workers’ and seafarers’
rights. Screenings and extended screenings also
take place for suppliers of coal and sustainable
biomass as well as top-spend suppliers.
The Business Ethics Compliance (BEC) team
conducts know-your-counterparty (KYC)
screenings of all new suppliers and business
partners to ensure legal compliance.
Due diligence activities conducted
Due diligence activities are carried out by our
RPP, Health, Safety & Environment (HSE), and
Marine Inspection teams based on the results of
individual screenings and risk assessments.
The activities are conducted either as desktop
assessments or inspections or as on-site assess-
ments or physical inspections, which often
include a visit to the production facilities by
Ørsted or a third party.
Assessments also include potential suppliers
(i.e. no signed contracts yet) as part of the
tender process.
Supply chain due diligence, number 2024 2023 Δ
Risk screenings
Risk screenings (all contracts above DKK 3 million) 344 363 (5 %)
Extended risk screenings 42 62 (32 %)
Know-your-counterparty (KYC) screenings 884 1,456 (39 %)
Due diligence activities conducted
Code of conduct (CoC) desktop assessments 19 54 (65 %)
Code of conduct (CoC) site assessments 5 9 (44 %)
Health, safety, and environment (HSE) desktop assessments 114 130 (12 %)
Health, safety, and environment (HSE) site assessments 58 117 (50 %)
Desktop vessel inspections 71 61 16 %
Physical vessel inspections 429 404 6 %
The number of know-your-counterparty (KYC)
screenings, focusing on suppliers’ integrity and legal
compliance, decreased by 39 %. The decrease is
linked to a system clean-up led by the Business Ethics
Compliance team in 2024.
Due diligence activities
The number of CoC desktop assessments decreased
by 65 % in 2024 compared to 2023. The decrease is
due to an update of our assessment methodology
within selected business areas. There was also a 12 %
decrease in the number of health, safety, and environ-
ment (HSE) desktop assessments performed in 2024
compared to 2023 due to the implementation of new
sourcing processes and processes for selecting suppliers.
The number of CoC site assessments decreased to
a total of 5 in 2024 from 9 in 2023 due to a lower
number of suppliers in high-risk markets. The number
of HSE site assessments decreased by 50 % in 2024
compared to 2023 due to reduced project activities
on-site during 2024.
The number of desktop vessel inspections increased
by 16 % and the number of physical vessel inspections
increased by 6 % in 2024 compared to 2023. The change
is due to an increase in the execution of offshore projects,
which has led to an increased number of vessels relevant
for inspection.
The results from the assessments are managed
throughout the different programmes, and improvement
plans are developed and implemented in collaboration
with the suppliers.
Entity spec.
Supply chain due diligence
144 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S2
Own operationsUpstream value chain
Positive impact Negative impact Risk Opportunity
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
S3 Affected communities
Pollution from mining may
affect communities’ health
Potential negative impact
Indigenous People’s rights and
livelihoods possibly disrespected
or disrupted by suppliers
Potential negative impact
Increasing local content and
social impact requirements
in tender processes
Risk
Improvement to public
infrastructure improving
living standards
Positive impact
Local communities’ resistance
to and concerns with renewable
energy projects
Risk
Local jobs and educational
opportunities
Positive impact
Consent of Indigenous
communities
Risk
Indigenous People’s rights and
livelihoods disrespected or
disrupted during development
and construction
Negative impact
145 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S3
// ESRS 2, SBM-3; S3, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs)
In the tables to the right and on the next page
are descriptions of our material IROs related
to affected communities, including how we
manage them.
The material impacts that we have identified
on affected communities are linked to our
strategic decision to build out our renewable
capacity and operations, which includes
increased construction activities in our own
operations as well as manufacturing and
mining activities in our value chain that are
necessary for the sustainable economy.
These impacts occur through our relationships
with suppliers and contractors in manufacturing
of components and extraction of materials in
our supply chain and in our own construction
and operation activities.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Pollution from mining may affect communities’ health
Potential negative impact (upstream value chain)
Air, soil, and water contamination from mining of minerals and
metals may have adverse health effects on local communities
living close to manufacturing or mining sites.
Particularly in regions where critical materials are sourced for
the technologies we use, communities may face significant
negative health impacts from pollution.
This potential negative impact can occur across the short,
medium, and long term.
We engage directly with impacted
communities, listen to their concerns,
and provide appropriate remedies
to support their well-being and
resilience.
We continuously work to strengthen
our processes for providing or con-
tributing to appropriate remediation
to affected communities.
Local jobs and educational opportunities
Positive impact (own operations)
Public infrastructure improving living standards
Positive impact (own operations)
We provide education and upskilling programmes to develop
competences in renewable energy technologies, which enable
community members who may be situated next to our operating
sites to gain employment in our projects. We also invest in
community infrastructure to enhance public facilities, e.g. ports,
roads, and community buildings.
Communities can benefit from socio-economic impacts in terms
of the creation of local jobs and educational opportunities as
well as an improved standard of living through improvements
to public infrastructure when renewable energy assets are
constructed near them.
We actively work to implement
initiatives that foster community
development in consultation
with communities to best address
local needs.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Local communities’ resistance to and concerns with renewable energy projects
Risk (own operations)
Local community resistance to renewable energy projects –
if not proactively addressed – can lead to delays in project
timelines, increased costs from operational disruptions,
potential legal costs from community lawsuits, and
political or reputational risks.
We have put a number of mitigation
measures in place, including the incorpo-
ration of human rights due dilligence in
early project stages and the launch of a
Community Impact Programme.
Communities’ economic, social, and cultural rights
Increasing local content and social impact requirements in tender processes
Risk (own operations)
Increasing preferences of authorities for local content
as opposed to overall social impact in tender processes
can pose a risk, as meeting these expectations requires
significant engagement and resources which could, in
a worst case scenario, lead to economically non-viable
business cases for renewable project development.
We have developed a people-positive
framework and are working with World
Economic Forum-led coalitions for socio-
economic impact, and we are lobbying
local governments to recognise the
benefits of it.
146 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S3
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Indigenous Peoples’ rights and livelihoods possibly disrespected or disrupted by suppliers
Potential negative impact (upstream value chain)
Indigenous Peoples’ rights and livelihoods disrespected or disrupted during development and contruction
Negative impact (own operations)
Suppliers and other actors further up in the value chain (e.g. in mining)
may disrespect Indigenous Peoples’ rights and disrupt their livelihoods.
Furthermore, Indigenous Peoples are or can be affected by our development
and construction activities or by our suppliers operating on or near
Indigenous lands.
Some Native American tribes with traditional or cultural connections to
the seabed have expressed dissatisfaction with the consultation process
utilised by the federal government.
The potential negative impact in our upstream value chain can occur
across the short, medium, and long term.
We work to minimise these negative
impacts, recognising the importance
of protecting Indigenous rights,
and we are engaging with affected
Indigenous Peoples.
This e.g. takes place through our
community liaison officers and
project staff, employing different
types of interaction, such as public
meetings and consultations to
facilitate open communication.
Consent of indigenous communities
Risk (own operations)
Failure to ensure consent from Indigenous communities through an
adequate free, prior, and informed consent (FPIC) process, which can arise
from insufficient engagement by authorities, business partners, or prior
stakeholders, amongst others.
Securing the FPIC of Indigenous communities presents a risk, particularly in
regions like the US and Australia, where Indigenous Peoples maintain strong
cultural and ownership ties to their lands. It can result in project delays,
added costs, and strained relationships that may limit future opportunities
in these areas.
We build trust with Indigenous
communities by upholding
their rights, committing to FPIC,
addressing concerns early, ensuring
meaningful engagement, and
promoting shared benefits through
co-ownership and inclusivity.
Rights of Indigenous Peoples
Transitioning to a world powered entirely by green
energy presents a great opportunity for positive
change on a local and global scale. It has the potential
to unlock opportunities and create significant value
for the communities where we operate. However, to
realise this potential and ensure the pace and scale
needed for a successful and just renewable energy
transition, gaining the trust and support of the local
communities where we build is essential.
To get there, we are committed to working together
with communities and strive to not only avoid or
mitigate negative impacts but also seek ways to
create a positive, lasting impact which ensures
that the benefits of this transformation are shared
equitably. This includes a strong commitment to
respecting human rights, promoting an inclusive and
diverse industry, and delivering tangible economic
and social benefits, providing long-term value to
those affected by our projects.
For an overview of how we have structured this chapter,
please see page 61. Our IROs are highlighted in italics.
// S3, SBM-3
Material impacts and risks related
to affected communities
All affected communities likely to be materially
impacted by our operations and throughout our value
chain are included in the scope of our disclosures.
This includes not only impacts directly connected to
our own operations but also those throughout our
value chain, including our business relationships.
Types of affected communities
We recognise the importance of identifying and
understanding the diverse communities that may
be affected by our renewable energy projects.
Our operations and value chain may impact various
communities, leading to human rights concerns and
other social impacts. Through our DMA process, we
have identified two key groups that are subject to
our material impacts: Indigenous Peoples and local
communities.
Indigenous Peoples are affected by our own opera-
tions, such as wind or solar farm development, and
throughout our value chain, where we may work
with suppliers operating on or near Indigenous lands.
They are particularly vulnerable and face heightened
risks of harm due to their cultural heritage and tra-
ditional land rights. Local communities can also be
impacted negatively by living near extraction sites
for minerals and metals used in renewable energy
infrastructure, such as rare earth elements for wind
turbines and solar panels.
Material impacts
Negative impacts
Our material negative impacts on affected
communities primarily take place in our supply chain.
This includes negative health implications on local
communities from air, water, and soil pollution from
mining activities. Our suppliers’ activities can also
potentially disrespect Indigenous Peoples' rights and
disrupt their livelihoods. This can also happen within
our own operations during the development and
construction of our wind and solar farms, but we work
to minimise these impacts, recognising the importance
of protecting Indigenous rights.
147 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S3
In general, our material impacts are widespread and
systemic, particularly in regions where we develop
renewable energy projects, or where critical materials
are sourced for the technologies we use. They arise
as part of the transition to greener and renewable
operations. This transition includes challenges asso-
ciated with innovation and restructuring, such as the
increased demand for minerals and metals that are
essential for renewable technologies.
Positive impacts
We actively work to implement initiatives that
foster community development in consultation with
communities to best address local needs. Involving
local communities in the planning and development
phases of renewable energy projects allows us to
address their concerns, align our activities with
community interests, and promote shared benefits,
such as job creation, economic development, and
enhanced community well-being.
For instance, we provide education and upskilling
programmes to develop competences in renewable
energy technologies through community benefit funds.
This enables community members to gain employ-
ment in our projects or the wider renewable energy
industry, generating local jobs and fostering innovation.
Additionally, we invest in community infrastructure to
enhance public facilities and improve living standards,
such as the Grimsby Youth Zone in the UK.
Material financial risks
We have identified three key material financial risks
in our operations that arise from our interactions with
and dependencies on affected communities. First, local
community resistance to renewable energy projects
if not proactively addressed – may lead to delays in
project timelines, increased costs from operational
disruptions, potential legal costs from community
lawsuits, and political or reputational risks. This risk is
especially significant for communities in industrialised
or rural areas that depend on the same natural
resources, such as land or water, or infrastructure that
our operations may impact. For instance, for wind or
solar projects, disputes over reduced access to land
or sea space or environmental concerns, including
biodiversity impacts, can hinder progress.
Second, increasing requirements for local content and
social impact in tender processes pose a risk, as meeting
these expectations requires significant engagement
and resources to ensure local communities benefit
from our projects.
Third, securing the free, prior, and informed consent
(FPIC) of Indigenous communities presents a risk,
particularly in regions like the US and Australia,
where Indigenous Peoples maintain strong cultural
and ownership ties to their lands. Failure to ensure
consent through an adequate FPIC process – due
to insufficient engagement by authorities, business
partners, or previous stakeholders – can result in
project delays, added costs, and strained relationships
that may limit future opportunities in these areas.
Two of our material risks relate specifically to distinct
groups rather than to all affected communities.
First, not securing FPIC is a unique risk for Indigenous
communities, particularly in regions such as the US and
Australia. Secondly, in areas where local communities
rely on the same natural resources – such as land or
water – used by our operations, there is a heightened
risk of local resistance. These risks are distinct to these
specific groups, as their unique connections to the land
and resources set them apart from broader affected
communities.
//
// S3-1
Policies related to
affected communities
Policy key contents
Our commitment to respect human rights and engage
with communities is outlined in our ‘Global human rights
policy’,Stakeholder engagement policy’,Just transition
policy, and ‘Code of conduct for business partners’.
Our ‘Global Human rights policy’ includes specific
provisions to respect Indigenous land rights, cultures,
and traditional practices, and it commits us to engaging
with Indigenous communities early in the planning
process of our renewable energy projects, ensuring
their input is considered and incorporated into
project design and implementation. This includes
honouring the principles of FPIC as fundamental to
our engagement strategy.
These policies are adopted to prevent, mitigate,
and remediate potential negative impacts on local
communities near our operations and value chain.
The policies address key material impacts and risks
related to Indigenous Peoples’ rights and local
communities’ economic, social, and cultural rights.
Policy scope
These policies are globally applicable, covering
our operations and extending throughout our value
chain, with a particular focus on communities directly
affected by our activities. Certain aspects of the
policies are especially relevant to specific regions.
For instance, obtaining consent from indigenous
communities is particularly significant in countries
such as the US and Australia.
Policy governance
For information about the governance of our ‘Global
human rights policy’, ‘Stakeholder engagement pol-
icy’, and ‘Just transition policy’, please see ESRS ‘S2
Workers in the value chain’ on page 140.
Alignment with international standards
We align our policies with relevant internationally
recognised guidelines and standards relevant to
Indigenous Peoples and other local stakeholders.
For more information about the alignment of our
policies with international standards, please see
ESRS ‘S2 Workers in the value chain’ on page 140.
Interests of key stakeholders
For more information about how we incorporate
the perspectives of key stakeholders into our policies,
please see ESRS ‘S2 Workers in the value chain’ on
page 140.
Availability of policies
For more information about the availability of our
policies, please see ESRS ‘S2 Workers in the value
chain’ on page 140.
148 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S3
Approach to respecting rights
of affected communities
Overall, our ‘Code of conduct for business partners’ and
policies on human rights and stakeholder engagement
describe our approach to:
· respecting Indigenous Peoples, minorities, and other
vulnerable groups in line with international law and
standards as described in the UN Declaration on the
Rights of Indigenous Peoples, including the principles
of FPIC
· respecting land rights of legitimate tenure rights
holders as set out in the UN Voluntary Guidelines
on the Responsible Governance of Tenure of Land,
Fisheries and Forests
· ensuring the safety and protection of defenders of
human rights, the environment, or Indigenous Peoples
· mandating that our business partners take
measures to protect environmental and human
rights defenders and other interested parties who
lawfully exercise their freedom of speech.
We engage in early and ongoing dialogue with local
communities and Indigenous Peoples by hosting e.g.
consultation sessions, attending community meetings,
and conducting surveys. This approach helps us
gather insights to better understand their external
perspectives on our projects and the local impacts.
We aim to build an approach based on transparent
communication, co-creation of mitigation measures,
and on ensuring that feedback is integrated into
project planning and execution.
Through our policies, we commit to provide and
enable remedies for potential human rights impacts
by implementing accessible grievance mechanisms
that allow affected individuals and communities
to report concerns or violations, ensuring these
channels are user-friendly, confidential, and culturally
appropriate. Upon receiving a grievance, we must
promptly investigate the issue and engage with the
affected parties to gather information and consider
their perspectives.
If human rights impacts are identified, we strive to take
immediate action and provide appropriate remedies,
which may include compensation, restoration of rights,
or preventive measures. We also invest in training of our
employees and business partners to raise awareness
of human rights issues, e.g. related to bullying and
discrimination.
//
// S3-1 and S3-4
We are currently not able to fully assess our full
value chain for instances of non-respect for these
principles, besides the indications from our external
risk ratings and controversy reports, which have not
identified any material incidents. We aim to maintain
transparency by documenting any reported cases
that come to our attention related to human rights
impacts involving affected communities, whether
in our operations or within our upstream and down-
stream value chain.
//
// S3-2
Processes for engaging with affected
communities about impacts
Engagement with affected communities
We aim to go above the minimum regulatory require-
ments regarding engagement with affected communi-
ties, as we believe these engagements are essential for
securing and sustaining the social license necessary for
advancing renewable energy development. To ensure
that our decisions reflect the perspectives of affected
communities, we engage proactively with community
stakeholders and local organisations and seek ongo-
ing dialogue with them, ensuring their voices are heard
and considered in our decision- making processes. This
approach is being integrated across our business func-
tions, markets, and asset projects.
The outcome of this engagement directly informs our
strategies for identifying, assessing, and addressing
actual and potential impacts on affected communities.
The collaboration also helps us to identify opportunities
for community investment and support, ensuring that
the benefits of our projects are aligned with local
communities’ interests and needs.
It is our responsibility to ensure that affected communities,
whether directly or indirectly impacted, are considered,
and that their voices are integrated into the project
planning. Depending on the specific context of a
project, we engage either directly with affected
communities, their legitimate representatives, or
credible proxies, such as local NGOs or government
representatives, to gain insights into their needs and
concerns.
Engagement occurs at various frequencies and at
various stages of a project. Our aim is to initiate early
dialogue during the planning phase to gather the insights
and concerns of the affected communities. This takes
place through e.g. our community liaison officers and
project staff employing different types of interaction,
such as public meetings and consultations to facilitate
open communication. When we employ community
liaison officers in our projects, they often come from the
communities we engage with, helping us gain a profound
understanding of the local contexts. We continue this
dialogue through the development, construction, and
operation phases of our renewable energy assets.
We see value in gaining insights into the perspectives
of vulnerable or marginalised communities, including
environmental justice communities, to ensure that
their needs and concerns are appropriately addressed
in our projects. We have actively engaged with
Indigenous communities in connection with projects
both in the US and Australia. Our goal is to secure FPIC
for projects impacting Indigenous lands or territories,
respecting their rights and their cultural, intellectual,
religious, and spiritual property.
Effectiveness of engagement activities
The responsibility for ensuring effective community
engagement lies with the local project managers and
directors, who oversee the local engagement processes
and ensure that community feedback informs our
project decisions appropriately. Going forward, we will
work to improve our global governance and oversight
by implementing full accountability centrally.
At present, we are not fully able to effectively assess
our community engagement efforts; however,
149 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S3
through regular follow-up meetings with community
representatives, we are able to collect feedback on the
processes. Where applicable, we document agreements
and outcomes resulting from these engagements.
//
// S3-3 and S3-4
Remedy of negative impacts
and channels to raise concerns
Approach and processes for providing remedy
Our approach to managing our negative impacts on
affected communities and our processes for identifying
what is needed and appropriate to respond to these
impacts help us to avoid, mitigate, and remedy negative
impacts while creating lasting positive impacts for
these communities.
To effectively remediate material negative impacts,
including those that may affect Indigenous rights or
disrupt local livelihoods within our value chain or oper-
ations, we engage directly with impacted communi-
ties, listen to their concerns, and provide appropriate
remedies to support their well-being and resilience.
We continuously work to strengthen our processes for
providing or contributing to appropriate remediation
to affected communities where we have identified that
we have caused or contributed to a negative impact.
//
// S3-3
Channels for affected communities to raise concern
To facilitate our ability to address negative impacts on
affected communities, we often employ community
liaison officers who engage with local stakeholders
to gather feedback and address grievances related
to our projects, particularly during the planning
and execution phases. We use various methods and
channels to collect community input, including hosting
informational town halls and open forums, telephone
lines, emails, and social media as well as designated
drop-off boxes in locations to allow residents to submit
concerns anonymously.
Additionally, our Whistleblower Hotline enables
individuals in affected communities to report any
inappropriate or illegal conduct confidentially.
Furthermore, we actively encourage our business
partners and contractors to adopt similar channels
for community engagement through our ‘Code of
conduct for business partners’ and associated due
diligence processes, ensuring that our collective
operations support the needs and concerns of the
communities we impact.
Monitoring and effectiveness of grievance channels
We work closely with materially affected communities
to monitor issues raised and addressed while also
assessing the effectiveness of these grievance
channels. We currently assess the effectiveness of our
mechanisms and communication channels through
our ongoing dialogue with local stakeholders.
We want to further improve our process of assessing
the effectiveness of these efforts and are working to
establish a global methodology for aggregating com-
munity feedback and grievance management. This will
allow us to systematically track and monitor the effec-
tiveness of our efforts. Specifically, we aim to imple-
ment a standardised process for receiving, addressing,
resolving, and providing remedies to affected commu-
nities when necessary. We plan to pilot a grievance
reporting channel for a select supplier to collect
workers’ grievances via a digital solution by 2025.
Awareness and trust in our grievance mechanisms
As part of our ongoing commitment to transparency
and accountability, we assess whether affected
communities are aware of and trust the grievance
mechanisms available to them through ongoing com-
munity engagements. However, our assessments in
this area are still a work in progress. While we can
evaluate communities’ awareness during engage-
ments, we do not yet have sufficient comprehensive
assessments to fully measure their trust in these
channels. We are actively working to strengthen our
approach to ensure greater transparency regarding
affected communities’ grievances.
Further to this, it is our aim to ensure that our whistle-
blower hotline is widely available to affected commu-
nities, although we cannot be certain that all affected
communities are aware of this channel and know how
to access it. However, we ensure individuals who use
these grievance mechanisms are protected from retal-
iation, and that all whistleblower reports are handled
confidentially, in line with our ‘Good business conduct
policy’ and ‘Whistleblower policy. For more informa-
tion on how we protect whistleblowers against retali-
ation, see ESRS ‘G1 Business conduct’.
//
// S3-4
Actions related to affected communities
We are working to prevent, mitigate, and remediate
the actual and potential negative impacts on affected
communities and Indigenous Peoples. Our approach
includes a variety of initiatives aimed at managing
impacts and risks and creating positive outcomes,
ensuring that we address both the economic, social,
and cultural rights of local communities as well as
the rights of Indigenous Peoples.
Key actions
Workforce development training programme
Local people and businesses have a vital role to play in
the growth of the renewable energy industry. In the US,
we developed a workforce development programme
that has provided 335 union workers in New York,
Rhode Island, and Connecticut with the credentials
necessary to work offshore.
The training programme finalised in 2024 and was
delivered in part at the National Offshore Wind Training
Center (NOWTC), to which we have committed to give a
USD 10 million founding grant. The programme includes
a three-part medical evaluation, helicopter underwater
escape training, and Global Wind Organisation Basic
Safety Training, each of which are critical for workers
to safely carry out work in the offshore environment.
Providing worker safety training is part of Ørsted’s
first-of-its-kind National Offshore Wind Agreement
with North America’s Building Trades Unions, and the
programme shows our ongoing efforts to equip local
workers with key skills to pursue careers in New York’s
growing offshore wind industry.
Community benefit funds
To create a positive impact in local communities, we
support initiatives that generate local employment,
provide educational opportunities, and drive enhance-
ments to public infrastructure.
150 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S3
One of our major accomplishments this year was
launching the Hornsea 3 Community Fund to support
local groups and organisations in North Norfolk and
parts of Suffolk in the UK who work with community
facilities or activities, skills and education, or environ-
mental projects. In September 2024, the fund announced
its first round of awards, as a total of GBP 249,000
was distributed to 21 local organisations selected for
their potential to strengthen community well-being
and resilience.
These projects include educational initiatives to
enhance skills, environmental conservation efforts,
and programmes aimed at improving public health
and social well-being. Among the funded projects are
community centres, youth initiatives, and environmental
programmes focused on boosting local biodiversity.
The fund is made available as part of our project to
create the world’s single largest offshore wind farm,
Hornsea 3, and will award a total of GBP 7 million
over a targeted ten-year period.
Our efforts with the Choczewo Community Benefit
Fund have also progressed, as we moved into the third
round of awards, aimed at establishing a sustainable
community investment model to support local groups
and organisations in the Choczewo Municipality in
Poland. The funds are granted to projects across
various areas, including community development,
safety, local councils, cultural heritage, environmental
protection, youth engagement, local well-being,
and infrastructure. The fund is connected to the
development of our offshore wind farms in the Baltic
Sea, Baltica 2 and 3, and through it, we will award
a total of PLN 1 million in grants over three years
(2023-2025).
Other actions
Global guidelines and grievance management system
In 2024, we laid the foundation for many of the initia-
tives currently in progress for managing our negative
impact and risks associated with failing to respect
Indigenous Peoples’ rights and ensuring FPIC in our own
operations. We began by developing a global guidance
for social and human rights impact assessments, which
will allow us to proactively manage these risks and
impacts before the construction of new projects.
Furthermore, we finalised our internal guidelines for
free, prior, and informed consent (FPIC), a framework
designed to ensure respectful and transparent engage-
ment with Indigenous communities. These guidelines
guarantee that we secure consent from Indigenous
communities before initiating projects that might
impact their lands or cultural heritage.
Going forward, we will be conducting specific assess-
ments on how projects might affect Indigenous
communities. This will involve engaging with these
communities early in the planning phase to ensure that
their needs and concerns are adequately addressed.
We also initiated the creation of a company-wide meth-
odology for systematically addressing community griev-
ances. This system aims to learn from previous incidents
to improve future community engagements. By 2025,
we aim to fully implement both the global guidance
for social and human rights impact assessments and
the comprehensive grievance management system.
Initiatives to support Indigenous communities
In 2024, we took several steps to address negative
impacts related to Indigenous Peoples’ rights and
livelihoods near offshore wind projects in the US. Local
Indigenous communities have raised concerns about
our projects’ effects on cultural viewsheds and marine
wildlife. To mitigate their concerns, we have provided
local habitat restorations, granted scholarships
for local Indigenous youth, and supported cultural
projects in local parks and museums. To mitigate the
viewshed impact, we implemented a lighting system
that minimises light pollution.
Enhancing local content in tender processes
To address the risk of potential local resistance to
renewable energy projects, we strengthened our
strategy for early and transparent engagement with
local communities. This included enhancing local
content in our tender processes to align more closely
with community needs and regulatory expectations.
Pilot initiatives measuring effectiveness of
our community and biodiversity efforts
Additionally, we completed three pilot initiatives
during the year to measure the effectiveness of our
community and biodiversity efforts in delivering
local social value. These pilots focused on evaluating
social returns on investment, creating natural, human,
and social capital, and assessing overall impacts on
community well-being indicators. Also, the knowledge
built from these initiatives will constitute the building
blocks for our future ability to monitor how effectively
our policies and actions address our material impacts
and risks related to affected communities.
Our goal is to further refine how we measure the
social, economic, and cultural impacts of our projects,
thereby improving the allocation of investments to
areas that provide the greatest benefit. Going forward,
we will also work to fully perform impact assessments
that incorporate local community feedback.
Minerals and metals supply chain initiatives
Finally, the potential negative impacts on community
health and Indigenous Peoples' rights identified in our
value chain are highly related to our minerals and
metals supply chain. For more information on how we
address impacts related to our minerals and metals
supply chain, see ESRS ‘S2 Workers in the value chain’
under ‘Actions’.
//
// S3-5
Targets related to affected communities
Currently, we have not set time-bound and outcome-
oriented targets that meet the criteria for effectively
reducing negative impacts, advancing positive impacts,
or managing material risks and opportunities related
to affected communities. However, we recognise the
importance of establishing robust targets to drive
meaningful progress in this area.
We are working to establish a clear community
engagement process that will involve engaging directly
with the affected communities, their representatives,
or credible proxies. In the meantime, we are focused
on gathering data and assessing current practices to
ensure that future targets are effective and aligned
with stakeholder needs. We are not yet fully able
to monitor how effectively our policies and actions
address our material sustainability-related impacts,
risks, and opportunities for affected communities.
//
151 Sustainability statements
|
SocialØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS S3
Governance
153 ESRS G1 Business conduct
Foundations are one of the largest sources of carbon emissions
in an offshore wind farm’s life cycle. In March 2024, we signed
a memorandum of understanding with German steel producer
Dillinger, securing access to the company’s first production of
lower-emissions heavy plate steel for offshore wind foundations.
In return, we offer our support to accelerate investment in the
plant used to produce it.
152 Sustainability statements
|
GovernanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Own operations
Positive impact Negative impact Risk Opportunity
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
G1 Business conduct
Constructive political engagement
through lobbying
Positive impact
153 Sustainability statements
|
GovernanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS G1
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs)
In the table below is a description of our material
IRO related to business conduct, including how we
manage it.
The positive impact is linked to our strategic decision
to build out our renewable capacity and operations.
It occurs through our lobbying activities that primarily
concern regulation of the energy sector with a view
to accelerating the deployment of renewable energy
in a way that underpins urgent climate action, security
of supply, competitiveness, and nature enhancement.
Material IRO description How do we manage the IRO?
Constructive political engagement through lobbying
Positive impact (own operations)
This positive impact relates to our lobbying activities and other
means of political influence that enable us to contribute to the
development of policies and legislation relating to the build-out
of renewable energy and the ambition of industry-wide
decarbonisation (climate advocacy).
We positively impact the environment and society through our
lobbying activities that promote the accelerated build-out of
renewable energy, which is a key technology needed to decarbonise
society and succeed in limiting global warming to 1.5 °C.
Our global Regulatory & Public Affairs team
and regional teams perform constructive
political engagement through lobbying and
climate advocacy efforts.
Political engagement and lobbying activities
At Ørsted, our approach to business conduct is
steered by integrity, one of our key guiding principles.
We commit to transparent and ethical practices
across our business and operate in compliance with
laws and regulations, fostering trust and respect
among our employees and other stakeholders.
We have several key policies to support our corporate
culture, including our ‘Good business conduct (GBC)
policy’ and ‘Code of conduct for business partners’,
which present the rules to be adhered to by our own
employees and business partners.
Our double materiality assessment (DMA) identified
several impacts and financial risks related to business
conduct. A positive impact related to our political
influence and lobbying activities was assessed as
material. However, due to the preventative measures
that we have in place at Ørsted, risks related to
corruption and bribery were not assessed as material.
The following section describes our business conduct
activities and risk mitigation strategies, which are
integral to our business practices and fundamental
to the way we work at Ørsted.
Business conduct matters
Corporate culture
We are committed to fostering a robust corporate
culture. This is achieved through a strong leadership
commitment, targeted communication, and periodic
global awareness campaigns that make business
ethics and compliance a visible priority within the
organisation.
Good business conduct (GBC) policy
This commitment is reflected in our ‘Good business
conduct (GBC) policy’. It provides clear guidance on
the expected behaviour of all employees within the
company and their interactions with stakeholders and
business partners, and it addresses key areas such as
bribery and corruption, facilitation payments, sponsor-
ships and donations, political contributions, gifts and
entertainment, and conflicts of interest.
The policy is overseen by our Chief Compliance Officer,
our Compliance Officer for good business conduct, and
our Compliance Committee, chaired by our CEO. It is avail-
able for all employees, and we have a broad communica-
tion strategy to keep employees informed and engaged in
upholding our standards of good business conduct, includ-
ing regular communication when the policy is updated.
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery
We have a zero-tolerance policy for all forms of
bribery and corruption. To ensure adherence to this,
we have several measures in place to enable us to
successfully prevent, detect, and address allegations
or incidents of corruption and bribery. We effectively
identify and manage these risks within our operations
through a thorough due diligence process where we
conduct know-your-counterparty (KYC) screenings.
This process evaluates suppliers and other business
partners for compliance with anti-bribery and
-corruption regulations, sanctions, government
watchlists, and adverse media reports. For high-risk
engagements, such as mergers, acquisitions, and
joint ventures, we conduct enhanced due diligence,
assessing additional factors, including sustainability,
creditworthiness, and brand integrity.
154 Sustainability statements
|
GovernanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS G1
Furthermore, we monitor all activities related to
sponsorships, donations, gifts, and entertainment
to ensure strict compliance with our GBC policy
and only support initiatives with sponsorships and
donations that are subject to high transparency and
accountability and are aligned with our overall vision.
Our Internal Audit team conducts regular audits to
ensure the effectiveness of our GBC policy and that all
allegations or incidents of corruption and bribery are
investigated. In 2024, we experienced no convictions
and no fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-
bribery laws.
Employees who fail to adhere to our GBC policy may
face disciplinary actions, including immediate termi-
nation of employment. It may also result in legal sanc-
tions and reporting to the police. We work proactively
with people leaders to clarify policies and prevent
serious non-compliance issues.
At-risk functions
In our organisation, certain functions are more suscep-
tible to corruption and bribery due to their involvement
in critical financial transactions, interactions with key
business partners and public officials, and geographic
location. There is also a higher risk when entering new
markets, particularly in countries with higher corruption
risks and lower levels of transparency. To address this,
our compliance monitoring processes ensure the high-
est standards of integrity and adherence to regulations.
Business conduct training
All new employees are required to participate in an
e-learning course on business conduct as part of their
onboarding process, and the course must be repeated
by all employees every second year. The training
covers a wide range of topics, including anti- corruption,
anti-bribery, and ethical guidelines, and addresses vari-
ous scenarios and ethical dilemmas.
Our Business Ethics Compliance team oversees the
completion of the e-learning and conducts additional
ad-hoc training for at-risk functions. The training
aims to translate our zero tolerance towards bribery,
corruption, and inappropriate business conduct
into everyday work and ensure employees are well
equipped to understand what good business conduct
means and how to comply with our GBC policy.
Whistleblowers
Our commitment to business integrity and transparency
is upheld through the Whistleblower Hotline, where
both employees and external stakeholders can raise
concerns about unethical behaviour or wrongdoings.
It is used for reporting and handling all investigations
and for liaising with affected areas and stakeholders.
For more details on the handling of whistleblower
reports and management of the whistleblower scheme,
please see the ‘Management’s review’, page 49.
We outline our commitment to protecting whistle-
blowers against retaliation in our ‘Good business
conduct policy’ and our ‘Whistleblower policy’. Our
system complies with applicable laws and regulations
designed to protect the rights and freedom of persons
with respect to the reporting of cases and the asso-
ciated processing of personal data. Whistleblowers
who choose to remain anonymous cannot be tracked
or identified.
// G1, IRO-1
Processes to identify and
assess material impacts, risks,
and opportunities
The starting point of our DMA for ESRS ‘G1 Business
conduct’ identified and assessed several impacts
and financial risks related to business conduct that
we recognise are related to our global operations.
Through our DMA, one positive impact related to our
political influence and lobbying activities was assessed
as material.
Our DMA also identified and assessed bribery and
corruption risks related to our own conduct regarding
misuse of influence, asset misappropriation, and
financial reporting fraud as well as bribery and
corruption risks related to our suppliers and other
business partners. However, due to the preventative
measures that we have in place at Ørsted, these
risks were not assessed as material. We mitigate
our business conduct-related risks to an acceptable
level through risk management, as described in the
text above.
//
// G1-5
Political influence and
lobbying activities
To promote the accelerated build-out of renewable
energy and the goals of the Paris Agreement, our
global and local Regulatory & Public Affairs teams
perform constructive political engagement through
lobbying and advocacy efforts. Our Chief Commercial
Officer (CCO) is accountable for these activities, with
day-to-day oversight being performed by our Senior
Vice President of Global Stakeholder Relations and
Vice President of Regulatory & Public Affairs. We are
registered in the EU Transparency Register, and our
identification number is 870817015429-80.
Our lobbying activities primarily concern regulation
of the energy sector with a view to accelerating
the deployment of renewable energy in a way that
underpins urgent climate action, security of supply,
competitiveness, and nature enhancement. Our main
positions on these topics include support for climate
policy agenda goals, namely limiting global heating
to 1.5 ºC as per the Paris Agreement and supporting
the expansion of renewables and the phase-out of
fossil fuels.
Our lobbying activities interact with our material IROs
related to climate change mitigation, both by helping
to mitigate our climate-related transition risks and
by helping to leverage our material opportunity and
deliver on our positive impact related to renewable
energy deployment.
Within Ørsted A/S, there is one member of our
Board of Directors who currently holds a position
in public administration. No other members of the
administrative, management, or supervisory bodies
currently hold a position in public administration or
have done so for the past two years.
//
155 Sustainability statements
|
GovernanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS G1
§ Accounting policies
Political influence and lobbying activities
The data covers financial contributions made
either directly or indirectly to beneficiaries
that are related to our material impacts, risks,
and opportunities, which primarily concern
climate- related advocacy. External expenses
are included. Internal expenses, such as salary
for employees working within this area of
expertise, are excluded. Our policy does not
allow for in-kind political contributions, and
consequently this is not relevant to report.
The data is gathered from invoices through
our procurement spend data. A threshold of
DKK 100,000 has been applied, i.e. smaller
contributions have not been reported.
Whistleblower cases
Ørsted’s Whistleblower Hotline is available for
internal and external reporting of suspected
cases of inappropriate or illegal behaviour.
Only cases which are closed during the reporting
year, and which have been reported to the
Audit & Risk Committee as fully or partially
substantiated, are reported. Substaniated cases
are those that provide evidence to support or
prove the truth of the allegation raised.
In 2024, our main advocacy activities took place in
Europe and the US. We contributed to the European
industry associations WindEurope and Green Power
Denmark, both significant industry representatives for
the renewable energy sector towards policymakers
who are important in our climate advocacy. Outside
Denmark, the main advocacy activities for the wind
energy sector took place through contributions to
industry associations in the UK, Germany, and the
Netherlands. In the US, we primarily contributed to the
trade association American Clean Power. In addition,
our political influence and advocacy activities in the
US took place through several lobbying firms in the
different states where we promote the accelerated
build-out of renewable energy.
Political influence and lobbying activities
Political influence, DKK million 2024
The US 23
Political institutions -
Lobbying firms 12
NGOs and advocacy groups 3
Trade associations and industry organisations 8
Think tanks -
Europe 21
Political institutions -
Lobbying firms 3
NGOs and advocacy groups -
Trade associations and industry organisations 17
Think tanks 1
APAC 0
Global 2
Political institutions -
Lobbying firms 1
NGOs and advocacy groups 1
Trade associations and industry organisations 0
Think tanks -
To t a l 46
// G1-5, 29(b)
In 2024, 14 substantiated cases of inappropriate or
unlawful behaviour were reported through our whistle-
blower scheme. Ten cases related to good business
conduct policy violations, while three cases concerned
the workplace environment, and one case was classified
as ‘other’. None of the reported cases were critical to our
business, nor caused adjustments to our financial results.
Additionally, no cases required reporting to the police.
Whistleblower cases
Whistleblower cases, number 2024 2023
Substantiated whistleblower cases 14 18 (4)
Cases transferred to the police 0 1 (1)
Entity spec.
156 Sustainability statements
|
GovernanceØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
|
ESRS G1
Consolidated
financial
statements
1 January – 31 December 2024
157 Financial statementsØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Notes
1. Basis of reporting
1.1 Significant changes and events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
1.2 Basis of preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
2. Return on capital employed
2.1 Segment information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
2.2 Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2.3 Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
2.4 Government grants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
2.5 Research and development expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2.6 Other operating income and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.7 Employee costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.8 Share-based payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
3. Capital employed
3.1 Intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment . . 181
3.2 Impairments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
3.3 Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
3.4 Contract assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
3.5 Trade receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
3.6 Supply chain finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
3.7 Other receivables and other payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
3.8 Tax equity liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
3.9 Provisions and contingent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
3.10 Non-controlling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
4. Tax
4.1 Approach to taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
4.2 Tax on profit (loss) for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
4.3 Deferred tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
4.4 Our tax footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5. Capital structure
5.1 Interest-bearing net debt and FFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
5.2 Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
5.3 Hybrid capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
5.4 Liquidity reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
5.5 Maturity analysis of financial liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
5.6 Financial income and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
6. Risk management
6.1 Risk framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
6.2 Energy price risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
6.3 Inflation and interest rate risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
6.4 Currency risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
6.5 Credit risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
6.6 Fair value measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
6.7 Energy trading portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
6.8 Categories of financial instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
6.9 Sensitivity analysis of financial instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
7. Other notes
7.1 Related-party transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
7.2 Auditor’s fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
7.3 Non-IFRS financial measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
7.4 Company overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Contents
Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income � � � � � � � � � � � 159
Consolidated statement of financial position � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 160
Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 161
Consolidated statement of cash flows � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 162
158 Financial statementsØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Consolidated statement of income
1 January – 31 December
Note DKKm 2024 2023
2.2, 2.4 Revenue 71,034 79,255
2.3 Cost of sales (35,963) (46,624)
Other external expenses (8,697) (7,406)
2.7, 2.8 Employee costs (6,532) (6,374)
Share of profit (loss) in associates and joint ventures (68) (55)
2.6 Other operating income 5,298 10,329
2.6 Other operating expenses 6,887 (10,408)
Operating profit (loss) before depreciation, amortisation, and impairment losses (EBITDA) 31,959 18,717
3.1 Amortisation and depreciation on intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment (10,225) (9,795)
3.1, 3.2 Impairment losses on intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment (15,563) (26,775)
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) 6,171 (17,853)
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises (11) 234
Share of profit (loss) in associates and joint ventures 37 36
5.6 Financial income 8,590 12,379
5.6 Financial expenses (12,181) (13,822)
Profit (loss) before tax 2,606 (19,026)
4.2 Tax on profit (loss) for the year (2,590) (1,156)
Profit (loss) for the year 16 (20,182)
Profit (loss) for the year is attributable to
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S (923) (21,059)
Interests and costs, hybrid capital owners of Ørsted A/S 717 553
Non-controlling interests 222 324
5.2 Earnings per share (DKK) (2.2) (50.1)
5.2 Diluted earnings per share (DKK) (2.2) (50.1)
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
1 January – 31 December
Note DKKm 2024 2023
Profit (loss) for the year 16 (20,182)
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedging
6 Value adjustments for the year 3,426 25,017
5.2 Value adjustments transferred to income statement (1,269) (4,143)
Exchange rate adjustments
Exchange rate adjustments relating to net investments in foreign enterprises 6,041 548
6.4 Value adjustment of net investment hedges (3,698) (328)
5.2 Value adjustments and hedges transferred to income statement 12 (295)
Tax
Tax on hedging instruments 276 (4,576)
Tax on exchange rate adjustments 131 10
Other
Share of other comprehensive income from associated companies, after tax 5 6
Other comprehensive income 4,924 16,239
Total comprehensive income 4,940 (3,943)
Comprehensive income for the year is attributable to
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S 3,752 (4,837)
Interest payments and costs, hybrid capital owners of Ørsted A/S 717 553
Non-controlling interests 471 341
Total comprehensive income 4,940 (3,943)
Other comprehensive income
All items in ‘Other comprehensive income’ may be recycled to the
income statement.
Cash flow hedging
Value adjustments for the year for cash flow hedging amounting
to DKK 3,426 million mainly consist of gains related to the hedging
of power, partly countered by losses related to the hedging of
GBP. In 2023, gains related to the hedging of power was primarily
attributable to value adjustments amounting to DKK 25,017 million.
The gain of DKK 1,269 million transferred to the income statement
mainly consists of gains related to the hedging of power.
Exchange rate adjustments
In 2024, foreign exchange gains relating to net investments in
foreign enterprises amounting to DKK 6,041 million were primarily
attributable to an increase in the USD and GBP exchange rate of
6.7 % and 4.8 %, respectively. A part of the net investment was
hedged, resulting in losses of DKK 3,698 million.
159 Financial statementsØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Consolidated statement of financial position
31 December
Note
Assets
DKKm 2024 2023
3.1 Intangible assets 2,611 3,426
3.1 Land and buildings 7,977 7,777
3.1 Production assets 138,477 121,643
3.1 Fixtures and fittings, tools, and equipment 2,122 2,042
3.1 Property, plant, and equipment under construction 53,118 48,307
3.1 Property, plant, and equipment 201,694 179,769
Investments in associates and joint ventures 870 960
Receivables from associates and joint ventures 200 77
Other securities and equity investments 344 167
6 Derivatives 960 1,356
4.3 Deferred tax 9,250 8,192
3.7 Other receivables 3,218 3,134
Other non-current assets 14,842 13,886
Non-current assets 219,147 197,081
3.3 Inventories 17,448 10,539
6 Derivatives 4,617 10,473
3.4 Contract assets 324 802
3.5 Trade receivables 9,045 11,107
3.7 Other receivables 9,936 10,530
Receivables from associates and joint ventures 41 74
Income tax 570 483
5.4 Securities 14,532 29,902
5.4 Cash 23,126 10,145
Current assets 79,639 84,055
Assets 298,786 281,136
Note
Equity and liabilities
DKKm 2024 2023
5.2 Share capital 4,204 4,204
5.2 Reserves (5,164) (10,251)
Retained earnings 63,098 62,829
5.2 Equity attributable to shareholders in Ørsted A/S 62,138 56,782
5.3 Hybrid capital 20,955 19,103
3.10 Non-controlling interests 10,391 1,906
Equity 93,484 77,791
4.3 Deferred tax 2,433 3,439
3.9 Provisions 17,735 16,908
5.5 Lease liabilities 8,076 7,618
5.1 Bond and bank debt 83,607 79,236
6 Derivatives 8,882 13,763
3.4 Contract liabilities 8,834 3,297
3.8 Tax equity liabilities 16,158 13,610
3.7 Other payables 5,825 6,273
Non-current liabilities 151,550 144,144
3.9 Provisions 2,800 15,955
5.5 Lease liabilities 834 808
5.1 Bond and bank debt 4,101 384
6 Derivatives 7,009 8,449
3.4 Contract liabilities 2,578 2,785
Trade payables 20,827 14,915
3.8 Tax equity liabilities 4,320 3,397
3.7 Other payables 7,106 6,225
Income tax 4,177 6,283
Current liabilities 53,752 59,201
Liabilities 205,302 203,345
Equity and liabilities 298,786 281,136
160 Financial statementsØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity
1 January – 31 December
DKKm
2024 2023
Share
capital Reserves
1
Retained
earnings
Proposed
dividends
Shareholders
in Ørsted A/S
Hybrid
capital
Non-
controlling
interests
To t a l
Group
Share
capital Reserves
1
Retained
earnings
Proposed
dividends
Shareholders
in Ørsted A/S
Hybrid
capital
Non-
controlling
interests
To t a l
Group
Equity at 1 January 4,204 (10,251) 62,829 - 56,782 19,103 1,906 77,791 4,204 (26,467) 88,331 5,675 71,743 19,793 3,996 95,532
Comprehensive income for the year:
Profit (loss) for the year - - (923) - (923) 717 222 16 - - (21,059) - (21,059) 553 324 (20,182)
Other comprehensive income:
Cash flow hedging - 2,129 - - 2,129 - 28 2,157 - 20,874 - - 20,874 - - 20,874
Exchange rate adjustments - 2,181 - - 2,181 - 174 2,355 - (92) - - (92) - 17 (75)
Tax on other comprehensive income - 360 - - 360 - 47 407 - (4,566) - - (4,566) - - (4,566)
Share of other comprehensive income of
associated companies, after tax - - 5 - 5 - - 5 - - 6 - 6 - - 6
Total comprehensive income - 4,670 (918) - 3,752 717 471 4,940 - 16,216 (21,053) - (4,837) 553 341 (3,943)
Cash flow hedging of property, plant, and
equipment under construction - (181) - - (181) - - (181) - - - - - - - -
Coupon payments, hybrid capital - - - - - (687) - (687) - - - - - (546) - (546)
Ta x - 40 - - 40 9 - 49 - - - - - 2 - 2
Additions, hybrid capital - - - - - 5,520 - 5,520 - - - - - - - -
Disposals, hybrid capital - - - - - (3,707) - (3,707) - - - - - (699) - (699)
Dividends paid - - - - - - (369) (369) - - 2 (5,675) (5,673) - (413) (6,086)
Additions, non-controlling interests - 558 1,143 - 1,701 - 8,383 10,084 - - - - - - 537 537
Disposals, non-controlling interests - - - - - - - - - - (4,477) - (4,477) - (2,555) (7,032)
Other changes - - 44 - 44 - - 44 - - 26 - 26 - - 26
Equity at 31 December 4,204 (5,164) 63,098 - 62,138 20,955 10,391 93,484 4,204 (10,251) 62,829 - 56,782 19,103 1,906 77,791
1
See note 5.2 ‘Equity’ for more information on reserves.
In addition to the total reserves of DKK -5,164 million, a loss of
DKK 513 million is recognised as part of non-controlling interests.
The loss is related to the hedging of revenue belonging to the
non controlling interests.
161 Financial statementsØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Consolidated statement of cash flows
1 January – 31 December
Note DKKm 2024 2023
Operating profit (loss) before depreciation, amortisation, and
impairment losses (EBITDA) 31,959 18,717
Reversal of gain (loss) on divestment of assets (349) (5,745)
Change in derivatives 648 4,274
Change in provisions (13,057) 8,454
Other items (129) 287
Change in inventories (6,534) 3,656
Change in contract assets and liabilities 6,154 461
Change in trade receivables 2,142 1,522
Change in other receivables 1,008 3,834
Change in trade payables 2,821 (5,309)
Change in tax equity liabilities 1,458 374
Change in other payables (964) (660)
Interest received and similar items 6,820 8,278
Interest paid and similar items (7,294) (6,894)
4.4 Income tax paid (6,327) (2,717)
Cash flows from operating activities 18,356 28,532
Purchase of intangible assets, and property, plant, and
equipment (42,654) (38,203)
Sale of intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment 4,471 8,189
Divestment of enterprises 942 (3)
Purchase of other equity investments (163) (124)
Purchase of securities (11,588) (18,285)
Sale/maturation of securities 27,318 13,935
Change in other non-current assets (134) (13)
Transactions with associates and joint ventures 22 (247)
Dividends received and capital reductions 27 19
Cash flows from investing activities (21,759) (34,732)
Note DKKm 2024 2023
Proceeds from raising loans 9,990 17,584
Instalments on loans (3,407) (1,580)
Instalments on leases (736) (712)
Coupon payments on hybrid capital (687) (546)
Repurchase of hybrid capital (3,707) (699)
Proceeds from issuance of hybrid capital 5,520 -
Dividends paid to shareholders in Ørsted A/S - (5,673)
3.10 Transactions with non-controlling interests 9,863 (7,061)
Net proceeds from tax equity partners 78 (182)
Collateral posted in relation to trading of derivatives (13,400) (21,829)
Collateral released in relation to trading of derivatives 12,166 19,515
Restricted cash and other changes 163 1,448
Cash flows from financing activities 15,843 265
Total net change in cash and cash equivalents 12,440 (5,935)
5.4 Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 10,144 16,175
Total net change in cash and cash equivalents 12,440 (5,935)
Exchange rate adjustments of cash and cash equivalents 540 (96)
5.4 Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 23,124 10,144
Supplementary statements
Our supplementary statements of gross and net investment appear from note 3.0 ‘Capital employed’
and free cash flows (FCF) from note 2.1 ‘Segment information’.
§ Accounting policies
‘Cash flows from operating activities’ are
determined using the indirect method as
operating profit (loss) before depreciation,
amortisation, and impairment losses adjusted
for changes in operating items without cash flow
effect. Trade payables relating to purchases
of intangible assets, and property, plant, and
equipment are not recognised in ‘Change in
trade payables’ but in ‘Purchase of intangible
assets, and property, plant, and equipment
under ‘Cash flows from investing activities’.
‘Change in tax equity liabilities’ relates to
cash contributions from tax equity partners
and repayment hereof through production tax
credits (PTCs), investment tax credits (ITCs),
and other tax attributes to tax equity partners.
See also note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
‘Cash flows from investing activities’ comprise
payments in connection with the purchase and
sale of non-current assets and enterprises as
well as the purchase and sale of securities that
are not recognised as cash and cash equivalents.
‘Cash flows from financing activities’ comprise
changes in the size or composition of equity and
loans, including instalments on leases, all trans-
actions with non-controlling interests, and net
proceeds related to interest-bearing tax equity
liabilities. Proceeds from the raising of short-
term repo loans are presented net.
Cash flows in currencies other than the func-
tional currency are translated at the average
exchange rates for the month in question, unless
these differ significantly from the rates at the
transaction date.
162 Financial statementsØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Basis of reporting
Note 1
For a detailed discussion on Ørsted’s performance and financial position, please refer to the ‘Managements review’.
1
As these divestments are with non- controlling interests, it is not included in 'Cash flow from investing activities' but as 'Cash flow from financing activities' in our statement of cash flows.
Impairments
During 2024, we have recognised a net
impairment loss of DKK 15.6 billion.
The main contributors to the net
impairment loss were construction
delay and higher expected costs due to
higher risk assessments for Sunrise Wind
(DKK 4.3 billion) and Revolution Wind
(DKK 3.8 billion), lower valuation of
our seabed leases (DKK 4.1 billion), an
increase in the US long-dated interest
rate (DKK 2.7 billion) across our US
portfolio, and our decision to cease
execution of FlagshipONE (DKK 1.5
billion). This was partly offset by a
reversal on our Sunrise Wind project
(DKK 1.8 billion) due to its award of a
higher OREC by the State of New York.
See note 3.2 ‘Impairments’.
Onerous contracts and
cancellation fees
Onerous contracts for FlagshipONE
In Q2 2024, we decided to cease execution
of FlagshipONE and deprioritise our
immediate efforts within the liquids e-fuel
market. In addition to the impairment
loss recognised on FlagshipONE, we have
recognised a provision relating to the
expected contract cancellation fees not
already covered by the impairment loss.
The remaining provision was DKK 0.3
billion at the end of 2024.
See note 3.9 ‘Provisions and contingent
liabilities’.
Onerous contracts for Ocean Wind 1
At the end of 2023, we recognised a
provision of DKK 15.0 billion related to
contract cancellation fees for Ocean
Wind 1. During 2024, we have finalised
negotiation of several supplier contracts
with a better outcome than assumed,
leading to a partly reversal through
EBITDA. In combination with payments
and other adjustments, the remaining
provision for ‘Onerous contracts’ has been
reduced to DKK 1.6 billion at the end
of 2024.
See note 3.9 ‘Provisions and contingent
liabilities’.
Divestments and acquisitions
Divestments
Four operational onshore assets
1
In June, we completed the partial divest-
ment of an 80 % stake in four operational
onshore wind assets in the US. The trans-
action resulted in proceeds of DKK 2 billion.
See note 3.10 ‘Non-controlling interests’.
Ostwind France
In May, we completed the divestment
of our Ostwind France onshore business.
Thetransaction resulted in proceeds of
DKK 1 billion.
See note 3.1 ‘Intangible assets, and
property, plant and equipments.
Mockingbird
In November, we completed the divest-
ment of a 50 % ownership stake of
our solar farm Mockingbird in the US.
The transaction resulted in proceeds
of DKK 1.1 billion.
See note 2.6 ‘Other operating income and
expenses’ and note 3.1 ‘Intangible assets,
and property, plant and equipments’.
Greater Changhua 4
In December, we completed the farm-
down of a 50 % ownership stake of our
offshore wind farm Greater Changhua 4
in Taiwan. The transaction resulted in
proceeds of DKK 3.8 billion in 2024.
As part of the divestment, we also
entered into a construction agreement
with the partner.
See note 2.6 ‘Other operating income and
expenses’ and note 3.1 ‘Intangible assets,
and property, plant and equipments’.
Four operational offshore assets
1
In December, we completed the partial
divestment of an 12.45 % minority stake
in four operational offshore wind assets
in the UK.
The transaction resulted in total
proceeds of DKK 14.5 billion, split on a
divestment cash flow of DKK 8.3 billion
and prepayments included in cash flow
from operations (CFO) of DKK 6.2 billion.
As it is a transaction with non-controlling
interests (NCI), no gain (loss) have been
included in profit (loss) for the year.
See note 3.10 ‘Non-controlling interests’.
Acquisitions
Sunrise Wind
In July, we completed the acquisition of
Eversource’s 50 % interest in Sunrise Wind,
which was owned jointly by Ørsted and
Eversource.
See note 3.1 ‘ Intangible assets, and
property, plant, and equipment’.
Significant changes and events
Note 1.1
The financial position and performance of Ørsted was particularly
affected by the following events and transactions during 2024.
Financial statements | Notes163 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
This section provides an overall description of the
accounting policies applied in our consolidated
financial statements as well as the European Single
Electronic Format (ESEF) reporting requirements.
We provide a more detailed description of the
accounting policies applied in the specific notes.
Key accounting estimates and judgements as well
as new and amended IFRS standards and interpreta-
tions are discussed in detail later in this note.
Accounting policies
The consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with the IFRS Accounting
Standards as adopted by the EU and further require-
ments in the Danish Financial Statements Act
(Årsregnskabsloven).
The accounting policies have been applied consist-
ently in the financial year and for comparative figures.
Measurement basis
The consolidated financial statements have
been prepared on historical cost basis, except for
derivatives, gas in non-Danish storage facilities,
financial instruments in the trading portfolio, and
carbon emission allowances in the trading portfolio,
which are measured at market value.
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise
the financial statements of Ørsted A/S (the parent
company) and subsidiaries controlled by Ørsted A/S.
See more in note 7.4 ‘Company overview’.
The consolidated financial statements have been
prepared as a consolidation of the parent company’s
and the individual subsidiaries’ financial statements,
which have been prepared in accordance with the
Group’s accounting policies.
Intra-group income, expenses, shareholdings, balances,
and dividends as well as realised and unrealised gains
and losses arising from intra-group transactions are
eliminated in our consolidated financial statements.
Unrealised gains and losses resulting from
transactions with associates and joint ventures are
eliminated to the extent of our ownership interest.
Entities are accounted for as associates if we hold
or have the ability to exercise, directly or indirectly,
20-50 % of the voting rights and do not exercise
control. However, we carry out a specific assessment
of our ability to exercise influence, including our ability
to influence financial and operational decisions and
thus our return. Entities that satisfy the criteria for
joint control are accounted for as investments in joint
ventures, unless the nature of the joint arrangement is
considered a joint operation.
Our shares in joint operations are recognised in the
consolidated balance sheet through recognition of the
Basis of preparation
Note 1.2
Group’s own assets, liabilities, income, and expenses.
The proportionate share of realised and unrealised
gains and losses arising from intra-group transactions
between fully consolidated enterprises and joint
operations is eliminated.
Foreign currency translation
The financial statements are presented in million
Danish kroner (DKKm), unless otherwise stated.
Exchange differences arising between the exchange
rate on the transaction date and on the date of
payment are recognised in profit (loss) for the year
as financial income or expenses.
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the
functional currency defined for each entity, using the
exchange rates prevailing at the transaction date.
Receivables, payables, and other monetary items in
foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates
on the balance sheet date. The difference between
the exchange rate on the balance sheet date and on
the date at which the receivable or payable arose
is recognised in profit (loss) for the year as financial
income or expenses.
Financial statements of foreign subsidiaries, joint
operations, associates, and joint ventures are
translated into DKK at monthly average exchange
rates insofar as these do not deviate materially from
the actual exchange rates at the transaction dates.
Balance sheet items are translated at the exchange
rates on the balance sheet date.
All exchange differences are recognised in profit
(loss) for the year, except for exchange differences
arising on:
· translation of the opening equity of these entities at
the exchange rates on the balance sheet date
· translation of the statements of comprehensive
income of these enterprises from ‘the average-for-
the-month exchange rates’ to ‘the exchange rates
on the balance sheet date’
· translation of balances accounted for as part of the
total net investment
· translation of the portion of loans and derivatives
that has been entered into to hedge the net invest-
ment in an enterprise, and that provides an effec-
tive hedge against corresponding foreign exchange
gains (losses) on the net investment.
The above types of exchange differences are recog-
nised in ‘Other comprehensive income’. Such exchange
rate adjustments are divided between the equity
of the parent company and the equity of the non-
controlling interests.
Financial statements | Notes164 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
On full or partial divestment of the net investment,
the accumulated exchange rate adjustments are
recognised as follows:
· Disposal resulting in loss of control:
The accumulated exchange rate adjustments,
including any associated hedges, are recognised in
the profit (loss) for the year if a foreign exchange
gain (loss) is realised by the selling entity. Any foreign
exchange gain (loss) is transferred to the item in
which the gain (loss) from the disposal is recognised.
The part of the foreign currency translation reserve
that relates to non-controlling interests is not
transferred to profit (loss) for the year.
· Disposal not resulting in loss of control:
A proportionate share of the foreign currency
translation reserve is transferred from the parent
company shareholders’ share of equity to the
minority shareholders’ share of equity.
Repayment of balances that are considered part
of the net investment does not constitute a partial
disposal of the subsidiary.
iXBRL reporting
We are required to file our annual report in the
European Single Electronic Format (‘ESEF’) using
the XHTML format and to tag the consolidated
financial statements, including notes, using the Inline
eXtensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL).
TheiXBRL tags comply with the ESEF taxonomy.
Where a financial statement line item is not defined
in the ESEF taxonomy, an extension to the taxonomy
has been created.
The annual report submitted to the Danish Financial
Supervisory Authority consists of the XHTML
document together with certain technical files, all
included in a ZIP file named Orsted-2024-12-31-en.zip.
Non-IFRS financial measures
We present financial measures in the consolidated
financial statements to describe the Group’s finan-
cial performance, financial position, and cash flows.
We use these financial measures as we believe they
provide valuable information to our stakeholders
and management.
The financial measures should not be considered a
replacement for the performance measures as defined
under IFRS, but rather as supplementary information.
The financial measures may not be comparable to
similar titled measures presented by other companies,
as the definitions and calculations may be different.
The financial measures most commonly presented
in the Ørsted annual report are:
· EBITDA and EBITDA excluding new partnerships
and cancellation fees
· funds from operations (FFO)
· FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt
· interest-bearing net debt (NIBD)
· adjusted interest-bearing net debt
· free cash flow (FCF)
· return on capital employed ( ROCE)
· capital employed
· g ross investments
· net investments.
Our definitions of the financial measures are included
in note 7.3 ‘Non-IFRS financial measures’.
Basis of preparation
Note 1.2 – continued
Financial statements | Notes165 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Implementation of new and changed accounting
standards and interpretations
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
has issued amended standards that are effective for
the first time in 2024. None of them required a change
in our accounting policies or had any material impact
on our consolidated financial statetements.
New standards and interpretations
IASB has issued new or amended accounting stand-
ards and interpretations that have not yet become
effective and have consequently not been imple-
mented in the consolidated financial statements for
2024. Ørsted expects to adopt the accounting stand-
ards and interpretations as they become mandatory.
In 2024, IASB issued IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and
Disclosure in Financial Statements’ which replaces
IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’. The
Group is currently working to identify all impacts the
amendments will have on the primary financial state-
ments and notes to the financial statements. Besides
that, the new or amended standards or interpretations
are not expected to have a significant impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
Key accounting estimates and judgements
The use of reasonable estimates and judgements is an
essential part of the preparation of the consolidated
financial statements.
Given the uncertainties inherent in our business activi-
ties, we make a number of estimates and judgements.
The estimates and judgements are based on assump-
tions concerning future developments, which affect
our application of accounting policies and the reported
amounts of our assets, liabilities, sales, costs, cash flows,
hedge reserves, and related disclosures. Actual amounts
may differ from the amounts estimated and judgements
made, as more detailed information becomes available.
We regularly reassess these estimates and judgements
based on, among other things, historical experience,
the current situation in the financial markets, and a
number of other relevant factors, e.g. the updates on
annual estimated production. Changes in estimates
are recognised in the period in which the estimate in
question is revised.
Accounting estimates, judgements, and assumptions
which may entail a risk of material adjustments in
subsequent years are listed in the table above.
Basis of preparation
Note 1.2 – continued
Note Key accounting estimates and judgements Estimate/judgement Potential impact from accounting estimates and judgements2.4 Government grants Classification of contract for difference (CfD) agreements Judgement2.6 Other operating income and expenses Variable selling prices related to divestments of offshore wind farms and offshore transmission assets EstimateConsolidation method for partnerships Judgement3.2 Impairments Key assumptions in impairment tests Estimate 3.8 Tax equity liabilities Recognition of tax equity partnerships Estimate/judgement 3.9 Provisions and contingent liabilities Assumptions for provisions Estimate4.2 Tax on profit (loss) for the year Recognition of income taxes Estimate 6.1 Risk framework Valuation of long-term power purchase agreements Estimate/judgement Hedge accounting Estimate/judgement
Key accounting estimates and judgements and their level of
potential impact on the consolidated financial statements.
The impact relates to objectivity and business practice.
Very objective/market-conforming
Objective/partially conforming
Partially subjective/partially distinctive
Subjective/distinctive to Ørsted
In addition, we make judgements when we apply
the accounting policies.
Reference is made to the specific notes for further
information on the key accounting estimates and
judgements as well as the assumptions applied.
Financial statements | Notes166 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Return on capital employed (ROCE) is a key ratio,
showing how profitable our business activities are.
Our target is an average ROCE of approx. 13 % for
the Group for the 2024-2030 period.
ROCE was 4.5 % in 2024. Adjusted for impairment
losses and cancellation fees, ROCE amounted to
10.1 % in 2024.
See note 2.1 ‘Segment information.
Return on
capital employed
Note 2
Return on capital employed
%
Return on capital employed was
4.5 % in 2024 against -14.2 % in 2023.
EBITDA and EBIT
DKKbn
-14.2
14.8
8.3
4.5
16.8
EBITDA 320
EBIT 6�2
EBIT
DKKm
Impairment losses DKK -15,563 million Remaining EBIT DKK 14,399 millionCancellation fees DKK 7,335 million
EBIT of DKK 6,171 million in 2024
4.5 %
32.1
18.7
-17.9
24.3
16.6
2023
2022
2021
2020
2024
19.8
16.2
9.0
20242020 20222021 2023
Financial statements | Notes167 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Segment information
Note 2.1
Geographical distribution
Geographical revenue is broken down, as far as
possible, by the customer’s geographical location
based on supply point.
A significant part of our sales takes place via power
exchanges and gas hubs in Europe, whose physical
locations do not reflect the geographical locations of
our customers. When breaking down these sales by
geographical location, we use the physical locations of
the exchange or hub since we do not know the physical
location of our customers in all cases.
No single customer accounted for more than 10 % of
our consolidated revenue in 2024 or 2023.
Non-current assets are broken down geographically,
based on the physical locations of the assets.
Offshore DKKmRevenue 53,808EBITDA 26,470Gross investments 33,023
Primary activities
Development, construction, ownership, and operation of offshore
wind farms in Europe, the US, and APAC, and development of
renewable hydrogen in selected core markets.
Onshore DKKmRevenue 2,720EBITDA 3,863Gross investments 7,391
Primary activities
Development, construction, ownership, and operation of onshore
wind and solar farms in the US and Europe, including integrated
storage.
Bioenergy & Other DKKmRevenue 15,105EBITDA 1,082Gross investments 2,250
Primary activities
Generation of heat and power and delivery of ancillary services
from CHP plants in Denmark, optimisation of our gas portfolio,
as well as management of our Danish and Swedish B2B business.
§ Accounting policies
Our operating segments are consistent with
our internal reporting to our chief operating
decision-maker, the Group Executive Team.
The operating segments are managed primarily
on the basis of EBITDA and investments.
Financial income, financial expenses, and tax
are allocated to the operating segments, while
we manage them at Group level.
Segment income and segment expenses are
those items that, in our internal management
reporting, are directly attributable to individual
segments or can be indirectly allocated to
individual segments on a reliable basis.
Revenue
DKKm 2024 (2023)
Total 71,034 (79,255)
GB
TW
DE
Other
DK
US
NL
IR
32,468 (45,694)
2,555 (4,093)
541 (659)
2,958 (2,192)
17,108 (17,149)
3,079 (1,042)
11,534 (7,516)
791 (910)
Revenue, intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment
are presented based on the locations of our customers and
assets as well as the exchanges on which we trade.
Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment
DKKm 2024 (2023)
Total 204,305 (183,195)
77,474 (69,144)US
11,749 (11,137)DK
0 (1,594)FR
33,175 (28,755)TW
3,978 (4,335)NL
45,450 (43,747)GB
4,693 (4,451)IR
87 (739)Other
23,465 (16,996)DE
4,234 (2,297)PL
Financial statements | Notes168 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The column ‘Other activities/eliminations’ primarily covers the
elimination of inter-segment transactions. It also includes income
and costs, assets and liabilities, investment activity, taxes, etc.,
handled at Group level.
1
Including the elimination of other activities, the total elimination
of intra-group revenue amounts to DKK -4,538 million, which
primarily relates to our Shared Functions services and our B2B
business activities.
Other 2024 income statementBioenergyReportableactivities/DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othersegmentseliminations To ta lExternal revenue 52,528 2,732 15,642 70,902 132 71,034Intra-group revenue 1,280 (12) (537) 731 (731) 1-Revenue 53,808 2,720 15,105 71,633 (599) 71,034Cost of sales (24,628) (97) (11,316) (36,041) 78 (35,963)Employee costs and other external expenses (11,287) (2,432) (2,656) (16,375) 1,146 (15,229)Gain (loss) on disposal of non-current assets 215 141 (7) 349 - 349Additional other operating income and expenses 8,421 3,541 (45) 11,917 (81) 11,836Share of profit (loss) in associates and joint ventures (59) (10) 1 (68) - (68)EBITDA 26,470 3,863 1,082 31,415 544 31,959Depreciation and amortisation (7,091) (2,190) (667) (9,948) (277) (10,225)Impairment losses (14,242) (1,321) - (15,563) - (15,563)Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) 5,137 352 415 5,904 267 6,171Key ratiosIntangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment 127,821 66,359 8,919 203,099 1,206 204,305Equity investments and non-current receivables 507 444 264 1,215 180 1,395Net working capital, capital expenditures (7,005) (297) (148) (7,450) (4) (7,454)Net working capital, work in progress 5,798 - - 5,798 - 5,798Net working capital, tax equity (1,205) (17,509) - (18,714) - (18,714)Net working capital, other items (5,783) 389 40 (5,354) 4,663 (691)Derivatives, net (5,470) (3,325) (858) (9,653) (661) (10,314)Decommissioning obligations (9,347) (2,293) (2,204) (13,844) - (13,844)Other provisions (4,037) - (619) (4,656) (2,035) (6,691)Tax, net 6,286 (4,295) 285 2,276 934 3,210Other receivables and other payables, net (3,966) (30) - (3,996) (1,493) (5,489)Capital employed at 31 December 103,599 39,443 5,679 148,721 2,790 151,511Return on capital employed (ROCE), % 4.5Cash flows from operating activities 12,931 4,459 1,939 19,329 (973) 18,356Gross investments (33,023) (7,391) (2,250) (42,664) (144) (42,808)Divestments 11,293 4,430 - 15,723 (43) 15,680Free cash flow (FCF) (8,799) 1,498 (311) (7,612) (1,160) (8,772)
Segment information
Note 2.1 – continued
Financial statements | Notes169 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The column ‘Other activities/eliminations’ primarily covers the
elimination of inter-segment transactions. It also includes income
and costs, assets and liabilities, investment activity, taxes, etc.,
handled at Group level.
1
Including the elimination of other activities, the total elimination
of intra-group revenue amounts to DKK -4,896 million, which
primarily relates to our Shared Functions services and our B2B
business activities.
Segment information
Note 2.1 – continued
Other 2023 income statementBioenergyReportableactivities/DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othersegmentseliminations To ta lExternal revenue 57,062 2,643 19,525 79,230 25 79,255Intra-group revenue 1,365 (23) (295) 1,047 (1,047) 1-Revenue 58,427 2,620 19,230 80,277 (1,022) 79,255Cost of sales (31,773) (129) (15,024) (46,926) 302 (46,624)Employee costs and other external expenses (9,712) (2,460) (2,730) (14,902) 1,122 (13,780)Gain (loss) on disposal of non-current assets 5,751 - (6) 5,745 - 5,745Additional other operating income and expenses (8,829) 2,948 52 (5,829) 5 (5,824)Share of profit (loss) in associates and joint ventures (47) (9) 1 (55) - (55)EBITDA 13,817 2,970 1,523 18,310 407 18,717Depreciation and amortisation (6,815) (1,957) (759) (9,531) (264) (9,795)Impairment losses (25,526) (927) (322) (26,775) - (26,775)Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) (18,524) 86 442 (17,996) 143 (17,853)Key ratiosIntangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment 111,188 62,626 8,132 181,946 1,249 183,195Equity investments and non-current receivables 770 143 92 1,005 167 1,172Net working capital, capital expenditures (3,285) (1,001) (256) (4,542) - (4,542)Net working capital, work in progress 1,705 - - 1,705 - 1,705Net working capital, tax equity (1,365) (14,446) - (15,811) - (15,811)Net working capital, other items 4,513 461 870 5,844 1,950 7,794Derivatives, net (3,645) (6,311) (738) (10,694) 311 (10,383)Decommissioning obligations (8,840) (2,062) (2,075) (12,977) - (12,977)Other provisions (16,865) (2) (1,022) (17,889) (1,997) (19,886)Tax, net 2,187 (3,787) (348) (1,948) 901 (1,047)Other receivables and other payables, net (2,789) 13 . (2,776) (1,274) (4,050)Capital employed at 31 December 83,574 35,634 4,655 123,863 1,307 125,170Return on capital employed (ROCE), % (14.2)Cash flows from operating activities 21,209 609 2,550 24,368 4,164 28,532Gross investments (28,613) (9,069) (727) (38,409) (100) (38,509)Divestments 1,500 5 61 1,566 (24) 1,542Free cash flow (FCF) (5,904) (8,455) 1,884 (12,475) 4,040 (8,435)
Financial statements | Notes170 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Revenue
Note 2.2
Other Other RevenueBioenergyactivities/Bioenergyactivities/DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations 2024 Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations 2023 Generation of power 11,935 2,275 5,315 - 19,525 10,585 2,171 6,306 - 19,062Sale of power 17,832 3 225 (18) 18,042 25,329 3 395 (288) 25,439Revenue from construction of wind farms and transmission assets 6,991 38 - - 7,029 6,589 148 - - 6,737Generation and sale of heat and steam - - 3,380 - 3,380 - - 3,776 - 3,776Sale of gas - - 4,520 (30) 4,490 - - 6,296 - 6,296Distribution and transmission - - 373 (2) 371 - - 309 (1) 308O&M and other services 4,464 324 378 (549) 4,617 4,045 163 942 (733) 4,417Total revenue from customers 41,222 2,640 14,191 (599) 57,454 46,548 2,485 18,024 (1,022) 66,035Government grants 11,637 103 461 - 12,201 9,518 296 364 - 10,178Miscellaneous revenue 949 (23) 453 - 1,379 2,361 (161) 842 - 3,042Total revenue 53,808 2,720 15,105 (599) 71,034 58,427 2,620 19,230 (1,022) 79,255Timing of revenue recognition from customersAt a point in time 21,900 2,640 6,204 (599) 30,145 34,657 2,485 10,722 (1,022) 46,842Over time 19,322 - 7,987 - 27,309 11,891 - 7,302 - 19,193Total revenue from customers 41,222 2,640 14,191 (599) 57,454 46,548 2,485 18,024 (1,022) 66,035Revenue from sale of goods and servicesRevenue from sale of goods 49,777 2,691 14,609 (72) 67,005 54,602 2,585 18,736 (303) 75,620Revenue from sale of services 4,031 29 496 (527) 4,029 3,825 35 494 (719) 3,635Total revenue 53,808 2,720 15,105 (599) 71,034 58,427 2,620 19,230 (1,022) 79,255
Revenue
The timing of transfer of goods or services to customers is categorised
as follows:
At a point in time’ mainly comprises:
· sale of power or gas in the market, e.g. Nord Pool, TTF, NBP,
and ERCOT
· sale of transmission assets from offshore wind farms.
Over time’ mainly comprises:
· construction agreements for wind farms and transmission assets
· long-term contracts with customers to deliver power, heat, or gas.
Backlog
Order backlog for the construction of wind farms and offshore trans-
mission assets is remaining revenue on construction agreements to
be recognised in future years.
The overview does not include revenue from contracts with customers to
deliver gas, heat, and power, or our operations and maintenance agree-
ments. For these types of goods and services, we recognise the revenue
that corresponds directly to the value transferred to the customer.
Order backlogDKKm 2024 202331 December 8,643 6,538Within one year 100 % 99 %In more than one year 0 % 1 %
Revenue for the year decreased by 10 % to DKK 71,034
million in 2024. The decrease was mainly due to a
lower ‘Sale of power’, driven by lower power prices
across markets and lower volumes sold on third-party
contracts, and due to a lower ‘Sale of gas’, mainly
because of lower gas prices.
Revenue from construction agreements was DKK 7,029
million, mainly relating to the construction of Borkum
Riffgrund 3 and Gode Wind 3 for partners.
In 2023, revenue from construction agreements mainly
related to the construction of Borkum Riffgrund 3 for
partners and the divestment of the Hornsea 2 offshore
transmission asset.
Income from government grants increased in 2024
due to Hornsea 2 entering the UK subsidy regime
(CfD), combined with lower power prices, leading to
a higher subsidy per MWh produced.
Financial statements | Notes171 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Revenue
Note 2.2 – continued
§ Accounting policies
Revenue is measured based on the consider-
ation specified in a contract with a customer
(transaction price) and excludes amounts
collected on behalf of third parties, i.e. VAT.
We recognise revenue when we transfer con-
trol over a product or service to a customer
or a partner.
If a part of the transaction price is variable,
i.e. bonus payments, incentive payments
for unmissed deadlines, etc., the variable
consideration is recognised in revenue when
it is highly probable that the revenue will not
be reversed in subsequent periods.
We adjust the transaction price for the time
value of money if the payments exceed
twelve months.
Generation of power
Generation of power is the sale of power
produced at our own wind farms, solar farms,
and power stations as well as the sale of
ancillary services. We recognise revenue
as the power is produced, since this is when
delivery to the customers occurs.
Fees for having CPH plants on standby or
ready to increase or decrease the generation
of power to balance the demand and
supply in the system are considered one
performance obligation fulfilled over time.
The consideration for the power is due
when the actual power is delivered to the
customer.
Sale of power
Sale of power includes revenue from the
sale of power sourced from other producers.
This includes the sale of power sourced from
investor power purchase agreements, third-
party balancing contracts, exchanges, and
other sales contracts. The sale is recognised
when the power is delivered to the grid.
Sales contracts for a fixed amount of power
at a variable price, or where we are exclusive
suppliers to the customer at a variable price,
are considered one performance obligation
with multiple deliveries to be satisfied over
time. For such contracts and for long-term
agreements on selling power at a fixed price,
we recognise revenue in the amount up to
which we have a right to invoice.
The consideration for the power is due
when the actual power is delivered to the
customer.
Revenue from failed own-use power con-
tracts are recognised on a net basis. These
are contracts settled with delivery of phys-
ical power where the purpose of entering
into them are hedging or optimisation of our
revenue
Revenue from construction of wind farms
Revenue from construction of wind farms
includes development and construction.
The construction agreements cover the
construction phase from design to delivery
of an operational asset. The agreement
consists of two performance obligations:
· Wind farms.
· Offshore transmission assets, if applicable.
The construction agreements cover our
partners’ shares of the construction of the
wind farm and offshore transmission assets,
if applicable. If our contracts include multiple
performance obligations, the transaction
price will be allocated to each performance
obligation based on the stand-alone
selling prices. Where these are not directly
observable, they are estimated based on the
expected cost-plus margin.
We recognise revenue over time, using an
input method to measure progress towards
complete satisfaction of the performance
obligation because the customer gains
control of the wind farm during the
construction process. The input method
reflects the ongoing transfer of control.
The consideration for the construction of an
offshore wind farm consists of a fixed fee and
a relatively minor variable fee, depending on
when the wind farm can be put into operation.
The consideration for an offshore transmission
asset is a fixed fee.
After signing the construction agreement,
we carry out an assessment determining
when the wind farm is expected to be
completed. We calculate the size of the
variable payment on this basis. We only
recognise the variable fee when it is highly
probable that a subsequent reversal will
not take place.
Our partner pays the fixed consideration
based on a payment schedule. The payment
schedule is determined and based on the
expected progress of the construction and
transfer of control to the customer.
Generation and sale of heat and steam
Heat is sold under long-term heat contracts
and recognised when the heat is delivered to
our customer.
The individual heat customer has made
a prepayment to finance the majority of
our CAPEX associated with the biomass
conversion of the CHP plant. The prepayment
is recognised as a contract liability, and it is
also recognised as revenue in step with the
transfer of heat to the customer.
Payment for the sale of heat consists of
fixed costs associated with operations and
maintenance of a CHP plant, fuel costs for
the generation of heat, and a financial return.
The consideration is due when delivered.
Sale of gas
Sale of gas is our gas sourced from other
producers, and it is recognised when the gas
is transferred to our buyer. The transfer of
control occurs either when the gas is injected
into the distribution system or delivered to
the customer.
Sales contracts for a fixed amount of gas at
a variable price, or where we are exclusive
suppliers to the customer at a variable price,
are considered one performance obligation
with multiple deliveries to be satisfied over
time. For such contracts, we recognise revenue
in the amount up to which we have a right
to invoice.
The consideration for the gas is due when the
gas is injected into the distribution system or
delivered to the customer.
Distribution and transmission
Fees for distribution and transmission of oil
and gas is recognised when the product is
delivered to the buyer, or when the capacity
is made available.
Revenue is calculated as the amount to
which we are entitled when the service is
delivered to the customer, and consideration
is payable when invoiced.
O&M and other services
Revenue from providing services is
recognised over time as our customers
simultaneously receive and consume the
benefits provided.
For fixed-price contracts, revenue is
recognised based on the actual service
rendered at the end of the reporting period
as a pro portion of the total services to be
rendered. This is determined based on the
actual labour hours spent relative to the
total labour hours expected.
Fixed-price contracts are invoiced on a
monthly basis, and consideration is payable
when invoiced. Variable fee services are due
after the services are rendered.
Financial statements | Notes172 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Cost of sales
Note 2.3
Other Other Cost of salesBioenergyactivities/Bioenergyactivities/DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations 2024 Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations 2023 Power including certificates 15,901 5 463 3 16,372 23,500 - 686 (134) 24,052Costs of constructing wind farms and transmission assets 6,971 35 - - 7,006 6,527 53 - - 6,580Biomass - - 4,386 - 4,386 - - 3,753 - 3,753Coal - - 585 - 585 - - 2,017 (7) 2,010Gas - - 4,361 (5) 4,356 - - 5,640 (1) 5,639Distribution and transmission costs 1,501 33 795 (2) 2,327 1,527 37 1,408 (59) 2,913Other cost of sales 255 24 726 (74) 931 219 39 1,520 (101) 1,677To t a l 24,628 97 11,316 (78) 35,963 31,773 129 15,024 (302) 46,624
§ Accounting policies
Ørsted constructs offshore transmission assets
in the UK, which are required to be divested to
third parties due to EU unbundling regulations.
The construction costs are presented as inven-
tories and transferred to cost of sales when the
asset is divested to either a farm-down partner
or to the buyer appointed by Ofgem.
Cost of sales decreased by 23 % to DKK 35,963 million
in 2024. The decrease was primarily due to the lower
power and gas prices across all markets.
‘Costs of construction of wind farms and transmission
assets’ was DKK 7,006 million, mainly related to the
construction of Borkum Riffgrund 3 and Gode Wind 3
for partners.
In 2023, ‘Costs of construction of wind farms and
transmission assets’ was DKK 6,580 million, mainly
related to the construction of Borkum Riffgrund 3 for
partners and the divestment of the remaining 50 %
of the Hornsea 2 offshore transmission asset to an
Ofgem-appointed buyer.
Financial statements | Notes173 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Government grants
Note 2.4
Government grants DKKm 2024 2023Government grants recognised in profit (loss) for the year under revenue 12,201 10,178Government grants recognised in profit (loss) for the year under other operating income 23 26Government grants recognised in the balance sheet (23) (26)Government grants recognised for the year 12,201 10,178
Energinet, the transmission system operator in
Denmark, administers subsidies for environmentally
sustainable power generation, including biomass
and offshore wind farms. We treat the subsidies as a
government grant, as it is paid by the Danish state.
In the UK, we receive subsidies under two schemes:
contracts for difference (CfD) and the Renewable
Obligation scheme (renewable obligation certificate
(ROC) regime). We treat the payments from the
schemes as government grants.
Feed-in tariffs from our Irish, Dutch, and German wind
farms are also recognised as government grants.
For subsidies in the US, see note 3.8 ‘Tax equity
liabilities’.
Income from government grants increased in 2024
compared to 2023 due to lower power prices, leading
to a higher subsidy per MWh produced.
§ Accounting policies
Government grants comprise grants for environ-
mentally sustainable power generation, grants for
the funding of development projects, investment
grants, etc.
Government grants are recognised when there
is reasonable assurance that the grants will be
received.
As grants for power generation are intended as a
compensation for the price of power, we system-
atically recognise the grants under revenue in line
with the power generation and thus the related
revenue.
When we enter into contracts for differences (CfD)
with governments, we assess the appropriate
classification at inception as either a government
grant or a derivative (within the scope of IFRS 9). In
the assessment, we consider e.g. other price levels,
duration, flexibility in the start date, and credit
terms, etc. In this assessment, we put significant
emphasis on the price levels being sufficiently
attractive, making it unlikely that the contract
would result in us becoming a net payer under the
contract.
If the contract is deemed to be on market terms,
we classify the contract as a financial instrument.
If the contracts are more attractive than the market
terms, we classify the contracts as a government
grant.
To the extent the CfD contains embedded deriva-
tives, we apply the same assessment to these as
described above for the host contract.
The settlement payment for the CfD is recognised
as a government grant, which is presented as
revenue.
Key accounting judgement
Classification of contract for
difference (CfD) agreements
When we enter into contract for difference (CfD)
agreements with governments whose purpose it
is to support the build-out of renewable energy,
we assess the appropriate accounting standards
to be applied. To determine the appropriate
classification of the CfD as either a government
grant or derivative, we consider all the relevant
facts and circumstances, including price levels,
duration, flexibility in the start date, production
requirements, credit terms, etc.
If the host contract is considered a government
grant arrangement, we apply the same judgement
to each individual derivative embedded in the
CfD. If the embedded derivatives, which would
otherwise require separation, are assessed to
provide an additional upside, they are considered
part of the government grant host contract.
Financial statements | Notes174 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Research and development expenditures
Note 2.5
Expensed research and development expenditures 2024Bioenergy DKKm Offshore 1Onshore& Other To ta lResearch 130 - - 130Development 995 430 - 1,425To t a l 1,125 430 - 1,555
Expensed research and development expenditures 2023DKKmResearch 239 - - 239Development 1,606 460 1 2,067To t a l 1,845 460 1 2,306
1
In 2024, development expenditures in Offshore include P2X development costs of DKK 103 million (2023: DKK 338 million).
§ Accounting policies
Research costs are costs incurred to find new
or improve existing technologies (e.g. improving
offshore foundations, optimising the blade
stability and performance of wind farms, and
developing new ways of converting renewable
electrons to renewable molecules and
synthetic fuels).
Research costs are recognised in the income
statement as incurred.
Development costs primarly comprise salaries
(presented in note 2.7 ‘Employee costs’) as well
as internal and external costs, which can be
directly or indirectly attributed to design and
development of offshore and onshore wind
farms, solar farms, and energy storage facilities.
Development costs are expensed until the
capitalisation criteria are met. Development
costs incurred after that are capitalised as
‘Property, plant, and equipment under construc-
tion’ (see line ‘Additions’ in note 3.1 ‘Intangible
assets, and property, plant and equipment’).
Financial statements | Notes175 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Other operating income and expenses
Note 2.6
Other operating incomeDKKm 2024 2023Gain on divestment of assets 605 5,895US tax credits and tax attributes 3,547 2,577Compensations 847 916Miscellaneous operating income 299 941To t a l 5,298 10,329
Other operating expensesDKKm 2024 2023Cancellation fees (7,335) 9,621Ineffective hedges, etc. (137) 512Loss on divestment of assets 256 150Miscellaneous operating expenses 329 125To t a l (6,887) 10,408
Other operating income
In 2024, ‘Other operating income’ was DKK 5,298 mil-
lion, which was DKK 5,031 million lower than in 2023.
In 2024, ‘Gain on divestment of assets’ primarily
related to effects from minor adjustments from farm-
downs completed in prior years. In 2023, ‘Gain on
divestments of assets’ related to the divestment of
London Array and the 50 % farm-down of Gode Wind 3.
The increase in ‘US tax credits and tax attributes’ was
mainly driven by the continuous commissioning of new
onshore assets having full impact.
‘Compensations’ was primarily compensations
regarding outages and curtailments from TenneT,
the German grid operator, and compensations from
US operating asset performance guarantees.
‘Miscellaneous operating income’ primarily related to
adjustment of provisions toward partners.
Other operating expenses
In 2024, ‘Cancellation fees’ was an income of
DKK 7,335 million and primarily related to adjust-
ments to the provision for onerous contracts for
Ocean Wind as well as the decision to cease execution
of FlagshipONE. For Ocean Wind, we have finalised
the negotiation of several contracts with a better
outcome than expected, leading to a net-positive
impact. This was partly offset by costs related to
fulfilling and cancelling contracts for FlagshipONE.
In 2023, ‘Cancellation fees’ related to the decision to
cease the development of Ocean Wind.
See note 3.9 ‘Provisions and contingent liabilities’ for
more information about the cancellation fees and
provisions made in relation to this.
§ Accounting policies
Gains from farm-downs of ownership interests in
wind farms are recognised on the divestment date
as other operating income.
Gains from future construction of the partner’s
share of the wind farm are recognised over time in
the income statement in step with construction.
Divestment of ownership interests in our
offshore wind farms
When we divest an ownership interest in an off-
shore wind farm to a partner, we typically also
enter into agreements on the construction and
future operation of the offshore wind farm.
Contracts in connection with a divestment are
typically agreements on:
· the sale of shares (divestment of assets), referred
to as a share purchase agreement (SPA)
· the future construction of the offshore wind
farm (construction agreements or construction
management agreements, if not in operation)
· the future operation of the offshore wind farm
(O&M agreements).
The partnerships are typically establiched as
joint operations with shared control. If an invester
obtains a non-controlling interest in our joint
operator controlled by Ørsted, this is classified as a
transaction with a non-controlling interest. If such
a transaction comprises both an equity investment
and other arrangements, such as power purchase
agreements, proceeds are allocated between these
elements on a relative fair value basis.
Key accounting estimate
Variable selling prices related to divest ments of off-
shore wind farms and offshore transmission assets
When we divest an ownership interest in an
offshore wind farm and an offshore transmission
asset to a partner, we consider all terms and
activities in the contracts in order to determine
the trans action price.
If the consideration includes a variable amount,
we estimate the consideration to which we are
entitled in exchange for transferring the asset,
the wind farm, and the transmission asset to our
partner.
The variable considerations are estimated at contract
inception based on future outcome of events, e.g.:
· the divestment price of the offshore transmission
asset through a competitive tender process
· the winning bid of the tender revenue stream
through a competitive tender process for offshore
transmission assets
· the impact on production from future wind farms.
We consider ‘the most likely amount’ to provide
the most appropriate estimate of the expected
variable consideration.
Key accounting judgement
Consolidation method for partnerships
On establishment of partnerships and in connec-
tion with any restructuring of existing partnerships,
we carry out individual assessments to determine
whether we control the investee. Significant judge-
ments are applied to determine who controls the
economically and operationally significant deci-
sions in the partnership, and whether arrangements
with partnerships are considered a non-controlling
interest or a financial liability. Relevant items to
consider typically involve decisions related to
budget approval, sale of power as well as decom-
missioning and repowering.
For joint arrangements, we subsequently assess
whether they are joint ventures or joint operations.
In assessing joint operations, we consider:
· the corporate form of the operation
· whether we are only entitled to the net profit
(loss) or to income and expenses resulting from
the operation.
In addition, the fact that the parties buy or are
assigned all output, for example the power gener-
ated, will lead to the structure being considered a
joint operation if we have joint control.
The assessment of the consolidation method
determines the recognition of gain or loss on
divestments as either operating income in the
income statement or as transactions with a non-
controlling interest in equity.
Financial statements | Notes176 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Employee costs
Note 2.7
1
In 2024, the Executive Board consisted of Mads Nipper, Rasmus Errboe,
Trond Westlie (joined on 1 April 2024), and Henriette Fenger Ellekrog.
2
Ørsted updated its executive management structure effective
1 April 2024. The Group Executive Team was reduced to five members
(the Executive Board members and Patrick Harnett). Salaries and
remuneration for ‘Other members of the Group Executive Team’ in
2024 include compensation of Patrick Harnett for the period April -
December 2024 and compensation for the first quarter of 2024 for
Olivia Breese, Andrew Brown, Anders Zoëga Hansen, David Hardy,
Per Mejnert Kristensen, Ingrid Reumert, and Varun Sivaram.
3
Mads Nipper’s 2023 remuneration includes a DKK 4.5 million
expense due to the cancellation of two LTI grants. These grants were
canceled because the increase in his shareholding was not sufficient
to satisfy the requirements of the share programme.
The decrease in total remuneration is due to the change in composition
of the Group Executive Board.
Employee costsDKKm 2024 2023Wages, salaries, and remuneration 6,707 6,550Pensions 563 536Other social security costs 286 268Share-based payment 43 32Other employee costs 174 185Employee costs before transfer to assets 7,773 7,571Transfer to assets (1,241) (1,197)Total employee costs 6,532 6,374
Salaries and remuneration for the Group Executive Team Other members of theand the Board of Directors Executive Board 1Group Executive Team 2Board of Directors Tota lDKK 000 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023Fixed salary 37,969 27,849 12,136 36,278 6,430 6,907 56,535 71,034Short-term cash-based incentive scheme 4,676 3,711 1,729 5,046 - - 6,405 8,757Share-based payment 2,787 6,270 31,110 4,622 - - 3,897 10,892Pension, social security, and benefits 704 858 2,890 7,650 - - 3,594 8,508Salary in notice period - 8,443 - 12,850 - - - 21,293Severance payment - 6,210 - 14,309 - - - 20,519To t a l 46,136 53,341 17,865 80,755 6,430 6,907 70,431 141,003
Pension plans and number of employees
Pension plans are defined-contribution plans that do
not commit Ørsted beyond the amounts contributed.
In 2024, our average number of employees (FTE) was
8,496 (2023: 8,666).
Remuneration of the Group Executive Team
The remuneration of the Group Executive Team is
based on a fixed salary, personal benefits, such as a
company car, free telephone, etc., a variable salary,
and share-based payment. Non-executive members of
the Group Executive Team also receive a pension.
The members of the Board of Directors are only paid a
fixed remuneration for their work in Ørsted. In addition,
Ørsted reimburses any travel expenses.
For more details on the remuneration of the Executive
Board and Board of Directors, please refer to the
remuneration report: orsted.com/remuneration2024.
Financial statements | Notes177 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
§ Accounting policies
The share programme is classified as an
equity- based programme as the programme
is settled in shares. The market value of the
PSUs and the estimated number of PSUs
granted are measured at the time of granting
and recognised:
· in the income statement under employee
costs over the vesting period
· as an offset in the balance sheet under equity
over the vesting period.
The valuation of the PSUs and the estimate
of the number of PSUs expected to be granted
are carried out as a probability simulation
based on Ørsted’s expected total shareholder
return relative to ten comparable European
energy companies. The expectations are
factored into the market value and are not
adjusted subsequently. The participants are
compensated for any dividend payments by
receiving additional PSUs.
The highest rate (200 %) will be triggered if Ørsted’s
results, measured as the total return to shareholders,
outperform those of the comparable companies.
For each lower ranking, the number of shares granted
will fall by 20 percentage points. If, for example,
Ørsted ranks third, the participants will be entitled
to 160 % of the target.
If Ørsted ranks 11 in the comparison, no shares will
be granted to the participants. The right to shares is
conditional upon continued employment.
Retention share programme
The target group for the share-based retention
agreements will typically be employees responsible
for vital, long-term projects. The use of these share-
based retention agreements will be limited to 25
concurrent agreements with an individual time frame
of up to five years. Executive Board members are not
eligible for these retention agreements.
The number of retention share units (RSUs) to be
granted will be determined on the basis of the price
of Ørsted’s shares at the time of the grant and will be
limited to an amount corresponding to a maximum
of six months’ base pay for the employee in question.
At vesting, each RSU will entitle the employee to one
Ørsted share free of charge. However, the total value
of the shares to be received at vesting will be capped
at a maximum of twelve months’ base pay for the
employee in question.
Share-based payment
Note 2.8
Executive share programme
The Group Executive Team and a number of other
senior executives participate in the share programme
(approx. 160). As a condition for the granting of per-
formance share units (PSUs), the participant must own
a number of shares in Ørsted corresponding to a por-
tion of the individual participant’s annual fixed salary.
The portion depends on the employee category, and it
makes up 75 % of our CEO’s fixed salary. See the table
above for more information. The participants in the pro-
gramme must invest in Ørsted shares prior to the first
granting. A build-up period for the shareholding require-
ment of up to five years is allowed. If the particip ants
fulfil the shareholding requirement at the time of grant-
ing, they will be granted a number of PSUs each year,
representing a value of 15-20 % (15-40 % in the US) of
the annual fixed salary on the date of granting.
The granted PSUs have a vesting period of approxi-
mately three years. Then, each PSU entitles the holder,
without payment, to receive a number of shares cor-
responding to 0-200 % of the number of PSUs granted.
The vesting is conditional upon continued employ-
ment. Assuming no share price development since
the grant, the value would correspond to 0-30 % or
0-40 % (0-80 % in the US) of the fixed salary on the
date of grant. The final number of shares for each par-
ticipant will be determined on the basis of the total
shareholder return delivered by Ørsted, benchmarked
against ten comparable European energy companies.
Required number of locked-up shares relative to fixed salaryCEO 75 % of fixed salaryCFO, COO, CCO, Chief HR Officer 50 % of fixed salaryOther participants 0 % - 25 % of fixed salary
The figure shows the shareholding requirement in percentage of the participants’ fixed salary. A build-up period of up to five years is allowed.
Market value of PSUs and key assumptions Time of Time of Time of for valuation in executive share programme granting 2024 granting 2023 granting 2022Market value of 1 PSU 487 729 909Key assumptionsShare price 384 583 835Average volatility rate, peers 25.9 % 30.6 % 30.2 %Volatility rate, Ørsted 38.4 % 36.2 % 34.8 %Risk-free interest rate 2.3 % 2.5 % 0.9 %Expected term at time of granting 3 years 3 years 3 years
Financial statements | Notes178 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Share-based payment
Note 2.8 – continued
Development in maximum number of outstanding shares ‘000Maximum number of outstanding shares at 1 January 14 25 234 7 280 233Compensation for dividends paid (2020, 2021, and 2022 programmes) - - - - - 5Transfer between categories - (22) 22 - - -Vested (2021 and 2020 programmes) 1 (2) - (43) - (45) (65)Granted (2024 and 2023 programmes) 20 - 265 - 285 167Cancelled (2021, 2022, 2023, and 2024 programmes) - - (71) - (71) (53)Share retention programme - (1) 15 (7) 7 (7)Maximum number of outstanding shares at 31 December 32 2 422 - 456 280DKKmMarket value of share programme at the time of granting 19 2 263 - 284 125Maximum market value of share programme at 31 December 10 1 137 - 148 105
1
At vesting in 2023 and 2024, Ørsted did not outperform any of the ten
competitors, and, as a result, the participants did not receive any shares.
2
Members as of 31 December 2024 are included in this category.
Maximum number of outstanding shares at 31 DecemberMarket value ‘000Other members2024 in of shares at Years Executiveof the Group SeniorOther% of share granting until expiry as Time of granting Board 2Executive Team 2executivesemployees 2024 2023capitalDKKmof 20241 April 2021 - - - - - 47 - - -1 April 2022 4 1 74 - 79 89 0.02 % 72 0.31 April 2023 7 1 113 - 121 136 0.03 % 88 1.31 April 2024 21 - 220 - 241 - 0.06 % 117 2.3Share retention programme - - 15 - 15 8 0.00 % 7Maximum number of outstanding shares at 31 December 32 2 422 - 456 280 0.11 % 284
The maximum market value of the share programme at 31 December
is based on the assumption that the participants receive the maximum
number of shares (i.e. 200 % of the granted PSUs). This requires Ørsted
to deliver the highest shareholder return, benchmarked against ten
comparable companies.
Financial statements | Notes179 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Our capital employed primarily relates to production
assets, including assets under construction.
We monitor investment projects closely, as a large
part of our value is created in the development and
construction phases.
Capital employed by segment
1
% 2024
Offshore 70 %
Gross investments by segment
2
% 2024
Offshore 78 %
Onshore 26 %
Onshore 17 %
Bioenergy & Other 4 %
Bioenergy & Other 5 %
Capital employed
DKKm 2024 2023
Intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment 204,305 183,195
Equity investments and non-current receivables 1,395 1,172
Net working capital, capital expenditures (7,454) (4,542)
Net working capital, work in progress
3
5,798 1,705
Net working capital, tax equity (18,714) (15,811)
Net working capital, other items (691) 7,794
Derivatives, net (10,314) (10,383)
Decommissioning obligations (13,844) (12,977)
Other provisions (6,691) (19,886)
Tax, net 3,210 (1,047)
Other receivables and other payables, net (5,489) (4,050)
Total capital employed 151,511 125,170
Gross and net investments
DKKm 2024 2023
Cash flows from investing activities (21,759) (34,732)
Dividends received and capital reductions reversed (27) (19)
Purchase and sale of securities, reversed (15,730) 4,350
Loans to associates and joint ventures, reversed 121 78
Sale of non-current assets, reversed (5,413) (8,186)
Gross investments (42,808) (38,509)
Transactions with non-controlling
interests in connection with divestments and
acquisitions 10,267 (6,644)
Sale of non-current assets 5,413 8,186
Divestments 15,680 1,542
Net investments (27,128) (36,967)
Capital employed
Note 3
1
Capital employed by segment is based on capital employed for
reportable segments of DKK 148,721 million.
2
Gross investments by segment is based on gross investments for
reportable segments of DKK 42,664 million.
3
‘Net working capital, work in progress’ consists of inventories related
to transmission assets, construction agreements, and construction
management agreements in connection with the construction of
transmission assets and offshore wind farms for partners as well as
related trade payables.
Financial statements | Notes180 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment
Note 3.1
Fixtures and Property, plant, Intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipmentIntangible Land and Production fittings, tools, and equipment Property, plant, DKKmassetsbuildingsassetsand equipmentunder constructionand equipmentCost at 1 January 2024 5,177 11,153 189,104 4,040 69,197 273,494Exchange rate adjustments 17 483 6,944 21 3,425 10,873Additions 355 555 8,504 562 37,364 46,985Disposals (1,139) (289) (2,857) (29) (4,205) (7,380)Adjustment of decommissioning obligations - - (206) - 439 233Reclassified assets - 188 17,143 60 (17,391) -Cost at 31 December 2024 4,410 12,090 218,632 4,654 88,829 324,205Depreciation and amortisation at 1 January 2024 (1,048) (3,346) (65,639) (1,994) - (70,979)Exchange rate adjustments (1) (105) (1,752) 11 (1) (1,847)Depreciation and amortisation (131) (625) (8,921) (548) - (10,094)Disposals 88 24 396 3 55 478Depreciation and amortisation at 31 December 2024 (1,092) (4,052) (75,916) (2,528) 54 (82,442)Impairment losses at 1 January 2024 (703) (30) (1,822) (4) (20,890) (22,746)Exchange rate adjustments (4) (1) (149) - (1,610) (1,760)Impairment losses and reversals - (30) (1,713) - (13,820) (15,563)Reclassified assets - - (555) - 555 -Impairment losses at 31 December 2024 (707) (61) (4,239) (4) (35,765) (40,069)Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 2,611 7,977 138,477 2,122 53,118 201,694
Intangible assets
Intangible assets consist of goodwill of DKK 1,713
million (2023: DKK 1,847 million), carbon emission
allowances of DKK 306 million (2023: DKK 871
million), other rights of DKK 463 million (2023:
DKK 626 million), completed development projects
of DKK 41 million (2023: DKK 61 million), and
development projects in progress of DKK 88 million
(2023: DKK 21 million). Recognised goodwill primarily
relates to Onshore Europe.
Production assets by segment
% 2024
DKK 138,477 million
Offshore Onshore Bioenergy
& Other
58 %
38 %
4 %
Property, plant, and equipment
under construction by segment
% 2024
DKK 53,118 million
Offshore Onshore Bioenergy
& Other
80 %
14 %
6 %
Financial statements | Notes181 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment
Note 3.1 – continued
Fixtures and Property, plant, Intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipmentIntangible Land and Production fittings, tools, and equipment Property, plant, DKKmassetsbuildingsassetsand equipmentunder constructionand equipmentCost at 1 January 2023 5,707 10,747 179,094 3,076 52,088 245,005Exchange rate adjustments 9 (47) 159 (23) (1,551) (1,462)Additions 19 551 349 889 36,164 37,953Disposals (580) (114) (5,125) - (1,477) (6,716)Adjustment of decommissioning obligations - - (1,803) - 539 (1,264)Reclassified assets 22 16 16,430 98 (16,566) (22)Cost at 31 December 2023 5,177 11,153 189,104 4,040 69,197 273,494Depreciation and amortisation at 1 January 2023 (973) (2,767) (59,102) (1,533) - (63,402)Exchange rate adjustments - (6) (586) (2) - (594)Depreciation and amortisation (59) (614) (8,661) (459) - (9,734)Disposals (16) 41 2,710 - - 2,751Depreciation and amortisation at 31 December 2023 (1,048) (3,346) (65,639) (1,994) - (70,979)Impairment losses at 1 January 2023 (705) - (781) - (3,157) (3,938)Exchange rate adjustments 2 - 17 - 438 455Impairment losses and reversals - (30) (1,058) (4) (18,190) (19,282) 1 Disposals - - - - 19 19Impairment losses at 31 December 2023 (703) (30) (1,822) (4) (20,890) (22,746)Carrying amount at 31 December 2023 3,426 7,777 121,643 2,042 48,307 179,769
1
We recognised total impairment losses of DKK 26,775 million for the year.
Of that amount, DKK 19,282 million are recognised under ‘Property, plant,
and equipment’ and DKK7,493million under ‘Provisions’ as ‘Onerous
contracts’. See notes 3.2 ‘Impairments’ and3.9‘Provisions and contingent
liabilities’ for more information.
Production assets by segment
% 2023
DKK 121,643 million
Offshore Onshore Bioenergy
& Other
61 %
34 %
5 %
Property, plant, and equipment
under construction by segment
% 2023
DKK 48,307 million
Offshore Onshore Bioenergy
& Other
67 %
31 %
2 %
Financial statements | Notes182 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Fixtures and Lease assetsfittings, tools, and Property, plant, DKKm Land and buildings Production assetsequipmentand equipmentCarrying amount at 1 January 2024 5,881 27 1,567 7,475Exchange rate adjustments 496 1 18 515Additions 584 - 514 1,098Disposals (217) - (24) (241)Impairment (30) - - (30)Depreciation (540) (3) (453) (996)Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 6,174 25 1,622 7,821
Lease assetsDKKmCarrying amount at 1 January 2023 6,409 43 1,157 7,609Exchange rate adjustments (45) 1 (32) (76)Additions 137 4 814 955Disposals (67) - - (67)Impairment (30) - - (30)Depreciation (523) (21) (372) (916)Carrying amount at 31 December 2023 5,881 27 1,567 7,475
Contractual obligations by segmentDKKm 0-1 year 1-5 years 5-10 years 2024 2023Offshore 46,774 43,804 6 90,584 86,015Onshore 9,588 2,056 2 11,646 10,937Bioenergy & Other 1,558 137 - 1,695 2,274To t a l 57,920 45,997 8 103,925 99,226
Overview of contracts entered into where delivery had not taken place at 31 December 2024.
The obligations are measured at nominal value.
Leases
We mainly lease office buildings, service and installa-
tion vessels, seabeds related to offshore wind farms,
and plots of land related to onshore wind farms, solar
farms, and battery storage facilities.
Seabed leases include variable lease payments, which
depend on the number of megawatt hours generated.
However, we have typically agreed on minimum
lease payments for the seabeds, and these minimum
payments are included in the lease liabilities.
Expenses for the year relating to variable lease
payments not included in lease liabilities were
DKK 1,132 million in 2024 (2023: DKK 992 million).
Interests on lease debt expensed in profit (loss) were
DKK 301 million in 2024 (2023: DKK 308 million).
Total cash outflow for leases were DKK 2,171 million
in 2024 (2023: DKK 2,012 million).
During 2024, we have entered into lease contracts for
vessels which we will not take delivery of until 2027.
Consequently, those have not yet commenced as per
31 December 2024 and therefore not been included in
the balance sheet.
For a maturity analysis of lease liabilities, we refer to
note 5.5 ‘Maturity analysis of financial liabilities’.
Contractual obligations
Our contractual obligations for property, plant, and
equipment at 31 December 2024 mainly related to
wind turbines, foundations, and cables, etc., for the
construction of offshore wind farms (primarily Borkum
Riffgrund 3, Greater Changhua 2b and 4, Hornsea 3,
Revolution Wind, and Sunrise Wind).
The obligations in Onshore mainly related to purchases
of wind turbines and solar PV modules.
Useful livesBattery storage 15-30 yearsBuildings 20-50 yearsFixtures and fittings, tools, and equipment 3-10 yearsGas transportation systems (marine pipelines) 20-40 yearsOffshore wind farms 20-35 yearsOnshore wind farms 24-30 yearsProduction assets, power (thermal), and district heating 20-25 yearsSolar farms 25-35 yearsGoodwill Indefinite
Intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment
Note 3.1 – continued
Financial statements | Notes183 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment
Note 3.1 – continued
§ Accounting policies
Intangible assets
Rights are measured at cost less accumulated
amortisation and impairment losses. Rights
are amortised on a straight-line basis over
their estimated future useful lives, which are
5-20 years.
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of
an acquisition over the fair value of the identi-
fiable net assets of the acquired company.
The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated
to the Group’s cash-generating units, which
are the operating segments at the acquisition
date. Goodwill is not tax deductable.
Annual impairment tests are carried out for
goodwill and other intangible assets with
indefinite useful lives.
Property, plant, and equipment
Property, plant, and equipment which is not
a lease is measured at cost less accumulated
depreciation and impairment losses. Cost of
property, plant, and equipment is depreci-
ated by using the straight-line method, the
diminishing-balance method, or the reducing-
fraction method. The diminishing-balance
method and the reducing-fraction method
result in decreasing depreciation over the
useful life. These methods are used for some
of our offshore wind farms.
The residual values, useful lives, and methods
of depreciation of property, plant, and
equipment are reviewed at the end of each
financial year and adjusted prospectively, if
appropriate.
Costs comprise purchase price and any
costs directly attributable to the acquisition
until the date the asset is available for use.
The costs of self-constructed assets comprise
direct and indirect costs of materials, compo-
nents, sub-suppliers, and labour. Borrowing
costs relating to both specific and general
borrowing directly attributable to assets
under construction with a lengthy construc-
tion period are recognised in costs during the
construction period. Costs are increased by
the present value of the estimated obligations
for demolition and decommissioning of assets
to the extent that the obligations are recog-
nised as provisions.
Subsequent costs, for example in connec-
tion with replacement of parts of an item of
property, plant, and equipment, are recog-
nised in the carrying amount of the asset in
question when it is probable that future eco-
nomic bene fits will flow to the Group from
the expenses incurred. Any residual value of
the replaced parts is recognised in the income
statement as loss on disposal of non- current
assets. Other repair and maintenance
expenses are recognised in profit (loss) for
the year as incurred.
Leases
Our lease assets are classified alongside our
owned assets of similar type under property,
plant, and equipment. Initially, we measure
a lease asset at cost, being the initial amount
of the lease liability. We depreciate our lease
assets over the lease term. The depreciation
method used is the straight-line method for
all our lease assets, except for seabed leases
where the depreciation method is aligned
with the depreciation method for the related
offshore wind farm. Therefore, seabed lease
assets are depreciated using either the
straight-line method or the reducing-fraction
method.
Our lease liabilities are initially measured
at the net present value of the in-substance
fixed lease payments for the use of a lease
asset. If, at inception of the lease, we are
reasonably certain that we will exercise an
option to extend a lease, we will include the
lease payments in the option period when
calculating the lease liability. We measure
the lease asset to the value of the lease
liability at initial recognition.
Contracts may contain both lease and
non-lease components. We allocate the
consideration in a contract to the lease
and non-lease components based on their
relative stand-alone prices. We account for
non-lease components in accordance with
the accounting policy applicable for such
items. Non-lease components comprise
building services and operating costs of
leased vessels, etc.
Variable lease expenses are recognised in
other external expenses in the period when
the condition triggering those payments
occurs. Interests of lease liabilities are
recognised in financial expenses.
Each lease payment is separated into
repayment of the lease liability and pay-
ment of interests of the lease liability. Debt
repayments are classified as cash flows
from financing activities, and payment of
interests are classified as cash flows from
operating activities.
Financial statements | Notes184 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Impairments
Note 3.2
CGUs in Offshore
The cash-generating units (CGUs) are made up of
individual offshore wind farms or seabeds, each
of which generates cash flows for the segment
independently of each other.
Significant CGUs
Europe: Baltica 2, Baltica 3, Borkum Riffgrund 1,
Borkum Riffgrund 2, Borkum Riffgrund 3,
Borssele 1 & 2, Gode Wind 1, Gode Wind 2, Gode
Wind 3, Hornsea 1, Hornsea 2, Hornsea 3, Race
Bank, Walney, and Walney Extension.
The US: Block Island, Revolution Wind, Skipjack
Wind (seabed), South Fork, Sunrise Wind, and
Ocean Wind (seabed).
APAC: Greater Changhua 1 and 2a and Greater
Changhua 2b and 4.
CGUs in Onshore
The CGUs are made up of individual onshore
wind and solar farms, each of which generates
cash flows for the segment independently of
each other.
Significant CGUs
The US: Amazon, Badger, Eleven Mile, Ford Ridge,
Haystack, Helena Energy Center, Lincoln Land
Wind, Lockett, Mockingbird, Muscle Shoals, Old
300, Old 300 BESS, Permian Energy Center,
Sage Draw Wind, Sparta Solar, Sunflower
Wind, Tahoka Wind, Western Trail, and Willow
Springs Wind.
Europe: Portfolio of projects (including goodwill).
CGUs in Bioenergy & Other
The Danish CHP plants constitute a single CGU,
as overall production planning is for the entire
Danish portfolio. In addition, the Danish offshore
gas pipeline system is deemed to constitute an
independent CGU.
Significant CGUs
Central CHP plants and the offshore gas pipeline
system.
Impairment losses on segment levelDKKm 2024 2023Offshore 14,242 25,526Onshore 1,321 927Bioenergy & Other - 322Total impairment losses 15,563 26,775
WACC levels% 2024 2023Base discount rate applied for the US 6.00 – 7.75 % 5.50 – 7.00 %
The base discount rate after tax applied for the value-in-use calculation
is determined per CGU.
We have updated our impairment calculations as of
31 December 2024. When estimating the future cash
flows for the value-in-use calculations of our cash-
generating units (CGUs), management has assessed
relevant assumptions and estimates and taken
other related risks and inherent uncertainties into
consideration.
Following this, we have recognised net impairment
losses of DKK 15.6 billion in 2024. The main contributors
to the net impairment loss were construction delay and
higher expected costs due to a higher risk assessment
for Sunrise Wind and Revolution Wind, a lower valuation
of our seabed leases, an increase in the US long-dated
interest rate across our US portfolio, and our decision
to cease execution of FlagshipONE. This was partly
offset by a reversal on our Sunrise Wind project due
to its award of a higher OREC level by the State of
New York. In 2023, we recognised impairment losses
of DKK 26.8 billion, of which DKK 20 billion related to
the termination of Ocean Wind 1.
Impairment test
When performing impairment calculations, we have
reassessed assumptions and estimates in relation to
relevant risks identified for the individual projects.
These risks primarily relate to the construction
schedule, the supply chain, and the ability to qualify
for the additional 10 % ITC bonus credits. The risks
could create potential further cost increases, schedule
delays, delayed revenue, knock-on effects, and other
business case implications. Our impairment tests
are based on a probability-weighted assessment of
the likelihood of these risks. While uncertainties are
inherent in the assumptions used, the assumptions
reflect mangement’s best estimate.
The projects with the most significant impairment
impact and high involvement of estimates and
uncertainties are described in the following sections,
along with more general sections.
Sunrise Wind
In 2024, we have recognised a net impairment loss of
DKK 3.8 billion for Sunrise Wind. The impairment loss
was primarily driven by the following circumstances:
· A negative effect from construction delays and
increased costs and contingencies due to a higher
risk assessment (DKK 4.3 billion).
· A negative effect from the increase in the long-
dated US interest rate (DKK 1.2 billion).
· A positive effect from the award of a higher
offshore wind renewable energy certificate (OREC)
level by the State of New York (DKK 1.8 billion).
· A negative effect from updated assumptions for the
expected market prices was offset by the impact of
acquiring Eversource’s 50 % share of the project at
a price below the recoverable amount of our 50 %
share of the project at the end of Q2 2024.
Financial statements | Notes185 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Impairments
Note 3.2 – continued
Revolution Wind
In 2024, we have recognised a net impairment loss
of DKK 4.5 billion for Revolution Wind. The impair-
ment loss was primarily driven by the following
circumstances:
· A negative effect from the construction delay
of the onshore substation, which has pushed the
commercial operation date (COD) from 2025 to
2026, including knock-on impacts on costs and
progress (DKK 2.1 billion).
· Challenges related to the piling of one of the
offshore substation monopiles and a reassessment
of the risks related to the offshore scope of the
project (DKK 1.7 billion).
· A negative effect from the increase in the long-
dated US interest rate (DKK 0.5 billion).
Seabed value of Ocean Wind and Skipjack Wind
When estimating the recoverable amount of the
seabeds related to Ocean Wind and Skipjack Wind,
we use the approach ‘fair value less costs of disposal’
(FVLCD) to determine if the carrying amounts exceed
the recoverable amounts. Our valuation indications
have led to an impairment of DKK 4.1 billion in 2024,
which has substantially reduced the carrying amount.
The valuation is based on market-informed valuation
indications, which among other things are based
on the price development seen in the latest seabed
lease auctions. Despite the currently lower valuation,
we continue to see a strategic optionality in these
seabeds.
Estimation uncertainty and sensitivity analyses
Due to the impairments recognised, estimation uncertainty exists
on the assets impaired. The assumptions with major uncertainties
include investment tax credits, interest rates, and the supply chain.
The sensitivity analyses presented in the table show the related
impact on impairment losses when a change in a given assumption
increases or decreases the ‘value-in-use’ for our CGUs. The analyses
are performed with all other assumptions unchanged.
We have included sensitivity analyses of impairment effects if WACC
levels or assumptions related to ITC bonus credits change. The high
probabilities for Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind qualifying for the
additional 10 % ITC bonus credits are based on our assessment that
the onshore substations are located on brownfield sites as defined
by the current ‘energy community’ guidance.
If WACC had increased by 50 basis points in the impairment test of
e.g. Revolution Wind as of 31 December 2024, the impairment loss
would have been DKK 0.5 billion higher.
If we had not included the probability-weighted additional 10 % ITC
bonus credits in the impairment test of e.g. Revolution Wind as of
31 December 2024, the impairment loss would have been DKK 1.3
billion higher.
ITC bonus credits Sensitivity impact2024 2023assumed in impairment testsDKK billion40 % ITC CGUsImpairment Recoverable Impairment Recoverable ITC bonus Probability No ITC bonus credits, +50 bps -50 bps DKKmlossesamountlossesamountcreditsweightingbonus credits100 % probabilityWAC CWAC COcean Wind 1 - n.a. 19,875 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.Ocean Wind seabeds 2,584 n.a. - n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a n.a.Skipjack Wind seabed 1,502 n.a. - n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a n.a. n.a. n.a.Sunrise Wind 3,787 6,511 2,069 2,006 10 % 95 % (4.0) 0.2 (1.4) 1.4Revolution Wind 4,463 5,579 2,706 3,723 10 % 95 % (1.3) 0.1 (0.5) 0.5South Fork 437 2,871 554 2,993 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (0.1) 0.1Block Island (46) 1,384 322 1,304 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 0.0 0.0FlagshipONE 1,515 n.a. - n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.Offshore 14,242 16,345 25,526 10,026Onshore 1,321 11,501 927 2,667 n.a n.a n.a n.a. (0.7) 0.5Bioenergy & Other - - 322 n.a.To t a l 15,563 27,846 26,775 12,693
Financial statements | Notes186 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Impairments
Note 3.2 – continued
Other US assets
In 2024, updated market price assumptions have
resulted in impairment losses of DKK 0.6 billion on
South Fork, Block Island, and our US onshore assets,
exclusive of the impact from higher interest rates.
Interest rates
The long-dated US interest rate increased from
31 December 2023 to 31 December 2024, leading
to higher WACC levels. The effect from increasing
interest rates led to an impairment of DKK 2.7 billion
across our US portfolio.
Ceasing execution of FlaghipONE
In 2024, we took the decision to cease execution of
FlagshipONE and deprioritised our immediate efforts
within the liquid e-fuels market. This resulted in an
impairment loss of DKK 1.5 billion.
Impairment losses relating to intangible assets
We have not recognised any material impairment
losses to goodwill or other intangible assets in 2024.
Goodwill primarily relates to Onshore Europe.
§ Accounting policies
For the purpose of assessing impairment losses, ‘Intan-
gible assets’, and ‘Property, plant, and equipment’ are
grouped at the level for which there are separately
identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units (CGUs)).
CGUs including goodwill are assessed for impairment
yearly or whenever events or circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset or CGU may
not be recoverable. If any indication of impairment
exists, an estimate of the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable
amount is made.
The value of a CGU is impaired if the carrying amount
exceeds the recoverable amount, which is the higher
of the estimated value-in-use and the fair value less
costs of disposal. Value-in-use calculations are based
on management’s expectations to future cash flows
from financial forecasts and business plans and include
a number of assumptions and estimates. Fair value less
costs of disposal is used for seabeds and is based on
multiple analyses and discounted cash flow models,
if a business case is available.
Estimating expected cash flows involves a number of
assumptions and estimates. In the US, key estimates
and assumptions for the forecast periods are CAPEX
(including knock-on effects from supplier delays, etc.),
inflation, terms of conditions in new power purchase
agreements, eligibility for bonus ITCs, and tax equity
arrangements or alternative ways of monetising the
ITCs and PTCs. All these key estimates and assump-
tions are determined specifically for each CGU and
are based on current legislation and administrative
practices effective by the end of the reporting period.
The discount rate applied when calculating value-in-
use takes general risks into account and is based on
the post-tax nominal weighted average cost of capital
(WACC), whereas the estimated future cash flows are
adjusted for risks specific to the asset.
Impairment losses are recognised in the income
statement and, except in the case of goodwill,
reversed if there has been a change in the estimates
used to determine the CGU’s recoverable amount.
Reversal of an impairment loss is recognised as income
in the income statement net of depreciation if no
impairment loss had been recognised for the CGU.
Key accounting estimate
Key assumptions in impairment tests
Value-in-use calculations are based on management’s
expectations about future cash flows from financial
budgets and forecasts and include a number of
assumptions and estimates.
These assumptions include construction schedules,
estimates of future market conditions, CAPEX, market
prices of energy and commodities, inflation, discount
rates, useful lives of the projects, tax incentives,
including the ability to qualify for tax credits from
the US Inflation Reduction Act, etc.
The market prices applied are based on available
forward prices for a period of up to five years and our
best estimate of long-term prices for the remainder
of the period.
While there are inherent uncertainties in the assump-
tions, the assumptions reflect management’s best
estimate over the lives of the Group’s CGUs.
Potential consequences of further
adverse development
In addition to the sensitivities described, further
adverse developments could lead us to cease
develop ment of or reconfigure projects currently
under development. Besides impairing the capitalised
value of these projects, ceasing to develop projects
could lead to compensation to suppliers or other
stakeholders for cancelling contracts. Costs related
to cancelling contracts will be recognised as ‘Other
operating expenses’ in our income statement (part of
EBITDA) when the obligation arises and to the extent
these exceed already recognised onerous contracts.
Financial statements | Notes187 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Inventories
Note 3.3
Inventories DKKm 2024 2023Offshore transmission assets 10,476 3,944Biomass 581 928Coal 268 566Gas 2,915 2,167Oil 272 339Renewable certificates 2,775 2,371Carbon emission allowances 147 213Other 14 11Total inventories 17,448 10,539Inventories recognised as an expense in ‘Cost of sales’ during the year 16,152 9,626
Inventories measured at fair value are disclosed in note 6.6 ‘Fair value measurement’.
‘Offshore transmission assets’ relate to the Hornsea 3
and Hornsea 4 transmission assets.
‘Gas’ primarily relates to our gas trade activities.
‘Renewable certificates’ are primarily renewable
obligation certificates (ROCs), which are issued to
renewable energy power generators in the UK.
§ Accounting policies
Offshore transmission assets are recognised
as inventory until divestment and measured
at cost. The costs comprise costs of materials
used in construction, site labour costs, costs
of renting equipment as well as indirect
production costs, such as employee costs.
Gas inventories are carried either at fair value
or at cost depending on the nature of the
inventory. For gas storage facilities managed
on a fair value basis, the gas is recognised at
fair value less costs to sell. Changes in the fair
value less costs to sell are recognised in ‘Cost
of sales’ in the period of the change.
Purchased carbon emission allowances are
measured at market value.
Renewable certificates, which we earn by
generating power using renewable energy
sources, are recognised in inventories in step
with our generation. We measure renewable
certificates (earned and bought) at cost using
the first-in, first-out (FIFO) principle.
Other inventories are measured at cost, deter-
mined on a first-in, first-out basis (e.g. biomass)
or by net realisable value, if net realisable value
is lower.
Inventories are written down to the lower of
net realisable value and cost price. For offshore
transmission assets, it is the expected final
transfer value announced by Ofgem.
The net realisable value is the sum (discounted)
which the inventories are expected to generate
through a normal sale.
Financial statements | Notes188 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Contract assets and liabilities
Note 3.4
Contract assets and contract liabilities primarily
related to:
· the construction of offshore wind farms with
partners, with each party typically owning 50 %
of the offshore wind farm
· prepayments from heat customers.
Our contract assets primarily related to the
construction of Greater Changhua 4.
At the end of 2024, current contract liabilities
primarily related to the farm-down of Greater
Changhua 4.
At the end of 2023, current contract liabilities
related to the construction of Borkum Riffgrund 3
and Gode Wind 3.
Non-current contract liabilities related to prepay-
ment of power related to the divestment of an
equity ownership share in a portfolio of four UK
offshore wind farms and prepayments from heat
customers.
§ Accounting policies
We recognise a contract asset when we per-
form a service or transfer goods in advance of
receiving consideration, and the consideration
is conditional. When the consideration is
unconditional, and the goods or services are
delivered, we recognise a receivable. A right
to consideration is unconditional if only the
passage of time is required before the payment
is due.
Contract assets are measured at the transac-
tion price of the goods delivered or services
performed less invoicing on account.
We recognise a contract liability when the
invoicing on account or expected losses exceed
the transaction price of the goods or services
transferred to our customer.
Prepayments from power and heat sales are
recognised as a contract liability until delivery.
Revenue from contracts with customers DKKm 2024 2023Revenue included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the year (6) (6)Revenue from performance obligations satisfied in previous years (21) (592)Contract balancesDKKmContract assetsCurrent contract assets 324 802Total contract assets 324 802Contract liabilitiesNon-current contract liabilities 8,834 3,297Current contract liabilities 2,578 2,785Total contract liabilities 11,412 6,082
The table shows the amount of our revenue relating to contract
liabilities carried forward (as prepayments and deferred revenue) and
the amount relating to performance obligations satisfied in a prior
year (e.g. re- negotiations or constraints on variable considerations
that are not recognised until they are highly probable).
Financial statements | Notes189 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Trade receivables
Note 3.5
Trade receivables DKKm 2024 2023Trade receivables, not due 7,848 10,480Trade receivables, 1-30 days overdue 563 291Trade receivables, more than 30 days overdue 647 358Trade receivables, write-downs (13) (22)Total trade receivables 9,045 11,107
We continuously perform credit ratings of our
customers. For customers with a general credit
risk, a write-down of 0-1 % is carried out on initial
recognition.
In 2023, we wrote down a loan given to support
US suppliers in the amount of DKK 571 million
related to Ocean Wind 1 and 2. Except for this, we
have not made any write-downs of receivables in
2024 or 2023.
Reversal of write-downs was DKK 5 million.
§ Accounting policies
We keep our receivables until maturity, and therefore,
they are measured at amortised cost.
Write-downs are carried out from initial recognition of
our receivables. The write-down is calculated as the
difference between the carrying amount of the receiv-
able and the net present value of expected future cash
flows from the receivable. The discount rate used is the
effective interest rate for the individual receivable or
the individual portfolio.
We apply the simplified approach to the write-down
of trade receivables, which permits calculating the
write-down as the full loss during the entire term of
the receivable.
We have entered into supply chain finance agreements
with a limited number of suppliers. This provides the
supplier with the possibility of requesting the partici-
pating banks to pay the invoice before our due date.
We expect that more of our suppliers will make use of
supply chain financing in the future.
‘Trade payables’, for which supplier financing is
offered, retain their classification in our balance sheet.
Liabilities that are part of supply chain financing are
due 120-180 days after invoice date. Comparable
liabilities that are not part of supply chain financing
are due up to 90 days after invoice date.
2024 2023Of which, paid Of which, paid Supply chain finance – liabilities paid by supplier finance banksRecognised in by supplier Recognised in by supplier DKKmbalance sheetfinance banksbalance sheetfinance banksTrade payables 3,256 2,985 1,833 1,741
Supply chain finance
Note 3.6
Financial statements | Notes190 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Other receivables and other payables
Note 3.7
Other receivablesDKKm 2024 2023Receivables from the divestment of assets and enterprises 513 1,472Receivables from the divestment of equity investments to non-controlling interests 747 735Collateral provided in connection with hedging activities (receivable from banks)5,533 4,773Cash, not available for use 317 481VAT and other indirect tax receivables 1,580 1,640Prepayments 1,429 1,265Deposits 215 308Other 2,820 2,990Total other receivables 13,154 13,664Of which, working capital 6,400 6,739Of which, other capital employed 817 1,847Of which, interest-bearing net debt 5,937 5,078
Other payablesDKKmM&A related liabilities 2,477 2,753Payables related to the divestment of assets 13,234 2,900Accrued interest 3,589 3,097Collateral received in connection with hedging activities (payable to banks)76 287Salary-related items, payable 905 844VAT and other indirect taxes, payable 501 535Other deferred income 361 104Other 1,788 1,978Total other payables 12,931 12,498Of which, working capital 3,364 3,306Of which, other capital employed 6,126 5,854Of which, interest-bearing net debt 3,441 3,338
1
Mainly related to the divestment of a portfolio of four onshore projects in 2022.
Financial statements | Notes191 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Tax equity liabilities
Note 3.8
During 2024, we commissioned four solar projects,
Mockingbird, Eleven Mile Solar Center, Sparta
Solar, and Old 300, and we received a tax equity
contribution from our partner for these projects.
In November 2024, we divested a 50 % ownership
share of our solar farm Mockingbird.
Tax equity liabilitiesDKKm 2024 2023Balance at 1 January 17,007 16,393Contribution received from tax equity partners 5,200 2,942Disposal related to divestment (587) -Tax attributes and PTCs/ITCs recognised in other operating income (3,434) (2,531)Cash paid to tax equity partners (230) (219)Tax equity partners’ contractual return 1,275 965Exchange rate adjustments 1,247 (543)Balance at 31 December 20,478 17,007Of which, working capital 18,714 15,811Of which, interest-bearing debt 1,764 1,196
§ Accounting policies
Due to the operational and financial nature of the
tax equity partnerships, we normally have the power
to affect relevant activites and make decisions for the
projects as the managing partner in the agreements.
Therefore, we normally fully consolidate companies
that have tax equity partners.
The tax equity contribution generally has the char-
acteristics of a liability as the initial contribution is
repaid, including an agreed return, and the partner
does not share in the risks of the project in the same
way as a shareholder.
As such, the contribution is accounted for as a liability
and measured at amortised cost. The liability is
based on the expected method of repayment and is
divided into:
· a net working capital element to be repaid through
PTCs or ITCs and other tax attributes
· an interest-bearing debt element expected to
be repaid through cash distributions.
The partner’s agreed return is expensed as a financial
expense and is recognised as an increase of the tax
equity liability. PTCs, ITCs, and other tax attributes
transferred to the tax equity partner are recognised
as other operating income. PTCs are recognised in the
periods earned, while ITCs and other tax attributes
are recognised on a straight-line basis over the
estimated contractual length of the partnership.
In addition to the above, we recognise a liability for
the expected purchase price for the partner’s post-flip
rights to cash distributions. This liability is recognised
at fair value, and adjustments are expensed as a
financial item. This recognition reflects the intention
and high likelihood that we will purchase the
partner’s post-flip rights, and they are part of the
financial costs of the arrangement.
Key accounting judgement
Recognition of tax equity partnerships
On formation of a tax equity partnership, we assess the
appropriate recognition of the partner’s contribution
as well as the method of recognition for the elements
used to repay the partner, such as PTCs, ITCs, and tax
attributes.
When assessing the recognition of the partner’s
contribution, we look at:
· the expected flows of PTCs/ITCs, tax attributes,
and cash payments to the partner
· the rights and obligations of both us and the tax
equity partner.
The deferral of the income related to tax attributes
and the recognition of the contribution as working
capital or interest-bearing debt are affected by
our expectation about the size, method, and timing
of repayments.
Government support in the US
In the US, PTCs, ITCs, and other tax attributes are used
to incentivise investment in renewable energy assets
– similar to subsidies in other countries.
Description of tax equity partnerships
Tax equity partnerships are characterised by a
tax equity partner, who contributes an upfront
payment as part of the initial project investment
and generally does not have an operational role in
the project. The partner receives a contractually
agreed return on the contribution. In order to ‘repay
the initial contribution and the return, a dispropor-
tionate share of the production tax credits (PTCs)
or the investment tax credits (ITCs) and other tax
attributes (accelerated tax depreciation and other
taxable results) are allocated to the partner during
the first part of the project’s lifetime. The partner
also receives some cash payment-based percent-
ages specified in the partnership agreements. Once
the partner receives the agreed return, the agree-
ment flips, and the partner is typically entitled
to a minor part of the cash distributions from the
project, unless we repurchase this right from them,
which is highly likely.
Financial statements | Notes192 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Provisions and contingent liabilities
Note 3.9
2024 2023Decom- Decom- ProvisionsmissioningOnerous OthermissioningOnerous OtherDKKmobligationscontractsprovisions To t a lobligationscontractsprovisions To t a lProvisions at 1 January 12,977 15,654 4,232 32,863 14,076 280 5,350 19,706Exchange rate adjustments 382 214 12 608 62 (675) 11 (602)Used during the year (34) (8,074) (1,036) (9,144) (30) (4,206) (824) (5,060)Provisions reversed during the year (88) (7,663) (260) (8,011) - - (1,447) (1,447)Provisions made during the year 504 2,531 1,070 4,105 526 20,246 1,150 21,922Disposals (86) - - (86) (349) - (12) (361)Divestment of enterprises (7) - (1) (8) - - - -Change in estimates (125) - - (125) (1,790) - - (1,790)Interest element of provisions 321 12 - 333 482 9 4 495Total provisions at 31 December 13,844 2,674 4,017 20,535 12,977 15,654 4,232 32,863Falling due as followsIn 0-1 year 344 2,031 425 2,800 250 15,007 698 15,955In 1-5 years 634 266 3,282 4,182 1,499 536 3,350 5,385After 5 years 12,866 377 310 13,553 11,228 111 184 11,523
Decommissioning obligations by segmentDKKm 0-5 years 5-10 years 10-20 years After 20 years 2024 2023Offshore 545 1,853 4,646 2,303 9,347 8,840Onshore 1 - 37 2,255 2,293 2,062Bioenergy & Other 432 65 1,352 355 2,204 2,075To t a l 978 1,918 6,035 4,913 13,844 12,977
Decommissioning obligations
Decommissioning obligations comprise estimated
expenses relating to the decommissioning and
disposal of our offshore wind, onshore wind, and solar
farms, our battery storage facilities, the restoration
of seabeds, the decommissioning of our CHP plants,
the Nybro gas plant, and our oil and gas pipes.
We are obliged to decommission our wind and
solar farms and restore the surroundings. When
we construct offshore wind farms in cooperation
with partners, they are liable for their share of the
decommissioning costs. Therefore, we have only
included the decommissioning obligations associated
with our ownership interest in the offshore wind farms.
Other provisions
Other provisions comprise primarily:
· offshore partnership provisions, including
warranty obligations
· obligations in relation to the divestment of our
oil and gas business in 2017
· obligations in respect of our own carbon emissions
· other contractual obligations.
Financial statements | Notes193 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Provisions and contingent liabilities
Note 3.9 – continued
Onerous contracts
Onerous contracts primarily related to ceasing
the development of Ocean Wind 1 where we have
a provision of DKK 1.6 billion at the end of 2024
(2023: DKK 15 billion) as well as onerous contracts
in relation to our decision to cease execution of
FlagshipONE. The provision relates to cancellation
fees on contracts.
In 2024, ‘Provisions reversed during the year
related to Ocean Wind 1, where we have finalised
the negotiation of several contracts with a better
outcome than assumed.
In 2024, ‘Used during the year’ primarily related
to payments to fulfilling and cancelling contracts
for Ocean Wind 1 and FlagshipONE.
In 2023, ‘Used during the year’ primarily related
to CAPEX spent on construction of Ocean Wind 1
until the termination of the project and other costs
associated with terminating the project. ‘Used
during the year’ also related to CAPEX spent on the
construction of Sunrise Wind.
In 2024, ‘Provisions made during the year’ primarily
related to updated assumptions related to operations
and maintenance contracts for offshore transmission
assets in the UK, higher costs related the construction
agreement for Borkum Riffgrund 3, and costs related
to ceasing the Ocean Wind 1 and FlagshipONE
projects.
Contingent liabilities
Liability to pay compensation
In case of any environmental accidents or other types
of damage caused by our gas and oil transport, the
companies Ørsted Salg & Service A/S and Danish Oil
Pipe A/S are liable to pay compensation according
to legislation. This also applies if there is no proof of
negligence (strict liability). We have taken out insurance
to cover any such claims.
Secondary liability
As part of the divestment of our oil and gas business
in 2017, we assumed a secondary liability regarding
the decommissioning of offshore installations.
Litigation
We are party to a number of court cases and legal dis-
putes. In our assessment, none of these will significantly
impact Ørsteds financial position, neither individually
nor collectively.
We have been party to cases relating to the Danish
competition authorities’ claim that the former Elsam
A/S and Elsam Kraft A/S (‘Elsam’), now part of Ørsted,
charged excessive prices in the Danish wholesale power
market in the period 1 July 2003 to 31 December 2006.
These cases have been resolved in Ørsted’s favour.
However, in connection with the former cases, some
energy trading companies, some of their customers,
and others have filed claims for damages, which are
still pending. The biggest claim was filed in 2007
§ Accounting policies
Provisions are recognised when the following
criteria are fulfilled:
· We have a legal or constructive obligation as
a result of an earlier event.
· The settlement of the obligation is expected
to result in an outflow of resources.
· The obligation can be measured reliably.
Decommissioning obligations are measured at
the present value of the future liability in respect
of decommissioning as expected at the balance
sheet date. The present value of the provision
and changes in estimate are recognised as part
of the cost of property, plant, and equipment and
depreciated together with the associated asset.
The addition of interest on provisions is recognised
in the income statement under financial expenses.
For onerous contracts, a provision is made when
the expected income to be derived from a contract
is lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting our
obligations under the contract.
Provisions concerning carbon emissions are recog-
nised when our actual emissions exceed our hold-
ing of carbon emission allowances.
Key accounting estimate
Assumptions for provisions
We continually assess our provisions recognised
to cover contractual obligations and claims raised
against Ørsted. Timing, probabilities, amounts,
etc., which have a bearing on our provisions’
estimates, are updated quarterly based on our
expectations.
Estimates of provisions are based on our
expectations of, for example:
· timing and scope of obligation
· future cost level
· legal assessment.
If deemed material, non-current provisions are
discounted using either the structural risk-free
interest rate or the incremental borrowing rate.
The structural risk-free interest rate is used
for decommissioning liabilities and onerous
contracts. It is calculated as the sum of real return
(gross domestic product growth rate), inflation,
and inflation premium for other risks. Separate
structural risk-free interest rates are calculated for
the UK, the rest of Europe, the US, and Taiwan.
The outcome of our contractual obligations and
claims may depend on future events, which are
uncertain by nature.
Key assumptions in estimating cancellation fees
Measuring the provision for ‘Onerous contracts
related to cancellation fees for Ocean Wind 1
involves a number of assumptions and significant
estimates and judgements. On contract level, we
have assessed the contractual terms and obliga-
tions, including the expexted costs of fulfilling or
cancelling the contracts.
To a high degree, the estimation of the total provi-
sion depends on negotiations with subcontractors
and contractual partners, which impact the settle-
ment of the individual contracts. The measuring
and estimation of the total provision for ‘Onerous
contracts’ is based on management’s expectations
and best estimate of total costs.
Financial statements | Notes194 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
before the Copenhagen Maritime & Commercial Court,
amounting to approx. DKK 4.4 billion with addition of
litigation interest. The case is at the moment under
preparation for the Maritime & Commercial Court.
Ørsted is involved in ongoing transfer pricing dis-
putes. For further information, we refer to section
4.1 ‘Approach to taxes’.
Change of control
Some of our activities are subject to consents, permits,
and licences granted by public authorities. We may
be faced with a claim for acceptance of any transfer,
possibly with additional terms and conditions, if the
Danish state holds less than 50 % of the share capital
or voting rights in Ørsted A/S. Read more in note
5.1 ‘Interest-bearing net debt and FFO.
Provisions and contingent liabilities
Note 3.9 – continued
Financial statements | Notes195 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
§ Accounting policies
Transactions with non-controlling interests
are accounted for as transactions with the
shareholder base.
Gains and losses on the divestment of equity
investments to non-controlling interests are
recognised in equity when the divestment does
not result in a loss of control. See ‘Consolidated
statement of shareholders’ equity’ and note
5.2 ‘Equity’.
For a description of our ‘Key accounting
judgement’ on ‘Consolidated method for
partnerships’, see note 2.6 ‘Other operating
income and expenses’.
Non-controlling interests
Note 3.10
Brookfield partnership, the UKOONA Energy Partners, the USOffshore 1Onshore 2 Other 3 Non-controlling interests 4DKKm2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023Statement of comprehensive incomeRevenue 8,733 - 418 - 2,241 2,146EBITDA 6,694 - 935 - 1,247 1,131Profit (loss) for the year 1,799 - 226 - 403 290Total comprehensive income 1,817 - 514 - 573 401Profit (loss) for the year attributable to non-controlling interests - - 226 - 191 138Balance sheetNon-current assets 22,919 - 9,878 - 4,782 5,219Current assets 4,572 - 415 - 1,008 895Non-current liabilities 1,677 - 5,250 - 1,581 1,610Current liabilities 1,205 - 1,920 - 526 589Carrying amount of non-controlling interests 6,128 - 2,498 - 1,765 1,906Statement of cash flowsCash flows from operating activities 4,982 - 121 - 950 983Cash flows from investing activities 6,903 - (60) - (175) (110)Cash flows from financing activities (12,011) - (20) - (821) (902)– of which, dividends paid to non-controlling interests - - - - (369) (413)
Transactions with non-controlling interestsDKKm 2024 2023Transactions with non-controlling interestsDividends paid to non-controlling interests (369) (413)Acquisition of non-controlling interests 5- (7,032)Divestment of equity investments to non-controlling interests 10,347 (153)Other capital transactions with non-controlling interests (115) 537Total transactions, cf. statement of cash flows 9,863 (7,061)Divestment of equity investments to non-controlling interestsChanges in receivables relating to the acquisition and divestment of non-controlling interests 10,347 (7,185)Cash selling price, total 10,347 (7,185)
In the table, we provide financial information for subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests.
The amounts stated are the consolidated accounting figures of the individual enterprises or groups,
determined according to our accounting policies. Amounts are stated before intra-group eliminations.
1
In December 2024, we divested a 24.9 % equity stake of our
50 % share (equivalent to a 12.45 % share) in four UK offshore
assets: Hornsea 1, Hornsea 2, Burbo Bank Extension, and Walney
Extension, each represented by an individual holding company
taking in Brookfield as non-controlling owner. We retain a 37.55 %
equity ownership stake in these wind farms.
2
In June 2024, we divested an 80 % equity stake in four of our US
onshore assets: Ford Ridge Wind, Sunflower Wind, Helena Wind,
and Western Trail Wind to Stonepeak. We retain a 20 % equity
ownership stake.
3
Primarily related to UK assets: Walney and Gunfleet Sands.
4
A complete list of all non-controlling interests, their company legal
names, and country of registration can be found here:
orsted.com/company-overview
5
During 2023, we acquired the remaining equity in Ocean Wind, Bay
State Wind, and Lease Area 500.
Financial statements | Notes196 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
2024
DKKm
Profit (loss)
before tax Ta x Tax in %
Tax equity, deferred tax liability - (1,013) n.a.
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises and assets (88) 310 352 %
Impairment for the year (15,563) 1,895 12 %
Cancellation fees 7,335 - 0 %
Other adjustments - (1,113) n.a.
Remaining business 10,922 (2,669) 24 %
Effective tax for the year 2,606 (2,590) 99 %
Other adjustments’ include changes in tax rates, movements in uncertain tax positions, tax concerning previous years, and
unrecognised tax losses. See more regarding Impairments in note 3.2 ‘Impairments’.
The Group’s taxes reflect our business operations
and applicable tax legislation in the countries where
we operate.
Tax
Note 4
Development in current and deferred tax asset
and liabilities (tax, net), 2023-2024
DKKm
Tax , net
Tax on profit (loss) for the year
Tax on other comprehensive income
Corporate taxes paid
Other effects
Corporate income tax paid by
segment, 2024
DKKm
Offshore
Onshore
Bioenergy & Other
Ørsted A/S and other activities
Total
(1,047)
3,210
6,327
407(2,590)
113
4,802
790
707
28
6,327
6.3 bn
Corporate income tax paid by the
Group in 2024 totalled DKK 6,327 mil-
lion against DKK 2,717 million in 2023.
6.0 bn
Current corporate income tax in 2024
totalled DKK 5,990 million against
DKK 2,876 million in 2023.
99 %
Effective tax rate for the Group for
2024 was 99 % against -6 % in 2023.
Financial statements | Notes197 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
UN SDG (no. 16)
We are transparent about our approach
to tax. We actively participate in the
development of effective, accountable,
and transparent legislation by our
engagement with the OECD on Pillar 2.
We endorse the B Team Responsible
Tax Principles. The B Team is a group of
business leaders, working to create new
norms of corporate leadership that can
build a better world, grounded in sus-
tainability, equality, and accountability
for companies, communities, and future
generations.
The Fair Tax Mark accreditation scheme
seeks to encourage and recognise
businesses that pay the right amount
of corporation tax at the right time and
in the right place. We seek to pay tax
responsibly and transparently and are
proud to have qualified for the Fair Tax
Mark since 2022 with re-accreditation
in 2023 and 2024.
Approach to taxes
Note 4.1
At Ørsted, we provide user-friendly and transparent
information about our global tax positions.
We are committed to paying the right amount of tax,
at the right time, in the right place, and in accordance
with the tax laws of the countries where we operate.
We seek to comply not only with the letter of the law
but also with the underlying tax policy intent.
We believe that taxes are a core part of our corporate
social responsibility.
For more details on our approach to taxes, we
refer to our tax policy, which can be found here:
orsted.com/tax-policy.
Transparency and sustainability
We believe that by providing user-friendly information
about our tax positions, we contribute to promoting
public trust in the corporate tax system.
We continue to report our key tax figures with
inspiration from the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
207: Tax standard when presenting our approach to
and reporting of tax.
The purpose of our transparency initiatives is to create
certainty about our tax positions for our stakeholders,
such as our investors and the local communities where
we pay our taxes, and where we operate.
Our tax reporting according to our transparency
intitiatives includes country-by-country key figures
and total tax contribution figures, which can befound
here: orsted.com/tax-transparency.
In line with our tax policy, we engage constructively
in national and international dialogue with govern-
ments, business groups, and civil society to support
the development of effective tax systems, legislation,
and administration. We believe that by providing
relevant and constructive input, we can contribute
to an informed discussion on taxes and tax policy.
The purpose of our engagement is to promote the
development of future tax legislation and practice
that supports the green transformation.
During 2024, we have provided our responses to
several public consultations in the US pertaining to
the implementation of, and guidance on, the Inflation
Reduction Act, to ensure the green transformation
objectives are met also from a tax perspective.
To promote responsible tax practices, we are
engaging with CSR Europe to develop a European
index for responsible tax practices. We participated
in several panel debates with a view to promoting
responsible tax practices.
Pillar 2 – minimum effective tax rate of 15 %
In December 2021, OECD released the Pillar 2 model
rules to reform international corporate taxation.
We continue to work with the Pillar 2 rules as they
continuously come into effect in the individual
countries. Based on our figures, we expect to benefit
from the temporary safe harbour rules in all of the
jurisdictions where we operate if the Pillar 2 effective
tax rate is less than 15 %. The only exception is
Singapore because of the technical set up of the
safe harbour rule; however, no Pillar 2 tax is expected
when calculating the full-scope top-up tax.
Financial statements | Notes198 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Approach to taxes
Note 4.1 – continued
Tax governance
Taxes are overseen by the Board of Directors, and
within the Board, the Chair of the Audit & Risk Commit-
tee is accountable for our tax policy. The responsibility
for tax risk management lies with the CFO and is over-
seen by the Audit & Risk Committee. The day-to-day
tax management is handled by a centralised global
tax team.
Our tax function is involved in the planning, implement-
ation, and documentation of all significant business
decisions and processes to ensure a coordinated
assessment of all tax compliance and risks. The tax
function also monitors and regularly updates tax risks
and related controls.
Complying with tax rules can be complex, as the inter-
pretation of legislation and case law may not always
be clear-cut and may change over time, giving rise to
tax risks. Our tax governance and control framework
ensures appropriate processes and organisational
structures to identify, assess, monitor, and manage tax
risks at different levels of the Group. We manage our
tax risks by preventing unnecessary disputes, which
we strive to achieve through strong technical posi-
tions, thorough documentation and explanations of
our positions, robust compliance procedures, and by
engaging in up-front dialogues with tax authorities.
We define a tax risk as any consequence relating
to the application of our tax policy, day-to-day
operations, compliance, or external reporting that
impacts the business in the form of cash liabilities,
financial reporting misstatements, or reputational
damage. We continuously update our tax governance
and control framework to ensure that we are
aligned with business objectives and stakeholder
expectations.
We have a standardised review process in place, and
our controls are continuously reviewed, assessed, and,
where applicable, substituted by automated processes.
Tax decisions in relation to matters which are subject to
approval by the Group Executive Team or the Board of
Directors are approved by the Head of Tax.
Our tax risk management work includes considering
uncertain tax positions, e.g. when we have taken a
position where there is an uncertainty created by a
comparison of the wording of the law with the expressed
policy intent or lack thereof or fluctuating or divergent
application by tax authorities or judicial systems in the
countries where we operate.
Occasionally, a multinational enterprise like Ørsted
faces potential double taxation. This occurs when two
or more tax jurisdictions seek to tax the same business
income. We believe that profit should only be taxed
once, and where the value is created, in line with the
position of the OECD.
In response to the tax risks connected to our activities,
including the controversies described in this section,
we have made tax-related provisions in accordance
with IAS 12, IAS 37, and relevant interpretation, such
as IFRIC 23. The provisions have been calculated
based on differences in tax rates and statistical risks
of suffering economic or legal double taxation.
Tax planning and use of tax incentives
To remain competitive, we make use of incentives and
tax relief implemented by governments where we have
commercial substance, and our business activities are
the intended beneficiaries of such incentives and relief.
We benefit from the R&D tax credit regimes in the US,
Poland, and Denmark as well as the investment and
production tax credit regimes in the US.
We only use business structures that are driven by
commercial considerations and aligned with our
business activities. We do not use so-called secrecy
jurisdictions or tax havens to avoid taxes. If we establish
an entity in a low or nil-rate jurisdiction, it will be
for substantive and commercial reasons. This is the
case with our Isle of Man entity, which holds a licence
to develop and build a local offshore wind farm,
providing renewable energy to the Isle of Man, and
with our Singapore entity, which provides technical and
administrative services to wind farm projects.
Financial statements | Notes199 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Tax controversies
During 2024, the Danish Tax Agency has opened
further enquiries on development services in relation
to non-Danish wind farms.
To date, Ørsted Wind Power A/S has received final
administrative decisions from the Danish Tax Agency in
relation to the development services for the offshore
wind farms Hornsea 1, Walney Extension, Race Bank,
Borssele 1 & 2, and Hornsea 2. We have also received
an information request in relation to the development
services provided for the offshore wind farms Greater
Changhua 1 and 2a. In all its decisions, the Danish
Tax Agency claims that Ørsted Wind Power A/S has
not acted at arm’s length terms when charging fees
for development services provided to the project
companies. The Danish Tax Agency claims that the
full value of expected, future cash flows related to the
offshore wind farms should be taxed in Denmark.
Up until 31 December 2024, the Danish Tax Agency
has increased Ørsted Wind Power A/S’s tax payments
to Denmark with DKK 10.8 billion for the income
years 2015-2018. The amount, which is excluding any
interest, is detailed per wind farm in the table below.
The table illustrates the payable tax to Denmark
per wind farm, should the Danish Tax Agency’s
position prevail, and the expected corresponding
adjustments. The Danish tax, plus interests, would be
payable upfront, and the corresponding adjustments
would crystalise over the remaining lifetimes of the
wind farms.
As described in our key accounting estimates on
page 202, we have made provisions for uncertain tax
positions according to IFRIC 23. In relation to these
transfer pricing disputes, we have used a weighted
average of several different scenarios, where the
base case is that we will win the cases, but a number
of scenarios include different adjustments, resulting
in increased tax payable to Denmark. The scenarios
with additional tax payable to Denmark assumes
corresponding adjustments.
Approach to taxes
Note 4.1 – continued
Decisions made by the Danish Tax AgencyWalney Borssele DKKmExtension Hornsea 1 Race Bank1 & 2 Hornsea 2 Tota lPotential additional Danish tax payment excluding any interest 2,949 2,337 2,488 1,088 1,950 10,812Tax value of potential corresponding adjustment 2,651 2,294 2,236 1,180 1,681 10,042Likely timing of settlement of potential tax in Denmark,2nd half 2nd half if the Danish Tax Agency prevailsof 2025of 2025 TBD 1TBD 1TBD 1
1
Timing of settlement is likely to follow the same process and timeline as for Walney Extension and Hornsea 1.
Hornsea 1 and Walney
Extension tax audit timeline
2016 2017 2019 202220212015
2018
2020 2023
EU
arbitration
start
Final assessment
from Danish
Tax Age ncy
Mutual agreement
procedures
initiation (MAP)
Appeal to the
Danish National
Tax Tribunal
Advance pricing
agreement (APA)
application
Danish Tax
Agency
terminates
APA and
initiates
transfer
pricing
audit
Tax controversies timeline
Tax controversies related to the development services
provided from Danish entities to our projects outside of
Denmark take multiple years to settle. The dispute con-
cerning Hornsea 1 and Walney Extension has currently
been ongoing for more than nine years from application
for an advanced pricing agreement, which failed when
the Danish Tax Agency chose to terminate negotiations
with the British tax authorites (HM Revenue & Customs)
and instead initiated an audit. The next step is for the
cases to be settled in arbitration, which we currently
expect to happen in the latter half of 2025. Above, we
have summarised the timeline for Hornsea 1 and Walney
Extension. Also, we have included a status of the other
projects where a transfer pricing case has started.
Race Bank
We have appealed the administrative decision to the
Danish Tax Tribunal and submitted a MAP application
in November 2024. We continue to consider our
further options in light of the ongoing arbitration case
regarding Hornsea 1 and Walney Extension, including
an elaborated appeal to the Danish Tax Tribunal, a
direct appeal to the court system, or the pursuit of a
MAP under the double tax treaty between Denmark
and the UK.
Borssele 1 & 2
We have appealed the administrative decision to the
Danish Tax Tribunal. We continue to consider our further
options, including an elaborated appeal to the Danish Tax
Tribunal, a direct appeal to the court system, or a request
for a MAP under the double tax treaty between Denmark,
the Netherlands, and the EU Arbitration Convention.
Hornsea 2
We have appealed the administrative decision to the
Danish Tax Tribunal, who put the case on hold until
the arbitration case regarding Hornsea 1 and Walney
Extension has been solved. We continue to consider our
further options, including an elaborated appeal to the
Danish Tax Tribunal, a direct appeal to the court system,
or a request for a MAP under the double tax treaty
between Denmark and the UK.
Greater Changhua 1 and 2a
The Danish Tax Agency issued an information request in
October 2024. The deadline for the Danish Tax Agency
to issue a draft administrative decision is on 1 May 2025.
Closed audits
The Danish Tax Agency has closed the audits of Burbo
Bank Extension and Borkum Riffgrund 2 without
adjustments.
2024 2025
Expected
decision
by the
arbitration
panel
Financial statements | Notes200 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Income tax
Tax on profit (loss) was DKK 2,590 million in 2024
against DKK 1,156 million in 2023. The effective tax
rate was 99 % in 2024 against -6 % in 2023.
The effective tax rate in 2024 was primarily
affected by:
· The non-recognition of a deferred tax liability in
connection with the reversal of the Ocean Wind 1
cancellation fee.
· The non-recognition of deferred tax assets in
connection with the cancellation of FlagshipONE.
· The non-recognition of deferred tax assets in
connection with the impairment of projects in the
US and FlagshipONE.
· The recognition of deferred tax liabilities in
connection with the capitalisation of project costs
in the US where we have entered into tax equity
agreements on the following projects:
Eleven Mile Solar Center
Mockingbird
Sparta Solar
Tax on profit (loss) for the year
Note 4.2
§ Accounting policies
Tax for the year consists of current tax, changes
in deferred tax, and adjustments in respect
of previous years. Tax on profit (loss) for the
year is recognised in the income statement.
Tax relating to other items is recognised in
other comprehensive income.
Our uncertain tax positions are measured by
using either of the following two methods,
depending on which method we expect to
better predict the resolution of the uncertainty:
· The most-likely-outcome method is applied
in cases where there are only two possible
outcomes.
· The weighted-average method is used in
cases where there are more than two possible
outcomes.
Our uncertain tax positions are recognised
under ‘Income tax’ or ‘Deferred tax’, depending
on how the realisation of the tax position will
affect the financial statement.
See more regarding our tax equity partnerships
in notes 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’ and
4.3 ‘Deferred tax’.
2024 2023Effective tax rate DKKm, %DKK million % DKK million %Tax on profit (loss) for the year can be explained as followsCalculated 22 % tax on profit (loss) before tax (573) 22 4,186 22Adjustments of calculated tax in foreign subsidiaries in relation to 22 % (257) 10 825 4Tax effect ofNon-taxable income and non-deductible costs, net 202 (8) 1,519 8Unrecognised tax assets (858) 33 (8,084) (43)Tax equity contributions (1,013) 39 874 5Movements in uncertain tax positions (31) 1 (251) (1)Changes in tax rates 178 (7) (21) -Adjustment of tax concerning previous years (238) 9 (204) (1)Effective tax for the year (2,590) 99 (1,156) (6)
The tax equity contribution excludes the Mockingbird
farm-down impact, which is included in non-taxable
income and non-deductible costs, net.
The changes in tax rates primarily relate to state tax
rates in the US. The adjustment of tax concerning pre-
vious years primarily relates to expected adjustments
to final tax returns regarding previous years.
The effective tax rate in 2023 was primarily affected
by the largely tax-exempt divestments of the offshore
wind farms Gode Wind 3 and London Array, the non-
recognition of deferred tax assets in connection with
the termination of the Ocean Wind 1 project, and the
recognition of deferred tax liabilities in connection
with capitalisation of project costs in the US where
we have entered into tax equity agreements on
Sunflower Wind, Sparta Solar, and Old 300, and by
the final build-up recognition of deferred tax liabilities
on South Fork Wind.
Further, the deferred tax liability previously recognised
on Ocean Wind 1 was reversed in connection with the
ceasing of that project.
Financial statements | Notes201 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Because of the high level of investments and the
subsequent deferrals of payable tax as a consequence
of accelerated tax depreciation, our current tax is
generally lower than the statutory corporate tax rates
during construction and the initial years after first
power from a wind farm.
However, as we use the realisation principle on certain
financial instruments and exchange rate adjustments
on bonds, losses on these are deferred.
Pillar 2
We expect to benefit from the temporary safe harbour
rules in all of the jurisdictions where we operate if the
Pillar 2 effective tax rate is less than 15 %. The only
exception is Singapore because of the technical set
up of the safe harbour rule; however, no Pillar 2 tax is
expected when calculating the full-scope top-up tax.
Tax on profit (loss) for the year
Note 4.2 – continued
Key accounting estimate
Estimates regarding recognition of
income taxes
We are subject to income taxes in all the
countries where we operate. Significant
judgement and estimates are required in
determining the worldwide income taxes and
income tax assets and liabilities, including
provisions for uncertain tax positions.
While conducting business around the world,
tax and transfer pricing disputes with tax
authorities may occur due to the complex
nature of the tax rules related to the business.
Judgement is applied to assess the possible
outcome of such disputes. We apply the
methods prescribed in IFRIC 23 ‘Uncertainty
over Income Tax Treatments’ when making
provisions for uncertain tax positions, and
the provisions made are based on different
scenarios with possible outcomes. We consider
the provisions made to be adequate. The actual
obligation may deviate and might lead to tax in
excess of the uncertain tax provisions included.
This depends on the result of litigations and
settlements with the relevant tax authorities.
Ongoing tax disputes, primarily related to
transfer pricing cases, are included as part of
‘Income tax’ and ‘Deferred tax’. Estimates in
respect of transfer pricing cases depend, among
others, on whether corresponding adjustments
can be obtained in the relevant jurisdictions, and,
in terms of disputes regarding project companies
with partners, whether compensation can be
obtained from these partners. Any expected
compensation from partners is included as part
of ‘Other receivables’.
Income taxDKKm 2024 2023Tax on profit (loss) for the year (2,590) (1,156)Tax on other comprehensive income 407 (4,566)Tax on cash flow hedging of property, plant, and equipment under construction 40 -Tax on hybrid capital related to equity 9 2Total tax for the year (2,134) (5,720)Tax on profit (loss) for the year can be broken down as followsCurrent tax (5,990) (2,876)Deferred tax 4,355 1,207Changes in tax rates 178 (21)Uncertain tax positions (31) (251)Tax on hybrid capital 149 115Tax equity (1,013) 874Adjustment of tax concerning previous years (238) (204)Tax on profit (loss) for the year (2,590) (1,156)Tax on other comprehensive income can be broken down as followsCurrent tax 1,104 (1,262)Deferred tax (657) (3,304)Tax on other comprehensive income 447 (4,566)
Tax on profit (loss) for the year and other
comprehensive income
In 2024, total tax for the year was DKK 2,134 million,
consisting of tax on profit (loss) for the year, tax on
other comprehensive income, tax on cash flow hedging
or property, plant, and equipment under construction,
and tax on hybrid capital related to equity.
Current tax
Current tax is the tax incurred by Ørsted on profit
for the year. This differs from taxes paid because of
payments or refunds regarding prior years and residual
payments for the current year.
Financial statements | Notes202 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Deferred tax
Note 4.3
Significant movements in deferred
tax assets and liabilities
Assets
Provisions primarily related to
German projects.
Provisions regarding
decommissioning obligation.
Impairment of assets in the US.
Recognition of tax losses.
Net movements of financial
instruments primarily in Denmark.
Tax depreciations utilised in the
UK, Germany, the Netherlands, and
Ireland on mature operating projects.
Derecognition of tax loss carry-
forwards in the US.
Liabilities
Tax equity partnerships related
to Eleven Mile Solar Center,
Mockingbird, and Sparta Solar.
Adjustments related to our tax equity
liabilities in the US.
Farm-down of Mockingbird.
Reduction in US tax rate.
BioenergyOther activities/ Net deferred tax for 2024 primarily consist of Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations AssetsRecognition of impairments and tax loss carryforwardsFinancial instrumentsLiabilitiesTax equity structuresAccelerated tax depreciation compared to accounting depreciationAcquisitions
Deferred tax 2024BioenergyOther activities/ Deferred tax DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations at 31 DecemberDeferred tax, assets 9,935 44 792 (1,521) 9,250Deferred tax, liabilities - 4,396 193 (2,156) 2,433Unrecognised tax assets 11,374 426 833 385 13,018Deferred tax 2023DKKmDeferred tax, assets 10,038 64 41 (1,951) 8,192Deferred tax, liabilities 1,748 3,760 148 (2,217) 3,439Unrecognised tax assets 9,691 109 33 40 9,873
The table shows the reconciliation of deferred tax to the balance
sheet by segment. The unrecognised tax asset is primarily due to
ring-fenced tax losses and other losses not meeting the criteria for
recognition under IAS 12. These primarily relate to losses in connection
with the termination of the Ocean Wind 1 project.
There is no expiry of our unrecognised tax assets. No provision for
withholding tax on dividends has been included as the amounts where
a concrete dividend distribution is planned are considered immaterial
in 2024. ‘Other activities/eliminations’ primarily consist of eliminations
between segments.
Financial statements | Notes203 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Deferred tax
Note 4.3 – continued
Deferred tax Deferred tax balances balances Development in deferred tax assets and liabilities, 2024at 1 January, at 31 DKKmnet MovementsDecember, net Assets LiabilitiesIntangible assets (188) 187 (1) 16 17Property, plant, and equipment (1,649) 311 (1,338) 5,135 6,473Other non-current assets (302) 274 (28) - 28Current assets (1) 9 8 8 -Decommissioning obligations 2,206 191 2,397 2,544 147Other non-current liabilities 381 1,113 1,494 1,734 240Current liabilities (369) 456 87 87 -Tax loss carryforwards 4,675 (477) 4,198 4,198 -Offset (4,472) (4,472)To t a l 4,753 2,064 6,817 9,250 2,433
Development in deferred tax assets and liabilities, 2023DKKmIntangible assets (38) (150) (188) 18 206Property, plant, and equipment (6,134) 4,485 (1,649) 4,709 6,358Other non-current assets 16 (318) (302) 5 307Current assets - (1) (1) 1 2Decommissioning obligations 2,101 105 2,206 2,212 6Other non-current liabilities 415 (34) 381 625 244Current liabilities 3,373 (3,742) (369) 3 372Tax loss carryforwards 6,572 (1,897) 4,675 4,675 -Offset (4,056) (4,056)To t a l 6,305 (1,552) 4,753 8,192 3,439
The difference in tax and accounting treatment on:
· provisions, decommissioning, impairment, depreciations, and our
tax equity partnerships impact the development of the deferred
tax balance on property, plant, and equipment
· financial instruments and exchange rate adjustments impact
the development in non-current liabilities.
§ Accounting policies
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all tempo-
rary differences arising between the tax bases of
assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts.
Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of tempo-
rary differences relating to:
· the acquisition of joint operations, including
licence interests
· other items where differences arise at the time of
acquisition, affecting neither the profit (loss) for
the year nor the taxable income. However, this
does not include differences arising in connection
with company acquisitions, except for right-of-
use assets, lease liabilities, decommissioning,
restoration, and similar liabilities where the
corresponding amounts are recognised as part
of the costs of the related assets.
Differences arising in connection with company
acquisitions are recognised.
Deferred tax is measured depending on how we
plan to use the assets and settle the liabilities.
We offset tax assets and liabilities when the
tax assets can be offset against tax liabilities
in the year in which the deferred tax assets are
expected to be used. Intragroup gains and losses
are eliminated when calculating deferred tax.
In countries where taxes can be offset between
companies due to joint taxation schemes, we have
netted within a tax jurisdiction. Where no such
possibility is feasible, the deferred tax is included in
the gross amount on a company-by-company level.
Tax losses carried forward in jurisdictions where
we have a history of losses are recognised based
on other convincing evidence of future profits.
The other convincing evidence is based on our
long-term forecast model approved by the Board
of Directors.
Adjustments to unrecognised tax assets are
recognised in profit (loss) or other comprehensive
income, depending on the underlying source of
the adjustment.
Deferred tax is measured based on the tax rules
and rates applying when the deferred tax becomes
current tax. Changes in deferred tax because of
changes in tax rates are recognised in profit (loss)
for the year.
Deferred tax (net liabilities) related to tax equity
structures are recognised as a tax expense in the
income statement when the tax equity partnership
agreement is effective. The liability recognised is
the amount that we expect to take over once the
contribution from the equity partner is repaid, and
the tax equity structure flips.
We have adopted the narrow-scope amendments
to IAS 12 ‘Income taxes’, which provide temporary
relief from accounting for deferred taxes arising
from the implementation of the Pillar 2 model rules.
US tax equity partnerships
We have entered into several tax equity partner-
ship agreements in the US.
The expected value of the deferred tax liability
related to property, plant, and equipment
at the flip date in the tax equity partnership
agreement is included in our accounts when the
tax equity partnership agreement is effective.
The deferred tax liability from existing tax equity
partnerships will gradually be reduced based
on accounting depreciation after the flip date.
See more regarding tax equity partnerships in
note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
Financial statements | Notes204 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Our tax footprint is an effect of how and where we
conduct our business.
Local corporate taxes paid
We are continuously making significant investments
in offshore wind farms in the UK, Germany, the Nether-
lands, the US, and Taiwan (see also our global foot-
print in the ‘Management’s review’), resulting in the
accumulation of large tax assets in recent years and a
deferral in paid tax, until our assets are commissioned
and put into operation. Once the deferral ends, the
taxable income related to our assets will exceed the
accounting profit.
For this reason, the applicable corporate tax rate and
the cash tax paid will always differ, but accumulated
over the lifetime of the wind farm, they will generally
be similar, unless the project is subsidised.
Compared to a few years ago, we have an accelerated
volume of assets being commissioned and put into
operation, and positive taxable income is generated.
Even in jurisdictions with large tax loss carry forwards,
the application of tax loss carryforward limitation rules,
e.g. where a minimum share of any positive taxable
income will always be taxed as well as limitations in
joint taxation, may result in payable taxes.
Our tax footprint
Note 4.4
Payments, corporate taxes
DKKm
Current year
Previous years
DK
3,451
MY
51
GB
1,571
TW
428
PL
25
DE NL FR Other
421
289
33
1
Total
6,327
As our business matures, we start to incur corporate taxes in the countries where we operate.
The US is the exception to this development in
corporate taxes, due to the tax equity set-up in the
US and the significant amount of tax assets not
recognised in connection with the termination of
the Ocean Wind 1 project. The funding in the US is
carried out applying the US tax equity set-up, which
effectively means that tax attributes are transferred
to the tax equity partner as repayment and return
on investment. See more regarding tax equity
partnerships in note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
More information regarding our tax footprint can be
found here: orsted.com/tax-transparency.
IE
57
Financial statements | Notes205 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Capital structure
Note 5
Capital structure
To ensure we have the financial strength to
operate in the international energy and capital
markets and to secure financing on attractive
terms, we target a solid investment grade rating
with all three major rating agencies. This includes
an FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt credit
metric target above 30 %.
To support a solid investment grade, we have
taken a number of initiatives. We have e.g.
decided to pause dividends for the financial years
2023-2025, and we will accelerate our divestment
programme.
Financing policy
The aim of our financing policy is to minimise
liquidity and refinancing risks while minimising
financing costs and matching the currency
composition of our debt with our revenue.
We obtain funding in different markets and
with different maturities. Our debt is primarily
consolidated in the parent company, where
cash resources are made available to the Group
companies via an internal bank.
Cash management and liquidity reserve
A group-wide cash management set-up ensures
optimal allocation of cash in relation to our day-
to-day operations and investment programme.
We target a liquidity reserve that ensures ade-
quate coverage of our use of liquidity on a rolling
12 month forward-looking basis to limit the com-
pany’s sensitivity to unforeseen developments,
including unrest in the financial markets.
Equity and interest-bearing net debt
DKKbn
Interest-bearing asset
Interest-bearing debt
Hybrid capital
Equity attributable to shareholders in Ørsted A/S
Non-controlling interests
2024 43.8 / 101.8 / 21.0 / 61.9 / 10.4 151.3 billion
2023 45.2 / 92.6 / 19.1 / 56.8 / 1.9 125.2 billion
An appropriate capital structure is important to
ensure we have the ability to raise new debt with
attractive terms.
In February 2024, following the release of our annual
report for 2023, S&P downgraded us from BBB+ to
BBB. In January 2025, S&P and Fitch changed their
rating outlook from stable to negative. If our ratings
should be downgraded by one notch, it will not impact
Ørsted’s business activities.
In March 2024, we issued a EUR 750 million (DKK 5,593
million) green hybrid bond. Simultaneously, we redeemed
EUR 250 million (DKK 1,864 million) in principal amount
of our hybrid bond due in November 3017.
In September 2024, we redeemed the remaining
EUR 250 million (DKK 1,864 million) in principal
amount of our hybrid bond due in November 3017.
13.2 %
Funds from operations (FFO) relative
to adjusted interest-bearing net debt
amounted to 13.2 % at 31 December 2024
against 28.6 % at 31 December 2023.
58.0 bn
Our interest-bearing net debt totalled DKK
58,027 million at 31 December 2024 against
DKK 47,379 million at 31 December 2023.
78.0 bn
Our liquidity reserve totalled DKK 77,991
million at 31 December 2024 against
DKK 90,665 million at 31 December 2023.
Financial statements | Notes206 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Interest-bearing net debt and FFO
Note 5.1
Interest-bearing debt and interest-bearing assetsDKKm 2024 2023Interest-bearing debtBond debt 72,028 70,589Bank debt 15,680 9,031Total bond and bank debt 87,708 79,620Tax equity liability (see note 3.8) 1,764 1,196Lease liability 8,910 8,426Other interest-bearing debtDebt in connection with divestments 3,234 2,900Debt from receiving collateral under credit support annexes 71 286Other interest-bearing debt 137 153Total interest-bearing debt 101,824 92,581Interest-bearing assetsSecurities 14,532 29,902Cash 23,126 10,145Receivables from associates and joint ventures 202 77Cash, not available for use 317 481Other interest-bearing receivablesReceivables from placing collateral under credit support annexes 4,873 3,854Receivables in connection with divestments 747 735Other receivables - 8Total interest-bearing assets 43,797 45,202Total interest-bearing net debt at 31 December 58,027 47,37950 % of hybrid capital 10,477 9,552Other interest-bearing debt, add back (3,442) (3,339)Other interest-bearing receivables, add back 5,620 4,597Cash and securities not available for distribution, excluding repo loans 710 867Total adjusted interest-bearing net debt 71,392 59,056
Funds from operations (FFO)DKKm 2024 2023EBITDA 31,959 18,717Change in provisions and other adjustments (13,184) 8,742Change in derivatives 648 4,274Variation margin, add back (1,540) (7,086)Reversal of gain (loss) on divestment of assets (348) (5,745)Income tax paid (6,327) (2,717)Interest and similar items, received/paid (477) 1,385Reversal of interest expenses transferred to assets (1,011) (453)50 % of coupon payments on hybrid capital (343) (273)Dividends received and capital reductions 27 19Funds from operations (FFO) 9,404 16,863
Funds from operations (FFO)/adjusted interest-bearing net debtDKKm 2024 2023Funds from operations (FFO) 9,404 16,863Total adjusted interest-bearing net debt 71,392 59,056Funds from operations (FFO)/adjusted interest-bearing net debt 13.2 % 28.6 %
FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt was 13.2 %. The decrease compared to last year was mainly driven by the payment of cancellation fees
related to Ocean Wind 1 and an increase in adjusted interest-bearing net debt of DKK 12.3 billion.
‘Interest-bearing net debt’ totalled DKK 58,027 million compared with DKK 47,379 million in 2023.
Financial statements | Notes207 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Interest-bearing net debt
Interest-bearing net debt totalled DKK 58,027 million
at the end of 2024, an increase of DKK 10,648 million
relative to 2023. The increase in interest- bearing net
debt consists of an increase in interest-bearing debt of
DKK 9,243 million and a decrease in interest- bearing
assets of DKK 1,405 million.
In June 2024, we obtained a GBP 240 million
(DKK 2,104 million) loan from Eksfin, the Norwegian
Export Credit Agency.
Rating
We have a corporate credit rating from all major
rating agencies.
Rating Outlook2Standard & Poor’s BBB Negative 1Moody’s Baa1 Negative 12Negative FItch BBB+
1
Baa1 and BBB+ are the same rating.
2
Announced in January 2025.
If our ratings should be downgraded by one notch
to BBB-/Baa2/BBB, it will not significantly impact
Ørsted’s business activities.
Market value of bond and bank debt
The market value of our bond and bank debt
amounted to DKK 69,104 million and DKK 14,890
million, respectively, at 31 December 2024 (2023:
DKK 68,671 million and DKK 8,711 million, respec-
tively). The market value of issued bonds has been
determined as the market value at 31 December
(level 1 – quoted prices).
The market value of bank loans has been
determined as the present value of expected future
instalments and interest payments using the Group’s
current interest rate on loans as the discount rate
(level 2 – observable inputs).
Due to the level of interest rates on average being
lower at the time of issuance, the market value of our
bond and bank debt is below the carrying amount.
Loan arrangements and credit facilities
At 31 December 2024, we had bank loan obligations
totalling DKK 7,533 million (2023: DKK 5,030 million)
and undrawn loan agreements for an aggregate
amount of DKK 7,117 million (2023: DKK 6,597
million) to the European Investment Bank, Nordic
Investment Bank, and Eksfin. The loans offered
by these multilateral financial institutions cofund
specific energy projects with maturities exceeding
those normally available in the commercial banking
market. In the event of two of the rating agencies
downgrading our rating to BBB- or Baa3, we may be
met with cancellation and repayment of these loan
agreements. In addition, in case of a downgrade to a
level below investment grade, we may be met with
demands for cancellation and repayment of any
drawn amount on our NTD 25 billion credit facility
in Taiwan as well as demands for replacing existing
parent company guarantees of an estimated range
of up to DKK 15-20 billion by either bank guarantees
or cash.
Furthermore, we had non-cancellable credit facilities
of DKK 37,619 million at 31 December 2024 (2023:
DKK 44,562 million) with a number of Scandinavian
and international banks. See note 5.4 ‘Liquidity
reserve’ for further details.
In connection with these loan agreements and
credit facilities, we may be met with demands for
cancellation and repayment of any drawn amount
in the event of shareholders other than a group
consisting of the Danish state and Danish power
distribution companies controlling more than 50 %
of the share capital or voting rights in Ørsted A/S.
Interest-bearing net debt and FFO
Note 5.1 – continued
Changes in interest-bearing debtDKKm 2024 2023Interest-bearing debt at 1 January 92,581 77,707Cash transactionsProceeds from raising loans 9,990 17,584Instalments on loans (3,407) (1,580)Instalments on leases (736) (712)Change in other interest-bearing debt and tax equity liability 671 (1,625)Non-cash transactionsRaising lease debt, etc. 1,220 872Foreign exchange adjustments, amortisation, etc. 1,505 335Interest-bearing debt at 31 December 101,824 92,581
Financial statements | Notes208 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
§ Accounting policies
Bond debt, bank debt, and other payables
are recognised at inception at market value
(typically proceeds received) net of transac-
tion costs incurred. In subsequent periods, the
liabilities are measured at amortised cost, so
that the difference between the cost (proceeds)
and the nominal value is recognised in profit
(loss) for the year as interest expenses over the
term of the loan, using the effective interest
rate method.
Financial liabilities are classified as current,
unless the Group has an unconditional right to
defer settlement of the liability to at least one
year after the balance sheet date.
Interest-bearing net debt and FFO
Note 5.1 – continued
Senior bonds issued at Outstanding amount 31 December 2024Type of Million, currencyfinancingCoupon (%) Time of issue Maturing Quoted inCurrency DKK EUR Green 600 4,474 2.250 June 2022 June 2028 LuxembourgEUR Green 750 5,593 1.500 Nov. 2017 Nov. 2029 LondonEUR Green 900 6,712 3.250 Sep. 2022 Sep. 2031 LuxembourgEUR Green 750 5,593 2.875 June 2022 June 2033 LuxembourgEUR Green 700 5,220 3.625 Feb. 2023 March 2026 LuxembourgEUR Blue 100 746 3.625 June 2023 June 2028 LuxembourgEUR Green 600 4,474 3.750 Feb. 2023 March 2030 LuxembourgEUR Green 700 5,220 4.125 Feb. 2023 March 2035 LuxembourgGBP Green 350 3,157 2.125 May 2019 May 2027 LuxembourgGBP - 750 6,764 4.875 Jan. 2012 Jan. 2032 LondonGBP Green 300 2,706 2.500 May 2019 May 2033 LuxembourgGBP Green 250 12,255 CPI+0.375 May 2019 May 2034 LuxembourgGBP Green 375 3,382 5.125 Sep. 2022 Sep. 2034 LuxembourgGBP - 500 4,510 5.750 Apr. 2010 Apr. 2040 LondonGBP Green 575 5,186 5.375 Sep. 2022 Sep. 2042 LuxembourgNTD Green 4,000 879 0.920 Nov. 2019 Nov. 2026 TaipeiNTD Green 4,000 879 0.600 Nov. 2020 Nov. 2027 TaipeiNTD Green 3,000 659 0.700 Nov. 2020 Nov. 2030 TaipeiNTD Green 8,000 1,757 1.500 Nov. 2019 Nov. 2034 TaipeiNTD Green 8,000 1,757 0.980 Nov. 2020 Nov. 2040 Taipei
1
Issued principal is indexed to an outstanding amount of GBP 316
million corresponding to DKK 2,846 million at 31 December 2024.
In addition to senior bonds, we have issued a number of hybrid
bonds accounted for as equity, see note 5.3 ‘Hybrid capital’.
Maturity profile of issued senior bonds and bank debt
DKK billion
Issued bonds Bank debt
2028
5.4
2026
10.1
2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035+
6.7
6.9 6.9
8.4
8.1
17. 5
2025
4.3
2029
9.7
2027
4.2
Financial statements | Notes209 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Share capital
Ørsted’s share capital is DKK 4,203,810,800 (2023:
4,204 million), divided into shares of DKK 10. The share
capital is unchanged from last year. No shares are
subject to special rights or restrictions on voting rights.
All shares are fully paid up.
Treasury shares
To secure our share programme, we have acquired
treasury shares in accordance with the authorisation
approved by the general meeting. The total portfolio
of treasury shares consists of 146,317 shares at
31 December 2024 (2023: 150,784), corresponding
to less than 0.1 % of the share capital.
Dividends
As communicated in the Capital Markets Update on
7 February 2024, Ørsted has paused dividends for the
financial years 2023-2025. Consequently, the Board of
Directors proposes that no dividend be paid out to the
shareholders for the financial year 2024.
Profit (loss) for the year
Ørsted’s share of profit (loss) in 2024 is allocated to
retained earnings.
Owners of Ørsted
The Danish state is the principal shareholder with an
ownership interest of 50.1 %. In addition, Equinor and
Andel have an ownership interest of 10 % and 5 %,
respectively. See note 15 ‘Owner ship information’ in
the parent company’s financial statements.
Equity
Note 5.2
Earnings per shareDKKm 2024 2023Profit (loss) for the year 16 (20,182)Interest and costs, hybrid capital owners of Ørsted A/S (717) (553)Non-controlling interests (222) (324)Ørsted’s share of profit (loss) for the year (923) (21,059)(‘000)Average number of outstanding shares 420,233 420,227Dilutive effect of share programme 397 280Average number of outstanding shares, diluted 420,630 420,507(DKK)Earnings per share (2.2)(50.1)Diluted earnings per share(2.2)(50.1)
Financial statements | Notes210 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Equity
Note 5.2 – continued
Hedging reserve 1Hedging of property, plant, and Reserves 2024Foreign currency Hedging of net Hedging of Hedging of Hedging of equipment under To t a l DKKmtranslation reserveinvestmentsrevenuedivestmentsinterestconstructionreservesReserves at 1 January (384) (1,601) (8,615) (65) 414 - (10,251)Exchange rate adjustments 5,867 - - - - - 5,867Value adjustments of hedging - (3,698) 2,821 284 293 (181) (481)Value adjustments transferred toRevenue - - (403) - - - (403)Other operating income 5 - - (199) - - (194)Other operating expenses 7 - (642) - - - (635)Financial income and expenses - - - - (25) - (25)Ta xTax on hedging and currency adjustments (683) 814 309 (20) (60) 40 400Movements for the year 5,196 (2,884) 2,085 65 208 (141) 4,529Additions, non-controlling interests - - 558 - - - 558Total reserves including tax at 31 December 4,812 (4,485) (5,972) - 622 (141) (5,164)Total reserves excluding tax at 31 December 4,795 (5,753) (7,358) - 798 (181) (7,699)
Reserves 2023DKKmReserves at 1 January (725) (1,178) (26,694) - 2,130 - (26,467)Exchange rate adjustments 531 - - - - - 531Value adjustments of hedging - (328) 24,950 (41) 108 - 24,689Value adjustments transferred toRevenue - - (2,437) - - - (2,437)Other operating income – gain on divestment of assets (80) 21 - (44) - - (103)Other operating expenses - - 512 - - - 512Financial income and expenses - (236) 134 - (2,308) - (2,410)Ta xTax on hedging and currency adjustments (110) 120 (5,080) 20 484 - (4,566)Movement for the year 341 (423) 18,079 (65) (1,716) - 16,216Total reserves including tax at 31 December (384) (1,601) (8,615) (65) 414 - (10,251)Total reserves excluding tax at 31 December (1,093) (2,053) (9,827) (85) 530 - (12,528)
Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises:
· exchange rate adjustments arising on translation of the
financial statements of foreign entities with a currency that
is not the Group’s presentation currency
· exchange rate adjustments relating to loans that form part
of our net investment in such entities
· exchange rate adjustments relating to hedging transactions
on our net investment in such entities.
On realisation or partial realisation of the net investment, the
exchange rate adjustments are recognised in profit (loss) for the
year if a foreign exchange gain (loss) is realised by the divested
entity. The foreign exchange gain (loss) is transferred to the item
where the gain (loss) is recognised.
Hedging of revenue
Hedging of revenue includes hedging of energy, currency, and
inflation risks associated with revenue.
Share premium reserve
Retained earnings include the share premium reserve of
DKK 21,279 million (2023: 21,279 million), representing the
excess amount of subscribed-for share capital over the nominal
value of these shares in connection with capital injections.
1
Costs of hedging related to the time value of option elements in
Onshore CPPAs, and basis spread on currency swaps included in
the hedging reserve amounts to a gain of DKK 139 million (2023:
DKK 239 million). The change from last year primarily relates to
value adjustments of Onshore CPPAs, which are structured with a
minimum price per MWh and a mechanism where we retain most
of the upside from high power prices.
Financial statements | Notes211 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
We have issued hybrid capital which is subordinate
to our other creditors. The purpose of issuing hybrid
capital is to strengthen our capital base and fund
our investments. We have issued EUR hybrid bonds
with a total nominal value of EUR 2,350 million
and GBP 425 million, respectively, equivalent to
DKK 21,358 million (2023: EUR 2,100 million and
GBP 425 million, respectively, equivalent to
DKK 19,310 million).
For all our hybrid bonds, we have the right to defer
coupon payments and ultimately decide not to
pay them at maturity. Deferred coupon payments
become payable, however, if we decide to pay
dividends to our shareholders or pay coupon payments
on other hybrid bonds.
As a consequence of the special terms regarding
the hybrid bonds, these are classified as equity, and
therefore coupon payments are recognised in equity.
Hybrid capital
Note 5.3
Hybrid bonds Green due in 3019 Green due in 3021 Green due in 3022 Green due in 3024 Green due in 3021Type Subordinated Subordinated Subordinated Subordinated SubordinatedCarrying amount DKK 4,416 million DKK 3,697 million DKK 3,692 million DKK 5,520 million DKK 3,630 millionFinancial classification Equity Equity Equity Equity EquityNotional amount EUR 600 million (DKK 4,474 million) EUR 500 milllion (DKK 3,729 million) EUR 500 milllion (DKK 3,729 million) EUR 750 million (DKK 5,593 million) GBP 425 million (DKK 3,833 million)Issued December 2019 February 2021 December 2022 March 2024 February 2021Maturing December 3019 February 3021 December 3022 March 3024 February 3021Quoted in Luxembourg Luxembourg Luxembourg Luxembourg LuxembourgFirst redemption at par 9 December 2027 18 February 2031 8 December 2028 14 September 2029 18 February 2033Coupon for the first Eight years fixed at 1.75 0 % p.a. Ten years fixed at 1.500 % p.a. Six years fixed at 5.250 % p.a. 5 years and 9 months fixed at 5.125 % p.a. 12 years fixed at 2.500 % p.a.Coupon in subsequent period is adjusted every +1.952 % points from 2027, +2.020 % points +1.860 % points from 2031 and +2.610 % points +2.619 % points from 2028, +2.869 % points +2.590 % points from 2029, + 2.840 % points Adjusted every five years with the five-year five years with the five-year euro swapfrom 2032, and +2.952 % points from 2047from 2051from 2033, and +3.619 % points from 2048from 2034, and +3.590 % points from 2049benchmark gilt +2.136 % points from 2033 and +2.886 % points from 2053Deferral of interest payment Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
§ Accounting policies
Hybrid capital comprises issued bonds that qualify for treatment
in accordance with the rules on compound financial instruments
due to the special characteristics of the bonds. The notional
amount, which constitutes a liability, is recognised at present
value, and equity has been increased by the difference between
the net proceeds received and the present value of the discounted
liability. The carrying amount of the liability component
amounted to nil on initial recognition as the only payment
obligation is the repayment of the nominal value in 1,000 years.
Coupon payments are accounted for as dividends, which are
recognised directly in equity at the time the payment obligation
arises. This is because the coupon is discretionary, and therefore
any deferred coupon lapses upon maturity of the hybrid capital.
Coupon payments are recognised in the statement of cash flows
within financing activities.
On redemption of hybrid capital, the payment will be distributed
between liability and equity, applying the same ratio as when
the hybrid capital was issued. This means that the difference
between the payment on redemption and the net proceeds
received on issue is recognised directly in equity, as the liability
portion of the existing hybrid issues will be nil during the first
part of the life of the hybrid capital.
Financial statements | Notes212 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Liquidity reserve
Note 5.4
Liquidity reserve, DKKbn
Cash Securities, available
Undrawn, non-cancellable credit facilities
Dec. 2024
Dec. 2023
Liquidity reserve
Liquidity reserve at 31 December 2024 amounted to
DKK 78.0 billion (31 December 2023: DKK 90.7 billion).
Collateral and margin postings
When we trade derivatives to execute our hedging
strategy, we can trade with daily settlement of the
market value or with settlement at maturity.
To reduce the risk of having to pay large amounts
for negative market values, we actively manage
the share of trading with daily settlement. As of
31 December 2024, 12 % (2023: 12 %) of our power
and gas trades and 92 % (2023: 88 %) of our currency,
inflation, and interest rate hedges were settled daily.
Cash, cash equivalents, and securities
Securities are a key element in our liquidity reserve,
and therefore, investments are mainly made in liquid
AAA-rated Danish mortgage bonds and, to a lesser
extent, in other bonds. Most of the securities qualify
for repo transactions with the Danish central bank,
‘Danmarks Nationalbank.
Securities not available for use’ comprise securities
pledged as collateral for:
· short-term repo loans: DKK 4,011 million
at 31 December 2024 (2023: DKK 0 million)
· insurance-related provisions: DKK 392 million
at 31 December 2024 (2023: DKK 387 million).
At 31 December 2024, we had received cash
collateral in the amount of DKK 70 million
(2023: DKK 286 million) concerning the positive
market value of derivatives.
‘Cash not available for use’ comprises:
· collateral for power purchase agreements and
trading with financial instruments: DKK 269 million
(2023: DKK 421 million)
· collateral for insurance-related provisions:
DKK 45 million (2023: DKK 41 million)
· collateral for other transactions:
DKK 3 million (2023: DKK 19 million).
Cash and cash equivalents, securitiesDKKm 2024 2023Cash, cf. balance sheet 23,126 10,145Bank overdrafts that are part of the ongoing cash management (2) (1)Total cash and cash equivalents at 31 December, cf. statement of cash flows 23,124 10,144Cash can be specified as followsCash cf. balance sheet 23,126 10,145Cash, not available for use 317 481Securities can be specified as followsSecurities, available 10,129 29,515Securities, not available for use 4,403 387Total securities at 31 December 14,532 29,902
The table shows our cash and securities divided into ‘available’ and ‘not available for use’.
Overview of securitiesDKKm Fixed rate Floating rate 2024 Fixed rate Floating rate 2023Maturities0-2 years (376) 13,383 3,007 3,064 12,032 15,0962-5 years 710 4,734 5,444 371 8,287 8,658After 5 years 5,511 570 6,081 2,583 3,565 6,148Total carrying amount 5,845 8,687 14,532 6,018 23,884 29,902
The table shows our securities split into maturities and fixed or floating interest rates. The overview includes the interest
rate swaps used to manage the interest rate risk of the securities.
1
For securities maturing within 2 years, the negative value of the interest rate swaps exceeds the value of the securities.
§ Accounting policies
Securities comprise bonds that are monitored, measured,
and reported at market value on an ongoing basis in
conformity with the Group’s investment policy. Changes
in market value are recognised in profit (loss) for the year
as financial income and expenses. Purchase and sale of
securities are recognised at the settlement date.
For listed securities, market value equals the market price,
and for unlisted securities, market value is estimated
based on generally accepted valuation methods and
market data.
Divested securities where repurchase agreements (repo
transactions) have been made at the time of sale are
recognised in the balance sheet at the settlement date
as if the securities were still held. The amount received is
recognised as a liability, and the difference between the
selling price and the purchase price is recognised in profit
(loss) for the year over the term as interest. The return on
the securities is recognised in profit (loss) for the year.
The change in liquidity reserve is due to a decrease in available
securities and undrawn credit facilities of DKK 19,386 million and
DKK 6,269 million, respectively, partly countered by an increase
in cash of DKK 12,981 million. The decrease in undrawn credit
facilities is a consequence of a lower exposure to trades requiring
theexchange of collateral.
78.0
90.7
Financial statements | Notes213 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities
Note 5.5
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities 2024DKKm 2025 2026 2027-2028 After 2028 To ta lBank loans and issued bonds Notional amount 4,260 10,122 9,543 64,225 88,150 Interest payments 2,611 2,604 4,731 13,931 23,877Trade payables 20,827 - - - 20,827Lease liabilities 1,163 975 1,787 11,903 15,828Tax equity debt 234 259 519 968 1,980Other non-derivative payables 3,222 1,871 1,206 11,498 17,797Derivatives 6,531 2,848 4,327 5,775 19,481Total payment obligations 38,848 18,679 22,113 108,300 187,940
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities 2023DKKm 2024 2025 2026-2027 After 2027 To ta lBank loans and issued bonds Notional amount 408 - 13,388 66,165 79,961 Interest payments 2,485 2,480 4,762 15,380 25,107Trade payables 14,915 - - - 14,915Lease liabilities 1,009 844 1,552 8,634 12,039Tax equity debt 153 213 443 681 1,490Other non-derivative payables 4,090 1,730 808 11,390 18,018Derivatives 7,611 3,445 4,015 7,404 22,475Total payment obligations 30,671 8,712 24,968 109,654 174,005
The Groups cash needs in respect of its financial loans and borrowings are shown in the table. The maturity analysis was determined on 31 December.
The maturity analysis is based on undiscounted cash flows, including estimated interest payments. Interest payments are based on market conditions
and interest rate hedging entered into as of 31 December. The maturity analysis does not include hybrid capital classified as equity.
At 31 December 2024, we had issued hybrid capital with a notional amount totalling DKK 21,358 million due after 2028.
Financial statements | Notes214 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Financial income and expenses
Note 5.6
§ Accounting policies
Market value adjustments of interest rate
and currency derivatives that have not
been entered into for hedging purposes are
presented as financial income or expenses.
The accounting policy for the tax equity
partner’s contractual return is described in
note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
Net financial income and expenses 1DKKm 2024 2023Interest expenses, net (1,739) (1,764)Interest expenses, leasing (301) (308)Interest element of provisions, etc. (502) (662)Tax equity partner’s contractual return (1,275) (965)Value adjustments of derivatives, net 541 1,850Capital gains/losses on securities at market value, net 434 489Exchange rate adjustments, net (750) (140)Other financial income and expenses 1 57Net financial income and expenses (3,591) (1,443)
Financial income and expenses 2DKKm 2024 2023Interest income from cash, etc. 843 926Interest income from securities at market value 710 716Capital gains on securities at market value 783 489Foreign exchange gains 3,854 4,674Value adjustments of derivatives 2,372 5,548Other financial income 28 26Total financial income 8,590 12,379Interest expenses relating to loans and borrowings, etc. (4,604) (4,167)Interest expenses transferred to assets 1,011 453Interest expenses, leasing (301) (308)Interest element of provisions (113) (257)Tax equity partner’s contractual returns (1,275) (965)Capital losses on securities at market value (349) -Foreign exchange losses (4,538) (5,042)Value adjustments of derivatives (1,897) (3,470)Other financial expenses (115) (66)Total financial expenses (12,181) (13,822)Net financial income and expenses (3,591) (1,443)
1
The table shows net financial income and expenses, corresponding
to our internal reporting.
The gain in ‘Value adjustments of derivatives, net’ in 2024 mainly
consisted of the gains on interest rate swaps, which are not hedge
accounted. The gain was mostly driven by the increase in interest
rates. In 2023, ‘Value adjustments of derivatives, net’ included a gain
of DKK 2,399 million due to hedge ineffectiveness driven by reduced
funding needs in US.
‘Exchange rate adjustments, net’ are mainly affected by inter-company
balances between entities with different functional currencies and do
not impact the statement of cash flows or interest-bearing net debt.
The negative ‘Exchange rate adjustments, net’ in 2024 were mostly
driven by the increase in the GBP/DKK exchange rate.
2
Exchange rate adjustments of currency hedging are recognised in
revenue and cost of sales with a loss of DKK 569 million (2023: a loss
of DKK 451 million).
Borrowing costs transferred to property, plant, and equipment
under construction are calculated as the weighted average effective
interest rate for general borrowing. This amounted to 3.4 % in 2024
(2023: 3.4 %).
Financial statements | Notes215 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Risk management
Note 6
Revenue composition of offshore and onshore assets 2025-2030
15 %
Merchant revenue
35 %
Fixed nominal revenue
50 %
Inflation-indexed revenue
For the period 2025-2030, approximately 85 % of our expected revenue from our wind, solar PV, and battery storage
assets are fixed-price inflation- indexed or fixed nominal. The remaining 15 % are exposed to fluctuations in power prices.
Energy exposure 2025-2027
2
DKKbn
Before hedging After hedging
Outright
power
33.3
16.5
-1.6 -1.0
Gas
and oil
5.4
4.8
Spread
(power)
2
Energy exposure before hedging does not include revenue
from inflation-indexed and fixed nominal prices as these
do not contain any energy exposure.
Currency exposure 2025-2029
1
DKKbn
Before hedging After hedging
1
In 2024, our currency exposure and hedges have been updated
with our latest view of the expected proceeds from and timing
of our divestment programme. For USD and NTD, we manage
our risk to a natural time spread between front-end capital
expenditures relating to construction projects and long-term
revenue. In the five year horizon, we are therefore seeing that
our hedges increase our net exposure, but our hedges reduce
the risk in the longer horizon.
We deem EUR to constitute an insignificant risk as we expect
Denmark to maintain its fixed exchange-rate policy.
GBP
75.9
19.1
15.1
-8.4
USD
19.0
17.9
NTD
We are exposed to financial and revenue risks in the
form of energy price and volume risks, inflation and
interest rate risks, commodity price risks, currency
risks, credit risks, and liquidity risks as part of our
business, hedging, and trading activities. Through
our risk management, we monitor and proactively
manage the risks according to our risk appetite.
In this note, we describe the origination as well as our
governance and management of all these financial
and revenue risks, excluding liquidity risks, which are
covered in note 5.
For the period 2025-2030, approximately 85 % of our
expected revenue from our wind, solar PV, and battery
storage assets are fixed-price inflation-indexed or
fixed nominal. The remaining 15 % is exposed to
fluctuations in power prices.
Furthermore, our cash flows denominated in foreign
currencies are exposed to changes in the value of
foreign currencies against Danish kroner.
~ 50 % inflation-
indexed revenue
~50 % of our revenue from offshore and
onshore assets are fixed price-indexed to
inflation, mainly from ROC and CfD subsidies
in the UK and Poland (2023: ~45 %).
~ 35 % fixed
nominal revenue
~35 % of our revenue from offshore and
onshore assets are fixed in nominal terms,
mainly from fixed-price subsidies and CPPAs
in Continental Europe, Taiwan, and the
US as well as hedges swapping inflation-
indexed cash flows to fixed cash flows
(2023: ~35 %).
~ 15 % merchant
revenue
~15 % of our revenue from offshore and
onshore assets are exposed to merchant
power prices (2023: ~20 %).
DKK -7.6 billion
The value of our hedging instruments
(mainly inflation and power) impacting
EBITDA in the future amounts to a loss of
DKK 7.6 billion at 31 December 2024
(2023: DKK 9.9 billion).
Financial statements | Notes216 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The overall objective of our financial and revenue risk
management is to:
· increase the predictability of our short-term
income and construction costs
· protect our current and future investment
capacity by stabilising key rating metrics, such
as FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt
· protect the long-term real value of the
shareholders’ investment in Ørsted.
The governance for managing market,
credit, and liquidity risks are based on the
three-lines-of-defence model:
· The first line of defence is responsible for our
ongoing risk management and control, including
necessary mitigating actions for all risks we take
on through our business, hedging, and trading
activities.
· The second line of defence is Group Risk
Management, which is responsible for challenging
decisions made by the first line of defence,
including providing independent risk views and
advice, as well as monitoring and controlling
that risks are being managed appropriately.
· The third line of defence is Internal Audit.
The mandates for first line of defence are established
during the business planning processes and evaluated
according to our risk appetite. An example is deciding
on the target hedge level for price exposures from
intermittent power generation as described in note
6.2 ‘Energy price risks‘.
In our risk management processes, financial and
revenue risks are quantified and assessed against
our risk appetite – alongside decisions on suitable
risk mitigation measures. Our biggest enterprise
risks and associated risk mitigation measures are
presented in the ‘Enterprise risk management
section in the Management’s review.
The Board of Directors overseas our risk management
through the Audit & Risk Committee and approves
associated frameworks, mandates, and limits per risk
factor. See the ‘Corporate governance’ section in the
‘Management’s review’ for governance regarding
our committees.
We govern the accounting treatment and effectiveness
of hedges by applying hedge accounting on energy,
commodity, currency, interest rate, and inflation
hedging.
Risk framework
Note 6.1
§ Accounting policies
Hedge accounting
We apply hedge accounting to our energy, com-
modity, currency, interest, and inflation hedges.
Almost all of the hedging instruments we use fully
match the market risk of the exposure we hedge.
The UK power exposure, for example, is hedged
using UK power swaps or futures. Thus, the main
source of ineffectiveness is related to the volume
and timing of the actual production versus the
settlement of the hedge. This difference in timing is
referred to as volume risk and is described in more
detail on the next page.
To the extent that a risk needs to be hedged, and
if there is no fully effective instrument available
in the market, analyses are performed of the
expected effectiveness of the hedging instrument
before the hedging transaction is concluded. In this
case, the ratio between the hedged risk and the
hedging instrument may deviate from the one-to-
one principle and will be determined as the ratio
which most effectively hedges the desired risk.
When we conclude a hedging transaction, and each
time we present financial statements thereafter,
we assess the correlation between the hedged
exposure and the hedging instrument. The effective
change in market value of the hedging instrument is
recognised as a hedge of future cash flows in other
comprehensive income in the hedging reserve.
If the hedged cash flows are no longer expected
to be realised, the in-full or partially accumulated
value change is transferred to profit (loss) for the
year. Ineffective hedges related to energy and com-
modity exposures are recognised in other operating
expenses. Ineffectiveness related to other hedges
are recognised in financial income or expenses.
On realisation of the hedged cash flow, the result-
ing gains or losses are transferred from equity and
recognised in the same item as the hedged item.
However, on interest rate and currency hedging of
proceeds from future loans, the resulting gain or loss
is transferred from equity over the term of the loan.
For currency swaps, the basis spread is accounted
for according to the cost of the hedging model.
Key accounting estimate
Valuation of long-term power
purchase agreements
When we measure our power purchase agree-
ments at fair value, we use estimates of non-
observable inputs, such as:
· production forecasts
· forecasted long-term power prices and
exchange rates
· forecasted inflation expectations.
Hedge accounting
Hedge effectiveness is measured using forecasted
production as well as estimates regarding
energy prices, intermittency, interest, currency,
and inflation. For periods where we are close to
fully hedged, volume overhedging is possible if
the forecasted production does not materialise,
which will lead to recognition of ineffectiveness.
Key accounting judgement
Valuation of long-term power
purchase agreements
We measure our power purchase agreements at
fair value, but they cannot always be measured
against quoted prices in active markets due to the
long duration of the contracts. We therefore use
elements of judgement when measuring the fair
value, and we aim to limit the use of subjective
estimates and base the fair values on external
information, including external pricing and bench-
mark services.
Hedge accounting
Judgements are used to consider whether fore-
casted transactions are highly probable exposures
as hedged items in a hedge relationship, e.g.
expected production from wind farms, and judge-
ment is applied as to whether the hedge instru-
ments applied in the hedge relationships identified
are effective.
Financial statements | Notes217 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
2022 2023 2024 2025
Forward ratesHistorical rates
2026
Our main energy price risk stems from our intermittent
power generation from wind and solar PV assets.
By nature, this is exposed to volume uncertainty, price
uncertainty, and the often negative correlation between
the two. We are also exposed to other energy price risks
through our combined heat and power plants.
Intermittent Offshore and Onshore power generation
Around 15 % of the revenue from our power generation
in Offshore and Onshore in 2025-2027 is exposed to
power price uncertainty.
Most of our Offshore assets receive government subsi-
dies, which provide a high degree of revenue certainty
for pre-determined periods of time. The majority of the
offshore subsidies that we receive in the UK, Central
Europe, the US, and Taiwan provide us with either floor
prices or fixed prices per MWh for the power produced.
Our UK ROC assets receive a fixed subsidy per MWh
in addition to the revenue generated from selling the
power generation in the market. Furthermore, some
of our Offshore assets in Germany will see their floor
price subsidies drop from EUR 184-194 per MWh to
EUR 39 per MWh over the next three years. For a very
small number of our assets in the UK, the government
subsidies have expired or will expire by the end of
2027. From early 2025, all Danish assets will be with-
out subsidy. We manage some of the revenue risks
in Offshore using corporate power purchase agree-
ments (CPPAs), which have fixed prices and floor prices.
These CPPAs cover approx. 10 % of the expected
Offshore revenue for the period 2025-2027.
A large part of our income in Onshore comes from
production tax credits (PTCs) or investment tax credits
(ITCs) related to power generation or investments in the
US (see note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’). The tax credits
are not exposed to a power price risk. However, there
is a price risk associated with the power produced by
these assets. In Europe, we have a mixture of subsidised
and subsidy-free Onshore assets. Like in Offshore,
we manage some of the Onshore revenue risks using
CPPAs. The current Onshore CPPAs cover approx. 62 %
of the expected Onshore revenue for the period 2025-
2027. In general, these CPPAs are structured with a
minimum price per MWh and a mechanism where we
retain most of the upside from high power prices.
To mitigate our residual exposure to revenue risks, we
use fixed-volume hedges. There can be mismatches
between these hedges and the production profiles of
our assets. In addition, there tends to be a negative
correlation between power prices and generation
volumes, which is driven by the periods when solar
and wind generation exceeds demand. These risks
are accounted for in our hedging strategy and poli-
cies. For example, the maximum hedge ratio is 70 %
when using fixed-volume hedges within the two-year
horizon we actively manage. This maximum hedging
level ensures a low probability for not having physical
power generation behind fixed-volume hedges while
also providing an adequate level of risk reduction.
We may hedge beyond the two-year horizon if the
price level is commercially attractive.
Energy price risks
Note 6.2
The graph shows the historic development in monthly average spot power prices for
the past three years and the forward rates for 2025 and 2026 as of 31 December 2024.
The graph covers our main markets where we are exposed to power prices.
1
Average of DK1 and DK2.
2
Average of north and west.
Development in power prices, DKK/MWh
DK
1
UK US (ERCOT)
2
Composition of revenue from generation of power in Offshore and Onshore
Fixed-price subsidy
Guaranteed minimum price with potential upside
As generated CPPAs
Fixed-volume hedges
Merchant exposure (after hedges)
2025
The graph shows the split of the expected revenue from generation of power in Offshore
and Onshore in 2025. The revenue from inflation-indexed or fixed nominal (covered by
the three darkests blue components in the graph) is 80 %, compared to the 85 % from
inflation-indexed or fixed nominal from 2025-2030 shown in section 6.0.
53 % 13 % 14 % 9 % 11 %
Financial statements | Notes218 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Power generation at our CHP plants
Our portfolio of CHP plants primarily consists of
biomass-fuelled units in Denmark. The profitability
of power generation is determined by the difference
between the selling price of power and the purchase
price of biomass. If the spreads are attractive, we
provide condensing power generation in addition to
CHP generation. The total net price risk associated with
power from CHP generation for the period 2025-2027
is DKK 4.8 billion after hedging, covering both heat-
bound and condensing-based generation. We are not
exposed to price risks related to heat generation.
Energy price risks
Note 6.2 – continued
The graph shows our power exposure towards power prices in different
markets before hedges for the period 2025-2027.
Power price exposure before hedging
for 2025-2027, split on markets
DKKbn
The UK 16.5
The US 7.1
Other 9.7
Risk after hedging
Our energy exposure after hedging for the years
2025-2027 can be summarised as shown in the table.
Effect of price changeRisk after hedgingDKKbn+10 % -10 %Power: 16.5 sell position +1.7 -1.7Spread (power): 4.8 +0.5 -0.5
A 10 % increase in the power price will result in a gain
of DKK 1.7 billion over the period 2025-2027, all else
remaining unchanged. Gas and oil activities have a
limited risk after hedging of DKK 0.0 billion for the
period 2025-2027.
§ Principles for estimating exposures
Exposure is calculated as the expected production
(or net purchase/sale) times the forward price for the
respective years.
Financial statements | Notes219 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Energy price risks
Note 6.2 – continued
Energy price cash flowhedge accounting 2023DKKm 2024 2025 After 2025 2024 2025 After 2025EBITDA impactPower purchase agreements (sell pos.) 5,378 1,288 973 3,117 135 (7,883) (6,973) (852) (1,066) (5,055)Power swaps and futures (sell position) 7,545 3,617 2,715 1,213 3,476 (6,465) 1,861 1,614 25 222Power options (buy position) 171 - 171 - - - (72) (71) (1) -Gas swaps and options (sell position) 1,165 456 648 61 172 (314) (896) (761) (62) (73)Oil futures (buy position) 8 8 - - - - (1) (1) - -
2024 2023Contracts accounted for at fair value through profit or loss (EBITDA)ContractualMarketContractualMarketDKKmprincipal amountvalueprincipal amountvalueEnergy Power swaps (buy position) 3,071 (409) 245 2,126Power options (sell position) 830 (23) 2,279 (67)Power purchase agreements (sell pos.) 237 (94) - -Gas swaps and options (sell position) 2,734 406 1,528 2,395Oil swaps and options (buy position) 169 (147) 166 (492)Other (buy position) 740 - 175 -
Part of the power swaps and futures hedge is managed with a
dynamic hedge percentage. This relates to power sales sourced
from purchase agreements with price caps and floors. The risk
management objective is to protect the margin from price changes.
Ineffective hedges
In 2024, we recognised ineffective hedges with a gain of DKK 137
million (2023: loss of DKK 512 million) in other operating expenses,
of which volume-related ineffectiveness related to Offshore
amounted to DKK 0 million (2023: DKK -418 million), inflation-
indexed-related ineffectiveness amounted to DKK 0 million
(2023: A gain of DKK 105 million), and other ineffectiveness
amounted to a gain of DKK 137 million (2023: DKK -199 million).
Financial statements | Notes220 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Maturity analysis Market valueExpected transfers to EBITDAEnergy price cash flow hedge accounting 2024Contractual Recognised in DKKmprincipal amount2025 2026 After 2026 Asset Liabilitycomprehensive income2025 2026 After 2026EBITDA impactPower purchase agreements (sell pos.) 9,771 2,001 2,022 5,748 867 (5,413) (3,795) (72) (427) (3,296)Power swaps and futures (sell position) 3,750 2,277 1,473 - 897 (1,155) 287 79 208 -Gas swaps and options (sell position) 768 723 45 - 87 (206) 128 98 30 -
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
2022 2023 2024
Inflation and interest rate risks
Note 6.3
Inflation-indexed revenue in 2025-2030 is partly offset
by inflation-indexed operational costs
Inflation-indexed
revenue and hedges
Operational costs
1
~50 % matched
1
Operational costs are comprised of OPEX, COGS, and DEVEX after
deduction of income from PTCs and ITCs.
Approximately 85 % of our revenue from Offshore
and Onshore assets for the period 2025-2030 stem
from either fixed nominal or inflation-indexed con-
tracts. The long duration of these cash flows exposes
us towards changes in interest rates and inflation,
particularly for assets where the fixed nominal price
received is constant regardless of interest rate, infla-
tion, or merchant price level.
Our risk management builds on the important central
assumption that shareholders prefer exposure to
inflation-indexed cash flows over nominal cash flows,
as this protects the real value of their investment.
We apply an asset and liability management principle
for handling interest rate and inflation risks.
Inflation risk
We prefer to invest in assets with inflation-linked
revenue to mitigate our cost inflation risks. Our cost
inflation mainly stems from OPEX, COGS, DEVEX,
and CAPEX, which, to a large extent, increase with
inflation. Operational costs are assessed together with
the inflation-indexed revenue to reduce the net risk.
In addition, CAPEX is exposed to the price development
in a number of commodities, most significantly steel
and copper for wind turbine, foundation, and cable
contracts. Commodity price risks are first and foremost
reduced by negotiating fixed-price CAPEX contracts
and secondly by negotiating CAPEX price-linked to
indexes or similar that can be hedged in the financial
markets. The net commodity risk in CAPEX is hedged
asset by asset following project FID.
Development in inflation and interest rates
%
USD 10-year interest rate EUR 10-year interest rate UK CPI annual rate
NTD 10-year interest rate GBP 10-year interest rate
The graph shows the historic development in interest and inflation rates for the past three years.
The graph covers our main markets where we are exposed to interest and inflation.
Financial statements | Notes221 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Interest rate risks
We actively match our debt with our assets per
currency and modified duration. Modified duration
of both assets and debt is the change in value in
response to a 1 percentage point change in interest
rates. As a rule of thumb, modified duration is
matched within ±2 percentage points. For example,
the fixed nominal cash flows from our Taiwanese
projects with an average of 7.7 % in modified duration
are matched with fixed-rate NTD debt with roughly
8.3 % modified duration.
For assets in operation and under construction,
60 % of the lifetime present value of fixed nominal
cash flow, excluding CAPEX, are matched with
corresponding fixed-rate senior and hybrid debt.
Part of this matching has been done by entering into
inflation swaps on our inflation-indexed CfD and
ROC revenue in the UK to match our GBP fixed-rate
debt. As our portfolio of awarded assets mature, we
actively consider executing interest rate swaps to
lock in the interest rates before funding is secured.
Finally, when we farm down part of an asset, we
normally hedge part of the interest, inflation, and
currency risks related to the divestment proceeds.
Inflation and interest rate risks
Note 6.3 – continued
Fixed-rate debt and hedges used to protect fixed
nominal cash flows against interest rate increases
Fixed-rate debt and hedges
Assets in operation and under construction
1
~55 %
matched
For assets in operation and under construction, approximately 55 % of the fixed nominal
cash flows are matched with a fixed interest rate on our debt and hedge portfolio.
1
Lifetime present value of fixed nominal cash flows, excluding CAPEX. Assets under
construction include the Hornsea 3, Borkum Riffgrund 3, Revolution Wind, Sunrise
Wind, and Greater Changhua 2b and 4 offshore wind farms.
Financial statements | Notes222 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Inflation and interest rate risks
Note 6.3 – continued
Cash flow hedge accounting 2023 DKKm 2024-27 2028-33 After 2033 2024 2025 After 2025EBITDA impactInflation swap (pay variable/receive fixed – UK), revenue 22,883 6,409 12,818 3,656 - (3,125) (3,414) (202) (204) (3,008)Interest rate swap (pay fixed/receive variable – NTD), divestment 4,776 4,776 - - - (85) (85) (85) - -Financial items impactInterest rate swap (pay fixed/receive variable – USD), future loan issuance 3,036 - - 3,036 - (142) 530 - - 530Interest rate swap (pay fixed/receive variable – NTD), future loan issuance 2,639 - - 2,639 - (6) - - - -
2024 2023Contracts accounted for at fair value through profit or loss (financial items) ContractualMarketContractualMarketDKKmprincipal amountvalueprincipal amountvalueInterest rate swaps (pay fixed/receive variable) 13,822 200 21,806 (369)
Interest rate swaps are used to adjust the maturity of our bond portfolio.
For 2023, this includes ineffective USD interest rate swaps with a contractual
principal amount of DKK 12,148 million.
We hedge our UK inflation risk related to inflation-indexed revenue
from ROC and CfD subsidies at an average fixed rate of 3.4 %.
Furthermore, we hedge the interest and inflation risk related to
divestments. All the inflation risks that we hedge are separately
identifiable in the underlying contract.
We have recognised ineffectiveness of DKK 25 million (gain) (2023:
ineffectiveness gain of DKK 2,297 million in financial income, mainly
related to US interest rate hedges no longer needed after the
termination of Ocean Wind 1).
Financial statements | Notes223 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Maturity analysis Market valueExpected transfers to income statementRecognised in Cash flow hedge accounting 2024 Contractual comprehensive DKKmprincipal amount2025-28 2029-34 After 2034 Asset Liabilityincome2025 2026 After 2026EBITDA impactInflation swap (pay variable/receive fixed – UK), revenue 22,503 5,231 13,439 3,833 - (3,024) (3,513) (216) (221) (3,076)Financial items impactInterest rate swap (pay fixed/receive variable – USD), future loan issuance 2,989 - - 2,989 26 - 702 - 70 632Interest rate swap (pay fixed/receive variable – NTD), future loan issuance - - - - - - 96 5 10 81Property, plant, and equipment under constructionMetals 1,456 1,456 - - - (181) n/a n/a n/a n/a
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
20
21
22
23
24
25
2022 2023 2024 2025
Forward ratesHistorical rates
2026
Our cash flows consist of multiple different currencies,
which expose us to fluctuations in currency exchange
rates. Our main currency exposures are GBP, USD, and
NTD. While our exposure to EUR is also significant, we
deem EUR an insignificant risk as we expect Denmark
to maintain its fixed exchange-rate policy.
For GBP, our significant earnings from assets in oper-
ation and expected farm-downs are larger than
our planned CAPEX, resulting in a net-positive GBP
exposure, both in the short and long term. A 10 %
increase in the GBP/DKK exchange rate will result in
a gain of DKK 1.9 billion over the period 2025-2029,
all else remaining unchanged.
For USD, our portfolio of offshore and onshore devel-
opment assets, operating assets, and expected farm-
downs translate to a both short- and long-term net-
positive USD exposure.
We primarily manage currency risk by using structural
risk management tools, such as using local currency
sourcing contracts, netting income and expenses in
the same currency, and issuing local currency debt to
naturally balance our portfolio.
More specifically, the currency denomination of new
debt issuances is aimed at optimising the currency
composition of net debt with that of forecasted FFO
to ensure stability in FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net
debt against adverse movements in exchange rates.
Debt can be particularly effective in new markets
to mitigate the time-spread risk since the proceeds
from the debt issuance can be used to fund and hedge
construction costs, while the debt repayment profile
can be sculpted to match future revenue.
The residual currency risk after debt and netting
of exposures are managed via financial derivatives
according to our desired risk appetite. Our overall
hedge horizon is five years, covering only highly certain
cash flows to reduce the risk of hedge ineffectiveness.
For energy price risks in foreign currencies, we do
not hedge the exchange rate risk until the energy
exposure has been hedged. For cash flows that relate to
subsidised GBP income from our UK offshore wind farms
less operating expenses, we hedge on a declining level
over a five-year rolling horizon. The target is to hedge
100 % of highly certain cash flows in year 1, declining
by 20 percentage points each year to 20 % in year 5.
Our currency exposure from production, sales, invest-
ment, and divestment after hedging for the years
2025-2029 can be summarised as shown in the table.
Effect of price changeRisk after hedgingDKKbn+10 % -10 %GBP: 19.1 sell position +1.9 -1.9USD: 8.4 buy position -0.8 +0.8NTD: 18 sell position +1.8 -1.8
Currency risks
Note 6.4
GBP exposures
1
DKKbn
Before hedging After hedging
Development in currency rates
2
GBP/DKK USD/DKK NTD/DKK
2025
26.8
1.0
2027
2.3
-11.7
2026
9.3
-1.1
2028
12.6
7.2
2029
25.0
23.7
1
The graph shows our GBP exposure before and after hedges from divestments and investments,
green certificates, and hedged energy.
2
The graph shows the historic development in spot currency rates for the past three years and
the forward rates for 2025 and 2026 as of 31 December 2024.
Financial statements | Notes224 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Currency risks
Note 6.4 – continued
The GBP exchange rates for hedges impacting EBITDA in 2025 and 2026 are hedged at an average of GBP/DKK 8.5 and 8.5, respectively.
Ineffectiveness from currency cash flow hedges in 2024 amounts to a loss of DKK -82 million (2023: DKK -134 million), recognised in
financial items.
2024 2023Contracts accounted for at fair value through profit or loss (financial items)ContractualMarketContractualMarketDKKmprincipal amountvalueprincipal amountvalueCurrencyForward exchange contracts 21,180 1 24,504 (54)
The table shows cash management positions which are not hedge accounted.
Financial statements | Notes225 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Maturity analysis Market valueExpected transfers to income statementCurrency cash flow hedge accounting 2024 Contractual Recognised in DKKmprincipal amount2025 2026 After 2026 Asset Liabilitycomprehensive income2025 2026 After 2026EBITDA impactGBP forwards and cross-currency swaps 22,864 5,980 5,691 11,193 - (885) (942) (387) (235) (320)Currency cash flow hedge accounting 2023 DKKm 2024 2025 After 2025 2024 2025 After 2025EBITDA impactGBP forwards and cross-currency swaps 24,191 5,961 6,115 12,115 131 (481) (331) (218) (33) (80)USD forwards 3 3 - - - - - - - -
Hedging of net investments in foreign subsidiaries
Our foreign subsidiaries entail currency risks. We hedge
these currency risks by raising loans in foreign currencies
and by entering into forward exchange contracts,
currency swaps, and options.
On 31 December 2024, the accumulated exchange
rate adjustments totalled DKK -972 million (2023:
DKK -3,146 million), divided between the exchange rate
adjustment of the net investment of DKK 4,791 million
(2023: DKK -1,093 million) and the hedging thereof of
DKK -5,763 million (2023: DKK -2,053 million).
Currency risks
Note 6.4 – continued
Hedging of net investments in foreign subsidiariesOf which, Hedged Accumulated exchange DKKm Net non-controlling amount rate adjustments Currency 2024investmentinterestsin currency Net positionin equityGBP 62,675 (7,859) (46,688) 8,128 (1,877)EUR 31,702 - - 31,702 30USD 43,840 (2,498) (27,282) 14,060 619NTD 27,821 - (10,324) 17,497 102Other 5,704 - - 5,704 154To t a l 171,742 (10,357) (84,294) 77,091 (972)
Currency 2023GBP 70,682 (1,876) (31,197) 37,609 (3,075)EUR 37,602 - - 37,602 9USD 22,809 - (20,045) 2,764 (301)NTD 25,778 - (5,937) 19,841 131Other 3,853 - - 3,853 90To t a l 160,724 (1,876) (57,179) 101,669 (3,146)
Maturity analysis Market valueNet investment hedges 2024Contractual DKKmprincipal amount2025 2026 After 2026 Asset LiabilityGBP issued senior bonds 27,960 - - 27,960 - -GBP forwards and cross-currency swaps 18,728 4,162 3,247 11,319 142 (604)USD bank loans 5,368 - - 5,368 - -USD forwards and cross-currency swaps 21,914 4,919 10,370 6,625 194 (997)NTD issued senior bonds 5,931 - 879 5,052 - -NTD forwards and cross-currency swaps 4,393 4,393 - - 4 -
Net investment hedges 2023DKKm2024 2025 After 2025GBP issued senior bonds 26,669 - - 26,669 - -GBP forwards and cross-currency swaps 4,528 774 1,131 2,623 7 -USD bank loans 1,332 - - 1,332 - -USD forwards and cross-currency swaps 18,713 4,926 3,934 9,853 657 -NTD issued senior bonds 5,937 - - 5,937 - -
§ Accounting policies
Hedging of net investments in foreign subsidiaries
Changes in the market value of currency derivatives and
currency adjustment of loans that are classified as net
investment hedges in foreign subsidiaries or associates
are recognised in the consolidated financial statements
directly in equity within a separate foreign currency
translation reserve.
No ineffectiveness from net investment hedges in 2024. In 2023,
ineffectiveness caused by impairments on our US activities was
recognised with a gain of DKK 236 million in financial items..
The net position expresses the accounting exposure. If, for example,
the GBP/DKK exchange rate increased by 10 % on 31 December 2024,
equity would have increased by DKK 813 million, corresponding
to 10 % of DKK 8,128 million.
Financial statements | Notes226 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
We are exposed to credit risks from our hedging
activities, construction activities, and all other activities
where a counterparty’s failure to meet their obligations
may cause a loss. A large part of our credit risk is
towards major international energy companies,
suppliers, and banks.
Our key credit risk management objective is to secure
that credit decisions are well informed and takes into
consideration potential future changes to relevant risk
factors, and to monitor our counterparties closely. Our
credit policy is to accept unsecured credit exposures to
investment grade counterparties while we have limited
or no credit appetite to lower rating classes. Some of our
main methods for mitigating the credit risks are by having
minimum rating requirements in our contracts, monitoring
credit worthiness indicators closely to be able to react
in due time, and requiring guarantees or other credit-risk-
reducing measures if needed and deemed necessary.
Where mitigation in accordance with our policies and
principle is not commercially posible, credit risk can be
accepted if deemed necessary and balanced.
For the most significant counterparties, an internal
rating is assigned in connection with establishing credit
limits. The rating is based on information from external
credit rating agencies, publicly available information,
credit risk information systems, and our own analyses.
We have not experienced any losses from a major
counterparty in 2024. In 2023, we wrote down a loan
to a US supplier amounting to DKK 571 million.
Credit risks
Note 6.5
Credit quality of the Groups counterparties 1DKKm 2024 2023AAA/Aaa 12,485 27,301AA/Aa 17,623 7,518A/A 10,262 10,501BBB/Baa 4,583 9,020Other 7,962 9,198Total credit exposure 52,915 63,538
1
The figures do not reflect our actual credit exposure, as the positions are calculated before offsetting our debt to such counterparties.
At December 31, 2024 Ørsted considered its maximum credit risk to be DKK 52,915 million (2023: DKK 63,538 million).
Offsetting of financial assetsTradeTradeDKKm Derivativesreceivables 2024 Derivativesreceivables 2023Financial assets 6,795 9,614 16,409 17,775 21,728 39,503Financial liabilities, offset (2,402) (4,916) (7,318) (6,911) (16,849) (23,760)Financial assets in the balance sheet 4,393 4,698 9,091 10,864 4,879 15,743Amounts not offset in the balance sheetLiabilities with offsetting rights (1,543) - (1,543) (2,529) - (2,529)Collateral received (139) - (139) (468) - (468)Net 2,711 4,698 7,409 7,867 4,879 12,746
Offsetting of financial liabilitiesDKKmFinancial liabilities 11,153 9,246 20,399 17,864 20,981 38,845Financial assets, offset (2,402) (4,916) (7,318) (6,911) (16,849) (23,760)Financial liabilities in the balance sheet 8,751 4,330 13,081 10,953 4,132 15,085Amounts not offset in the balance sheetAssets with offsetting rights (1,543) - (1,543) (2,529) - (2,529)Collateral provided (5,082) - (5,082) (4,214) - (4,214)Net 2,126 4,330 6,456 4,210 4,132 8,342
A large part of the gross assets and liabilities can be offset due to the nature in trading activities where energy is both purchased and sold
with a limited number of participants in the energy markets.
§ Accounting policies
We only offset positive and negative values if
we are entitled to and intend to settle several
financial instruments net.
Financial statements | Notes227 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
We measure our securities and derivatives at fair
value. A number of our derivatives, mainly power
purchase agreements, are measured based on
unobservable inputs due to the long duration of
the contracts.
Valuation principles and process
In order to minimise the use of subjective estimates
or modifications of parameters and calculation
models, it is our policy to determine fair value based
on the external information that most accurately
reflects the market values. We use pricing services
and benchmark services to increase the data quality.
Market values are determined by the Risk Manage-
ment function.
We use external price providers to ensure a high
quality of our price curves. Where prices are not
available, we model the prices based on our prior
experience and best estimates. Where relevant and
possible, we validate our price curves against third-
party data.
Fair value hierarchy
Market values based on quoted prices comprise
quoted securities and derivatives that are traded
in active markets. The market values of derivatives
traded in an active market is often settled on a daily
basis, thereby minimising the market value presented
on the balance sheet.
Market values based on observable inputs comprise
derivatives where valuation models with observable
inputs are used to measure fair value.
Fair value measurement
Note 6.6
Fair value hierarchy of financial instrumentsObservable Non-observable Observable Non-observable DKKmQuoted prices input input Quoted prices input input Assets(level 1)(level 2)(level 3) 2024(level 1)(level 2)(level 3) 2023Gas inventory 2,735 - - 2,735 1,513 - - 1,513Total inventory 2,735 - - 2,735 1,513 - - 1,513Bonds - 14,532 - 14,532 - 29,902 - 29,902Total securities - 14,532 - 14,532 - 29,902 - 29,902Energy derivatives 2,943 559 1,243 4,745 7,485 2,700 559 10,744Currency derivatives - 361 - 361 - 749 - 749Interest and inflation derivatives - 471 - 471 - 336 - 336Total derivative assets 2,943 1,391 1,243 5,577 7,485 3,785 559 11,829LiabilitiesEnergy derivatives 2,784 752 6,399 9,935 5,397 4,176 8,087 17,660Currency derivatives - 2,506 - 2,506 - 489 - 489Interest and inflation derivatives - 3,269 - 3,269 - 4,063 - 4,063Commodity derivatives - 181 - 181 - - - -Total derivative liabilities 2,784 6,708 6,399 15,891 5,397 8,728 8,087 22,212
All assets and liabilities measured at market value are measured on a recurring basis.
Market values based on non-observable inputs mainly
comprise long-term power purchase agreements
(PPAs) that lock the power price of the expected
power generation over a period of up to 10-20 years.
Due to the long duration of these PPAs, power prices
are not observable for a large part of the duration.
The most significant non-observable inputs are based
on US power prices (mainly ERCOT) and German
power prices.
Estimating as-produced power prices
Since our PPAs are normally settled on the actual
production, and the power prices available in the
market are based on a constant production (flat
profile), we take into account that our expected
production is not constant, and thus our PPAs will not
be settled against a flat profile price. For the majority
of our markets, the flat profile power price can be
observed for a maximum of four to six years in the
market, after which an active market no longer exists.
Financial statements | Notes228 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Valuation techniques and significant
unobservable inputs
We use a discounted cash flow model for the valuation
of power derivatives.
The US power purchase agreements give exposure to
the long-term US power prices, mainly in the ERCOT,
SPP, and MISO regions. The power price is observable
for the first four to six years. For the following four
to six years, the power price is estimated based on
observable inputs (gas prices and heat rates). For the
subsequent period, the power price is non- observable
and estimated by extrapolating the power price
towards the U.S. Energy Information Administration’s
long-term power price forecast, assuming similar
seasonality as in previous periods. As the majority
of the remaining contract period is within the period
when power prices are non-observable, we classify
the contracts as based on non-observable input.
In Germany and other countries where we have long-
term PPA contracts, the power price is observable
for up to five years. When power prices are no longer
observable in the market, we have estimated the
power price by extrapolating the last year with an
observable power price, taking expected inflation
and seasonality into account.
Fair value measurement
Note 6.6 – continued
§ Accounting policies
When the fair value at ‘initial recognition’ differs from the
transaction price, and the fair value is not purely based
on observable prices, the difference between the fair
value at initial recognition and the transaction price is
deferred and recognised over the lifetime of the PPA.
Derivatives valued on the basis of unobservable inputDKKm 2024 2023Market value at 1 January (7,528) (14,687)Value adjustments through profit or loss (4) (31)Value adjustments through other comprehensive income 3,501 3,766Sales/redemptions (516) 1,366Purchases/issues (294) 750Transferred from quoted prices and observable input (35) -Transferred to quoted prices and observable input (280) 1,308Market value at 31 December (5,156) (7,528)Unobservable input per commodity priceDKKmUS ERCOT power prices (2,375) (5,261)German power prices (1,406) (1,484)US MISO power prices (487) (737)Other power prices (735) (37)Gas prices (153) (9)To t a l (5,156) (7,528)
Power price (DKK/MWh) Sensitivity (DKKm)Overview of significant unobservable inputs and WeightedMonthlyMonthlysensitivitiesaverageminimummaximum +25 % -25 %Intermittency-adjusted power priceUS ERCOT (2025-2033) 195 69 541 (2,577) 2,928Germany (2026-2035) 420 320 622 (1,200) 1,200US MISO (2025-2033) 282 183 460 (399) 595US SPP (2025-2035) 232 93 419 (436) 683Ireland (2025-2042) 493 408 842 (228) 228
The table shows the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair
value measurements categorised as level 3 of the fair value hierarchy,
together with a sensitivity analysis as at 31 December 2024.
The asymmetric sensitity on the US price areas is due to some US PPAs
being structured with a minimum price per MWh and a mechanism
where we retain most of the upside from high power prices.
If intermittency-adjusted power prices in Germany as of 31 December
2024 increased/decreased by 25 %, the market value would decrease/
increase by DKK 1,200 million.
Acquired CPPAs
The initial negative fair value from long-term PPAs
acquired in a business combination is recognised as
revenue in profit or loss in the future period to which
the market value relates. This effectively increases or
decreases the revenue from the contract price to the
forward price at the closing date.
In 2024, we have recognised an income of DKK 148
million (2023: income of DKK 197 million) related to
the initial fair value from PPAs. The total amount of
initial fair value as of 31 December 2024 amounts to
a negative value of DKK 1,157 million (2023: negative
value of DKK 1,243 million), which will be recognised
as revenue in a future period.
Financial statements | Notes229 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
0
20
40
60
80
100
2023 2024
120
The energy trading portfolio receives the exposure
from our assets and takes that exposure into the
external market in the most efficient way possible,
given the mandates shown above. The overview
of the Group’s energy trading portfolio above is
the net of the internal exposures received from the
assets and the external trades in line with internal
risk management.
The trading portfolio primarily consists of positions
in power and gas.
The trading portfolio constitutes a smaller part of
our total portfolio of derivatives, and the associated
risk is limited.
Energy trading portfolio
Note 6.7
2024 2023 Overview of the Groups energy trading portfolio 1Contractual Unrealised Contractual Unrealised DKKm principal amountgain (loss) principal amountgain/(loss)Power swaps (sell position) 4,389 229 3,305 (492)Power options (buy position) 3,778 972 5,906 1,406Gas swaps and options (sell position) 3,477 (704) 2,138 (312)Oil swaps and options (buy position) 169 (20) 156 (137)Other (sell position) 741 12 175 13
Trading mandates 2VaR limit in 2024: DKK 100 million Stress limit in 2024: DKK 400 million Maximum open positions in trading portfolioVaR indicates the largest loss in one trading Stress indicates the largest daily loss we · Max. 6 TWh of powerday at a probability of 95 %. VaR is based on risk sustaining with the given portfolio. · Max. 9.5 TWh of gasdata for the past 45 trading days, with the Stress is based on data from 1 January 2006 · Max. 1 million BOEheaviest weighting being assigned to the most to the present day.· Max. 1.5 million tonnes of carbon emissionsrecent trading days.· Max. 0.5 million tonnes of coal and biomass
Daily positions in the trading portfolio, market trading mandates
DKKm
Value at risk (VaR) Board of Directors’ mandate
1
The contractual principal amount has been determined as the net
position per derivative type. The risks associated with our options
are smaller than for our swaps. The unrealised gain/loss consists of
both the received exposure from our assets with settlement at matu-
rity and the external trades settled on a daily basis, including the
settled margin.
2
Trading activities are carried out under mandates approved by the
Board of Directors. The mandates comprise a value-at-risk (VaR)
mandate and a stress mandate as well as a limit for the maximum
positions measured in energy units per product (power, gas, etc.).
Trading portfolio
The purpose of our trading portfolio is to:
· optimise hedging execution
· contribute to increased market insight
· profit from short-term fluctuations in energy prices.
§ Accounting policies
Market value adjustments of physical and financial
contracts relating to energy that are entered into with
the purpose of generating gains from short-term price
changes are recognised as revenue.
Financial statements | Notes230 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Financial instruments are used for various purposes.
The purpose determines the category, and whether
the value adjustment of the instrument should be
recognised in the profit (loss) for the year or as part
of the hedging reserve in equity.
The fair value of financial instruments measured
at amortised cost is identical to the carrying amount
with the exception of bank loans and issued bonds
where the market value is stated in note 5.1 ‘Interest -
bearing net debt and FFO.
Categories of financial instruments
Note 6.8
Categories of financial instrumentsDKKm 2024 2023Energy, currency, and interest derivatives 3,360 7,251Securities 14,532 29,902Financial assets measured at fair value via the income statement 17,892 37,153Energy derivatives 1,851 3,783Currency derivatives 340 795Interest and inflation derivatives 26 -Derivatives (assets) measured at fair value and used as hedging instruments 2,217 4,578Trade receivables 9,045 11,107Other accounts receivable 8,004 7,200Cash 23,444 10,626Financial assets measured at amortised cost 40,493 28,933Energy, currency, and interest derivatives 3,426 3,712Financial liabilities measured at fair value via the income statement 3,426 3,712Energy derivatives 6,774 14,661Currency derivatives 2,486 481Interest and inflation derivatives 3,024 3,358Commodity derivatives 181 -Derivatives (liabilities) measured at fair value and used as hedging instruments 12,465 18,500Bank loans and issued bonds 87,708 79,620Trade payables 20,827 14,915Other accounts payable 8,380 8,591Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost 116,915 103,126
The table shows our financial instruments divided into categories.
The categories indicate how the financial instruments are recognised in the financial statement.
Financial statements | Notes231 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The sensitivity analysis in the table shows the effect
of market value changes, assuming a relative price
change at 31 December.
The effect on profit (loss) before tax comprises financial
instruments that remained open at the balance sheet
date, and which have an effect on profit (loss) in the
current financial year.
Effect on equity before tax comprises financial
instruments that remained open at the balance sheet
date, and which are value-adjusted directly in equity.
Financial instruments include derivatives as well as
receivables and payables in foreign currencies.
The illustrated sensitivities only comprise the impact
of our financial instruments.
If the hedged exposure had been included in the
sensitivity analysis, the effect of a price change would
have been reduced or offset entirely.
Net investments and associated hedging of net
investments in foreign subsidiaries are not included in
the table, as the effects of the sum of the investments
and the hedging are considered to be neutral to
changes in currencies.
A 10 % increase/decrease in the currencies hedged in
connection with net investments would reduce/increase
equity by DKK 8,430 million (2023: DKK 5,718 million).
Sensitivity analysis of financial instruments
Note 6.9
31 December 2024 31 December 2023 Sensitivity analysis of financial instruments Price Effect on profit Effect on equity Effect on profit Effect on equity DKKm change(loss) before taxbefore tax(loss) before taxbefore taxPower +25 % (187) (6,736) (277) (8,119)-25 % 438 7,247 562 8,263Gas +25 % (741) 152 (588) (127)-25 % 741 (152) 588 127Oil +25 % (112) - (360) 260-25 % 112 - 360 (158)GBP +10 % (541) (2,636) 817 (2,965)-10 % 541 2,636 (817) 2,965USD +10 % (1,279) (259) (2,070) (662)-10 % 1,279 259 2,070 662NTD +10 % 155 - (386) (9)-10 % (155) - 386 9EUR +1 % 11 (13) (212) (15)-1 % (11) 13 212 15Inflation +1 %p - (1,795) - (2,059)Interest +1 %p 266 258 620 920
Financial statements | Notes232 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Other notes
Note 7
Related-party transactions
Note 7.1
Related parties that have control over the Group
comprise the Danish state, represented by the Danish
Ministry of Finance.
Other related parties are the Group’s associates and
joint ventures, members of the Board of Directors and
the Executive Board, and other senior executives.
See note 7.4 ‘Company overview’ for an overview of
our joint ventures and associates.
Related-party transactions are made on arm’s length
terms. Intra-group transactions have been eliminated
in the consolidated financial statements.
The remuneration and share programmes for the
Group Executive Team and the Board of Directors are
described in notes 2.7 ‘Employee costs’ and 2.8 ‘Share-
based payment’.
We use the exemption set out in IAS 24.25 concerning
entities in which the Danish state is a related party,
and therefore transactions with government-related
companies are not disclosed.
There were no other related-party transactions during
the period.
Joint venturesDKKm 2024 2023Dividends received 99 86Capital transactions, net 94 (222)Sales of goods and services 26 64Receivables 109 9
AssociatesDKKm 2024 2023Capital transactions, net (47) (54)Sale of goods and services 6 -Purchase of goods and services 181 (186)Payables (20) (25)
Financial statements | Notes233 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Auditor’s fees
Note 7.2
PwC is Ørsted’s auditor appointed by the annual
general meeting. PwC audits the consolidated
financial statements of Ørsted and our subsidiaries’
statutory financial statements in all the countries
where we are represented, and an audit is required.
It is our policy that the annual fee for non-audit
services provided by our statutory auditor cannot
exceed the annual fee for statutory audit services
measured at Group level. The cap may be exceeded
subject to approval by the Audit & Risk Committee.
‘Other assurance engagements’ primarily included
limited assurance over the sustainabiity statements,
assurance services related to the issuance of bonds,
audit of special regulatory financial statements,
and assurance services related to other reporting to
third parties.
‘Tax and VAT advice’ primarily included advice in
connection with tax due diligence, transfer pricing
advice, and advice in connection with the preparation
and review of tax returns.
‘Other services’ included other consultancy services,
primarily related to vendor due diligence and risk and
performance mangement advice.
Fees for services other than the statutory audit
supplied by PwC Denmark to Ørsted amounted to
DKK 12 million (2023: DKK 8 million) and consisted of
assurance services related to the issuance of bonds,
due diligence, risk and performance management
advice, limited assurance over the sustainability
statements, and other general accounting, tax, and
transfer pricing advice.
Auditor’s feesDKKm 2024 2023Audit and audit-related feesStatutory audit 38 43Other assurance engagements 5 5Non-audit servicesTax and VAT advice 1 2Other services 7 4Total fees to PwC 51 54Fee for non-audit services in percent of statutory audit fee 24 % 24 %PwC Denmark non-audit service ratio 57 % 74 %
The non-audit services provided by the Group auditor in Denmark
cannot exceed 70 %. The ‘PwC Denmark non-audit service ratio’ in
2023 includes an assurance service related to a contemplated bond
issuance for which we have received an exemption from the Danish
Business Authorities. The ‘PwC Denmark non-audit service ratio’,
excluding this exempted service, constitues 55 % for 2023.
Financial statements | Notes234 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Non-IFRS financial measures
Note 7.3
We present financial measures in the consolidated
financial statements to describe the Group’s financial
performance and cash flows. We use these financial
measures as we believe they provide valuable
information to our stakeholders and management.
The financial measures should not be considered a
replacement for the performance measures as defined
under IFRS but rather as supplementary information.
The financial ratios are an overview of our financial
performance and operational efficiency based on
common ratio types relevant to Ørsted.
Our definitions of the financial measures and
reasoning for using them are shown in the table.
Description Reason for the use of the measurement
EBITDA Reflecting ‘Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, and
impairments’.
Measurement for our core operational performance. Given our capital-intensitive port-
folio of assets, our primary operations are best measured by excluding depreciation and
financing costs. Ørsted guides externally on this non-IFRS measure.
EBITDA adjusted for new partner-
ships and cancellation fees
EBITDA exclusive of the impact from changes in provisions for cancellation fees
related to ceased development or construction of projects, and exclusive of the
impact from partial or full divestment of ownership interests in assets in the year
a transaction closes, covering both the initial gain/loss on the divestment and any
subsequent earnings under a construction (management) agreement.
Because cancellation fees related to ceased development or construction of projects are
extraordinary by nature, and because the impact from partial or full divestment of owner-
ship interests in our assets is uncertain and fluctuate between periods, we use this measure
to track the underlying operational performance.
Gross investments Gross investments reflect our total investments in assets and enterprises. It com-
prises cash flows from investing activities, excluding dividends received from asso-
ciates, joint ventures, and equity investments, purchase and sale of securities, loans
to joint ventures and joint operations, and divestments of assets and enterprises.
To this is added acquired debt and restricted cash in connection with acquisitions.
Measurement used to monitor the net interest-bearing debt impact of our investment
activities in assets and enterprises.
Ørsted guides externally on this non-IFRS measure.
Net investments Net investments are gross investments less divestments of assets and enterprises,
the selling price for non-controlling interests, and subsequent capital injections
from non-controlling interests. Furthermore, interest-bearing debt transferred in
connection with a divestment is deducted.
Measurement to monitor the net interest-bearing debt impact of our investment activities
in assets and enterprises, net of divestments.
Funds from operations (FFO) EBITDA adjusted for gain (loss) on divestment of assets; variation margin, change
in provisions and other adjustments; income tax paid; interest and similar items,
received or paid, including capitalised interest expenses; 50 % of coupon payments
on hybrid capital; dividends received; and capital reductions.
Measurement used to monitor our funds, directly and indirectly, generated from our
operations.
Funds from operations is the numerator in our rating metric.
Net interest-bearing debt (NIBD) Equals interest-bearing debt to be repaid in cash, including issued bonds, bank
debt, and lease liabilities, less securities, cash, and other interest-bearing assets.
Measurement of the sum of our interest-bearing assets and liabilites.
Thus, important for mangement to monitor in order to ensure adequate debt levels.
Adjusted interest-bearing net debt Adjusted interest-bearing net debt is interest-bearing net debt plus:
· cash and securities not available for distribution (excluding repo loans)
· 50 % of hybrid capital
· Other interest-bearing debt (add back)
· Other interest-bearing receivables (add back)
Measurement used as an indicator of our interest-bearing net debt in a format compara-
ble to the ones used by rating agencies.
Net interest-bearing debt is the denominator in our rating metric.
FFO to adjusted interest-bearing
net debt
FFO
Adjusted interest-bearing net debt
Measurement used to monitor our ability to generate funds from our operations which can
serve our interest-bearing debt.
It is the metric used by rating agencies when assessing their rating of Ørsted.
Free cash flow
(FCF)
Free cash flows are cash flows from operating activities and divestments less
gross investments.
Measurement used as an indicator to see if we can self-fund our growth.
Financial statements | Notes235 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Non-IFRS financial measures
Note 7.3 – continued
Description Reason for the use of the measurements
Return on capital employed (ROCE)
EBIT
Average capital employed
Common measurement to monitor the return generated on the capital invested within
the company over the duration of the past year.
Proposed dividend per share
(DPS)
Total proposed dividend
Number of shares at year end
Common formula to monitor the proposed dividend per share issued.
Dividend yield
Dividend per share (proposed)
Share price on the last trading day of the year
Measurement to indicate the return obtained solely from dividends.
Average number of shares
1
Number of days
× Number of days
i=1
= X1 Common formula to calculate the average number of shares issued during the year.
Net working capital Net working capital is inventories, contract assets (net), trade receivables, and
other current operating assets, less trade payables, other current operating
liabilities, and working capital elements of tax equity balances.
Common measurement to monitor the capital invested in short-term operating facilities.
Capital employed Capital employed are all assets and liabilities, except for equity and interest-
bearing net debt.
Measurement used to monitor the capital tied within the business which is utilised for
the primary activities of generating profits.
Other definitions
(IFRS financial measure)
Profit (loss) per share
Shareholder’s share of the profit (loss) for the period
Average number of shares
Common measurement to indicate the profit to which each share is entitled.
Diluted profit (loss) per share
Shareholder’s share of the profit (loss) for the period
Average number of shares, including dilutive effect of free shares
Common measurement to indicate the profit to which each share is entitled, including
any dilutive effects arising from free shares.
Financial statements | Notes236 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Company overview
Note 7.4
Segment/company Country Type 1Ownership interestParent companyØrsted A/S DenmarkOffshoreAnholt Havvindmøllepark I/S 4Denmark JO 50 %Borkum Riffgrund 1 Windpark A/S GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Borkum Riffgrund 2 Offshore Wind Farm GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Borkum Riffgrund 3 GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Borssele Windfarm C.V. 2The Netherlands JO 50 %Breesea Ltd 2The UK JO 38 %Burbo Extension PSC Limited The UK S 75 %Elektrownia Wiatrowa Baltica 2 sp. z o.o Poland JO 50 %Gode Wind 1 Offshore Wind Farm GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Gode Wind 2 Offshore Wind Farm P/S GmbH Germany JO 50 %Gode Wind 3 GmbH & Co. oHG 2Germany JO 50 %Greater Changhua Offshore Wind Farm NW Ltd 2Taiwan JO 50 %Greater Changhua Offshore Wind Farm SE Ltd 2Taiwan JO 50 %Greater Changhua Offshore Wind Farm SW Ltd Taiwan S 100 %Hornsea 1 Limited 2The UK JO 38 %Hornsea 1 PSC Limited The UK S 75 %Hornsea Two PSC Limited The UK S 75 %Ocean Wind LLC The US S 100 %Orsted Borssele Holding B.V. The Netherlands S 100 %Orsted Greater Changhua SE Holdings Ltd. Taiwan S 100 %Orsted Hornsea Project Three (UK) Limited The UK S 100 %Orsted North America Inc The US S 100 %Orsted Power (UK) Ltd The UK S 100 %Orsted Race Bank (Holding) Ltd The UK S 100 %Orsted Taiwan Ltd Taiwan S 100 %Orsted West of Duddon Sands (UK) Ltd The UK S 100 %Race Bank Wind Farm Limited 2The UK JO 50 %Revolution Wind, LLC 2The US JO 50 %Sonningmay Wind Limited 2The UK JO 38 %Soundmark Wind Limited 2The UK JO 38 %South Fork, LLC 2The US JO 50 %Sunrise Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Walney (UK) Offshore Windfarms Limited 2The UK S 50 %Walney Extension Limited The UK JO 38 %Walney Extension PSC Limited The UK S 75 %
Segment/company Country Type 1Ownership interestWest of Duddon Sands The UK JO 50 %Ørsted Horns Rev 2 A/S Denmark S 100 %Ørsted Wind Power A/SDenmark S 100 %Ørsted Wind Power Holding A/S 3Denmark S 100 %Onshore2W Permian Solar, LLC The US S 100 %Badger Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Eleven Mile Solar Center, LLC 5The US S 100 %Haystack Wind Project, LLC The US S 100 %Helena Wind, LLC 2The US S 20 %Lincoln Land, LLC The US S 100 %Mockingbird Solar Center, LLC 2The US JO 50 %Muscle Shoals Solar, LLC The US S 100 %Old 300 Solar Center, LLC The US S 100 %Orsted Onshore Ireland Green Energy Limited Ireland S 100 %Plum Creek Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Sage Draw Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Sparta Solar, LLC The US S 100 %Sunflower Energy, LLC 2The US S 20 %Tahoka Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Western Trail Wind, LLC 2The US S 20 %Ørsted Onshore Holding A/S 3Denmark S 100 %Bioenergy & OtherØrsted Bioenergy & Thermal Power A/S 3Denmark S 100 %Ørsted Salg & Service A/S 3Denmark S 100 %Shared FunctionsØrsted North America Holding A/S Denmark S 100 %Ørsted Wind Power TW Holding A/S Denmark S 100 %
1
S = subsidiary, JO = joint operation.
2
The company is owned through a company which is not owned
100 % by Ørsted. The disclosed ownership interest is Ørsted’s
ultimate ownership interest in the company.
3
Subsidiaries owned directly by Ørsted A/S.
4
The company applies the provision in section 5 or section 6 of
the Danish Financial Statements Act to omit presenting a separate
annual report.
5
One or more tax equity partners own an insignificant share of
the company. See note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
Companies without significant activities are not included in the list.
A full comprehensive list of companies is available at:
orsted.com/company-overview
Financial statements | Notes237 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Parent company
financial statements
239 Income statement
239 Statement of financial position
240 Statement of changes in equity
241 Notes
1 Basis of reporting
2 Employee costs
3 Financial income and expenses
4 Tax on profit (loss) for the year and deferred tax
5 Property, plant, and equipment
6 Investments in subsidiaries
7 Receivables from subsidiaries
8 Derivatives
9 Securities
10 Loans and borrowings
11 Other provisions
12 Related-party transactions
13 Contingent liabilities
14 Auditor’s fees
15 Ownership information
Offshore wind workers in Barrow-in-Furness, the UK, board a
boat bound for Walney Extension. A 12.45 % stake in this wind
farm and in Hornsea 1, Hornsea 2, and Burbo Bank Extension,
has been divested to Brookfield. This marks significant progress
in our farm-down programme announced in February 2024,
unlocking capital while ensuring a high level of value retention.
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 238 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Income statement
1 January – 31 December
Statement of financial position
31 December
Note
Income statement
DKKm 2024 2023
Revenue 311 259
2 Employee costs (52) (59)
External expenses (282) (172)
Operating profit (loss) before depreciation,
amortisation, and impaiment losses (EBITDA) (23) 28
Amortisation, depreciation, and impairment losses
on property, plant, and equipment (110) (113)
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) (133) (85)
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises (66) 791
3 Financial income 21,300 21,262
3 Financial expenses (17,505) (15,114)
Profit (loss) before tax 3,596 6,854
4 Tax on profit (loss) for the year (318) (1,240)
Profit (loss) for the year 3,278 5,614
Profit (loss) for the year is attributable to
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S, proposed dividends for
the financial year - -
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S, retained earnings 2,561 5,061
Interest and costs, hybrid capital owners of
Ørsted A/S 717 553
Profit (loss) for the year 3,278 5,614
Note
Assets
DKKm 2024 2023
5 Land and buildings 459 569
5 Property, plant, and equipment 459 569
6 Investments in subsidiaries 100,813 50,864
7 Receivables from subsidiaries 124,228 194,064
4 Deferred tax 579 246
Other receivables 13 13
Financial assets 225,633 245,187
Non-current assets 226,092 245,756
Receivables from subsidiaries 23,064 42,635
8 Derivatives 6,600 5,092
Other receivables 5,176 4,379
Income tax 1,352 -
Receivables 36,192 52,106
9 Securities 14,140 29,514
Cash 1,318 4,324
Current assets 51,650 85,944
Assets 277,742 331,700
Note
Equity and liabilities
DKKm 2024 2023
Share capital 4,204 4,204
Reserves 622 414
Retained earnings 54,161 51,597
Proposed dividends - -
Equity attributable to shareholders in Ørsted A/S 58,987 56,215
10 Hybrid capital 20,955 19,103
Equity 79,942 75,318
11 Other provisions 1,808 1,771
10 Lease liabilities 396 514
10 Bond and bank debt 73,641 69,695
Non-current liabilities 75,845 71,980
11 Other provisions - 8
Lease liabilities 118 115
Bond and bank debt 7,141 1,281
8 Derivatives 7,260 4,781
Trade payables 50 107
Payables to subsidiaries 105,703 175,457
Other payables 1,683 1,887
Income tax - 766
Current liabilities 121,955 184,402
Liabilities 197,800 256,382
Equity and liabilities 277,742 331,700
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 239 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Statement of changes in equity
1 January – 31 December
Statement of changes in equity
DKKm Share capital
Hedging
reserve
Retained
earnings
Proposed
dividends
Shareholders
in Ørsted A/S Hybrid capital Tota l
Equity at 1 January 2024 4,204 414 51,597 - 56,215 19,103 75,318
Profit (loss) for the year - - 2,561 - 2,561 717 3,278
Dividends paid - - - - - - -
Value adjustments of hedging instruments - 293 - - 293 - 293
Value adjustments transferred to financial income and expenses - (25) - - (25) - (25)
Tax on changes in equity - (60) - - (60) 9 (51)
Coupon payments, hybrid capital - - - - - (687) (687)
Additions, hybrid capital - - - - - 5,520 5,520
Disposals, hybrid capital - - - - - (3,707) (3,707)
Share-based payments - - 3 - 3 - 3
Changes in equity in 2024 - 208 2,564 - 2,772 1,852 4,624
Equity at 31 December 2024 4,204 622 54,161 - 58,987 20,955 79,942
Equity at 1 January 2023 4,204 2,130 46,530 5,675 58,539 19,793 78,332
Profit (loss) for the year - - 5,061 - 5,061 553 5,614
Dividends paid - - 2 (5,675) (5,673) - (5,673)
Value adjustments of hedging instruments - 108 - - 108 - 108
Value adjustments transferred to financial income and expenses - (2,308) - - (2,308) - (2,308)
Tax on changes in equity - 484 - - 484 2 486
Coupon payments, hybrid capital - - - - - (546) (546)
Disposals, hybrid capital - - - - - (699) (699)
Share-based payments - - 4 - 4 - 4
Changes in equity in 2023 - (1,716) 5,067 (5,675) (2,324) (690) (3,014)
Equity at 31 December 2023 4,204 414 51,597 - 56,215 19,103 75,318
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 240 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Key accounting estimate
In connection with the preparation of the
financial statements, a number of accounting
estimates have been made that affect the
profit (loss) and balance sheet. Estimates are
regularly reassessed by the management on
the basis of historical experience and other
relevant factors.
Impairment test
If there is any indication that the carrying
amount is lower than our future earnings
in a company, we test for impairment as
described in the consolidated financial state-
ments. The future earnings of the company
(recoverable amount) are calculated based on
assumptions concerning significant estimates.
Basis of reporting
Note 1
Accounting policies
The parent company financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with the provisions of the
Danish Financial Statements Act (Årsregnskabsloven’)
(reporting class D).
The accounting policies remain unchanged from the
previous year.
Unless otherwise stated, the financial statements
are presented in Danish kroner (DKK).
The parent company accounting policies are con-
sistent with the accounting policies described for
the consolidated financial statements, with the
following exceptions.
Foreign currency translation
We recognise exchange rate adjustments of
receivables from and payables to subsidiaries as
financial income and expenses in the income state-
ment when the balances are accounted for as part
of the total net investment in foreign enterprises.
Likewise, we recognise foreign exchange gains and
losses on loans and derivatives in the income state-
ment as financial income and expenses when they
have been entered into hedge net investment in the
foreign enterprises.
Revenue
Rental income comprises income from commercial
leases and is recognised over the term of the lease.
Income from services is recognised when delivery has
taken place.
Dividends from investments
Dividends from subsidiaries and associates are
recognised in the income statement for the financial
year in which the dividends are approved at the annual
general meeting. If the dividends exceed the total
income after acquisition, the dividends are recognised as
a reduction of the cost of the investment under assets.
Investments
We measure our investments in subsidiaries and
associates at cost. If there is any indication that the
value of a company is lower than our future earnings
in the company, impairment testing of the company is
carried out as described in the consolidated financial
statements. The carrying amount is written down
to the recoverable amount whenever the carrying
amount exceeds the future earnings in the company
(recoverable amount).
If we have a legal or constructive obligation to cover
a deficit in subsidiaries and associates, we recognise
a provision for this.
Tax
Ørsted A/S is taxed jointly with its Danish subsidiaries.
The jointly taxed companies are part of joint taxation
with the parent company as the management company.
Subsidiaries are included in the joint taxation from the
date they are consolidated in the consolidated financial
statements and up to the date on which they are no
longer consolidated.
Current tax for 2024 is recognised by the individual,
jointly taxed companies.
Statement of cash flows
We do not prepare a separate statement of cash flows
for the parent company. Reference is made to the
consolidated statement of cash flows on page 162.
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 241 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Employee costs
Note 2
Financial income and expenses
Note 3
Notes 2.7 ‘Employee costs’ and 2.8 ‘Share-based
payment’ to the consolidated financial statements
describe the remuneration of the Executive Board
and the Board of Directors as well as the share-based
payment, termination, and bonus scheme for the
Executive Board and details on the remuneration of
the Board of Directors.
The parent company had an average of eleven
employees in 2024 (2023: nine employees).
Remuneration of the Board of Directors totals
DKK 6 million (2023: DKK 7 million).
Employee costs
DKKm 2024 2023
Wages and salaries 43 47
Share-based payment 2 4
Pensions and social costs 1 1
Remuneration 6 7
Total employee costs 52 59
Salaries and remuneration of the Executive Board
DKK ‘000
Fixed salary 37,969 27,849
Cash-based incentive scheme 4,676 3,711
Share-based payment 2,787 6,270
Pension, incl. social security and benefits 704 858
Salary in notice period - 8,443
Severance payment - 6,210
To t a l 46,136 53,341
Financial income and expenses
DKKm 2024 2023
Interest income from cash, etc. 395 528
Interest income from subsidiaries 11,486 10,516
Interest income from securities at market value 702 707
Foreign exchange gains 2,216 1,356
Value adjustments of derivatives 4,837 8,142
Dividends received 1,664 13
Total financial income 21,300 21,262
Interest expenses relating to loans and borrowings (3,066) (2,759)
Interest expenses, leases (14) (18)
Interest expenses to subsidiaries (6,469) (5,413)
Impairment of investments in subsidiaries (18) -
Capital losses on securities at market value (356) -
Foreign exchange losses (1,819) (1,427)
Value adjustments of derivatives (5,636) (5,321)
Other financial expenses (127) (176)
Total financial expenses (17,505) (15,114)
Net financial income and expenses 3,795 6,148
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 242 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Tax on profit (loss) for the year and deferred tax
Note 4
Income tax
DKKm 2024 2023
Tax on profit (loss) for the year (318) (1,240)
Tax on changes in equity (51) 486
Total tax for the year (369) (754)
Tax on profit (loss) for the year can be broken down as follows
Current tax (680) (1,261)
Adjustments to deferred tax 383 39
Adjustments to current tax in respect of prior years 29 (192)
Adjustments to deferred tax in respect of prior years (50) 174
Tax on profit (loss) for the year (318) (1,240)
Development in deferred tax
DKKm
Deferred tax at 1 January (246) (33)
Adjustments for the year recognised in profit (loss) for the year (383) (39)
Adjustments to deferred tax in respect of prior years 50 (174)
Deferred tax at 31 December (579) (246)
Specification of deferred tax
DKKm
Property, plant and equipment 101 125
Other current assets - (1)
Current liabilities (2) -
Non-current liabilities (678) (301)
Tax loss carryforwards - (69)
Deferred tax, asset 579 246
Deferred tax, liability - -
Property, plant, and equipment
Note 5
We have entered into leases for office premises, primarily
in Gentofte, Denmark (expiring in 2028).
We have entered into operating leases with subsidiaries
for sublease of office premises.
In 2024, an amount of DKK 133 million was recognised
(2023: DKK 147 million) in profit (loss) for the year in
respect of rental income.
Property, plant, and equipment: Land and buildings
DKKm 2024 2023
Cost at 1 January 1,114 1,153
Additions - -
Disposals - (39)
Cost at 31 December 1,114 1,114
Depreciation and amortisation at 1 January (545) (441)
Depreciation and amortisation (110) (113)
Disposals - 9
Depreciation and amortisation at 31 December (655) (545)
Carrying amount at 31 December 459 569
Value of leased assets 459 569
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 243 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Investments in subsidiaries
Note 6
We have tested investments in subsidiaries for
impairment by comparing the expected future
income from the individual subsidiaries with their
carrying amounts.
Based on the impairment test in 2024, an impairment
has been recognised on the investment in Ørsted
Ventures Europe A/S.
In 2024, ‘Additions’ mainly related to capital injections
in Ørsted Wind Power Holding A/S and Ørsted Onshore
Holding A/S.
In 2024, Ørsted A/S received dividend from Ørsted
Salg & Service A/S. The dividends exceeded the
total income after acquisition, and therefore the
cost of the investment has been reduced.
Investments in subsidiaries
DKKm 2024 2023
Cost at 1 January 51,397 51,809
Reductions (8,356) -
Additions 58,323 -
Disposals - (412)
Cost at 31 December 101,364 51,397
Value adjustments at 1 January (533) (533)
Impairment losses/reversals (18) -
Value adjustments at 31 December (551) (533)
Carrying amount at 31 December 100,813 50,864
Note 7.4 ‘Company overview of the consolidated financial statements’ contains an overview of subsidiaries, etc.
Receivables from subsidiaries
Note 7
Non-current receivables from subsidiaries
DKKm 2023
Cost at 1 January 194,064 163,616
Additions 28,533 50,485
Disposals (98,369) (20,037)
Cost at 31 December 124,228 194,064
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 244 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Derivatives
Note 8
Ørsted A/S has assumed the subsidiaries’ currency
risks via forward exchange contracts, which have
subsequently been hedged in the market. Furthermore,
hedging contracts have been concluded to hedge
the currency risk associated with investments in
subsidiaries in foreign currencies.
We have also entered into a number of interest rate
swaps to manage our interest rate risk.
Derivatives at the end of December 2024 mature as
follows: 2025: DKK -344 million, 2026: DKK -389 million,
after 2026: DKK 73 million (2023: 2024: DKK 177 million,
2025: DKK 370 million, after 2025: DKK -236 million).
All derivatives are classified based on observable
inputs in the ‘fair value’ hierarchy.
Overview of derivative positions
DKKm 2024 2023
Contractual principal
amount Market value
Contractual principal
amount Market value
Interest derivatives 12,696 238 25,141 (517)
Currency derivatives 61,205 (898) 39,213 828
To t a l 73,901 (660) 64,354 311
Assets 6,600 5,092
Equity and liabilities (7,260) (4,781)
See note 6.1 ‘Risk framework’ to the consolidated financial statements and the chapter on ‘Enterprise risk management' in the ‘Management’s
review’ on pages 27-30 for more details on risk and risk management.
Securities
Note 9
Loans and borrowings
Note 10
As of 31 December 2024, we had issued hybrid capital
with a total notional amount of DKK 21,358 million
(2023: DKK 19,310 million). The hybrid bonds have a
1,000-year term and expire as follows: DKK 4,474 million
in 3019, DKK 7,562 million in 3021, DKK 3,729 million
in 3022, and DKK 5,593 million in 3024, respectively.
For further information, see note 5.3 ‘Hybrid capital’ to
the consolidated financial statements.
The long-term portion of lease debt amounted to
DKK 396 million at 31 December 2024 (2023: DKK 514
million), of which DKK 24 million (2023: DKK 28 million)
fall due in more than five years.
The long-term portion of bank loans and issued bonds
amounted to DKK 73,641 million at 31 December 2024
(2023: DKK 69,695 million), of which DKK 50,377 mil-
lion (2023: DKK 56,769 million) fall due in more than
five years.
Securities are a key element in our financial resources,
and therefore investments are primarily made in liquid
AAA-rated Danish mortgage bonds and, to a lesser
extent, in other bonds. Most of the securities qualify
for repo transactions in the Danish central bank,
‘ Danmarks Nationalbank’.
All securities are classified based on observable inputs
in the fair value hierarchy.
Securities
DKKm 2024 2023
Securities, available for use 14,140 29,514
Total securities 14,140 29,514
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 245 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Other provisions
Note 11
We have made provisions for non-current liabilities
totalling DKK 1,808 million (2023: DKK 1,779 million),
of which DKK 1,808 million fall due in 1-5 years.
The provisions concern the divestment of our oil and
gas business in 2017.
Related-party transactions
Note 12
Related parties are the Board of Directors, the
Executive Board, Ørsted A/S’s subsidiaries, and the
Danish state.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors and the
Executive Board is disclosed in notes 2.7 ‘Employee
costs’ and 2.8 ‘Share-based payment’ in the consoli-
dated financial statements.
Our related-party transactions are made on arm’s
length terms.
Contingent liabilities
Note 13
Guarantees
Ørsted A/S has provided guarantees in connection
with participation by subsidiaries and subsidiaries’
joint operations and joint ventures in the construction
and operation of offshore wind farms and natural
gas installations as well as guarantees in respect of
leases, energy trading activities, purchase, sale, and
supply agreements, decommissioning obligations,
farm-downs and other M&A transactions as well as
secondary liability on decommissioning of offshore
installations related to the divestment of the oil and
gas business, etc.
Ørsted A/S acts as guarantor or surety provider
with primary liability for bank liabilities in certain
subsidiaries, including guarantees in favour of banks
and investors, covering credit facilities established
and bonds issued in Taiwan.
Furthermore, in support of the ratings of Ørsted Salg
& Service A/S by Moody’s and Ørsted Wind Power
TW Holding A/S by Taiwan Ratings, Ørsted A/S has
provided general guarantees covering all obligations
and liabilities undertaken in the ordinary course of
business by these two entities.
Indemnities
Ørsted A/S is taxed jointly with the Danish companies
in the Ørsted Group. As management company,
Ørsted A/S has unlimited as well as joint and several
liability together with the other jointly taxed companies
for Danish income taxes and withholding taxes
on dividends, interest, and royalties related to the
jointly taxed companies.
Litigation
Ørsted is involved in ongoing transfer pricing disputes.
For further information, see section 4.1 ‘Approach
to taxes’ to the consolidated financial statements.
Ørsted A/S is not a party to any litigation proceedings
or legal disputes that could have an effect on the
company’s financial position, either individually or
collectively.
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 246 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Auditor’s fees
Note 14
Ownership information
Note 15
‘Other assurance engagements’ primarily included
assurance services related to the issuance of bonds.
Auditor’s fees
DKKm 2024 2023
Statutory audit 5 4
Other assurance engangements 1 3
Total fees to PwC 6 7
Ownership information
31 December 2024 Registered office
Ownership
interests
Voting
share
The Danish state represented by the Danish Ministry of Finance Copenhagen K, Denmark 50.12 % 50.14 %
Equinor ASA Stavanger, Norway 10.00 % 10.00 %
Andel A.M.B.A. Svinninge, Denmark 5.01 % 5.01 %
The table shows the shareholders with ownership interests and voting shares of at least 5 %. The difference between ownership interests and
voting shares is because voting rights of Ørsted’s treasury shares cannot be exercised.
Financial statements | Parent company financial statements 247 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Management’s
statement, auditor’s
reports, and glossary
249 Statement by the Executive Board and the Board of Directors
250 Independent Auditor’s Reports
255 Independent limited assurance report on selected ESG data in the Sustainability statements
257 Glossary
The twelve wind turbines that make up South Fork Wind, off the
coast of New York, the US, are the product of hundreds of skilled US
workers from across the Northeast. They completed construction
in March 2024. The offshore wind farm is the first in the Empire
State, and America’s first at commercial scale, generating enough
renewable energy to power around 70,000 homes.
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary248 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Statement by the Executive Board and the Board of Directors
The Board of Directors and the Executive Board have today
considered and adopted the annual report of Ørsted A/S
for the financial year 1 January – 31 December 2024.
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been
prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards
as adopted by the EU and further requirements in
the Danish Financial Statements Act, and the Parent
Company Financial Statements have been prepared
in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements
Act. The Management’s Report has been prepared in
accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act.
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the Parent Company Financial Statements give a true
and fair view of the financial position at 31 December
2024 of the Group and the Parent Company, of the results
of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s operations, and
of the consolidated cash flows for 2024.
In our opinion, the Management’s Report includes a fair
review of the development in the operations and financial
circumstances of the Group and the Parent Company, of
the results for the year, and of the financial position of the
Group and the Parent Company as well as a description
of the most significant risks and elements of uncertainty,
which the Group and the Parent Company are facing.
Additionally, the Sustainability Statements, which are
part of the Management’s Report, have been prepared, in
all material respects, in accordance with paragraph 99a
of the Danish Financial Statements Act. This includes
compliance with the European Sustainability Reporting
Standards (ESRS), including that the process undertaken
by management to identify the reported information
(the ‘Process’) is in accordance with the description
set out in the section ‘Double materiality assessment.
Further more, disclosures within EU taxonomy for
sustainable activities within the environmental section
of the Sustainability Statements are, in all material
respects, in accordance with Article 8 of EU Regulation
2020/852 (the ‘Taxonomy Regulation’).
The year 2024 marks the initial implementation of
paragraph 99a of the Danish Financial Statements
Act concerning compliance with ESRS. As such, more
clear guidance and practice are anticipated in various
areas, which are expected to be issued in the coming
years. Furthermore, the Sustainability Statements
include forward-looking statements based on disclosed
assumptions about events that may occur in the
future and possible future actions by the Group. Actual
outcomes are likely to be different since anticipated
events frequently do not occur as expected.
In our opinion, the annual report of Ørsted A/S for the
financial year 1 January – 31 December 2024 with the
file name: Orsted-2024-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all
material respects, in compliance with the ESEF regulation.
We recommend that the annual report is adopted
at theannual general meeting.
Skærbæk, 6 February 2025
Executive Board:
Rasmus Errboe
Group President and CEO
Trond Westlie
CFO
Henriette Fenger Ellekrog
Chief HR Officer
Board of Directors:
Lene Skole
Chair
Julia King, the Baroness
Brown of Cambridge
Benny Gøbel*
Anne Cathrine Collet Yde*
Andrew Brown
Deputy Chair
Peter Korsholm
Leticia Francisca
Torres Mandiola*
Annica Bresky
Dieter Wemmer
Ian MacCalder*
* Employee-elected board member
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary249 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Independent Auditors Reports
To the shareholders of Ørsted A/S
Report on the audit of the Financial Statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements
give a true and fair view of the Group’s financial
position at 31 December 2024 and of the results of
the Group’s operations and cash flows for the financial
year 1 January to 31 December 2024 in accordance
with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the
EU and further requirements in the Danish Financial
Statements Act.
Moreover, in our opinion, the Parent Company
Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the
Parent Company’s financial position at 31 December
2024 and of the results of the Parent Company’s
operations for the financial year 1 January to
31 December 2024 in accordance with the Danish
Financial Statements Act.
Our opinion is consistent with our Auditor’s Long-
form Report to the Audit & Risk Committee and the
Board of Directors.
What we have audited
The Consolidated Financial Statements of Ørsted A/S
for the financial year 1 January to 31 December
2024, pages 157-237 and 248-249, comprise the
consolidated statement of income, the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated
statement of financial position, the consolidated
statement of shareholders’ equity, the consolidated
statement of cash flows, and the notes to the
consolidated financial statements, including material
accounting policy information.
The Parent Company Financial Statements of
Ørsted A/S for the financial year 1 January to
31December 2024, pages 238-249, comprise the
income statement, the statement of financial position,
the statement of changes in equity, and the notes,
including material accounting policy information.
Collectively referred to as the ‘Financial Statements’.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with
International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) and the
additional requirements applicable in Denmark.
Our responsibilities under those standards and
requirements are further described in the Auditor’s
responsibilities for the audit of the Financial
Statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
ouropinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance
with the International Ethics Standards Board
for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for
Professional Accountants (IESBA Code) and the
additional ethical requirements applicable in
Denmark. We have also fulfilled our other ethical
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements
and the IESBA Code.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, prohibited
non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of
Regulation (EU) No 537/2014 were not provided.
Appointment
We were first appointed auditors of Ørsted A/S on
19 April 2010 for the financial year 2010. We have
been reappointed annually by shareholder resolution
for a total uninterrupted period of engagement of
15 years, including the financial year 2024. At the
annual general meeting on 2 March 2020, we were
reappointed following a tendering procedure.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our
professional judgement, were of most significance
in our audit of the Financial Statements for 2024.
These matters were addressed in the context of our
audit of the Financial Statements as a whole, and in
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide
a separate opinion on these matters.
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary250 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Partnership agreements
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Divestment of ownership interests in solar and wind farms to a
partner (farm-downs) in a joint operation or as a non-controlling
interest, including assessment of the consolidation method for the
retained interests, calculation and recognition of the divestment
gains or losses, as well as subsequent recognition of any construction
agreements, are considered complex non-routine transactions.
As part of farm-downs, compensation mechanisms are often
agreed with the partners, e.g. regarding sales price, potential wake
and blockage effect compensations, and warranties.
We focused on this area because farm-downs and the related matters
are considered complex non-routine transactions, and because
the assessment of the consolidation method, the recognition and
measurement of the divestment gain or loss, and the recognition
of any subsequent construction agreements with the partners, the
compensation mechanisms, and warranties are based on significant
judgements and estimates.
Refer to notes 1.2, 2.6 and 3.10 in the Consolidated financial
Statements.
As part of our audit, we read share purchase agreements for farm-
downs to a partner in a joint operation or as a non-controlling
interest.
We challenged the accounting treatment, including the
consolidation method for the retained interest in solar and wind
farms and the judgements applied as well as the gain or loss
statements prepared.
We obtained an understanding of the compensation mechanisms
and warranties agreed in farm-downs and of any settlements.
We challenged the significant estimates prepared by Management
for measuring compensation mechanisms and warranties, hereunder
by assessing and testing the main data, significant assumptions,
and models applied, and by evaluating the outcome ofprevious
estimates prepared by Management.
We assessed the appropriateness and tested the related disclosures
provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Impairment of non-current assets
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
During 2024, Management identified impairment indicators for a
number of production and development assets (non-current assets)
due to, amongst others, construction delays, increased CAPEX,
updated assumptions regarding market prices and costs as well
as ceased execution of FlagshipONE. Furthermore, Management
identified impairment indicators due to increased interest rates in
the US.
On this basis, Management has prepared impairment tests resulting
in impairment losses recognised for certain production and develop-
ment assets; mainly related to the US offshore and onshore wind
farm portfolio and FlagshipONE.
The impairment tests are based on Managements assumptions and
probability weighting of expected cash inflows and outflows for the
individual cash-generating units (CGUs), and these cash flows are
discounted using the relevant discount rates (value-in-use impairment
models). This requires significant estimates and judgements, amongst
others related to the future power prices, expected government
subsidy schemes, impact of the construction delays, market prices
and costs, and discount rates (WACC).
For impairment tests related to the seabeds for Ocean Wind and
Skipjack Wind, Management has applied fair value less cost of
disposal models, which are based on development in prices seen in
the latest seabed lease auctions, etc.
We focused on this area because the impact on the profit for the
year is significant, and because the impairment tests of non-current
assets are considered complex non-routine transactions and require
significant judgements in determining the assumptions, etc., applied
in the significant estimates.
Refer to notes 1.2 and 3.1-3.2 in the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
As part of our audit, we challenged the impairment indicator
assessments performed by Management. We considered the
appropriateness of the CGUs defined by Management and the
methodology used by Management to assess the carrying amount
of non-current assets assigned to the CGUs.
We carried out risk assessment procedures in order to obtain an
understanding of IT systems, business processes, and relevant
controls regarding data and assumptions used in the impairment
tests. For the controls, we assessed whether they were designed
and implemented to effectively address the risk of material
misstatement. For selected controls that we planned to rely on,
we tested whether they were performed on a consistent basis.
We challenged the impairment models prepared by Management
and tested the mathematical accuracy of the relevant value-in-use
and fair value less costs of disposal models, and we challenged the
data and significant assumptions, including the probability weight
of scenarios applied, future power prices, expected government
subsidy schemes, impact of construction delays, market prices and
costs, as well as discount rates (WACC). Also, we reconciled the
carrying amounts to the accounting records.
In assessing the discounting rates (WACCs) and the overall
methodology applied, we involved our valuation specialists.
We assessed the appropriateness and tested the related disclosures
provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the
sensitivity analysis, expressing the significant estimation uncertainty
related to the valuation of the CGUs.
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary251 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Valuation of derivative financial instruments and documentation of hedge accounting
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Ørsted applies hedge accounting for derivative financial instruments
used for hedging of:
· energy price, currency, and inflation risks associated with revenue
(energy hedges)
· commodity price and currency risks associated with the
construction of wind farms
· interest rate risk associated with loans and divestments.
We focused on this area because the valuation of the derivative
financial instruments (including hedging instruments) and the
assessments of hedge relationships and hedge effectiveness are
complex and require significant judgements and estimates.
On this basis, the valuation of the derivative financial instruments
and the application of hedge accounting were a matter of most
significance in our audit.
Refer to notes 1.2 and 6.1-6.9 in the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
We carried out risk assessment procedures in order to obtain an
understanding of IT systems, business processes, and relevant controls
regarding derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting.
For the controls, we assessed whether they were designed and
implemented to effectively address the risk of material misstatement.
For selected controls that we planned to rely on, we tested whether
they were performed on a consistent basis.
We assessed and obtained an understanding of the exposures
subject to hedging, the hedging instruments applied, the hedge
relationships, including the methods, data, and assumptions applied
for documentation of the fair value of hedging instruments, and
hedge effectiveness.
We challenged the accounting treatment applied by Management,
including in relation to the hedging instruments used and the hedge
reserve recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income by reviewing Management’s IFRS 9 hedge documentation,
including underlying memos and calculations.
We challenged the significant data, assumptions, and models
applied by Management when assessing the value of the hedging
instruments, the hedge relationships, and the hedge effectiveness
by assessing and testing the main data, significant assumptions, and
models applied.
As part of our audit, we tested, on a sample basis, the valuation of
the derivative financial instruments and the documentation of hedge
effectiveness of energy, commodity, interest rate, inflation, and
related foreign exchange risk hedges.
In assessing the valuation of the derivative financial instruments and
application of hedge accounting, we involved our financial instrument
specialists.
We assessed the appropriateness and tested the related disclosures
provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Income taxes
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Ørsted is subject to income taxes in the countries where they
operate. Significant judgements and estimates are required in
determining the income taxes and in measuring income tax assets
and liabilities, including uncertain tax positions.
Additionally, Ørsted is a party in tax and transfer pricing disputes
where Management assesses the possible outcomes and consequently
recognises provisions for these uncertain tax positions. Ørsted has
received administrative decisions from the Danish Tax Agency entailing
additional tax payments and related interests, which Management
disputes and has appealed to the relevant authorities. Furthermore, tax
cases are ongoing impacting corresponding tax adjustments.
We focused on this area because Management makes significant
judgments and estimates when calculating and assessing the income
taxes due to the complex nature of the tax rules related to the
business activities conducted in different tax jurisdictions. Further-
more, Management makes estimates when measuring the tax
assets, including when and to which extent these can be utilised in
the future, and when measuring tax liabilities, including assessing
deferred taxes in tax equity partnerships.
On this basis, income taxes were a matter of most significance in
ouraudit.
Refer to notes 1.2 and 4.1-4.3 in the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
As part of our audit, we evaluated the assumptions applied by
Management in determining the recognition and measurement
of income taxes and deferred taxes, including those related
to tax equity partnerships, while taking into account relevant
correspondence with tax authorities and external advisors.
We assessed Managements judgements and estimates of tax
balances and carrying amounts as well as the related applied tax
rates when calculating these. We also assessed the reasonableness
of the main data and assumptions used to calculate the taxable
income forecasts underlying the recognition and recoverability of
thedeferred tax assets relating to tax losses carried forward.
We evaluated and tested Ørsted’s processes for recording, assessing,
and continually reassessing provisions for uncertain tax positions.
During our audit of uncertain tax positions, we obtained and
reviewed correspondence with relevant tax authorities to consider
the completeness of the tax disputes and the related provisions.
We assessed the measurement of the provisions and challenged
the assumptions used, including the possibility of obtaining
corresponding tax adjustments, compensations from partners,
and the likelihood of different outcomes. In addition, we assessed
relevant opinions obtained by Management from third parties
related to the tax disputes.
In assessing income taxes, we involved our tax specialists.
We assessed the appropriateness and tested the related disclosures
provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary252 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Statement on Management’s Report
Management is responsible for Management’s Report,
pages 3-156.
Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover
Management’s Report, and we do not as part of the
audit express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Financial Statements,
our responsibility is to read Management’s Report
and, in doing so, consider whether Management’s
Report is materially inconsistent with the Financial
Statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
Moreover, we considered whether Management’s
Report includes the disclosures required by the Danish
Financial Statements Act. This does not include
the requirements in paragraph 99a related to the
Sustainability Statements covered by the separate
auditor’s limited assurance report hereon.
Based on the work we have performed, in our view,
Management’s Report is in accordance with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent
Company Financial Statements and has been prepared
in accordance with the requirements of the Danish
Financial Statements Act, except for the requirements
in paragraph 99a related to the Sustainability
Statements, cf. above. We did not identify any material
misstatement in Management’s Report.
Management’s responsibilities for the
Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation of
Consolidated Financial Statements that give a true
and fair view in accordance with IFRS Accounting
Standards as adopted by the EU and further
requirements in the Danish Financial Statements
Act and for the preparation of Parent Company
Financial Statements that give a true and fair view
in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements
Act, and for such internal control as Management
determines is necessary to enable the preparation
of financial statements that are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the Financial Statements, Management
is responsible for assessing the Group’s and the
Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related
to going concern, and using the going concern basis
of accounting unless Management either intends to
liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the Financial Statements as a whole
are free from material misstatement, whether due
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs and the
additional requirements applicable in Denmark will
always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,
they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of
these Financial Statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs and the
additional requirements applicable in Denmark,
we exercise professional judgement and maintain
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:
· identify and assess the risks of material misstate-
ment of the Financial Statements, whether due to
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures
responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence
that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a
basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a
material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher
than for one resulting from error, as fraud may
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions,
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control
· obtain an understanding of internal control relevant
to the audit in order to design audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but
not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on
the effectiveness of the Group’s and the Parent
Company’s internal control
· evaluate the appropriateness of accounting
policies used and the reasonableness of accounting
estimates and related disclosures made by
Management
· conclude on the appropriateness of Management’s
use of the going concern basis of accounting and,
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether
a material uncertainty exists related to events
or conditions that may cast significant doubt on
the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that
a material uncertainty exists, we are required to
draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related
disclosures in the Financial Statements or, if such
disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion.
Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence
obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report.
However, future events or conditions may cause the
Group or the Parent Company to cease to continue
as a going concern
· evaluate the overall presentation, structure, and
content of the Financial Statements, including the
disclosures, and whether the Financial Statements
represent the underlying transactions and events in
a manner that gives a true and fair view
· plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient
appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial
information of the entities or business units within
the group as a basis for forming an opinion on
the Consolidated Financial Statements. We are
responsible for the direction, supervision, and review
of the audit work performed for purposes of the
group audit. We remain solely responsible for our
audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with
governance regarding, among other matters, the
planned scope and timing of the audit and significant
audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in
internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with
a statement that we have complied with relevant
ethical requirements regarding independence, and to
communicate with them all relationships and other
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary253 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
our independence and, where applicable, actions
taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.
From the matters communicated with those charged
with governance, we determine those matters that
were of most significance in the audit of the Financial
Statements of the current period and are therefore
the key audit matters. We describe these matters in
our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes
public disclosure about the matter.
Report on compliance with the ESEF Regulation
As part of our audit of the Financial Statements,
we performed procedures to express an opinion on
whether the annual report of Ørsted A/S for the
financial year 1 January to 31 December 2024 with
the filename Orsted-2024-12-31-en.zip is prepared,
in all material respects, in compliance with the
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815
on the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF
Regulation), which includes requirements related to
the preparation of the annual report in XHTML format
and iXBRL tagging of the Consolidated Financial
Statements, including notes.
Management is responsible for preparing an annual
report that complies with the ESEF Regulation.
Thisresponsibility includes:
· the preparing of the annual report in XHTML format
· the selection and application of appropriate iXBRL
tags, including extensions to the ESEF taxonomy and
the anchoring thereof to elements in the taxonomy,
for all financial information required to be tagged,
using judgement where necessary
· ensuring consistency between iXBRL-tagged
data and the Consolidated Financial Statements
presented in human-readable format
· for such internal control as Management determines
necessary to enable the preparation of an annual
report that is compliant with the ESEF Regulation.
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance on
whether the annual report is prepared, in all material
respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation
based on the evidence we have obtained, and to issue
a report that includes our opinion. The nature, timing,
and extent of procedures selected depend on the
auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the
risks of material departures from the requirements set
out in the ESEF Regulation, whether due to fraud or
error. The procedures include:
· testing whether the annual report is prepared in
XHTML format
· obtaining an understanding of the company’s
iXBRLtagging process and of internal control over
the tagging process
· evaluating the completeness of the iXBRL tagging
of the Consolidated Financial Statements,
includingnotes
· evaluating the appropriateness of the company’s
use of iXBRL elements selected from the ESEF
taxonomy and the creation of extension elements
where no suitable element in the ESEF taxonomy
has been identified
· evaluating the use of anchoring of extension
elements to elements in the ESEF taxonomy
· reconciling the iXBRL-tagged data with the audited
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In our opinion, the annual report of Ørsted A/S for the
financial year 1 January to 31 December 2024 with
the file name Orsted-2024-12-31-en.zip is prepared,
in all material respects, in compliance with the ESEF
Regulation.
Hellerup, 6 February 2025
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR No 3377 1231
Anders Stig Lauritsen
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne32800
Thomas Wraae Holm
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne30141
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary254 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Independent Auditors Limited Assurance
Report on the Sustainability Statements
To the stakeholders of Ørsted A/S
Limited assurance conclusion
We have conducted a limited assurance engagement
on the Sustainability Statements of Ørsted A/S
(the ‘Group’) included in the Management’s Report
(the ‘Sustainability Statement’), pages 56-156
and 248-249, for the financial year 1 January –
31 December 2024.
Based on the procedures we have performed and
the evidence we have obtained, nothing has come
to our attention that causes us to believe that the
Sustainability Statement is not prepared, in all
material respects, in accordance with the Danish
Financial Statements Act paragraph 99a, including:
·● compliance with the European Sustainability
Reporting Standards (ESRS), including that the
process carried out by the Management to identify
the information reported in the Sustainability
Statement (the ‘Process’) is in accordance with the
description set out in the section ‘Double materiality
assessment’; and
·● compliance of the disclosures in the subsection
EU taxonomy for sustainable activities within
the environmental section of the Sustainability
Statement with Article 8 of EU Regulation 2020/852
(the ‘Taxonomy Regulation’).
Basis for conclusion
We conducted our limited assurance engagement in
accordance with International Standard on Assurance
Engagements (‘ISAE 3000 (Revised)’), Assurance
engagements other than audits or reviews of historical
financial information (ISAE 3000 (Revised)’), and the
additional requirements applicable in Denmark.
The procedures in a limited assurance engagement
vary in nature and timing from, and are less in extent
than for, a reasonable assurance engagement.
Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a
limited assurance engagement is substantially lower
than the assurance that would have been obtained had
a reasonable assurance engagement been performed.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
conclusion. Our responsibilities under this standard are
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for
the assurance engagement section of our report.
Our independence and quality management
We are independent of the Group in accordance with
the International Ethics Standards Board for Account-
ants’ International Code of Ethics for Professional
Accountants (IESBA Code) and the additional ethical
requirements applicable in Denmark. We have also
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accord-
ance with these requirements and the IESBA Code.
Our firm applies International Standard on Quality
Management 1, which requires the firm to design,
implement, and operate a system of quality manage-
ment, including policies or procedures regarding
compliance with ethical requirements, professional
standards, and applicable legal and regulatory
requirements.
Management’s responsibilities for
the Sustainability Statement
Management is responsible for designing and imple-
menting a process to identify the information reported
in the Sustainability Statement in accordance with
the ESRS and for disclosing this Process as included
in the section ‘Double materiality assessment’ of the
Sustainability Statement. This responsibility includes:
· understanding the context in which the Group’s activ-
ities and business relationships take place and devel-
oping an understanding of its affected stakeholders;
· the identification of the actual and potential impacts
(both negative and positive) related to sustainability
matters, as well as risks and opportunities that
affect, or could reasonably be expected to affect,
the Group’s financial position, financial performance,
cash flows, access to finance or cost of capital over
the short, medium, or long-term;
· the assessment of the materiality of the identified
impacts, risks, and opportunities related to sustaina-
bility matters by selecting and applying appropriate
thresholds; and
· making assumptions that are reasonable in the
circumstances.
Management is further responsible for the preparation
of the Sustainability Statement, which includes the
information identified by the Process, in accordance
with the Danish Financial Statements Act paragraph
99a, including:
· compliance with the ESRS;
·preparing the disclosures as included in the
subsection EU taxonomy for sustainable
activities within the environmental section of
the Sustainability Statement, in compliance with
Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation;
·designing, implementing, and maintaining such
internal control that Management determines
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary255 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
is necessary to enable the preparation of the
Sustainability Statement that is free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and
· the selection and application of appropriate
sustainability reporting methods and making
assumptions and estimates that are reasonable
in the circumstances.
Inherent limitations in preparing
the Sustainability Statement
In reporting forward-looking information in accordance
with ESRS, management is required to prepare the
forward-looking information on the basis of disclosed
assumptions about events that may occur in the
future and possible future actions by the Group. Actual
outcomes are likely to be different since anticipated
events frequently do not occur as expected.
Auditor’s responsibilities for
the assurance engagement
Our responsibility is to plan and perform the assurance
engagement to obtain limited assurance about
whether the Sustainability Statement is free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error,
and to issue a limited assurance report that includes
our conclusion. Misstatements can arise from fraud or
error and are considered material if, individually or in
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to
influence decisions of users taken on the basis of the
Sustainability Statement as a whole.
As part of a limited assurance engagement in
accordance with ISAE 3000 (Revised) we exercise
professional judgement and maintain professional
scepticism throughout the engagement.
Our responsibilities in respect of the Process include:
· Obtaining an understanding of the Process, but not
for the purpose of providing a conclusion on the
effectiveness of the Process, including the outcome
of the Process;
·Considering whether the information identified
addresses the applicable disclosure requirements
of the ESRS; and
· Designing and performing procedures to evaluate
whether the Process is consistent with the Group’s
description of its Process, as disclosed in the section
‘Double materiality assessment’.
Our other responsibilities in respect of the
Sustainability Statement include:
· Identifying where material misstatements are likely
to arise, whether due to fraud or error; and
·Designing and performing procedures responsive to
disclosures in the Sustainability Statement where
material misstatements are likely to arise. The risk
of not detecting a material misstatement resulting
from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error,
as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of
internal control.
Summary of the work performed
A limited assurance engagement involves
performing procedures to obtain evidence about
the Sustainability Statement. The nature, timing
and extent of procedures selected depend on
professional judgement, including the identification
of disclosures where material misstatements are
likely to arise, whether due to fraud or error, in the
Sustainability Statement.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement,
with respect to the Process, we:
· Obtained an understanding of the Process by
performing inquiries to understand the sources
of the information used by management; and
reviewing the Group’s internal documentation of
its Process; and
· Evaluated whether the evidence obtained from our
procedures about the Process implemented by the
Group’s was consistent with the description of the
Process set out in the section ‘Double materiality
assessment’.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement,
with respect to the Sustainability Statement, we:
· Obtained an understanding of the Groups reporting
processes relevant to the preparation of its
Sustainability Statement including the consolidation
processes by obtaining an understanding of the
Group’s control environment, processes, and
information systems relevant to the preparation
of the Sustainability Statement but not evaluating
the design of particular control activities, obtaining
evidence about their implementation or testing
their operating effectiveness;
· Evaluated whether the information identified by the
Process is included in the Sustainability Statement;
·Evaluated whether the structure and the
presentation of the Sustainability Statement are
in accordance with the ESRS;
· Performed inquiries of relevant personnel and
analytical procedures on selected information in
the Sustainability Statement;
· Performed substantive assurance procedures on
selected information in the Sustainability Statement;
· Where applicable, compared disclosures in the
Sustainability Statement with the corresponding
disclosures in the Financial Statements and
Management’s review;
· Evaluated the methods, assumptions and data
for developing estimates and forward-looking
information; and
· Obtained an understanding of the Group’s process
to identify taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-
aligned economic activities and the corresponding
disclosures in the Sustainability Statement.
Hellerup, 6 February 2025
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no. 3377 1231
Anders Stig Lauritsen
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne32800
Thomas Wraae Holm
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne30141
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary256 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Availability
Availability is calculated as the ratio of actual
production to the possible production, which is
the sum of lost production and actual produc-
tion in a given period. The production-based
availability (PBA) is impacted by grid and wind
turbine outages, which are technical produc-
tion losses. PBA is not impacted by market-
requested shutdowns and wind farm curtail-
ments, as this is deemed not to be reflective of
site performance but due to external factors.
Awarded capacity
Offshore capacity that we have been awarded
in auctions and tenders, but where we have yet
to sign a PPA and take final investment decision.
Blockage effect
The blockage effect arises from the wind slow-
ing down as it approaches the wind turbines.
Carbon emission allowances
Carbon emission allowances subject to the
European Union Emissions Trading Scheme
(EU ETS).
CfD
A contract for difference is a subsidy that
guarantees the difference between the market
reference price and the exercise price won.
Commissioning/COD
When our assets are in operation, and the legal
liability has been transferred from the supplier
to us.
Contracted capacity
Onshore capacity where we have signed
PPAs covering more than 50 % of the asset’s
capacity, but where we have not yet taken
final investment decision.
CSRD
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive.
Decided (FID) and installed capacity
Installed generation capacity plus capacity for
assets where a final investment decision has
been made.
Degree days
Number of degrees in absolute figures in
difference between the average temperature
and the official Danish indoor temperature
of 17 °C.
DMA
Double materiality assessment.
EPC
Engineering, procurement, and construction.
The part of our business which handles the
construction and installation of assets.
ESRS
European Sustainability Reporting Standards.
FID
Final investment decision. When the Board
of Directors approves major investments for
construction assets.
Generation capacity
Capacity to generate power or heat. Generation
capacity for an offshore wind farm is calculated
and included from TOC of the individual wind
turbines. TOC stands for ‘take over certificate’,
which is the document signifying transfer of
ownership from the contractor to the owner or
operator of the asset. Onshore capacities are
included after COD of the entire asset.Genera-
tion capacity is financially consolidated.
Green certificates
Certificate awarded to producers of
environment-friendly power as a supplement
to the market price of power in the given
price area.
Wood pellet spread (WPS)
Represents the contribution margin per MWh
of power generated at a wood pellet-fired CHP
plant with a given efficiency. It is determined
as the difference between the market price
of power and the cost of the wood pellets
(including associated freight costs).
Ineffective hedges
When we hedge our exposure with an
instrument that is not 100 % correlated with
the exposure, we may see ineffectiveness in
our hedging. The value of ineffective hedges
should be recognised in profit and loss
immediately.
Installed capacity
Installed capacity where the asset has been
completed and has passed a final test.
Investment tax credits (ITCs)
US federal tax credit based on qualifying
renew able investment costs.
Load factor
The load factor is calculated as the ratio
between actual generation over a period
relative to potential generation, which is
possible by continuously exploiting the
maximum capacity over the same period.
The load factor is commercially adjusted.
Offshore transmission assets
Connect offshore generation to the onshore
grid and typically include the offshore power
transmission infrastructure, an onshore
substation, and the electrical equipment
relating to the operation of the substation.
OREC
Offshore renewable energy certificates are
issued on the state level in the US. For every
MWh that an offshore wind farm produces,
the developer earns one OREC. Offshore wind
developers sell the ORECs to utilities or other
companies. The income from these sales helps
fund the construction and operation of the
wind farms.
Partnership income
Income originating from our partners’
purchase of ownership interests in renewable
assets. Includes both the gain in connection
with the farm-down and the subsequent
construction of the wind farm.
Power purchase agreement (PPA)
An agreement between us and a buyer/seller
to purchase/sell the power we generate, which
includes all commercial terms (price, delivery,
volumes, etc.).
Production tax credit (PTC)
US federal tax credit based on eligible power
generation in the US.
ROCs
Renewable obligation certificates issued by
Ofgem in the UK to operators of accredited
generating stations for the eligible renewable
energy they generate. Operators can trade
ROCs with other parties.
Tax equity
An arrangement where an investor obtains
rights to federal tax credits and other tax
attributes in exchange for a cash contribution.
TCFD
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial
Disclosures.
Transmission network system of use
(TNUoS) tariffs
Costs related to the use of the transmission
networks in the UK based on maximum
contractual level of transmission access in
MW (TEC).
TRIR
In addition to lost-time injuries, the total
recordable injury rate (TRIR) also includes injuries
where the injured person is able to perform
restricted work the day after the accident as
well as accidents where the injured person has
received medical treatment.
Wake effect
Wake within wind farms and between neigh-
bouring wind farms. There is a wake after each
wind turbine where the wind slows down. As the
wind flow continues, the wake spreads, and the
wind speed recovers.
Wind speed
Shows the wind speed at Ørsted’s wind farms.
The wind measurements are weighted on the
basis of our generation capacity and can be
compared to a normal wind period.
Glossary
Financial statements | Managements statement, auditor’s reports, and glossary257 ØRSTED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Ørsted A/S
Kraftværksvej 53
DK-7000 Fredericia
Tel.: +45 99 55 11 11
CVR no. 36213728
orsted.com
Media Relations
Lina Danstrup
Tel.: +45 99 55 76 96
Investor Relations
Rasmus Keglberg Hærvig
Tel.: +45 99 55 90 95
Design and layout
e-Types with The Agency, Ørsted
Images
All images by Ørsted
Publication
6 February 2025
Annual reportAuditor's report on audited financial statementsParsePort XBRL Converter2024-01-012024-12-312023-01-012023-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG48Reporting class D36213728OpinionBasis for OpinionW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-01-012023-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482022-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-01-012023-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482022-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-01-012023-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482022-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember2W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember3W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember2W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember3W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember4W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember5W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember6W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember7W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember8W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember9W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember10W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember2W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember2W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-01-012023-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberiso4217:DKKiso4217:DKKxbrli:sharesxbrli:pure